FIRST YEAR BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

1/52

Name of Course :-Engineering Chemistry I 1 Water Treatment Hard and soft water, Hardness- types, units, estimation by EDTA. Softening of water (principles of external and internal treatment), Boiler problems, Numericals to calculate hardness from analytical data and EDTA estimation. Polymers, Plastics and Elastomers Introduction and definition of Polymers, Classification of polymers, Functionality, Amorphous polymers, Crystallinity in polymers, Structure & technological functions of polymers, Structure property relationship in polymers, Applications of polymers, Miscellaneous polymers –sponge rubber, foam rubber, laminated plywood, laminated plastics, thermocole. Resins and plastics, classification, compounds of plastics, common thermoplastics & thermosets – polyethylene, polypropelyne PVC, polytetra fluoro ethylene, polysterene, polyamide, polyster, UF, bakelite. Strucural requirements of elastomers, natural rubber, cis and trans isomer, Properties and drawbacks, vulcanization, synthetic rubbers – polyurethane, styrene & silicone rubber Lubricants Functions of lubricants, Mechanism of lubrication, Classification, Properties and testing of lubricating oils. Transition & inner transition elements & their compounds Electronic configuration of transition elements, spectral and magnetic properties, complex formation tendency, Chelation and its applications, application of transition elements Analytical chemistry Introduction, experimental techniques, spectrophotometry PRACTICALS: Determination of Total Hardness of water Determination of Chloride in water Determination of Soponification value of an oil Determination of Viscosity by Red Wood Viscometer Determination of flash point by Abel’s apparatus Determination of flash point by Pensky – Martins apparatus REFERENCE BOOKS: Engineering Chemistry, Jain and Jain. Text Book of Engineering , M.M.Uppal Engineering Chemistry , S.S.Dara

2

3 4

5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

2/52

Name of Course :Engineering Physics I 1 Crystal Structure Space lattice, atomic basis, crystal lattice and unit cell, Bravais lattices, coordination number, atomic radius, packing factor, monoatomic cubic crystal system-SC, BCC and FCC, diatomic crystals,CsCl2,, NaCl, Diamond, Barium Titanate, Miller Indices, Miller Planes and directions, Ligancy and critical radius ratios of ligancy 3-12. Semiconductors The band theory of solids, energy gap, classification of solids the energy band structure of some typical solids, electron distribution function, Fermi-Dirac distribution function, energy band structure of –conductor, insulator and semiconductor, intrinsic semiconductor at 0 K and at room temperature, intrinsic carries, electron and hole concentration, Fermi level in intrinsic semiconductor, intrinsic density, intrinsic conductivity, bipolar junction transistor.. Acoustics and Ultrasonics Elementary acoustics, acoustics of building echo and reverberation time absorption of sound, Sabine’s formula-- derivation, and drawbacks, cring’s equation, measurement of absorption coefficient-by single double source method, acoustics planning of the auditorium. Ultrasonics: magnetostriction and piezoelectric effects, production of ultrasonics by production by magnetostriction and piezoelectric method, properties of ultrasonic waves, cavitations effect, flaw detection ultrasonic emulsification, depth sounding, ultrasonic soldering, ultrasonic drilling. Electricity and Magnetism Concept of potential gradient, equipotential surfaces Lorentz force, motion of electrons in uniform electric field – parallel, perpendicular, and inclined fields, electrostatics deflection, motion of electrons in the uniform magnetic fields— parallel, perpendicular, and inclined fields, magneto static deflection, electric and magnetic fields in cross field configuration, velocity filters, electron optics, electron diffraction- Bethe’s law, electrostatic lenses, electron gun, cathode ray tube, electrostatic and magneto static deflection system, cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO)-construction working and applications. PRACTICALS: Study of crystal structure – 1 (Unit Cell) Study of crystal structure – 2 (Miller Indices) Characteristics of PN Junction Diode Characteristics of transistor Ultrasonic Interferometer Ultrasonic Flaw Detector Ultrasonic processor and cleaner Cathode Ray Oscilloscope 3/52

2

3

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

1 2 3 4

RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Engineering Physics , R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta Material Science and Engineering , V. Raghavan A Textbook of Engineering Physics, M.N.Avadhanulu, P.G.Khirsagar Solid State Physics , Kittle

Name of Course :Engineering Mathematics 1 Complex Numbers Argand diagram, Cartesian, polar and exponential form of complex number, De’Moivres theorem, Power and roots of exponential and trigonometric functions, Hyperbolic and logarithmic functions, inverse trigonometric functions. Vector Algebra and Vector Calculus and Solid Geometry Vector triple product and product of 4 vectors, Differentiation of a vector function of a single scalar variable. Theorems on derivatives of sum and product, Curves in space, Serret Frenet formulae curvature, torsion, osculating plane, normal plane and rectifying plane. Equation of plane angle between two planes. Equation of straight line angle between two lines, shortest distance between two lines. Sphere, section of sphere by a plane, tangent plane. Cone cylinder and quadratic surfaces or conicoid. Differential Calculus Successive differentiation of nth derivatives of function such as (ax + b) m , (ax + b) -1 eax, Sin (ax + b), cos (ax + b), log (ax + b), e ax sin (bx + c), eax cos (bx + c), Leibnitz’s theorem, Mean value theorems, Rolles theorem, Lagrange‘s and Cauchy’s mean value theorem, Idea of convergence and divergence series, Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series, Indeterminate forms and L Hospital rule. Partial Differentiation Partial derivatives of first and higher order, total differentials, composite functions and implicit functions, Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions with two and three independent variables, Errors and approximations, Maxima and minima of a function of two variables. REFERENCE BOOKS: Higher Engineering Mathematics, Dr.B.S.Grewal-Khanna Publications A Text Book of Applied mathematics, P.N & J.N.Wartikar - Pune Vidyarthi Griha Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erurin Kreyszing – Wiley Eastern Limited Applied Mathematics 1, G.V.Kumbhojkar-C.Jamnadas & Co. Applied Mathematics 1, Dr. U.B.Jungam, K.P.Patil

2

3

4

1 2 3 4 5

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

4/52

Name of Course :Engineering Graphics-I 1 2 3 Introduction Drawing instruments, symbolic lines, lettering, dimensioning system as per I. S. conventions, geometrical constructions and tangential arcs (01) Engineering Curves Ellipse, parabola and hyperbola, by Focus directrix Method & Rectangle Method, Cycloid, Involute by various methods including their tangents and normals (02/20) Projections Projections of points and lines to both the reference planes including HT and VT ( excluding application problems), Projection of planes inclined to both the reference planes( excluding H.T and V.T) Projections of Right Regular Solids Cube, prism, pyramid, tetrahedron, cylinder & cone with inclined to both H.P and V.P.( excluding spheres, hollow and composite solids) Orthographic Projections Multi-view orthographic projections of simple machine parts by first angle method of projection( 02/20) Sectional View Sectional view of simple machine parts ( full section, half section, offset section, partial section, removed and revolve sections) (01/10) Isometric Views PRACTICALS All the drawings should be prepared during the practical class hours using half imperial drawing sheets. Engineering Curves (01) Projections of solids (01) Sections of solids (01) Development of Lateral Surfaces (01) Orthographic Projections & Sections (02) Isometric Views (01) Reading of Orthographic Projections & Sections (02) Building Plan & Section (01) Recommended Text Books: Engineering Drawing – Plan & Solid Geometry by N.D.Bhat, Charotal Pub. House Machine Drawing by N.D.Bhat Engineering Drawing by M.B. Shah & B.C. Rana. Pearson Education Engineering Drawing 1 & 2 by N.H. Dubey Nandu Book House REFERENCE BOOKS Engineering Graphics by Glesecke & others Macmilan Publishers Engineering Graphics by Thomas E. French & others – McGraw Hiel Publishers Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing by Warren J Luzadder. Prentice Hall of

4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 1 2 3

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

5/52

India.

Name of Course : Elements of Engineering -1 1 Introduction Effect of temperature on resistance, Resistance temperature coeff, Work, Power energy and relationship between Thermal, mechanical and electrical units. ( problems based on above topics) D.C. Networks Star-delta transformation, series-parallel combination of network, Kirchoff’s law, Loop and nodal analysis, Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s & Noratons theorem, maximum power transfer theorem. Magnetic Circuits BH Curve, expression for eddy current loss, series-parallel magnetic circuits, Inductance, self inductance, mutual inductance and emf induced due to self and mutual inductance, coeff of coupling energy stores. A.C. Circuits Sinusoidal voltage and current waveforms , RMS and average value, R-L,RC,RLC series parallel circuits, phaser diagram, power & power factor, series and parallel resonance Three Phase Balanced System Three phase voltage generators and waveform, star and delta balanced systems. Relationship between phase and line quantities, phase diagram power in a three phase circuit Generation of Electricity Basic concepts about thermal, hydro & nuclear power stations Single phase transformer Construction, principle of operation, emf equation Three phase induction motor Construction, principle of operation PRACTICALS Verification of Kirchoff’s Current and Voltage Law Verification of Superposition theorem Verification of Thevenin’s Theorem and Norton’s Theorem Study of Single Phase series and parallel circuits Verification of voltage and current relationship of Balanced Star and Delta networks Study of series Resonance REFERENCE BOOKS Principle of Electrical Engineering , A.Vincent Deltoro PHI Principles in Electrical Engineering, S.Parker Smith. Oxford university

2

3

4

5

6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

6/52

Name of Course :Computer Programming-1 1 Programming paradigms Role of programming languages, Programming paradigm, Algorithm, Programming constraints: Selection, Looping, Sequence. Language evaluation criteria, Practices and attributes of good programming languages Data Types Character set, variable names, data types, constants and declaration. Operators Operators & expressions, precedence of operators. Basic input and output Basics input and output, formatted input and output Control Structure Concept of a block statement, if, if –else, switch, looping structures – For, Do, While Functions Parameter passing, Use of pointers, Recursion Arrays One dimensional, Two dimensional and multi dimensional arrays, their limitations, their initialization & manipulation Strings String processing Structure and Unions Basic of structures, initialization File Management Low level file access error handling PRACTICALS Each candidate shall submit a journal in which the candidate has recorded at least 15 programs based on the topics given below. The programs can be implemented in Turbo C/Microsoft ANSI C. Algebraic problem – Newton Raphson, quadratic roots etc. Array based searching sorting – binary search, bubble sort. Matrix manipulations using real and complex elements. Banking applications – fixed deposit interest calculations, loans repayments. Text processing – extracting of words, searching sorting of words. Enumerated data types and sets. Recursion – factorial calculation, quick sort algorithm. Study of internal and external Dos commands. REFERENCE BOOKS Programming Language, B.W.Kernighan, D.M.Ritchie - PHI Computer Programming UNIX &C , M.P.Bhave, S.A.Patekar, Nandu Programming With C , Schaum’s - TMH

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

7/52

4

Fundamentals of Programming Language, V.Rajaram, PHI

Name of Course : Workshop Practice I and II 1 Fitting Use and setting of fitting tools for marking, center punching, chipping, cutting, filing, drilling, tapping Term work to include one simple job involving above mentioned operations Carpentary Use and setting of hand tools like hack saw, jack plane, chisels and gauges for construction of various joints Term work to include one simple job involving a joint Demonstration for wood turning and report writing Forging (smithy) At least one job for change of cross sectional area like round into rectangular or making a ring from a round bar Welding Edge preparation Term work to include one simple job having lap or butt welding of plates or fillet welding Plain turning Operations: simple turning, step turning, taper turning Term work to include one simple job involving above mentioned operations Electrical board wiring House wiring, staircase wiring, go-down wiring, three-phase wiring Printed circuit boards Layout drawing, +ve and -ve film making, PCB etching and drilling, tinning and soldering techniques Sheet metal and brazing Use of sheet metal working hand tools, cutting, bending and spot welding Plumbing Use of plumbing tools, spanners, wrenches, threading dies, demonstration of preparation of a domestic plumbing line involving fixing of a water tap and use of coupling, elbow, tee, tee and union etc. Masonry Use of mason's tools like trowel, hammers, spirit level, square, plumb, line and pins etc. Demonstration of mortar making, single and one and half brick masonry, english and flemish bonds, block masonry, pointing and plastering

2

3 4

5

6 7 8 9

10

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

8/52

Name of Course :Engineering Chemistry - II 1 Corrosion and its Control Introduction to corrosion, cause & effect of corrosion, chemical or dry corrosion, electrochemical or wet corrosion, types of electro chemical corrosion (galvanic corrosion, pitting, soil, crevice corrosion, differential aeration corrosion, water line corrosion, under ground corrosion, microbial corrosion), Corrosion control: Prevention of corrosion by material selection and design, cathodic protection, use of protective coatings (metals & paints) 2 Fuels Definition & classification of fuels, characteristics of good fuel, calorific value: high and low C.V. Units, Dulong’s formula with numerical problems Coals, analysis of coal: proximate and ultimate with significance, carbonization of coal, types of carbonization of coal Gaseous fuels: composition and properties of natural gas, LPG and coal gas Other sources of energy: wind power, water power, geothermal power, tidal power 3 Petroleum & PetroChemistry Petroleum, refining of crude petroleum oil, fuels for IC engines, Petrol, Diesel, Octane Number, Cetane number, Aviation gasoline, Cracking – thermal & catalytic Petrochemicals Alkanes – Alkenes, Cycloalkanes, benzene & its homologous derived from petroleum & its fraction and their important related uses 4 Electro Chemistry Electrolytes, Industrial Insulators, electric Cells, primary Cell, Secondary cell (battery) , fuel cells 5 Metallurgy & Alloys Ore concentration, smelting, refining, metal extraction by electrolysis, metals as reducing agents in extraction process Alloys: Steel & alloy steels, duralumin, magnalumin, Solder alloys 6 Environmental Chemistry Air pollution, water pollution, radio active Pollution, Solid waste materials, pollution by motor cars and air crafts, pollution by noise, e - waste PRACTICALS: 1 Estimation of iron in plain carbon steel 2 Determination of zinc in brass 3 Nickel in steel alloy 4 Determination of lime in cement 5 Nitrogen in fuel 6 Transport fuel adulteration RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1 Engineering Chemistry, Jain and Jain 2 Text book of Engineering Chemistry, M M Uppal 3 Engineering Chemistry, S S Dara

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

9/52

Name of Course :Engineering Physics – II 1 Interference Superimposition of waves, constructive & destructive interference, general conditions of interference, interference at parallel thin films – reflected and transmitted light rays, antireflection coating, highly reflective coating, interference at wedge shaped film – reflected & transmitted rays, Newton’s rings, testing of optical flatness of surface 2 Diffraction: Fraunhofer and Fresnel, Fraunhofer diffraction at single slit, double slit and multiple slit, diffraction grating, characteristic of diffraction grating and its application 3 Optical fiber :Total internal reflection, importance of total internal reflection, acceptance angle & acceptance cone, numerical aperture, Single mode fiber, step index multimode fiber, graded index multimode fiber, applications 4 X Rays Production of x rays, properties of x-rays, Characteristics and continuous rays, continuous spectrum. Characteristic of x- ray spectrum, origin of the continuous xrays, origin of the line spectra, Moseley’s law, Bragg’s law, Bragg’s x- ray spectrometer, determination of crystal structure, applications of x – rays 5 Laser Induced absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission, Active medium, population, thermal equilibrium, Einstein coefficient, condition for light amplification, requisite for laser system, properties, population inversion, condition for laser action, pumping & lasing, solid state laser, ruby laser, helium – neon laser, holography 6 Nuclear Physics Isotopes, the nuclear force, Nuclear density, atomic mass unit, mass defect, binding energy, natural radioactivity, activity of radioactive substance, radiation detector, artificial radioactivity, Q value, nuclear fission & fusion PRACTICALS: 1 Newton’s rings 2 Wedge shape method 3 G M Counter – I (inverse square law) 4 G M Counter – II (optical activity) 5 LASER diffraction 6 Study of fibre optics RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 A text book of optics, N Subramanyam and Brij Lal 2 A textbook of engineering, M N Avadhanulu and P G Kshirsagar 3 Fundamental of optics, Jenkins and White 4 Nuclear Physics, Kaplan

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

10/52

Name of Course :Engineering Mathematics – II Improper integrals 1 Beta and gamma functions Error function Differentiation under integral sign Integral calculus Curve tracing, Rectification of plane curves Double and triple integration Jacobian, properties of Jacobian Uses of Jacobian for evaluating integrals with transformation Evaluation of double integration by changing order of integration, changing to polar form Applications of double and triple integration to area, mass and volume computations Differential equations Differential equations of first order and first degree, exact differential equation and those that can be reduced to exact by use of integrating factors. Linear differential equation, Bernoulli’s equation and equations reducible to liner equations, linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients, complimentary functions, particular integrals Generalized rule and P.I. for equation of type f(D)y = X where X = eax, sin(ax +b), cos(ax+b), xm, eaxV, xV where V is a function of x only. Cauchy’s linear homogeneous equation and Legendre’s differential equation. Method of undetermined coefficients and variation of parameter method. Partial Differential equations Formation of partial differential equation Methods to solve the first order partial differential equations of the type: F(p,q)=0, F(p,q,z)=0, F1(x,p)=f2(y,q), Lagrange’s form Pp+Qq=R Transformation of variables, Method of multipliers, method of grouping, Homogeneous linear equations, short method to find P.I., (1/F(D,D’)(eax+by), (1/F(D2,DD’,D’2), cos or sin( ax+by), (1/F(D,D’)(xryr), Non homogeneous linear equation RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Higher Engineering Mathematics, B S Grewal A Text book of Applied Mathematics, P N Wartikar and J N Wartikar Applied Mathematics, G V Kumbhojkar, -C.Jamnadas & Co. Applied Mathematics, Dr U B Jangam, K P Patil and N M Kumthekar Advanced Engineering Mathematics, H.K. Das, S. Chand Publications

2

3

4

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

11/52

elastic impact. 5 Kinematics of particles Rectilinear motion. equilibrium of bodies on inclined plane. Relative velocity 6 Kinematics of rigid bodies Translation. 2. plastic impact Work done by force. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 12/52 . center of gravity of wires bent in different shapes. semi-elastic impact. Parallel force system. 2. tangential and normal components of acceleration. impulse momentum principle. 3 Friction Laws of friction. introduction to Graphic static’s. Type of supports. acceleration time and velocity time curves and their applications Velocity and acceleration in Cartesian and polar co-ordinate system. equation of dynamic equilibrium in linear and curvilinear motion Linear momentum. Couple. Varignon’s theorem. 4 Principle of Virtual Work and Forces in Space Principle of Virtual Work – application to link systems with single degree of freedom only. motion along a plane curved path. (without internal hinge). Resultant and equilibrium of concurrent force system. moment of force about any point. principle of conservation of energy PRACTICALS 1 Simple Roof Truss 2 Bell Crank Lever 3 Simple Beam 4 Simple Jib Crane B. distributed forces in plane. Moment of force about a point and about an axis. Projectile motion. uniform acceleration. pure rotation and plane motion of rigid bodies Instantaneous center of zero velocity and zero acceleration for bodies in plane motion 7 Kinetics of particles and rigid bodies D’Alembert principle. displacement time. Application to problems involving wedge and ladders. General force system.Concurrent force system. screws and belt friction – only simple problems involving tension on both sides of pulley to be covered. Analysis of pin jointed plane truss by method of joints and method of sections. Forces in Space – 1.Name of Course :Engineering Mechanics 1 System of Coplanar Forces Resultant of Concurrent force system. Resultant of Parallel force system and General force system 2 Equilibrium of System of Co-planar Force Condition of equilibrium for 1. Principle of conservation of momentum Impact of solid bodies. non-uniform acceleration. 3. Simple harmonic motion. centroid of plane area. potential and kinetic energy and work-power energy equation. Area Moment of Inertia and mass Moment of Inertia. Determination of reactions at supports for various types of determinate structures.

continuity equation. heat. solar. Applications of steady flow. surroundings & boundary. gas turbines. biomass. no numerical) Conventional & non conventional energy sources Thermal. of fly wheel 11 Compound pendulum 12 Torsional pendulum 13 Principle of conservation of energy (connected bodies with flywheel) 14 Stiffness of spring REFERENCE BOOKS: 1 Mechanics for Engineers. rotary compressors. McGraw Hill 6 Engineering Mechanics. reciprocating IC engines. Macro & microscopic approach Laws of Thermodynamics Principles of conservation of mass & energy. processes & cycles. hydraulic. nuclear. power. Schaum Outline Series 3 Engineering Mechanics. first law of thermodynamics. McGraw Hill 2 Engineering Mechanics. temperature & temperature scale. Singer. work.I. Mclean and Nelson. blowers. study of household refrigerators & window air conditioners using schematic diagrams (elementary treatment only. Pearson Education 4 Engineering Mechanics. hydraulic turbines. no numericals) Power absorbing Devices Reciprocating pumps & compressors. ocean thermal energy. biogas. McGraw Hill Name of Course :Elements of Engineering II 1 Fundamental Concepts and Definitions Thermodynamics system. geothermal. R C Hibbeler. Zeroth law of thermodynamics. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 13/52 . energy equation to nozzles. A K tayal.. compressed air motor (theoretical study using schematic diagrams. Joule’s experiment. energy. application of first law of flow & non flow processes & cycles. Timoshenko and Young. Beer and Johnston. Units & dimensions. Concept of internal energy & enthalpy. fuel cells (schematic of plant layout) Heat Transfer 2 3 4 5 6 B. centrifugal pumps. wind. turbines & pumps Power producing Devices Boilers & Steam turbines. tidal waves. thermodynamic properties.5 Link Chain 6 Screw Jack (Friction) 7 Shear Leg Apparatus 8 ‘g’ by falling weight method 9 Plane motion of bodies 10 M. Umesh 5 Engineering Mechanics.

manipulators (endl. setw(). heat transfer. study of pillar drilling machine (operation only). control structures. concept of sustainable development PRACTICALS: 1 I C Engine 2 Domestic refrigerator 3 Window air conditioner 4 Shell and tube heat exchanger 5 Solar water heating system 6 NC / CNC machine 7 Power transmitting elements: coupling. conduction. G Shanmugam. description of type of heat exchangers Introduction to metal cutting processes Lathe. Conducting & insulating materials & their properties. Newton’s law of cooling.7 8 9 10 Basic modes of heat transfer. shaft RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1 Basic Mechanical Engineering. lathe machine. New Age Publication 3 Elements of Mechanical Engineering. Stephen – Boltzmann law of radiation. preprocessor directives. working principles & types of operations) drilling machine. emissivity & its value for practical interpretation. member functions. rope. input and output. bush & ball bearings. Fourier’s law of heat conduction. static data and member functions. center lathe (basic elements. belt. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 . convection & radiation. Mathur S B and Domkundwar S. chain. introduction to NC / CNC machines Introduction to metal joining processes Welding. functions. gear. friend functions and friend classes 14/52 B. couplings. arrays. grinding & power saw machines. axles. keys. K Venugopal. soldering & brazing methods and applications Mechanical Devices Drives: Individual & group drives. object as function parameters. accssing class members. difference between C and C++ Objects and classes Data hiding and encapsulation. flywheel & governor (types & applications only) Impact of environment on engineering activities. setprecision). Dhanpat Rai & Co Name of Course :Computer Programming – II 1 2 C++ fundamentals (moving from C to C++) Data types. private and public members. Tata McGraw Hill 2 Basic Mechanical Engineering. gear drives & friction clutches & brakes (types & applications only) Machine elements: power transmission shafts. drilling.

inline functions. filling and text functions. graphic mode graphics. opening and closing a file. abstract classes. referencing and dereferencing. M P Bhave and S A Patekar. types of heritance. overloading of insertion and extraction operators. destructors. 5 Inheritance Derived and base class. storing image on the disk 9 File handling Files and streams. M A Ellis and B Stroustrap. THIS pointer. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 15/52 . pointers and memory management. derived class constructors. overriding functions. functions with default arguments. address operator. pointer to functions and objects. (single block and many small blocks of memory) 7 Virtual functions and polymorphism Polymorphism and its types. need for virtual functions. drawing. Pearson Education REFERENCE BOOKS: 1 The annotated C++: reference manual. case study PRACTICALS: 1 Simple programs to implement object passing and returning object 2 Class for complex variables 3 Data manipulation classes 4 Matrix manipulation class with operator overloading 5 String class 6 Programs on inheritance and its types 7 Programs on graphics and animated graphics TEXT BOOK: Object Oriented Programming with C++. constructors with default arguments.3 Object installation and cleanup Constructors. drawing various shapes. unary operator overloading. pure virtual functions. animation using Getimage and Putimage functions. pointer variable. design and implementation. colors and pallets. private. text and binary files 10 Object oriented system development Programming language before object orientation and advantages of object oriented analysis. relational and assignment operators. pointer to derived class object. void pointers. default constructors and copy constructors 4 Function and operator overloading Function overloading. protected and public inheritance. virtual base class and inheritance relationship 6 Pointers Pointer concepts. dynamic or late binding 8 Graphics Text mode graphics. use of setting. parameterized constructors. Pearson Education B. binary operator overloading such as arithmetic. New and Delete operators. dynamic memory allocation. ANSI base document. protected members. operator returning value. linked lists. constructor overloading.

Schaum’s outline series. Tata McGraw Hill B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 16/52 .2 3 Programming with C++. J R Hubbard. E Bslguruswamy. McGraw Hill Object oriented programming with C++.

Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 17/52 .BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING B.

Application to solve ordinary differential equations with one dependent variable. Inverse of a matrix. Linear property of Laplace. uses and necessity of geodetic surveying. 2 Matrices Types of matrices.S. classifications. partial fractions and convolution theorem. Stoke’s theorem. Complex form of Fourier series. divergence theorem and its applications Recommended Books: Higher Engineering Mathematics. Consecervative. System of Homogeneous and non-homogeneous equations. Even and Odd functions. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 18/52 . 3 Fourier series and integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions. Partitioning of matrix. theorems. Expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. Laplace transforms of standard functions such as1. 4 Vector calculus Scalar and vector point functions.Transform. Half range expansions. second shifting theorem. A R Vasishtha Course Name:-Geomatics – I 1 Introduction Various types of surveying. erf(t). tn eat. Cayley Hamilton’s theorem and functions of square matrix. micrometers on surveying instruments. Adjoint ( Adjugate) of a matrix. Elementary transformations of matrix. sinat. L {f(t)/t} L{ o∫t f(u) du}. Tech. T Veerrajan. coshat. Dirchlet’s theorem. Inverse Laplace Transform using linear property. Dr B S Grewal. Parseval’s relations. Irrotational and Solenoidal field. Dirac delta functions. Tata McGraw Hill Matrices. L {tn f(t)}. astronomy and hydrographic surveying Diagonal scale. sinhat. Khanna Publications A text book of Applied Mathematics. rank of a matrix.based on methods and instruments. Wiley Eastern Limited Engineering Mathematics for Semester III. First shifting theorem. B. P N & J N Wartikar. Fourier integral. their consistency and solution. B. photographic. Line integral and its properties. L {f ’(t)}. Pune Vidyarthi Griha Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Periodic functions and their Laplace Transforms. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of square matrix. Directional derivative Curl and Divergence. Erurin Kreyszig. Semester III Course Name:-Applied Mathematics – I 1 Laplace Transforms Function of bounded variation. Reduction to a normal form. cosat. Grren’s theorem.Y. Heaviside. L {dn / dtn f(t)} Change of scale property: Unit step functions. Fourier series of Periodic function with period 2π and 2l. various types of venires. Dirchlet's Conditions.

2 3 4 5 6 principles of surveying Chain surveying. use of laser for works Setting out center line for tunnel. transfer of levels to underground work Project / route survey for bridge. setting out of foundation plan for load bearing and framed structure. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 19/52 . errors in theodolite survey Use of theodolite for various works such as prolongation of a straight line. uses and advantages. dam and canal Checking verticality of high rise structures Areas Area of a irregular figure by Trapezoidal rule. volume from contour plan Plane table surveying Definitions.definition. balancing of traverse by Bow-Ditch’s transit and modified transit rules Problems on one-plane and two-plane methods. whole circle. slope and grade stakes. uses and characteristics of contour lines. corrections and precautions to be taken in leveling work Contour – definitions. volume from spot levels. quickset. area of zero circle. methods of interpolation Grade contour. contour interval. compass – prismatic. setting out in field Computation of volume by trapezoidal and prismoidal formula. omitted measurements Precautions in using theodolite. use. cross section. methods of repetition and reiteration Different methods of running a theodolite traverses. technical terms. various co ordinate methods Planimeter: types of planimeter including digital planimeter. L section. setting out with theodolite Setting out of sewer line. problems Difficulties in leveling work.different types. auto Temporary and permanent adjustments of dumpy and auto level Different methods of leveling. temporary and permanent adjustments of a transit. temporary adjustments Different methods of plane table surveying Two point problem Errors in plane table survey. horizontal and vertical angles. batter board. precise. surveyor. use of telescopic alidade Traverse Surveying Compass: Bearings. technical terms. direct and indirect methods of contouring Running a level line.Various parts and axis of transit. Simpson’s 1/3 rule. different types of levels such as dumpy. minor instruments for setting out right angle Leveling and contouring Definitions. average ordinate rule. reduced bearings. use of planimeter B. equivalent. setting out an angle Setting out works General horizontal and vertical control. instruments required for linear measurement. reduction of levels. Gales’ traverse table. Local Attraction Theodolite:. culvert.

Materials and products based on mineral binders. plaster of paris. biological. N N Basak. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 20/52 . gypsum. and economic characteristics 3 Surface finishes Pointing: types. aesthetical and other complex properties like durability. face bricks and tiles.Radiation . plastering: materials and types. chemical. mechanical. hydraulic lime. Paints and Varnishes: types and uses 4 Masonry Construction Structural Clay products. load bearing and composite. mortars and concrete.Practicals: Use of Amslar polar planimeter for finding the area of irregular figures and certifying it by using Digital Planimeter Use of optical theodolite / Electronic theodolite for measurement of horizontal and vertical angles Theodolite traverse. Common clay brick. lime. Building facia. aesthetical and economic Study of properties of materials: physical. Intersection and Traversing Setting out a simple foundation plan in the field Recommended Books: Surveying and Leveling. Pune Vidyarthi Griha. Tata McGraw Hill Surveying. booking methods Methods of plane tabling:. paving blocks Brick masonry. stone masonry and block masonry B. compatibility. Classification. Pune Surveying and Leveling. Gale’s traverse table A two day project on theodolite traversing and plane table detailing. reliability. ceramic tiles. R Agor. Khanna Publishers Course Name:-Building Materials and Construction 1 Introduction Types of structures – framed. cement. gypsum-concrete products. requirements of building materials and products. painting. Use of optical theodolite / Electronic theodolite for one plane and two plane methods Simple and compound leveling by using Dumpy / Auto Level. Kanetkar & Kulkarni. functional. Vol I & II. suitability and economic aspects of each type 2 Building materials Classification of Building materials.

Vol I to VII Building Drawing. and wood composites. transportation and placing. suitability Roofs – materials used. floor finishes. manufacture of doors and windows. specific volume.5 Doors and windows Types. water proofing and sealing resins. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 21/52 . 2 Fluid Statics Measurement of Pressure: Pressure variation in a static fluid. Tata McGraw Hill Publications Relevant IS Codes Course Name:-Fluid Mechanics 1 Properties of Fluid: Mass density. Khanna Publishers Engineering Materials. classification of fluids. materials for formwork. Pile Foundation 7 Concrete construction Batching and mixing. shoring and strutting. 6 Excavation and foundations Excavation in soils and rocks. C M Kale. Rangwala Materials of Construction. elasticity. heat insulating and sound proofing plastics. B. V K Jain. Types and Uses. Aluminum alloys. variation of viscosity with temperature. S Y Patki. Basic concept applicable to fluid mechanics. specific gravity. Mackay. compressibility. vapour pressure. specific weight. M G Shah. floor covering. manufacturing – storage – curing and erection methods for pre-cast componentsFormwork – design of simple form work. manufacture Metal and metal alloys: Products made of ferrous and non ferrous metals. roof coverings.C. continuous and raft. dewatering Simple foundations like isolated. scaffolding 8 Damp proofing and water proofing materials and methods Bitumen. PASCAL’s law. defects in timber. Method of Fixing. materials used. 5 Floors and roofs Floors – types of floors. strip. fixtures Grill work – materials used. centering and staging. Units and scales of pressure B. surface tension. Ghosh. suitability. roof drainage Synthetic Polymer resins and resins based materials. curing Pre-cast concrete – advantages. Newton’s law of viscosity. capillarity. Punmiya Building Construction. wooden and steel trusses. tars and asphalt: Properties and uses Recommended Books: Building Construction. Anticorrosive treatment Glass Types and uses Wood varieties and uses. wall facing. types. Tata McGraw Hill Services in Building Complex. preservative treatments. dynamic viscosity and kinematics viscosity.

U-Tube Manometer. Velocity of approach.U-Tube Differntial Manometer . Experimental determination of hydraulic coefficient. Bend meter. End contractions. Archimedes Principle. Small and large orifice. Mechanical Pressure Gauges. Trajectory of free –jet. Equilibrium of Floating bodies and Submerged bodies Evaluation of Metacentric Height –Theoretical Method and Experimental Method Oscillation of Floating Body Fluids in Relative Equilibrium: Static fluid subjected to uniform linear acceleration Liquid containers subjected to constant horizontal acceleration and constant vertical acceleration.3 4 5 6 measurement –Atmospheric pressure.e. Streaklines and Streamtubes. Flow net Fluid Dynamics Euler’s equation. External cylindrical mouthpiece. Pathlines. Single Column Manometer. Cippoletti Notch. Two and Three dimensional Circulation and vorticity. Orifice . Hydrostatic Paradox. Total Pressure on Curved Surfaces. One . Practical applications of Total Pressure and Center of Pressure Buoyancy and Flotation: Buoyant force. Pressure Diagram.Venturi meter. Inverterd U-Tube Differntial Manometer. Types of fluid flow Steady and unsteady flow. Buoyancy and Center of Buoyancy. Absolute Pressure. Convergent – divergent mouthpiece. Measurement of velocity-Pitot tube. Orifice meter. Subcritical . Mach cone. Uniform and non-uniform flow. Mach number. Micromanometers. Rotometer. Gauge Pressure and Vacuum Pressure. B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 22/52 . Compressible and Incompressible Flow . Flow through a Reservoir Opening i. Reynolds Experiment. Time of emptying a tank with notch or weir. Time of emptying a tank with orifice Mouthpieces-Classification. Liquid containers subjected to constant rotation Fluid Kinematics Fluid flow Methods of analysis of fluid motion. Piezometer. Bernoulli’s equation. Principle of Floatation Metacentre and Metacentric Height. Proportional Weir or Sutro Weir Compressible flow: Basic equations of flow (elementary study). Energy correction factor Flow Measuring Devices Measurement of discharge. Discharge over a stepped notch.Classification. Hydrostatic force on plane and curved surface: Total Pressure and Center of Pressure. Laminar. Hydraulic Coefficients. Total Pressure on Plane Surfaces and Depth of Center of Pressure. Ventilation of weir. Transitional and Turbulent flow Reynolds number. Borda’s mouthpiece Notches and Weirs -Discharge over a rectangular notch and a triangular notch. Rotational and Irrotational flow. Orifice. Nozzle meter. Streamlines. Critical and Supercritical flow. Velocity potential and Stream function.

Standard Book House Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics. Yield stress. S. retaining walls etc. Stress due to self weight. 6 Bending moment combined with axial loads Application to members subjected to eccentric loads. flitched beams. stresses in shaft when transmitting power. problems on chimneys..M. Unsymmetrical bending. close-coiled helical springs under axial load. Ltd. Shear center of thin walled sections such as angle. Transfer theorem. Shear Force and Bending moment Diagram Axial force. moments of inertia about principal axes. Bars of varying sections. Poisson ratio. core of a section. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 23/52 . channel and I sections. moment of inertia. Temperature stresses. 3 Theory of Pure Bending Flexure formula for straight beams. Kumar. Strain.Chand & Company Ltd Course Name:-Mechanics of Solids 1 Axial Force. K. B. principal axes of inertia. 2 Simple Stress & Strain Definitions of Stress. Jain.M. Dr. Subramanya. 4 Shear Stress in Beams Distribution of shear stress across plane sections. tee. P. Seth. Composite sections. S. source and sink. shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beams and frames. Flexural stresses due to bending in two planes for symmetrical sections. doublet. free vortex. involving lateral loads. Shear stress. Modulus of elasticity. bending of unsymmetrical sections. Fluid Mechanics.Area – Velocity relationship. K. Dr. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. product of inertia and polar moment of inertia of plane areas. Modulus of Rigidity. Modi and Dr. Ultimate stress.L. shear connectors. Bulk Modulus. Factor of safety. A. Stagnation Properties 7 Ideal fluid flow Uniform flow. Khanna Publishers Engineering Fluid Mechanics. List of Experiments: Hydrostatics Calibration of Flowmeter Measurement of viscosity Calibration of Orifices Study of Pressure Measuring Devices Calibration of Mouthpieces Stability of Floating Body Calibration of Notches Hydrostatics Force on Flat Calibration of Weirs Surfaces/Curved Surfaces Flow Visualisation -Ideal Flow Bernoulli’s Theorem Recommended Books: Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics. 5 Simple theory of torsion Torsion of circular shafts – solid and hollow.K.

transit mixer details. light weight concrete. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 24/52 .. James M. McGraw Hill Books Publishing Co. methods. Ltd. Timoshenko & Young. low heat Portland cement and sulphate resisting Portland cement as per relevant I.. Schaum’s Outline Series. Mechanics of Materials. E. rapid hardening Portland cement. effect of w/c ratio. Ltd. Ltd. 2 Grades of concrete: Concrete for ordinary work.. concept of equivalent torsional and bending moments. Brooks/Cole. Timoshenko & Gere.S. principal planes and principal stresses. 6 Ready mix concrete: requirements of ready mix concrete. MacMillan. 3 Concrete mix design: Mix design for compressive strength by I. laboratory testing of fresh and hardened concrete. Junnarkar. retarders. durability and strength requirements. chemistry and compatibility with concrete. Ryder. Mechanics of Materials. road note method and British method.7 Stresses and strains in thin cylindrical and spherical shells under internal pressure. maximum shear stress. mix B.H. Tata McGraw Hill Book Publishing Co. Strength of Materials. Course Name:-Concrete Technology 1 Properties of Ingredients: Properties of coarse and fine aggregates and their influence on concrete. 5 Admixtures: Plasticizers. stone aggregates. 8 Principal stresses General equations for transformation of stress. preservative treatments. physical properties of 33 Grade. 4 High performance concrete: Constituents of high grade concrete. Mechanics of Materials. Peter & Singer. Nash. McGraw Hill. Gere. bending and axial thrust. workability. various tests and application of high performance concrete. Mechanics of Materials. codes Stone types and properties. Popov. Charotar Publishers.B. acceptability criteria.S. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. types of cement and their use. test on admixtures. determination using Mohr’s circle. principal stresses in shafts subjected to torsion. P. high density concrete.. accelerators and other admixtures. Beer & Johnston. William A. Engineering Mechanics. Portland pozzolana cement. Mechanics of Structures. hydrophobic cement. 53 Grade ordinary Portland cement. mix design for flexural strength. 43 Grade. Tata McGraw Hill Book Publishing Co. S. Strength of Materials. principal stresses in beams. Recommended Books: Mechanics of Materials. G. McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd.

different tests.S. carbonation test. theory and practice. Bricks:  water absorption  compressive strength Wood:  Tension  Compression B. M.design of RMC.P. flow table) Effect of w/c ratio on strength of concrete. Jain & Jaikrishna. Shetty. Neville. Permeability test on concrete Tests on polymer modified mortar / concrete Tests on fiber-reinforced concrete Flexture test on beam (central point load and two point load) (plotting of load deflection curve and finding value of E) Recommended Books: Plain & reinforced concrete. codes.Construction Materials Laboratory Following experiments to be performed as per relevant IS standards: Physical properties of Cement :  Consistency. fiber reinforced concrete.S.  soundness. Course Name:. List of experiments: Effect of w/c ratio o workability (slump cone.  initial & final setting time. Special Publication of ACI on Polymer concrete and FRC. compaction factor. codes. 7 Concrete for repairs and rehabilitation of structures: Polymer concrete. corrosion of steel. Properties of concrete. Vol. ultrasonic) Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete & indirect tensile test on concrete. O. Study of admixtures & their effect on workability and strength of concrete. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 25/52 . half cell potentio-meter. Society & Pub. ultrasonic pulse velocity test. polymer impregnated concrete. polymer modified cement concrete and Ferro cement. Concrete technology. I. Proceedings of International Conferences on Polymer Concrete and FRC. Mix design in laboratory Non destructive testing of concrete – some applications (hammer. load test. 8 Non-Destructive testing of concrete: hammer test.  compressive strength. Relevant I.S. Modulus of rupture of concrete. V-B test. El. core test and relevant provision of I.

Curve fitting. Coefficient of correlation and Rank correlation. confidence internal. Central limit theorem. Regression analysis. Semester IV Course Name:. Estimation of parameters. Testing of Hypothesis. cast iron bar  Brinell hardness test  Rockwell hardness test  Izod impact test / charpy test Aggregates:  sieve analysis  crushing value  shape test  impact test  abrasion test  crushing test  Los angels abrasion test  soundness test Bitumen:  Penetration test  Ductility test  Softening point test  Viscosity test  Flash & fire point test S. Random sampling. point estimation.bend & rebend)  Test on cast iron (transverse.Y.Tiles:  transverse test  water absorption test Steel:  Tension test on mild steel bars (stress-strain) behavior. sampling distribution. Standard error. measure of variation and probability. Discrete and continuous Random variable Binomial.II 1 Statistics Review of measures of central tendency. Tech. Young's modulus determination)  Test on tour steel bar ( tension. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 26/52 . ‘t’ test and ‘F’ test.Applied Mathematics. B. method of least square B. tension)  Shear test on mild steel bar / cast iron bar  Torsion test on mild steel. Poisson and Normal distribution. Large sample and small sample tests. Chi-square test Correlation and regression. interval estimation.

Schaum’s Series Numerical Methods for Engineers. Crout’s (LU) method. stadia diagram and tables.S. linear methods of setting out of curves Angular methods for setting out of curves. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 27/52 .: Methods of observations. Segments: Spaces Segment.P. sight distance on a vertical curve. Kinematics of G.S. composite curve problems Vertical curves – definitions.S.. Gauss Jordan. Euler method Recommended Books: Mathematical Statistics.P. their properties and their advantages.S.Statistical quality control and control charts Analysis of variance 2 Numerical Methods Solutions of systems of linear algebric equations. difficulties in setting out curves and solutions for the same 2 Modern surveying instruments Electronics in surveying. stadia formula. Control Segment. Relative Positioning. office and field work. differential G. applications of Total Station in surveying. Satellites. principles. S S Sastry Course Name:.P. spiral angle Composite curves – office and field work.Taylor Series method. concept of total station Use of computer in survey work for level computation and plotting contour plan 3 Tacheometric surveying Principles and uses.S. different methods of tacheometer.types. uses and applications. Rungakutta method.P. self compensating instrument .II 1 Curves Definitions of different terms.S) G. corrections for field observations Electronic digital theodolite – types. necessity of curves and types of curves Simple circular curves and compound curves.Geomatics.P. subtense bar method. setting out of curve by angular method. shift. error and accuracy in tacheometry survey work 4 Global Positioning System (G. User Segment Features of G. advantages. two theodolite and Rankine deflection angle methods Reverse and transition curves. location details by tacheometer. Principle of Operation Surveying with G. general principles used in the instruments Auto levels. B. Digital Level Electronic distance measurements . Gauss Elimation. geometry and types. Absolute Positioning. Kapur & Saxena Statistics. S K Gupta Introductory methods of numerical analysis.P. Picard method. tangent correction and chord gradient methods. design of transition curves. Gauss Seidal and jacobi iteration Differential equation .

Tata McGraw Hil Surveying.P. Lo C. Tata mcGraw Hill B.G. block contouring and tacheometric survey Height and distance problems in tacheometric surveying Study of satellite images and its interpretation Determination of horizontal. interpolation techniques Practicals: To find the constants of a tacheometer and to verify field distances A project for preparing L section and cross section.ordinates:. III. maps.S. vector and raster analysis of digitized map by using suitable GIS software Collection of field data like point data. advantages of GIS. vector and raster data.S. Laxmi Publication Surveying and Leveling. G.P. Receivers: Navigational Receivers.P.C. geographical concept and terminology. line data and area data by using surveying and mapping GPS receiver Recommended Books: Surveying and Leveling. Basic component of GIS Commercially available GIS hardware and Software Field data. 5 Remote Sensing: Electromagnetic remote sensing process Physics of radiant energy: Nature of Electromagnetic radiation. Earth Resource satellites. lines. Electromagnetic spectrum Energy Source and its Characteristics Atmospheric influences: Absorption. Heights and mean sea level Heights Applications of G. Kang-tsung Chang. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 28/52 . and areas features. Khanna Publishers Concepts and Techniques of Geographical Information System. statistical data. Geodetic Coordinates to map co. Digital Data. aerial Photographs. spatial and non. Prentice Hall India Introduction to Geographical Information System. digitizer and scanners.Transformation from Global to Local Datum . sloping and vertical distance between any two points by using Total Station Geo-registration of map and its digitization by using suitable GIS software. B.P. preprocessing of data rectification and registration . Geodetic Receivers. Scattering Energy interaction with Earth Surfaces: Spectral reflectance Curve Image Acquisition: Photographic sensors. Vol I & II.ordinates .spatial information. satellite data. R Agor. Surveying Receivers. N N Basak.Punmiya .S. data entry through keyboard. Computation of Co.Yeung A K W. Image resolution Image Interpretation Application of Remote Sensing 6 Geographical Information System: Information systems. Map editing. points .

megascopic identification of common primary & secondary minerals. physical properties of minerals. study of weathering & its significance in physical & engineering properties of rocks like strength & water tightness. geological time scale. types. chemically formed and organically formed deposits. durability etc. structures & textures in metamorphic rocks. outliers & inliers. K. bedding.mode of formation.central type & fissure type. residual deposits. Geological action of river. characteristics of shallow water deposits like lamination. sedimentary and metamorphic rocks to identify them in field Igneous petrology. outcrop patterns. current bedding etc. classification.dip. earthquake zones of India Geological aspects for earthquake resistant structures 3 Mineralogy Methods of mineral identification. importance of structural elements in engineering operations 6 Stratigraphy Principle of stratigraphy & co-relation. physiographic divisions of India..as prescribed under Practicals 4 Petrology Study of igneous. Hatch’s scheme of classification. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 29/52 .Engineering Geology 1 Introduction Branches of geology useful to civil engineering. transport & depositional landforms created by them Volcanism.study of formations occurring in peninsular India 7 Geological investigations Preliminary geological investigations & their importance to achieve safety & B. commonly occurring sedimentary rocks Metamorphic petrology. rock cleavage. study of common igneous rocks Sedimentary petrology. rock forming minerals. construction and working of seismographs. erosion. Anjali Rao . classification of secondary rocks.mode of formation. faults and folds. distinguishing properties between igneous. importance of geological studies in various civil engineering projects 2 General geology Internal structure of the earth & use of seismic waves in understanding the interior Agents modifying the earth surface. textures. study of joints. study of common ore minerals .mode of formation. true clastic deposits. structures etc. metamorphic minerals. strike. agents and types of metamorphism. unconformities. textures. products of volcanoes Earthquakes..Remote sensing and Geographical information sysytem. commonly occurring metamorphic rocks 5 Structural geology Structural elements of rocks. BS Publications Course Name:.earthquake waves. wind & glaciers. sedimentary rocks.

Augite. favorable & unfavorable conditions in different types of rocks in presence of various structural features. quarrying methods and quarrying operations Practicals: Study of physical properties of the minerals Identification of minerals. Natrolite. Dionite. Shales. crypto-crystalline and amorphous silica & their varieties. percentage recovery. Dr R B Gupte A Text Book of Engineering & General Geology. Chromite. unconfined & perched aquifers. water table. Muscovite. Recommended Books: A Text Book of Engineering Geology. Plagioclase. trenches. folds. Augen gneiss. Orthoclase. Synite. Kyanite Identification of rocks – Igneous: Granite and its varieties. Hornblende schists. geological conditions to be avoided Stability of hill slopes Land slides. Actinolile. Talc. Hornblende. Garnet. Graphite.crystalline. causes and preventive measures for landslides Building stones Geological factors controlling properties of good building stones. Dolomite. drill holes. Asbestos. pervious & impervious rocks. Granite gneiss & its varieties. Marbles & quartzite Structural geological maps Study of core samples. Phyllite. Pumice. RQD. Calcite. Breccia. Dolerite. dykes & fractures on the dam site and treatment giving to such structures. geological logging. Parbin Singh A Text Book of Engineering Geology. Biotite. cone of depression & its use in civil engineering Geology of dam and reservoir site Importance of geological conditions while selecting the type of dam. Basalt and its varieties. Microcline. Volcanic Breccia. Dr Kesavalu B. consideration of common rocks as building stones. Fluorite. Bauxite. precautions to be taken to counteract unsuitable conditions. resistivity method & seismic methods Use of aerial photographs & satellite imageries in civil engineering projects Ground water Sources & zones. Melliolite. Pegmatite. Porphyry. their types.trial pits. Mica. geological factors controlling location of quarries. Hematite. study of different building stone from various formation in Indian peninsula. springs Factors controlling water bearing capacity of rocks. Schists. Volcanic Tuffs. Laterite.8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 economy of the projects. Trachyte. Olivine. Rhyolite. Limestone. Slate. Tourmaline. Magnetite. Galena. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 30/52 . Chalcopyrite. Corundum. Beryl. Sedimentary: Conglomerate. ideal geological conditions for dam and reservoir site. Sandstone & its varieties. tail channel erosion Tunneling Importance of geological considerations while choosing sites and alignment of the tunnel Ideal site conditions for tunneling. Gabbro. crushed zone. significance of faults. Pyrite. core logging. Gypsum. supporting case histories of dams and tunnel projects in Maharashtra state Methods of surface & sub-surface investigations. inclined drill holes.

Sport Clubs Other Structures: Offices. Causes of turbulence. M Chakraborty Course Name:. floors. Apartment Houses Building for Education: Schools. M G Shah. beams and slabs 4 Staircase: Types. mechanism of turbulence and effect of turbulent flow in pipes. displacement. Zoning.Applied Hydraulics – I 1 Laminar Flow Laminar flow through: circular pipes. momentum & energy thickness.Rules 7 Recommended Books: Building Drawing. Hotels. Club House. Definition of turbulence. Row Houses. design considerations. Laminar sub-layer. Tata McGraw Hill Building Drawing . Health Centers.Sane Civil Engineering Drawing. columns. D. Dispensaries. massing & composition. College. Stokes law. 2 Turbulent Flow: Reynolds experiment. instability. Green Belt. Cinema Hall.S.C. Sanatoriums Industrial Structures Buildings for Entertainment: Theaters. semi-empirical theories of turbulence. layout. 3 Boundary Layer Analysis: Assumption and concept of boundary layer theory. smooth and rough boundaries. Libraries Buildings for Health: Hospitals. Separation and Control. Prandtl’s mixing length theory. Recommendations of National Building Organisation 2 Planning of Buildings such as: Building For Residence: Bungalows. roofs – flat and pitched. master plan. scale and intensity. Hostels. Boundary-layer thickness. C M Kale. Resistance to flow of fluid in smooth and rough pipes. universal velocity distribution equation. Reynolds stresses. Measurement of viscosity. Moody’s diagram. Y. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 31/52 . Slums . size and location. laminar and Turbulent boundary layers on a flat plate. Road Systems. Concept of built environment & its application in Planning. doors and windows. Local and average friction coefficients. plumbing items. Rest Room 3 Preparation of constructional details and drawings of foundations. annulus and parallel plates. 4 Flow Past immersed bodies: B. Architectural Planning .Building Planning & Graphics – I 1 Principles of modular planning.Course Name:. Maternity Homes. materials for stair case construction 5 Perspective Drawing: One point Perspective and Two Point perspective 6 Town planning : Objectives and principles. Transition from laminar to turbulent flow. S Y Patki. staircases.

Floats. Seth.flat plate and Airfoil. Uniform Flow Continuity Equation . polar diagram. numerical and analytical approaches. Introduction to Open Channel Flow Comparison between open channel flow and pipe flow. Drag on a sphere. discharge curve Specific force Specific depth .Broad Crested Weir. Manning’s formula Factors affecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficient ‘ n ’. Specific energy curve. Computation of water surface profile by graphical. Karman Vortex Street. Computation of Uniform flow Normal depth . and Critical depth . Similitude.Magnus Effect and Circulation.M. classification of open channel flow. surge as a moving hydraulic jump. Gradually Varied Flow Dynamic Equation of Gradually Varied Flow. Standing Wave Flume . Rayleigh method. cylinder . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 32/52 . Elements and characteristics of hydraulic jump in a rectangular Channel. Direct Step method. Measurement of Velocity. Most economical section of channel.5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 Drag and lift . Standard Book B. Positive and negative surges. Hydraulic Jump Theory of hydraulic jump. Velocity Distribution of channel section. Energy dissipation and other uses.Energy Equation and Momentum Equation . Classification of surface profile. Dimensional Analysis and Hydraulic Similitude: Dimensional homogeneity. location of jump. Characteristics of surface profile. Graphical Integration method and Direct integration method. S. Chezy’s formula . Types . Model studies. Classification of channel bottom slopes . List of Experiment Length of establishment of flow Uniform Flow Velocity distribution in pipes Velocity Distribution in Open Laminar Flow channel flow Flow Visulisation Venturi Flume Studies in Wind Tunnel Standing Wave Flume Boundary Layer Gradually Varied Flow Flow around an Aerofoil / circular cylinder Hydraulic Jump Flow under Sluice Gate Recommended Books Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics. Dimensionless groups. Types of models. Modi and Dr. Application of dimensional analysis and model studies to fluid flow problem.Channel Transitions . classification of open channels.Currentmeter . critical flow. lift characteristics of airfoils . Characteristics of uniform flow . effect of free surface and compressibility on drag . Hot-wire anemometer.Types of drag .Development of lift on immersed bodies . Measurement of Discharge and Velocity – Venturi Flume.applications and location of hydraulic jump. Non-Uniform Flow Specific energy. length and height of jump.M.Lift . Buckingham’s Pi method and other methods. P. Parshall Flume . Dr. geometrical parameters of a channel.

Subramanya. Euler’s and Rankine’s design formulae. Ven Te Chow . shear force and bending moment for parabolic and segmental three hinged arches. influence line diagrams for horizontal tension in the cable. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. C. A. Dr. Ltd. H. concept of buckling. Open channel Hydraulics . Fluid Mechanics. Neal. Khanna Publishers Fluid Mechanics and fluid pressure Engineering. 2 Deflection of statically determinate structures: Deflection of determinate beams by Double integration Macaulay’s. Principle of virtual work (unit load method) and Castigliano’s theorem..Starin Energy and Castigliano’s theorem. B. simply supported beam. Structs subjected to eccentric and lateral loads. Charotar Publisher. struts with initial curvature.. Jain. S.K.B. Structural Mechanics Vol I & II. 5 Suspension bridges : Suspension cable with three hinged stiffening girder. shear force and bending moment for three hinged parabolic arch. Intermediate Structural Analysis. Structural Analysis. Theory of Structures. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. Structural theorems and their application.House Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics. Kumar. Strain energy in elastic structures.G. Influence lines for normal thrust. Ltd.S. Recommended Books: Basic Structural Analysis. Ltd. Laursen. Kotharia and sons. K. Bhavikatti. Open channel Flow . Tata McGraw Hill Book Publishing Co. Betti’s and Maxwell’s reciprocal theorems. Pergaman Press. Ltd. D. complementary energy. Wang. 6 Struts : struts subjected to axial loads. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 33/52 . McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Moment area and Conjugate beam methods. Norries & Wilbur. Timoshenko & Young.Structural Analysis – I 1 General theorems : Theorems relating to elastic structures. Subramanya.I.K. Principle of virtual work. Elementary Structural Analysis. criteria for maximum shear force and bending moment under moving loads for simply supported beams. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Course Name:. K. absolute maximum bending moment 4 Elastic arches : determination of normal thrust. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Vikas Publishers. Euler’s formula for strut with different support conditions. K. Structural Analysis. F. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. Reddy. Deflection of determinate pin jointed trusses and rigid jointed frames by principle of virtual work (unit load method) .. overhanging beam and pin jointed trusses. Junnarkar S. B. Castigliano’s theorem. C. 3 Influence lines for statically determinate structures : Influence lines for cantilever. shear force and bending moment at any section of the stiffening girder.

and porosity. 1.3 Comparison between soil and rock.1 Definitions: soils. measuring flask method. 2. to print / plot drawing/s at different scales 5 To draw objects to an exact size and combining the same to create different shapes. circles. 1. B. To use various view controls. styles.3 Relationship between volume.1 Moisture content by oven dry method. mirror and extend. porosity.moisture content.4. treatment T.Computer Aided Drafting 1 To create CAD files and draw basic elements (lines. saturation. unit weightpercent air voids. and alcohol method. void ratio.weight.2 Scope of soil engineering. 2. pycnometer. delete. 3 Terminology: extension line. mass specific gravity etc. degree of saturation. 2.2 Definitions: moisture content. sand bath method. 2. diameter symbols.P. specific gravity.Y. unit weights. moisture content.moisture content. B. dimension line. volume. To produce sectional drawings. to change colors . arcs. types and weights of existing elements. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 34/52 . void ratio.specific gravity etc. soil engineering. radius symbol. voids ratio. 2 Basic Definitions and Relationships: 2. to create multi-view drawing using orthogonal projections Practical: Typical wall section of LB and framed structures Door and Window section Roof Section – flat and sloping roofs Staircase sections D.1 Soil as three-phase system in terms of weight.2 Specific gravity by density bottle method. arrowhead. leader. pycnometer method.Course Name:. aligned and unidirectional dimensioning 4 To draw title block. Tech. rock mechanics. curves and polygons) in the file 2 To manipulate elements in the file by using manipulation tools like: move. Semester V Course Name:-Soil Mechanics 1 Introduction: 1. geotechnical engineering.4.C.4 Determination of various parameters such as: 2. copy. soil mechanics. torsional balance method radioactivity method. rotate.

sands replacement method. effect of water table. 3. flow & toughness indices. Terzaghi’s theory of consolidation. Darcy’s law. shrinkage limit.dimensional method. relation between major and minor principal stresses.2. compaction specifications and field control. theory of compaction. Effective Stress Principle: 7.1 Introduction. important characteristics of Mohr’s circle.2 Compaction in field. 8. stream and potential functions. effective stress in soils saturated by capillary action. textural classification. Consolidation of Soil: Introduction.3 Permeability aspects: permeability of stratified soils. general characteristics of soil in different groups. 5.in test. nature of effective stress. Stability of Slopes: B. factors affecting permeability of soil. comparison between compaction and consolidation. unconfined compression test.1 Introduction of soil classification: particle size classification. 4. Classification of Soils: 4. Permeability of Soil: 5.2. merits of direct shear test. consolidation settlement: one.4. submerged weight method. Mohr’s circle. 5. Plasticity Characteristics of Soil: 3. Shear Strength: Principle planes parallel to the coordinate axes. laboratory determination of optimum moisture content and maximum dry density. triaxial compression tests. plastic limit and shrinkage limit. vane shear test.2 Identification: field identification of soils. liquidity and consistency indices. Compaction of Soil: 8. graphical method to plot flow nets. pumping. Indian standard soil classification system.1 Introduction to hydraulic head. initial.out test. plastic limit.3 Use of consistency limits.1 Introduction. 5.2 Field method: pumping. seepage pressure. 7.2 Determination of coefficient of permeability 5.1 Introduction to definitions of: plasticity of soil.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 1 1 1 Unit weight by water displacement method. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 35/52 . characteristics of flow nets. falling head method. effective stress principle. consolidation test results. primary & secondary consolidation.1 Laboratory method: constant head method. CU and CD tests.2 Fluctuations of effective stress. validity of Darcy’s law. secondary consolidation.2 Determination of: liquid limit. test behaviour of UU. quick sand condition. Seepage Analysis: Introduction. spring analogy for primary consolidation. plasticity. core cutter method. final settlement of soil deposits. definitions of activity and sensitivity. unified soil classification. types of shear test: direct shear test.2. consistency limits-liquid limit. basic definitions. 3. Mohr-Coloumb theory.

Field Density using Core Cutter method. Saitech Publications. penetrometer tests. Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice by Alam Singh. Natural moisture content using Oven Drying method. 12. methods of boring. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by K. 3. & Whitman R. Terzaghi. number and deposition of trail pits and borings. Fundamentals of Soil Engineering by Taylor. Specific gravity of Soil grains. Laxmi Publications 2. 1 Soil Exploration:Introduction. friction circle method. Standard Publishers and Distributors. Venktatramaiah. John Wiley & Sons. Consistency limits by Liquid limit 9. 7. types of slope failures. Standard Publishers and Distributors. 2.W.D. 4. stability numbers and charts. Chapman & Hall. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by B.N. Relevant Indian Standard Specifications & Codes. Relative density. Grain size distribution by Sieve Analysis. New Delhi. 14. Field identification of Fine Grained soils. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by by V. R. Grain size distribution by Hydrometer Analysis. Punmia. 5. New Age International.F. 6.S. Soil Mechanics by Lambe T. soil 3 samplers and sampling.2 Introduction.. Compaction test: Modified Proctor test. Consistency limits by Plastic limit 10. Prentice Hall. 13.. 8. 6. Murthy. Field Density using Sand replacement method. 5. Practicals: List of tests : 1. New Delhi. Permeability test using Constant Head test method. New Jersey. 5. B. wedge failure Swedish circle method. 2. An Introduction to Geotechanical Engineering by Holtz. Soil Mechanics by Craig. analysis of finite and infinite slopes. Compaction test: Standard Proctor test. John Wiley & Sons. methods of investigation. 15. 4. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 36/52 . Arora. Geotechanical Engineering by C. 11.R. Theoretical Soil Mechanics by K. 4.C. different factors of safety. Permeability test using Falling Head method.V. R. References: 1. 3. borehole logs. geophysical methods. 3. Text Books: 1. Consistency limits by Shrinkage limit.

2. M G Shah. side elevations 3) Sectional elevation passing through rooms . hotels . buildings for entertainment and other structures like offices . site plan and area statements for 1. C M Kale. industry . S Y Patki. auditorium 3.Tractors and attachments. shovels. sources of construction equipment. scrapers . Y. restrooms by using suitable Computer aided drafting Software The detailing Should include:1) Typical floor plan . draglines. M Chakraborty • Introduction to AutoCAD 2005 : 2D and 3D Design . primary health center 4. special equipment. dozers and rippers. sections foundation plans furniture arrangement . trenching machines. bathrooms and toilets 4) Furniture arrangements of a typical Room 5) Site layout 6) Schedule for doors and windows 7) Area statement Practicals: Plan.1 Earthmoving Equipment :. factors affecting selection of construction equipment.1 Standard types of equipment . economic life. staircase. balancing of equipment 1. David S Course Name:. factors affecting their performance 1.Sane • Civil Engineering Drawing.Course Name:-Building Planning & Graphics – II Preparation of Constructional Details and drawings of residential buildings. hoes. elevation. cost of owning and operating equipment.S. residential buildings 2. clamshell. investment and operating costs. roof plan . buildings for health. office 5.Construction Equipment and Techniques 1 Construction Equipment:1. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 37/52 . Alf Yarwood • AutoCAD : The Complete Reference : Cohn. Guest house Recommended Books: • Building Drawing. trucks B. depreciation costs. foundation plan 2) Front Elevation . Tata McGraw Hill • Building Drawing .2 Study of equipments with reference to available types and their types and their capacities.

differential acting hammers. rod and ball crushers. using false work .L. stone column.Planning for field operations. dust control. transport. Mgraw hill iii) Jagdish Lal .3 Pile driving equipments:. gyratory and cone crushers. safety measures during fabrication and erection Concrete Construction:.2. forklifts . builder’s hoists.2.Geo-technical investigation . drilling patterns. Site selection . firing charge.2.jaw. 1. blasting material.6 Concrete manufacture. aggregate screens and screening plants.2 Drilling and blasting equipments :. sequence of lining operation. ropeways Tunneling:.5 Stone crushing equipment:.Bits. mixers.2. P.Sand drains . Construction Equipment and its Planning & Applications ii) R. cranes. hydraulic and diesel hammers. Bridge Construction:. placing and compacting equipment. roll crushers.2. Laxmi Publications B.2. mechanical moles. Launching of bridges by incremental launching. dumpers. cableways. pile driving hammers. Construction Equipment iv) Thomas baron . methods of tunneling in soft soils and in hard rock.Geo-technical investigations. Roller Compacted Concrete Ground Improvement Techniques:. portable plants 1. cofferdams . Purushothama Raj. vibratory drivers 1. selection of equipments and erection tools and method of welding. tunnel boring machines. selection of alignment. well point system 1. vaccum concreting . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 38/52 . beltconveyors.4 Pumping equipments:.Concreting under water. transporting and handling of explosives. tools and methods of cutting and joining . Ground Improvement Techniques . rollers and compactors 1. boomers. balanced cantilever construction method Steel Construction :.7 Air Compressor 1.Types. jackhammers.Reciprocating. Self Compacted Concrete . mass concreting. central batching and mixing plants. hammer mills. concrete pumps shotcrete 1. transit mixers. handbook of heavy construction vi) Dr. Reinforced earth technology Information related to special equipments and their application to Off-shore construction. diaphragm & centrifugal pumps. concreting in different weather conditions. electric blasting caps. sequence of operations for drilling and blasting method. types of tunnel supports. Foundation grouting Reference books:i) Varma Mahesh . Purifoy & Ledbetter . safety fuse. lining with pneumatic placers and by pump crete method. rock anchors . diaphragm wall . mucking.8 Equipments for moving materials.2 3 4 5 6 7 and wagons.2. ventilation of tunnels. drifters. drills. pavers.Construction Equipment and its Planning . Erection of Steel structures v) Stubbs. single acting and double acting.

air traffic characteristics. interlocking of signals and points. sleeper density. Correction of runway length. widening of gauges on curves. number of gate position. railway gauges and gauge problems 2. 2. Apron: size of the gate position. aircraft hangers and parking. exit taxiways. holding aprons. Hanger: general planning considerations. and development of new airports. location of terminal buildings. transition curves. blast considerations.6 Terminal area and airport layout: Terminal area. classification of obstruction. imaginary surfaces. 3.3 Rails: Coning of wheels and tilting of rails. 3. methods of construction.2 Cross section of permanent way and track components: Sleepers-functions and types. geometric standards. maintenance of tracks and traffic operations 3 Airport Engineering 3. runway configuration. factors affecting airport site selection. airport capacity. control of train movements. 2.2 Airport planning: topographical and geographical features. 3.1 Merits of rail transportation.Transportation Engineering – I 1 Introduction Role of transportation in society. different types of modes.4 Geometric design: Gradients. rail cross sections. B.5 Point and crossing: Design of turnouts and description of track junctions. 2. Objectives of transportation system. aircraft parking system. turning zones. approach zones. 3.5 Airport marking and lighting: marking and lighting of runways.1 Aircraft characteristics and their influence on airport planning. rail fastenings. 2.7 Signalling and interlocking: classification of signals. cant and cant deficiency. airport classification. ballast functions and different ballast materials. taxiways and approach areas 3. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 39/52 . Bridge Construction Wadell . 2. Concrete Construction Handbook Journals of Civil Engineering and Construction Engineering Course Name:. special measures for high speed track. and basic runway length. wind rose diagrams.vii) viii) ix) Punnoswami.8 Construction and maintenance of railway track. geometric design. planning & co-ordination of different modes for Indian conditions 2 Railway Engineering 2. wear and creep of rails. taxiway design. planning of terminal building. material requirements.3 Airport obstruction: Zoning laws.4 Airport layout: runway orientation.6 Yards: details of different types of railway yards and their functions. 2.

Design and construction of ports and marine structures. Enroute aids. ship characteristics and their influence on ports management and operations. M.V. Dhanpat Rai and sons. Quinn A D. 5. piers. Rao G. Harbour dock and tunnel engineering 6. surface drainage design. Tata McGraw Hill References: 1. Planning & design of Airport 2. introduction to the concept of complimentary energy. material and geometric non-linearity 2 Deflection of Statically Determinate Structures: Review of general theorems based on virtual work and energy methods. A course of railway engineering.1 Harbours: Selection of site.7 Air traffic control: Air traffic control aids..4 Port facilities: docks. Horonjeff &Mcklerey. and Arora S. Agarwal. Dhanpat Rai and sons.3 Navigational aids: buoys and lighthouses etc. Symmetrical and anti symmetrical loads.8 Airport Drainage: requirement of airport drainage. entrance and channel requirement. New Delhi 2. Sachdeva Press. Mayapuri. statical and kinematical determinacy and indeterminacy of structures. symmetric structure. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 40/52 . simple pin jointed frames including effect of lack of members. Course Name:-Structural Analysis – II 1 General: Types of structures occurring in practice and their classification. subsurface drainage design 4 Water Transportation 4. berthing facilities. dolphins. break waters. Airport planning & design. application of above methods to propped cantilevers.. jetties. Indian Railway Track. Bindra S.3. Saxena S. pin jointed frames and rigid jointed frames 3 Analysis of Indeterminate Structures by Flexibility Method: Flexibility coefficients and their use in formulation of compatibility equations. Docks & Harbour engineering. harbour maintenance.. types and construction. Airport engineering. design data. Khanna and Arora. containers and container yard. 4. Stable and unstable Structures. P. layout and handling equipment Recommended books: 1. 3. 4. 4. Castigliano’s theorem of least work. general layout. absolute and relative deflections caused by loads. simple rigid jointed frames and two-hinged arches 4 Analysis of Indeterminate Structures by Stiffness Method: Stiffness coefficients for prismatic members and their use for formulation of B. New Delhi 4. Nemchand Bros. R Shrinivasan. landing aids. wharves.P.2 Harbour layout: harbour works. M. continuous beams. distinction between linear and non linear behavior. transit sheds and warehouses. (1991). Roorkee 3. temperature changes and settlement of supports. fixed beams.C. application to determinate beams.

Tata McGraw Hill. Tata Mcgraw Hill. hydraulic gradient line. heads and efficiencies of turbine. S. 2.equilibrium equation. 3. Prakash Rao D. Recommended Books: 1. Course Name:-Applied Hydraulics – II 1 Dynamics of Fluid Flow: Momentum principle. Dr. direct stiffness method slope deflection method. flow through laterals. total energy equation. New Age International Publishers.S. Raz. water hammer in pipes and control measures . B. I & II. Francis and Kaplan turbine. Elementary Theory of Structures. curved vane. three reservoir problem 4 Impact of jets and jet propulsion: Jet striking stationary. moments of momentum equation 2 Flow through Pipes: Loss of head through pipes. hinged flat plates. equivalent pipes. Structural Mechanics Vol. J. siphon. Gupta & Pandit. Structural Analysis – A Unified Approach. Wang C. Structural Analysis Vol. Pelton wheel. series of curved vanes . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 41/52 . Sarwar A. pipes in parallel.K. applications of the above methods to indeterminate beams and simple rigid jointed frames. 7. 6. II. Chajes A. 8. impact on stationary. Prentice Hall. applications: Force on plates. 2. moment distribution method. Universities Press. Pandit & Gupta. 5 Turbines: General layout of hydroelectric power plant. Gare & Weaver. Analysis of Framed Structure. power transmission through pipes. Weinall Book Corporation. 5. Matrix method in Structural Analysis. nozzles. Reaction turbines. moving. inclined and perpendicular flat plates.N. 3. Modern Methods in structural Analysis. Intermediate Structural Analysis. Yuan Yu Hsieh. Draft B. Darcy-Wiesbatch equation. Charotar Publishers. Prentice Hall. 4. rigid jointed frames with inclined member but having only one translational DoF in addition to rotational DoF’s. flows in dead end pipes.P. Tata McGraw Hill. branching of pipes . Jangid. Thadani & Dr. L. Desai. classification . 3 Analysis of pipe networks : Hardy Cross method. Pipes in series. Negi & R. pipe bends. Junnarkar S. Analytical Methods in Structural Engineering.B.S. minor losses. Tata Mcgraw Hill.S. Structural Analysis. Basic Structural Analysis. including the effect of settlement of supports 5 Text Books: 1. 9. Reddy C. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Structural Analysis.

F. Governing of turbines. accumulator. Fluid Mechanics. Khanna Publishers 4. multistage pumps.F. working and applications Centrifugal Pumps : Work done. characteristics curves. Theory and applications of fluid mechanics.Kumar. Kataria and sons B. Grid generation. List of experiments Flow through pipes Turbulent flow through pipes Flow visualisation Laminar flow through pipes Major losses / Minor losses in pipe Impact of jets Centrifugal Pumps Performance of Centrifugal pumps Performance of Pelton Wheel Performance of Francis Wheel Hydraulics ram Text Books : 1. press. Unit quantities.Heads and efficiencies of pumps . heads and efficiencies.6 7 8 9 1 0 tube theory.K. cavitation. Tata McGraw Hill 3.D. priming. D.Genetic Algorithm Hydro informatics :Concept of hydro informatics –scope of internet and web based modeling in water resources engineering. specific speed. Introduction to different software in fluid mechanics .K.Introduction to Artificial Neural Network . cavitation. crane and lift. specific speed. Computational Fluid Dynamics :Basic equations of fluid dynamics. Introduction to inviscid incompressible flow . Pumps : General classification . characteristics curves. minimum speed series and parallel operation. Submersible pumps – components. Fluid Mechanics and fliud pressure Engineering. and Seth S.S.M. Hydraulics machinery: Hydraulic ram. Subramanya K. Simulation techniques . Jain A. components for modeling software . . Dr. Boundary layer flow as applicable to C. Standard Book House 2. Introduction to multi criterion decision support system . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 42/52 . selection of pumps . Hydraulics and fluid mechanics. Modi P.M. model testing.. intensifier.

flooring. ii. false ceiling. Earth work for dam or transport project viii.Course Name:-Site Visits The students should visit at least six project sites in all during Semester V and VI taken together. Repairs. The sites should be selected in such a way that during various visits. productivity of workmen. equipment used etc. air conditioning. The report should clearly indicate observations made during such visits supplemented with ample sketches / drawings. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 43/52 . bar bending. i. rehabilitation works xii. operations involved. The student shall prepare and submit detail report for every site visited during Semester V and semester VI at the time of Oral examination to be conducted at the end of Semester VI. Ready mix concrete plant and ready mix asphalt plant vii. Asphalt laying and concreting of roads vi. Mass concreting (roller compacted concrete / hot weather concrete / cold weather concrete / under water concrete) x. plumbing. they should be able to observe / study: Most of the activities related to building construction like. Pre-stressing The students are expected to observe method of work. Cassion foundations and piling v. And at least four of the following: Structural steel fabrication and erection Ground improvement methods (Grouting / geosynthetics / reinforcement) iii. cladding. site layouts. B. gang size. plastering. tools used. concreting of slab. leveling and lining) xi. painting. quality checks. Tunneling by conventional method or by TBM iv. concreting of footings and columns. Fabrication and erection of pre-cast concrete elements ix. Mechanized canal construction (excavation.

4. imperfect ditch conduit. coloumb’s passive earth pressure. performance of footings in different soils. allowable bearing pressure.1 Introduction to pile foundations. construction methods of bored piles. B.2 Rankine’s Earth Pressure Theory: Rankine’s earth pressure theory.3 Coloumb’s Wedge Theory: coloumb’s active pressure in cohesionless soils. piles in sand. 4 Axially Loaded Pile Foundations: 4. bearing capacity equations for square and circular footings. cantilever retaining Walls. types of shallow foundations modes of failures. settlement ratio. Tech. general bearing capacity equation. dynamic methods and their limitations. classification of piles. Prandtl’s approach and Terzaghi’s approach.4 Rebhann’s Construction for Active Pressure. 3. expression For active pressure. concept behind derivation of equation. gross. 1. Semester V Course Name:-Foundation Engineering 1 Lateral Earth Pressures Theories: 1. construction details. active and passive pressure. 1. 6 Open Cuts: Difference in open cuts and retaining walls. apparent pressure diagrams.situ penetration tests and pile load test as per IS 2911 specifications.T. settlement of pile groups in sand and in clay as per IS 2911 and critical depth method. ditch condition and projection condition. active earth pressure and passive earth pressure for horizontal and inclined backfill including the direction of failure Planes for cohesionless and cohesive soils. ultimate bearing capacity in case of local shear failure. piles in clay. 5 Underground Conduits: Classes of underground conduits.Y. concrete bored piles.1 Definitions of ultimate bearing capacity. 4. Culmann’s graphical solutions for active soils.1 Introduction: applications of earth pressure theories. driven cast insitu piles. 3 Bearing Capacity of Shallow Foundation: 3.2 Bearing capacity theories: Rankine’s approach. passive pressure by friction circle method for cohesionless and cohesive Soils. in. net and safe pressures.2 Pile capacity based on static analysis. drainage and wall joints. load on a ditch conduit. bearing capacity based on Standard Penetration Test. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 44/52 . Wedge Method. different types of earth pressure at rest. 1. 3.1 Plate load test in detail with reference to IS1888 and its applications and estimation of settlements. necessity of pile foundation. factors influencing bearing capacity. average B.3 Pile groups ultimate capacity of groups. stability analysis of retaining walls. 2 Earth Retaining Structures: Rigid and flexible retaining structures. negative skin friction. Vesic’s chart.

Foundation Design Manual by N. 3. Direct Shear Test. reaction time. 2. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by by V.apparent pressure diagrams for sand and stiff clay. Foundation Engineering by R.Transportation Engineering – II 1 Highway Planning Classification of roads. brief history of road development in India. highway location surveys and studies. Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by S. Practicals: List of Tests: 1. Application of the test performed to foundation problems should be demonstrated by solving at least two problems using data from the tests. Triaxial Test (UU) 3. References: 1. New Delhi. 4. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice by K. analysis of transition curves Design of vertical alignment: different types of gradients. analysis of overtaking sight distance.B. analysis of safe sight distance. Peck. Murthy. Unconfined Compression Strength Test. New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill.R. Hansen & T. saturation systems. Course Name:. drawings and reports.R. Saitech Publications. road patterns. • Relevant Indian Standard Specifications & Codes. W. Standard Pub. estimation of loads on struts. Thornburn. Consolidation Test. vehicular characteristics. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 45/52 . Wiley Eastern 3. design speed.E. New Delhi. 4. Kaniraj. Punmia. Arora. Dhanpat Rai Publications. Laxmi Publications 2. 5. highway alignment in hilly areas.N. 2. Peck II Edn. Terzaghi & R. and Distributors. highway project preparation 2 Geometric design of highways Terrain classification. grade compensation on B. Text Books: 1.C. Nayak. intersection sight distance Design of horizontal alignment: horizontal curves. highway alignment: basic requirements for an ideal alignment. highway cross-section elements Sight distance: introduction to sight distance.H. radius at horizontal curves. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by K.B.V. California Bearing Ratio. factors governing highway alignment.S. design of super elevation and its provision. present status of roads in India. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by B. widening of pavements at horizontal curves.

summit curves. rigid pavement failures. equivalent wheel load factors. Canalization. requirements of aggregates for different types of pavements Bituminous materials: types. embankment design and construction. analysis of vertical curves. stresses due to loads. relative merits and demerits. Construction of soil stabilized roads: different soil stabilization methods. stresses due to temperature change. Street lighting: needs. construction of different Types of roads: water bound macadam. definitions. use of geotextiles and geo-grids Highway maintenance and rehabilitation Pavement failures: flexible pavement failures. necessity of understanding the behaviour of road user and vehicle characteristics. Stresses in rigid highway pavements. fillers and sealers Highway Construction Equipment used for construction. maintenance of different types of pavements: assessment and need for maintenance. uses and various methods. presentation of data Parking surveys: needs and types Study of various photographic techniques available for traffic studies Traffic signs and marking: types. equivalent single wheel load. glare problem. miscellaneous traffic control aids like roadway delinators. journey time and delay studies. Joints in rigid pavements: transverse joints. design of flexible highway pavement as per IRC approach. design wheel load. desirable properties. tests on bitumen. selection of grade of bitumen Bituminous mix design: principle. height etc. tests. cement concrete pavements. need and uses. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 46/52 . vehicle occupancy surveys Origin: destination surveys. methods. longitudinal joints. planning of traffic counts. climatic variation. methods of discernment. planning and designing Pavement materials Stone aggregates: desirable properties. types of lamps. checks for accuracy.power performance and other vehicular characteristics Traffic studies and surveys: Speed studies: presentation of data. pavement B. organization and importance. comparison of different types of pavements. relative merits and demerits Vehicular volume counts: types. valley curves Intersection: at grade and grade separated intersections. speed breakers. speed change lanes. object marker. rumble strips etc. light lantern arrangement. various available methods. combined loading and temperature stresses. functions of pavement components. different types of bituminous pavements. repetition of loads.. laws of illumination.3 4 5 6 7 curves. human factors governing the road user behaviour. critical load positions. modified binders Design of pavements Types of pavements.. various available methods. design of flexible airport pavements. pavement design factors. strength characteristics of pavement materials. hazard markers. location. Design of rotary intersection and mini roundabout Traffic Engineering and Control Traffic engineering definitions: functions.

bearings and joints in the bridges. draining of city streets Recommended Books: • L R Kadiyali. afflux. collection of data.. job application and resumes 3 Report Writing: types. Bridge Engineering. investigations. determination of flood discharge. John Wiley and Sons. formal and informal reports. Introduction to Transportation Engineering. formal and informal. W. upward and downward. defining objectives and scope. Principles and practice of highway engineering. Highway engineering. Bridge Engineering. (1987). piers and abutments. Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 47/52 . Prentice Hall of India. K L Bhanot. 2nd Ed.internal and external. waterway. C. organizing and interpreting information. nonverbal. highway sub drainage. principles of Business correspondence. R. consideration of loads and stresses in load bridges. E.. design of different types of overlays 8 Bridge Engineering Importance. 2 Technical Writing Skills: definition. economic span. importance. Course Name:-Technical Communication and Presentation Skills 1 Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. site selection. (1970). Khanna Tech Publications • S E Sehgal. qualities.media. (1988). W. • Hay. An Introduction to Transportation Engineering and Planning. John Wiley • Ponnuswamy. surface draining.management system. McGraw Hill Kagakusha International Student Edition. 4 Technical proposal 5 Presentation Skills 6 Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral B. evaluation of pavements: structural evaluation of pavements. sentences and paragraphs. individual and group reports. audience recognition. S. A text book on highway engineering and airports. culverts: classification. types of overlays. New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill • Morlok. choosing words. strengthening of existing pavements: object of strengthening. Satya Prakashan References: • Oglesby & Hicks. types and design of simple culverts 9 Highway drainage and drainage structures Necessity. scour depth. . S Chand & Co • D R Phatak. functional evaluation of pavements. • Papacostas. New York. qualities.

computation of design forces in members. & Lazenby D. Lin & Scalzi. Prentice Hall of India. Kent L. axially and eccentrically loaded joints. 3. 10. design of framed. Design of bolted and welded connections.S.W. 7. design of built-up sections. Punmia. 6. & Ajitha Sinha D. Design of Steel Structures.One presentation One group discussion Books recommended: 1. design of simply supported beams using rolled steel sections. Comprehensive Design of Steel Structures. Meenakshi Raman . Design of Steel Structures. wind bracing for roof system.K. Reynolds T. design and detailing of connections and supports. 3 Flooring System: Concept of floor system with secondary beams. Arya & Ajmani. Design of Steel Structures. 5 Columns and Bases: Design of columns under axial loads using single or multiple rolled steel sections. curtailment of flange plates. Design of Steel Structures.M. Design of Steel Structures. wind loads on sloping roofs and vertical cladding including effect of degree permeability and wind drag. A.J. beam to beam and beam to column connections. Negi L.jointed trusses under various loading cases. design of lacing and battens. Kazimi S. Ramchandran. Tata McGraw Hill. simple connection of bracket plates to columns. design of stiffeners. Dayaratnam. design of slab and Gusseted base.S. & Jindal R.Design of Steel Structures 1 Joints: Introduction to riveted connection .S. columns subjected to axial load and bending. 4 Welded Plate Girder: Proportioning and design of section and connections.A. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 48/52 . Design of Steel Structures. Structural Steel Work. Vol. Mac. supported on columns. unstiffened and stiffened seat connections. 2. analysis of pin. Breslar. 5. Ginley T. 2 Roofing System: Imposed loads on flat and sloping roofs and floors. Lesiker & Petit “ report Writing for Business “ McGraw Hill 2. 9. New Chand & Sons. Sharma Sangeetha “ Technical Communication – Principles & Practices” Oxford University Press Course Name:.E. Design of Steel Structures.. Design of Steel Structures. main beams and columns. Jain & Arun Kumar B. 8. I & II. Recommended Books: 1. Krishnamachar B. design of web splices. 4.

demand and supply.Jain. demand forecasting 2 Cost socepts. project development cycle 7 Project appraisal: market. budgeting & implementation. 12. V V. present value and annual equivalence cost. value of time. financial. Bio geo chemical cycles. cost and revenue. net present value. economic. Ltd. payback period.S. project identification. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 49/52 . rate of return 5 Market structure: pricing and output decisions under different market conditions. double entry book keeping system. Laxmi Publications Pvt. Important stable and unstable ecosystems Environmental Pollution :. Components of water supply system Quality of water: Water quality standards B. tools of analysis: profitability. technical. technological considerations under competitive economical and global business environments 6 Investment decisions : identification of investment opportunities. 11. Relevant I. profit and loss statement and balance sheet 4 Engineering economy: equivalence. appraisal.C.Environmental Engineering Ecology and Environment: Basic principles. Course Name:. Sayal & Satinder Singh. Eco systems. elasticity of demand. I. price and income. A Ramana Murthy. government regulatory framework. Standard Publishers & Distributors. food chain. Engineering Economics and financial accounting ( ASCENT SERIES): Aryasri.Introduction Water:Water Supply systems: Need for planned water supply schemes. social cost-benefit analysis Recommended books: 1. Codes. Prasanna Chandra . ecological. preliminary screening. Tata Mcgraw Hill Course Name:.Engineering Economics 1 Fundamental concepts . Projects: Preparation. limiting factor. social.. food web. scouting for ideas. break even analysis and its applications to decision making 3 Importance of good accounting and audit practice. tropic levels. cost-volume-profit analysis. organizational. Tata Mcgraw Hill 2. consumer behavior: demand. Design of Steel Structures.

Vesilind. debris Commercial : wastes from offices. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering. segregation. 2. chemistry of sanitary sewage. Sewage pumping:: Characteristics of sewage: Composition. shapes design parameters. animals.O.).Introduction to hazardous waste. storage and transportation of solid waste. Ambient Air Sampling 2. fittings. Hazardous waste : Household. River pollution Sewage treatment: aims. (latest Ed. waste from commercial establishments. . rubbish. minimization at source. generation. dust. primary. offices and vegetable markets. Solid waste: Determination of organic matter 6. C. composition and properties of solid wastes . legal aspects of solid waste disposal Building Plumbing and services: Introduction to various types of house plumbing systems for water supply and waste water disposal. Aerobic and anaerobic decomposition Sewage Disposal: Introduction . Ministry of Works & Housing.K.D. hospital wastes. ashes. solid waste from construction activities. garbage. Introduction to Environmental Engineering. Solid waste: Determination of moisture content 5. methods of treatment and various flow-sheets for preliminary. sources of air pollution. Effects of solid waste on environment: effects on air. B. recovery and recycle Disposal methods Hazardous waste:. Plumbing Demonstration of accessories.O. . various kinds of fixtures and fittings used Practicals: 1. dead animals Quantity . soil. natural and manmade Noise:. Effects of air pollution on human beings. reduction at source. plants and materials. history –episodes. S. 3.Collection. and fixtures. measurement and various control methods Solid waste management:Definition of solid waste: Domestic. PWS Publishing B. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment.Basic concept.Composition and properties of air Air pollution : Definition.D. shops and markets etc. New Delhi. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 50/52 . stables. Measurement of Noise Level 3. treatment and disposal. water surface and ground health hazards Disposal of solid waste: segregation. Industrial Sources of solid wastes: Household wastes. Sources of air pollution. Hussain. Solid waste: Determination of pH 4. and fish and meat markets. high rise building plumbing. Reference Books: 1. operation and maintenance of sewers.Treatment of water : Impurities in water – processes for their removal – typical flow-sheets Water Pollution Sewage: Conveyance of sewage: Sewers. secondary and tertiary treatment Industrial waste waters: Introduction and properties Air : .

W. W. painting. 2. cladding. 6. Solid Waste Management in Developing Countries. C S Rao. 4. 8. flooring. Steel 5. rehabilitation works B. McGhee 6. Theissen & Vigil. concreting of footings and columns. Water Supply and Pollution Control. 8. McGraw Hill Publication. CPHEEO Manual on Water Supply & Treatment 9. Bhide& B. The sites should be selected in such a way that during various visits. Theory and Practice. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering. Veisman. T. 11. they should be able to observe / study: Most of the activities related to building construction like. 3. Sundaresan 13. M. air conditioning. 7. Structural steel fabrication and erection Ground improvement methods (Grouting / geosynthetics / reinforcement) Tunneling by conventional method or by TBM Cassion foundations and piling Asphalt laying and concreting of roads Ready mix concrete plant and ready mix asphalt plant Earth work for dam or transport project Fabrication and erection of pre-cast concrete elements Mass concreting (roller compacted concrete / hot weather concrete / cold weather concrete / under water concrete) 10.Company. 12. plastering. Mechanized canal construction (excavation.B.J. Hammer 7. New Age International Course Name:-Site Visits The students should visit at least six project sites in all during Semester V and VI taken together. Clark. Odum 10. 9. J. 4. leveling and lining) 11. Prentice Hall of India 15. Nathanson J A. Integrated Solid Waste Management. Water Supply and Sewerage. New Delhi 14. S. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 51/52 . A. Ecology.D. Repairs. Relevant Indian Standard Specifications. Tchobanoglous. Basic Environmental Engineering. plumbing. Water Supply and Sewerage.J.W. bar bending. 5. E. And at least four of the following: 1. Plumbing Engineering.M. Eugene P. concreting of slab. false ceiling. Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management – Ministry of Urban Development. Patil.

site layouts.TECH.C 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 Construction Management 5 0 5 10 15 15 70 3 Elective – III 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Course Title B. Course Code Course Title Contact Cr Evaluation Hours weightage % L P T TW MS ESE A T 3 5 4 3 2 0 2 0 5 5 6 3 8 15 10 15 10 15 6 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 ESE (The ory) Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 301200 301210 301220 301230 - Water and Waste Treatment Theory of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Irrigation Engineering Entrepreneurship and Management Elective . equipment used etc. No.II TOTAL 3 2 3 2 21 8 5 8 15 5 8 15 29 50 Semester VIII Sr.I Elective . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 52/52 . The report should clearly indicate observations made during such visits supplemented with ample sketches / drawings. quality checks. tools used. productivity of workmen.C. gang size.12. [for record 2007-08] B.CIVIL ENGINEERING) (FINAL) Semester VII Sr. No. operations involved. . The student shall prepare and submit detail report for every site visited during Semester V and semester VI at the time of Oral examination to be conducted at the end of Semester VI. Pre-stressing The students are expected to observe method of work. 1 2 3 4 Course Code 301240 301250 301260 - Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Quantity Surveying Estimation 5 0 5 10 15 15 70 3 & Valuation Design & Drawing of R.

No. Electives: GROUP I (For Elective I and Elective III) Sr. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The project shall carry 08 credits. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. Course No.5 - Elective – IV TOTAL 3 2 20 6 5 8 26 4 6 15 15 70 3 Project: Sr. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Course Code 401010 401020 401030 401040 401050 401060 401070 Contact Cr Evaluation Hours weightage % L P T TW MS ESE A T Advanced Structural Analysis 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Advanced Structural Mechanics 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Plastic Analysis of Steel 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Structures Structural Dynamics 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Advanced Foundation 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Engineering Advanced Engineering Geology 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Rock Mechanics 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Course Title ESE (Theory) Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 53/52 B. interest. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 . Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 401900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages.

Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 301200: Water and Waste Water Treatment B. Structures Earthquake Engineering 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GROUP II (For Elective II and Elective IV) Sr.8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 401080 401090 401100 401110 401120 401130 401140 401150 401160 401170 Soil Dynamics Digital Photogrammetry Space Geodesy Terrain Data Analysis Geographic Information System Advanced Design of Steel Structures Prestressed Concrete Bridge Engineering Advanced Design of R. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Course Code 401180 401190 401200 401210 401220 401230 401240 401250 401260 401270 401280 401290 401300 401310 401320 401330 Course Title Advanced Construction Engineering Building Maintenance & Repairs Building Services Rehabilitation of Structures Construction & Law Pavement Design and Construction Traffic Planning & Design Pavement Management System EIA and Audit Project Appraisal Risk & Value Management Solid and hazardous waste Management Air Pollution Industrial Waste Treatment Water Resource Engineering & Management Systems Approach to Civil Engg.C. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 54/52 .C.

pressure filters: construction and operation. reverse osmosis. kinetics of disinfection. physical. operational difficulties. cleaning. Water softening: lime soda and Base Exchange methods. design considerations. Jar test. de-chlorination. limitations. Sedimentation: factors affecting efficiency. sand. 1. design values of various parameters. principle reactions. ultraviolet rays and chlorine dioxide as disinfectants. gravel and under-drainage system.6. well water disinfection 1. microfilteration.Detailed Syllabus: Water: 1. Quality of water: Wholesomeness and palatability. odour and colour. 1.7. B. Man's environment: Importance of environmental sanitation. free and combined chlorine. coagulant aids polyelectrolyte etc. dual media filters. bacteriological standards. Filtration: classification.10.8. impurities in water-processes for their removal .4. 1. chemical. taste. break point chlorination. sludge disposal. 1.typical flow-sheets. 1. basic design consideration. 1.1. chemistry of chlorination. performance. use of iodine. Introduction to advanced treatment methods : reverse osmosis. de-fluoridation. common coagulants. electro – dialysis. rapid mixing and flocculating devices. floatation . chlorine demand. principles and methods. Miscellaneous treatments: removal of iron and manganese. chlorine residual. slow and rapid sand filters. mode of action.5. 1. G and GT values.2. Coagulation and flocculation: mechanisms. ultra filtration . Disinfection: chlorination.3. super chlorination. 1. tube settlers. Treatment of water. ozone.9. Nan filtration. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 55/52 .

2.O.7 Low cost sanitation: septic tanks and Anaerobic Filter . design values.6 Sludge digestion: principles of anaerobic digestion. Ministry of works and Housing.D. primary and secondary clarifiers. quantity and characterizations of sludge. standards for disposal of raw and treated sewage on land and water. hydraulic design of trickling filter and activated sludge process. secondary and tertiary treatment.principles. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 56/52 . Residual chlorine 7.5 Biological treatment methods. grit chambers. operational problems in activated sludge process and trickling filters. pH 4. design of sludge digestion tanks.O. total solids. Jar test 6. S. volatile solids 9. aerobic and anaerobic decomposition.. 2. chemistry of sanitary sewage.8 Tertiary Treatment methods – general description Practicals: List of experiments on water and sewage samples: 1.) and Manual on water supply and treatment. B.2 Sewage Disposal: discharge of raw and treated sewage on land and water.2 Sewage: 2. disposal of treated effluent. 2. stabilization ponds. disposal of screenings and grit. sludge volume index. C. operation and suitability. New Delhi. B. Sludge volume index (SVI) 13. principles. disposal of digested sludge.1 Characteristics of sewage: composition.K. sewage farming. Chemical oxygen demand (COD) 11.D. primary. drying beds 2.3 Self purification of streams: oxygen economy. Water supply and sanitary engineering . Alkalinity 2. Hardness 3. dissolved solids. Turbidity 5. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) 12. activated sludge process and its modifications. screens. methods of treatment and various flow-sheets for preliminary.4 Sewage treatment: aims. Solids: suspended solids. trickling filter operation.. Chlorides 8. limits of dilution. Manual on sewerage and sewage treatment (latest ed. recirculation.Hussain 2. Most probable number (MPN) Text books: 1. 2. 2. 2. Dissolved oxygen 10.

characteristic loads. characteristic strength. shear and bond stresses and design for shear and bond.J. kern of a section. simplified rectangular stress block as per Whitney's approach. pressure line and safe cable zone.2 Brief introduction to fundamentals of ultimate strength theory: curved stress distribution.Hammer.J. J. T. analysis and design of singly reinforced doubly reinforced rectangular and Tsections.W. • CPHEEO Manual on Water supply and treatment • CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and sewage treatment 301210: Theory of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Detailed Syllabus: 1 Reinforced Concrete Fundamentals (working Stress Method): Concept of reinforced concrete. design of one way and two way slab as per IS-456( latest). stress strain characteristics of concrete and steel reinforcement . Steel • Water supply and sewerage. design of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular and T sections for flexure. direct compression. compressive stress block. design of beam subjected to bending and torsion 3 Pre-stressed Concrete 3. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 57/52 . under reinforced section and over reinforced section. balanced section. partial safety factors for loads and materials. singly reinforced.2 General design principles: concepts of center of compression.Clark. design of axially loaded columns.1 Basic principles of pre-stressed concrete: materials used and their properties.Reference books: • Water supply and sewerage. design of one-way and two-way slabs. losses in pre-stress. analysis of sections subjected to bending and axial forces( tension or compression) 1. design of members in shear and bond. methods and systems of pre-stressing. ultimate moment of resistance of singly reinforced section 2 Limit state method of design as per IS 456 (latest edition): concepts of probability and reliability. design of axially loaded columns. elastic theory. efficiency of the section. M. introduction to limit states of collapse in flexure. W. E. principal tension in pre-stressed concrete members B. analysis of various types of sections subjected to pre-stress and external loads 3.McGhee • Water supply & pollution control.Viesman. shear and limit states of serviceability in deflection and cracking. • Relevant Indian Standard Specifications.W.

flood discharge calculations. 7. Rangan B C & Hall A S.1 Ground water resources. Huges B P.Reinforced Concrete. 8. Jain A K. H. infiltration. well irrigation 4. root zone soil water.2 Quality of irrigation water 3. unit hydrograph method. Design of Pre-stressed Concrete Structures. Oxford & IBH. sub-surface. Pitman. 5. 12.L. occurrence of ground water.4 Methods of applying water to the fields: surface. Shah & Karve. Warner R F. Arthur P D & Ramkrishnan V. Wheeler & Co.Text books: 1. 10. V. 2. Limit State Theory for Reinforced Concrete Design. Shah. Tata McGraw Hill. irrigation requirement. equilibrium equations for confined and unconfined aquifers. Pvt Ltd 6. need of irrigation in India. S-hydrograph 3 Water requirement of crops: 3.1 Crops and crop seasons in India.R. 4. Limit State design . Plain and Reinforced Concrete.3 Soil-water relationships: soil characteristics significant from irrigation considerations. Prestressed Concrete. 13. 9. Illustrated Reinforced Concrete Design. impact of irrigation on human environment. Evans R H & Benett E W. water resources in India.J. consumptive use.Reinforced Concrete. Ultimate Strength Design for Structural Concrete. Krishna Raju. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures. Reinforced Concrete. Theory of Reinforced Concrete. aquifer tests. Reinforced Concrete. Nemchand Brothers. Lin T Y & Ned Burns John Wiley.2 Well hydraulics: steady state flow in wells. 3. factors affecting runoff. I. cropping pattern. frequency of irrigation 3. methods of ground water exploration. Dayaratnam P. Karve. Jain & Jaikrishna. Chapman & Hall. sprinkler and trickle / drip irrigation 4 Ground water and well hydrology 4. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 58/52 . runoff computations. Limit State Design . Pitman. Vol. design of water wells B. Prestressed Concrete. Dr. command area development 2 Hydrology: hydrologic cycle. irrigation systems: minor and major. Structures 301220: Irrigation Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction: irrigation. development of irrigation in India. Shina & Roy 11. Shah & Dr. rainfall – runoff process. Charotar Publisher. duty and delta 3. S. runoff hydrograph.

design considerations Canal headworks: 7. economic height of dam.1 Weir and barrage. alluvial channels carrying clear and sediment laden water. terminal structures.3 Arch and buttress dams: types 8.2 Gravity dams: forces on gravity dams. distributary head regulator. alignment of canals.1 Embankment dams: Classification. stress analysis. types of gates for spillway crests Reservoirs: Types. canal losses. selection of suitable site. sediment control in canals. types. keys and water seals. Reference books: 1. reservoir regulation. Irrigation. Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structures. selection of site for dam. flood routing Text books: 1. seepage forces. G L Asawa. P N Modi.1 Canal systems. cross regulator. Lane’s weighted creep theory.1 Surface and sub-surface flow considerations for design of canal structures: hydraulic jump. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 59/52 . elementary and practical profile.2 Canal falls.4 Waterlogging: causes. structural joints. sedimentation. Theory and Design of Irrigation Structures. Punmia B C & Pande B B lal. types. semi-modular and modular outlets 5. Kennedy’s and Lacey’s theory of regime channels 5.4 Spillways: components of spillways. capacity of reservoirs. Laxmi Publications B. Varshney. galleries. types of lining 5.5 6 7 8 9 Distribution system: 5.5 Lining of canals: economics of lining. river training for canal headworks 7. John Wiley & Sons 2.6 Drainage of irrigated lands: necessity. Gupta & Gupta. canal escapes: types. methods Canal structures: 6. causes of failure. Nem Chand & Bros 3. estimation and control of seepage. types of weirs. Khanna Publishers 3. yield of reservoir.2 Theories of seepage for design of weirs: Bligh’s creep theory.2 Design of channels: rigid boundary channels carrying clear and sediment laden water. different units of headworks. irrigation Engineering and Water Power Engineering. slope protection 8. design considerations. effects and remedial measures 5. S K Garg. uplift forces 6.3 Canal outlets: non-modular. Khosala’s method of independent variables Dams and spillways: 8. J D Zimmerman. Irrigation Engineering. components and design considerations 6.3 Cross drainage works: need. Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structures. Wiley eastern 2. estimation of design discharge 5. outlets 8.

301230: Entrepreneurship and Management Detailed Syllabus: 1 Entrepreneurial perspective : Nature and importance of entrepreneurs. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 60/52 . McGraw Hill. 2 Creating and starting a venture : Creativity and business idea. financial plan. Henri Fayol and Gilbreath. starting a SSI . Koontz 3. R. D. . Govt. Entrepreneurship and Management . role and performance of SSI in India . Business plan. Mascarenha References : Entrepreneurship Development. joint stock company. individual entrepreneur. Forms of Organization: Proprietorship. co-operatives. S. R. organizational plan. institutional assistance and finance to entrepreneurs. policies on small scale industries . Hisrich and M. legal issues for entrepreneur. Management. Tata McGraw Hill . Peters 2. functions of management Development of management Contribution of Fredrick Taylor. entrepreneurial and intrapreneurial mind. Recommended books: 1. P. Vipul Prakashan . evolution of small scale / ancillary sectors . Entrepreneurship . Financing the venture: 3 Sources of capital. marketing plan. Management Definition. Tata McGraw Hill 4 5 6 B. partnership.

prequalification. factors affecting. Estimation & Valuation Detailed Syllabus: 1 Estimates: Various types. claims. Methods of preparation of estimates for projects such as i) Building R. Culvert iii) Irrigation and iv) Water supply and sewerage: miscellaneous works like Manhole. taking out quantities from the given requirements of the work. Payment of advance . septic tanks v) Trusses of steel . contract types.C. Arbitration. 7 Introduction to acts pertaining to : Minimum wages. price variation. extra work and items. general and special conditions. their relative importance. daily output from different equipment 6 Tender: Preparation of tender documents. Earthwork Calculations 3 Material survey: Thumb rules for computation of materials requirement for different materials for buildings. etc. Workman's compensation. Contracts.A. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 61/52 . roads. minor bridges and industrial structures 5 Rate analysis: Purpose. relative merits. Approximate estimates: importance. penalty and liquidated charges. Bar bending schedules. complete set of Estimate.301240: Quantity Survey. Use of CBRI Equations for the same. R. Settlement of disputes. importance of inviting tenders. task work.. purpose. cost sensitive index. insurance. termination of contracts. comparison of different alternatives. factors to be considered. Mass haul Diagrams . Industrial Shed 2 Measurements for various items: Use of relevant Indian Standard Specifications for the same. importance and necessity of the same.C. water storage tank. detailed specifications for the buildings. Easement rights B. Bill & Final Bill. different methods. percentage breakup of the cost. market survey of basic materials 4 Specifications: Types. requirements and importance. Load bearing ii) Road .

a ground plus three storied building (RCC) b. ii. Purpose of valuation Different methods of valuation for i. v. Bare Acts related to Minimum wages. a factory building d. Capitalised Value. specifications and simple estimates. purpose and necessity of the same. FIDIC contract conditions 4. a load bearing structure iii. Costing Specifications & Valuation 2. Patil . lease hold properties Use of valuation tables and formulae Use of computers in quantity surveying Termwork Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) i. To find out the approximate estimate of a multistoried building by approximate method.S. Macmillan 3. Contract. Detailed estimate of the following with the required material survey for the same. Preparation of valuation report in standard Government form. open plots with existing residential & commercial structures iii. M Chakravarty. Handbook of Construction Management. a cross drainage work f.8 Valuation: Different terms used. Building & Engineering Contracts References: 1. Detailed estimate of minor structure vi Bar bending schedule Text Books: 1. a road work e. depreciation. Joy P K. B. 9 B. a. Assignments on rate analysis. Workman’s compensation. ii.sinking fund. a bridge with minimum 2 spans c. open plots. iv. the role of a valuer. types of values. Relevant Indian Standard Specifications 2. and Arbitration. World Bank approved contract documents 3. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 62/52 . Years purchase . Estimating.

3. 7. Rangan B. relevant and latest IS codes of practice should be followed. 4. Jain A. 5. F. Rectangular foundations and simple raft 2 Design of staircases: (limit state method of design) Doglegged. supporting structure for overhead water tanks. Limit State Theory for Reinforced Concrete Design. Huges B.301250: Design and Drawing of Reinforced Concrete Structure Detailed Syllabus: 1 Design of Foundations: (limit state method of design) Isolated square and rectangular footings subjected to axial load and moments. at ground level. Charotar Publisher Relevant I. There shall be a sketching examination of 30 minutes duration followed by oral examination. S. S. 6. P. Illustrated Design of G+3 Building. N. Counterfort type 5 Design of water tanks: (working stress method) Circular and rectangular. J. Recommended Books: 1. office or industrial building including staircase and foundations (limit state method of design) 4 Design of retaining walls: (limit state method of design) Cantilever. Term work: A design report and at least four A1 (imperial) size drawings sheets for three projects covering the above syllabus shall be submitted as term work. Open well type 3 Complete design of residential. Exposure to design by available software for design is to be provided. & Hall A. 2. Structural Publishers Reinforced Concrete. underground and overhead. Pitman Limit State Design – Reinforced Concrete. Sinha Reinforced Concrete.C. Shah. K. codes B. H.both by IS coefficient and approximate methods. For all topics.S. Warener R. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 63/52 . Reinforced Concrete. Shah & Karve. All drawing work is to be done in pencil only. Design of combined foundations...

activity utility data 3 Techniques of planning: Bar charts. phases of a project. role of inspection. critical and semi-critical paths. motivation. frequency and methods of updating Common causes of time and cost overruns and corrective measures Quality control: concept of quality. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 64/52 . costs of accidents. resource constraints and conflicts. line of balance technique. role of client and contractor. level of detail. computation of float values. estimating durations. Process of development of plans and schedules. basics of statistical quality control Safety and health on project sites: accidents. allocation. agencies involved and their methods of execution. Funds: cash flow. types of precedence relationships: finish to start. Construction project planning: 2 Stages of project planning: pre-tender planning. time cost trade-off in construction projects. detailed construction planning. periodic progress reports. Equipment: basic concepts of planning and organizing. start to start. developing site organization. start to finish. assessment of work content. sources of funds 4 5 6 7 8 Construction costs: Classification of costs. resource aggregation. finish to finish. determining three time estimates. organizing. periodical progress meetings Updating of plans: purpose. Networks: basic terminology. preparation of CPM networks: activity on link and activity on node representation. activity lists. Manpower: planning.301260: Construction Management Detailed Syllabus: 1 Construction: Unique features of construction. analysis. record keeping. work break-down structure. organizing for safety and health B. calendering networks Resource Scheduling: Bar chart. sequence of activities. procurement and inventory control. use of manuals and checklists for quality control. types and features. construction project. calculation of probability of completion Planning and organizing construction site and resources: Site: site layout. staffing. Materials: concepts of planning. pre-construction planning. slack computations. quality of constructed structure. compression and decompression Monitoring & control: Supervision. smoothening and leveling PERT: Assumptions underlying PERT analysis. record keeping at site. occupational health problems in construction. their causes and effects. analysis of single relationship (finish to start) networks.

stiffness matrix in local and global co-ordinate axes system. introduction to column analogy method and its application to the determination of stiffness coefficients. carry over factors and fixed and moments for non prismatic member. co-ordinate transformation matrix. King & Hudson. compatibility equations and solution for redundant forces. shape factor. P K Joy. concept of structure flexibility matrix. 2 Conventional form of Stiffness Method. modification of stiffness and carryover factors for symmetric and antisymmetric loads 3 Flexibility Method in Matrix Form: Review of concepts of flexibility coefficients. computation of internal forces and jointed displacements.Recommended books: 1.S. consideration of symmetry and antisymmetry of loads on symmetrical structures. Chitkara K K. Construction Project Management. B. application of stiffness method to beams. and fixed arches. Moment Distribution Method: Application to frames involving sideways. Critical Path Methods in Construction Practice. applications to continuous beams. properties of stiffness matrix. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 65/52 . selection of primary structure. pin jointed trusses and rigid jointed plane frames. equivalent joint loads. fixed beams and continuous beams. Influence line diagrams for propped cantilevers. 5 Use of Muller Breslau’s Principle: For drawing influence line diagrams for statically indeterminate structures. Tata McGraw Hill 3. determination of collapse load for single and multiple span beams. cantilever and portal methods 7 Introduction to Plastic Analysis of Steel Structure: Concept of plastic hinge and plastic moment carrying capacity. rigid jointed portal frames. 6 Approximate Methods for Analysis of Building Frames: Substitute frame. Antill J M & Woodhead R W. Handbook of Construction Management 4. pin jointed trusses and rigid jointed plane frames 4 Conventional Form of Flexibility Method: Elastic centre method and its application to rectangular box. method of solution for displacements and computation of internal forces in members. Butterworths 5. McGraw Hill 2. assemblage of structure stiffness matrix and application of boundary conditions. Construction Hazard and Safety Handbook. Barrie D. Professional Construction Management. Wiley 401010: Advanced Structural Analysis Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction to Stiffness Method in Matrix Form: Basic concepts of stiffness coefficients. & Paulson B C. member stiffness matrix for truss and beam elements.

Plastic Methods of Structural Analysis. Matrix Method in Structural Analysis. 2. carrying various types of loads. Baker and Hayman. McGraw Hill Book Co. Recommended Books: (i) (ii) (iii) Timoshenko S. Wang C. B. Laursen. fully plastic moment. Tata McGraw Hill. Analytical Methods in Structural Analysis. Theory of Elastic Stability. B.N. Publishers. Concepts of plastic analysis of steel structures. Tata McGraw Hill. Tata McGraw Hill. Raz. 401030: Plastic Analysis of Steel Structures Detailed Syllabus: 1 Plastic Analysis. I & II. Thadani. Structural Analysis. Analysis of Framed Structure. Neal. 6. Cambridge University Press. stress strain relations .. McGraw Hill Book Co. 2 Shape factors Plastic modulus. Plastic hinge. 66/52 B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 . Reddy.A. Elementary Structural Analysis.. Structural Analysis. C. Gupta & Pandit. Effect of axial force and shear force on the fully plastic moment of a section Design of beams and single span rigid jointed frames subjected to a system of proportionate loading as per Indian code provisions. 4. Elementary Structural Analysis. & Weaver W. 8. 11. Vol. Wilber. Gere J. S.K. Plastic Analysis of Structures.K.M. 7. Plastic Design of Steel Frames. 10.S. Lower and upper bound theorems. Hodge. 5. Pandit & Gupta.G. Intermediate Structural Analysis. 9. Modern Methods in Structural Mechanics. Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis. New Age Int. various types of failure mechanisms. 3. Single/multiple span rigid jointed portal frames and single bay gabble frames. Use of statical and mechanism methods for calculation of collapse load. 3 4 5 6 7 Determination of collapse loads Single and multiple span beams.Recommended Text Books: 1. Collapse load analysis of pin jointed frames. Livesley R. moment curvature relations.

3 Highway pavement: current British procedure. 2-layers. design of overlays. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 67/52 . FAA method 6. condition and evaluation surveys. equivalencies in thickness. design aspects of paving concrete 5 Flexible Pavement Design 5. skid qualities. surface drainage. factors affecting pavement design. basis for comparison.2 Joints and reinforcement requirement 6. IRC method 7 7.G Neal Plastic Analysis of Steel Structures 401230: Pavement Design and Construction Detailed Syllabus 1 Pavement structure and functional attributes. Asphalt Institute method 5. types of bituminous surfaces. selection of bases and subbase materials (including stabilized materials). IRC(1984) guidelines. EWF.2 Highway pavement: Empirical methods using no soil strength criteria. cost of vehicle operation. 2 Stresses in flexible pavements 1-layer. types. FAA classification.1 Airport pavement: Corps of Engineers (CBR) method. cost of maintenance. embankment design and construction 4. Use of geotextiles 7.2 Grading requirements for aggregates. Empirical method based on soil strength-CBR. 4 4. present serviceability index. development of design method for highway and airport pavements. FAA Method. AASHO method.2 Culverts. principles of good drainage. Benefit/cost ratio method. Triaxial compression. subsurface drainage.). 3-layer theories. selection of different grades of bitumen. CDOT method. CBR.K. skid-resistance and its measurement 9 Economics of pavement types. types of wheel loads for highways and airports. Roughness measurement. Causeways.1 Drainage: importance. Design procedure in Road Note 29(U.1 Evaluation of subgrade and pavement materials: group index. role of shoulders. period of analysis. internal rate of return method B. bituminous mix design. Benkalman Beam deflections. ESWL load coverage 3 Stresses in rigid pavement: load and temperature stresses. 10 Economic evaluation of highway scheme basic principles of economic evaluation.(iv) B. Importance. Net present value method.1 Airport pavement: PCA methods. Asphalt Institute method 6 Rigid pavement Design 6. site selection 8 Evaluation and strengthening: Flexible and rigid pavement distresses. cost of initial construction. combined stresses. Dynamic/ Resilient modulus. corps of engineers method.

Remedial Technologies 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B. types. Landfilling. Biological Methods. thermal conversion. chemical. & Transport of contaminants. Thermal Methods. Processing. closure of landfills Hazardous Wastes – Fundamentals. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 68/52 . Toxicology origin. Conveyance. fate. Composting. Pollution Prevention Treatment and Disposal Methods Physicochemical processes. physical. biological and chemical conversion. Stabilization & Solidification. composition. Biomedical / infectious Waste: Composition. gas generation. Handling. Land Disposal Site Remediation : Site & Subsurface Characterization. Transportation Disposal of Solid waste – materials separation and processing.Recommended Books: 401290: Solid & Hazardous Waste Management Detailed Syllabus 1 2 3 Solid Wastes – sources. Handling and Disposal Legal aspects of Hazardous Waste Management : Collection. Treatment and Disposal Hazardous Waste Management Practices : Environmental Audits. Collection. recycling of material in municipal solid wastes. Solid waste generation and collection. quantity and quality parameters. Storage. and biological properties of solid wastes / sources and types of hazardous and infectious wastes in municipal solid wastes.

safety measures in excavation. hydropower projects.Recommended Books: 401180: Advanced Construction Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Large and heavy engineering projects: characteristics and complexities. safety measures during erection 5 Steel construction Planning for field operations. selection of equipment and erection tools. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 69/52 . underground utility construction 8 New materials and equipment for construction 9 Case studies of heavy construction projects B. equipment selection and preproject activities for large size construction projects like earthen dams. Special concretes and mortars: preplaced aggregate concrete. tools and methods of welding. light houses. refineries and other industrial projects etc. selection of equipment for fabrication. quality measures. safety measures during fabrication and erection 6 Specific issues related to planning. 2 Excavation for heavy engineering projects Excavation in various types of soils. tools and methods of cutting and joining . site layouts. quality measures. steel fabrication and erection for projects like earthen dams. nuclear power stations. selection of equipment. nuclear power plant. placing and compacting for various types of jobs. drainage in excavation 3 Concrete construction for heavy engineering projects Selection of equipment for batching. roller compacted concrete. thermal power stations. airports and ports. bridge erection. concreting. concrete dams. transport and erection. methods statement for major activities like excavation. bridges 7 Information related to special equipments and their applications to Off-shore construction. safety measures during concreting. transporting. mixing. grouting 4 Prefabricated construction Planning for pre-casting.

8 Height Systems 2. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 70/52 .THE GRAVITY FIELD OF THE EARTH 2.12 Gravity Measurements 2.7 Organisation of Geodesy 2 PHYSICAL (GRAVIMETRIC) GEODESY .11 Temporal Variations 2. Divergence and Curl 2.4 Geodetic Reference Surfaces 1.4 Computation of Co-ordinates & Datum Transformations 3.6 Historical Developments 1.14 Reduction of Gravity to Geoid GEOMETRIC GEODESY 3.7 Derivation of M and N 3 B.3 Geodetic Boundary Value Problem 1.6 Deflection of Vertical 3. Stubbs.3 Gravitational Force and Potential 2.2 Gravity Field of Earth 2.1 Applications 2.2 Ellipsoid of Revolution 3. Erection of steel structures 2.5 Temporal Variations 1.4 Gradient. handbook of heavy construction 3.5 Spherical Excess 3. Journals of Civil Engineering and Construction Engineering 401100: Space Geodesy Detailed Syllabus:1 INTRODUCTION 1. Thomas baron.7 Level Surfaces 2.9 Normal Gravity Field 2.1 Classical Definitions 1.13 Gravity Reference System 2.Reference Books: 1.2 Branches of Geodesy 1.5 Centrifugal Force 2.3 Co-ordinate Systems 3.6 Gravity Acceleration 2.10 Gravity Anomaly 2.1 Basic Mathematical Formulae 3.

W. 1982 4. Reference Books:A. Gough.Eggert.Theory & Practice. Anderle. Course in Spheroidal Geodesy. 1958 C. Zakatov. Gravimetric Geodesy : 1. Geodesy. Geodetic Astronomy : 1. 1986 D. Torge. General : 1. The Ohio State University. Textbook on Spherical Astronomy. 1977 3. Satellite Doppler Positioning.. 1964 2. Collins. 1964 2. GPS .2 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) 5.1 Doppler Satellite Surveying 5.7 Satellite Altimetry 5. Part I & II. 1928 C. Hoffmann . Venacek & E. David Clarke. Mueller. Bagratuni. Tobey W. The Global Positioning System. & J. an Introduction. 1966 2. Introduction to Satellite Geodesy.8 New Global Navigation Satellite Systems Developments and their impact on Geospatial Industry.4 Space VLBI 5. B. Rapp. 1953 5. Geometric Geodesy : 1. Lichtenegger. 1984 2. the Concept. G. Spherical & Practical Astronomy. A Course in Higher Geodesy. vol. Heiskanen & Meinesz.1 Introduction 4.5 Satellite Laser Ranging (SLR) 5.M. 2001 (3rd Revised Edition). Plane & Geodetic Surveying. Geodesy. Geodesy. Physical Geodesy. 1962 3.4 SPACE GEODESY & GEODETIC ASTRONOMY 4. Jordan . Jordan’s Handbook of Geodesy. W. Germany 2. Satellite Geodesy : 1. Heiskanen & Moritz.2 Reference Systems in Space Geodesy & Geodynamics 4. Mueller. P. Geodesy. Bomford. Ashkenazi. Sykes. Mueller & Moritz. Royal Society of London 4.3 Theory of Satellite Geodesy SPACE GEODETIC TECHNIQUES 5. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 71/52 . 1957 B. Smart 3. 5th 5 B. 1962 4. Geometric Geodesy. 1980 (4th Edition) 3.6 Lunar Laser Ranging (LLR) 5.2.M.3 Very Long Baseline Interferometry (VLBI) 5. Earth Rotation.Wellenhof. The Earth & it’s Gravity Field. de gruyter. H. Krakiwsky.

Settlement of foundations on sand – Schmertmann method. Mapping & Photogrammetry. UK 401050: Advanced Foundation Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Planning of subsurface investigation: Purpose and scope. compressibility (including critical rigidity index). design of isolated and combined footings 6 Pile foundations: Use of load tests. Geodesy. Failure criteria. Marine Geodesy. R. The Canadian Surveyor. Sydney 3. Ideal. Foundations on collapsing and swelling soils. Survey Review. Estimation of Pc by various methods. Interpretation of field and laboratory data 2Consolidation: Terzaghi’s theory of one-d consolidation – derivation of equation (solution in detail need not be covered). Failure criteria in soils – only Mohr – Coulomb’s criteria.C. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 72/52 . CASTLE. Spriner Wien. Ottawa 4. compressible soils and on rock. Assumptions in estimates of ultimate loads. Shear strength of sand and clays 4 Estimation of stresses: Boussinesq’s theory. Geodetic Journals : 1. plastic and real soil behavior. non-uniform soils. Lateral extent and depth of exploration. practical applications 3Stress and strain behavior of soil: Triaxial test . Westergard’s theory. Type and sequence of operations. Planning of subsurface investigations. Washington 5. Separation of skin friction and end bearing capacity. Field consolidation curves. Buisman – Terzaghi solution. 2001. Subsurface soundings – static and dynamic methods. New York 6. embedment of footing.drained and undrained behavior of sand and clays. The Australian Surveyor. Quasi preconsolidation and secondary consolidation. Group capacity. Effect of shape. Estimation of single pile capacity by static and dynamic methods. Newmarks charts 5 Bearing capacity and settlement analysis of shallow foundations: Modes of failure.Edition. Influence of soil conditions and type of foundation on exploratory programme. eccentricity in loading. Settlement of single and group of piles B. Prandtl Reissner solutions. Choice of factor of safety.C. Journal of Geodesy 2. New York E. Estimation of Cc and Cv from laboratory tests.

K. Foundation Engineering Handbook. jointing. significance of features like gas cavities. Saitech Publication 2. hydrothermal alteration. fractures. Instrumentation – mainly pore pressure gauges and settlement gauges and their applications. volcanic bracias. tachylytes and dykes Erosion of tail channel as a factor in selecting site for spllway. water absorption etc. geological conditions leading to erosion Case histories B. Winterkorn and Fang. relation of zones of grouting with height of dams. foundation treatment for fractures having different manifestation. purpose of consolidated and curtain grouting. deterioration of rock masses on exposure to atmosphere and suitable treatment for such rocks Investigations for determining the foundation treatment for adverse geological features. techylytes. causes of rapid erosion from side spillways. effect of weathering and hydrothermal alteration on engineering properties of rocks.7 Ground improvement: Improvement of deep cohesionless soils and cohesive soils (including stone columns). N. dykes. case histories illustrating economies made possible by proper geological studies 2 Engineering geology of Deccan Trap basalts Factors affecting strength and water tightness. precautions to avoid misleading conclusions likely to be drawn while interpreting drilling data with particular reference to RQD. Wiley International Edition 3. V. PWS Publications 4. waeathering. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 73/52 . physical properties such as compressive strength. Recommended Books: 1. determination of foundation levels / cutoff levels for dams. correction of adverse feature by grouting. B. Volume I and II. of basalts. Galgotia Publications 401060: Advanced Engineering Geology Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction Importance of geological studies in engineering investigations. groutability of rocks. stability of cuts and ability to stand without support. Principles of Foundation Engineering. and their significance in civil engineering projects 3 Dams Strength and water tightness of Deccan trap rocks from foundation point of view. jointed racks. field structures of flows. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. determining depth and zones of grouting. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice. Murthy. Terzaghi and R. stratigraphic sequence of flows etc. Das B M. Peck – Second Edition. geological properties of reinforced soils. S.

hydrothermal alteration. 3. PWD handbook. lagging. fractures. Difficulties introduced by tachylytes. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 74/52 . calculation of RQD and joint frequency index. Computing structural discontinuities in rock masses. Suitability of TBM for tunneling. Rock weathering conditions favourable for decomposition and disintegration. location. Government of Maharastra Textbook of Engineering Geology. volcanic breccias. spacing.4 5 6 7 8 Tunneling Methodologies of investigations for different types of tunnels for different purposes. RMR values. Preparing geological crosssections from drill hole data and using them for designing of civil engineering structures • Use of electrical resistivity method for determining depth of bed rock • Study of geological aspects of an engineering projects and writing a report based on studies carried out during visits to civil engineering projects Reference books: 1. Q system. Nature of alluvium of deccan trap rivers and its engineering character. flow contacts and unfavourable field characters. Case histories Bridges Investigations for bridge foundations. rock bolting. Engineering Geology. D H Wadia Geology of India and Burma. RQD. Scarcity of sand in the rivers in deccan trap area Geophysical investigations Seismic and electrical resistivity methods of explorations Construction material Deccan trap basalts as construction material. R E Gupte. concreting and contact grouting above steel supports depending on geological conditions. 2. permanent steel supports. Use of compact basalts and amygdaloidal basalts as rubble for masonry. shotcreting. M E Krishnan B. dykes. intertrappean beds. joint frequency index. metal for concrete making Practicals: • Logging of drill core. Effect of deposition of calcium carbonate. steel fibre shotcreting. angles and depths of drill holes for different types of tunnels. 4. difference in behaviour of basalts because of jointing as exemplified by compact basalts and amygdaloidal basalts. preparation of lithologs and interpreting drilling data. influence of climate on residual and transported soils in the deccan trap area. PVG Prakashan Geology of India. foundation settlements Case histories Geology of soil formation Residual and transported soils. tuffs. standup time. computing SBC for bridge foundation based on nature and structure of rock. Selection and provision of protective measures such as guniting.

documenting disaster recovery plan. influence diagrams . transfer. B. sources of risks. individuals and groups . processes and risks. N J Smith . Thompson P A and Perry J G. risk allocation in contracting 2 Human Aspects Personnel attitude towards risk. CBS Publishers. avoidance 4 Qualitative and quantitative methods in risk management Qualitative risk assessment . portfolio theory . rehearsing the disaster recovery plan. risk register. money and technology. Disaster recovery plan 6 Value Engineering : Value. Blackwell Scientific 3. uncertainty and risk. Managing Risk in Construction Projects 2. Sensitivity analysis. example disaster recovery plan Text books: 1. possible effects. value Engineering. cost benefit analysis. habits. risk classification.A guide to Project risk analysis and risk management. Reasons of poor value in constructed facilities. purpose and implications of life cycle costs. breakeven analysis . concept of utility and risks. risks and clients. decision trees 5 Disasters: Natural and manmade. Delphi method. R Flagnan R and G Norman. Thomas Telford 4. perceptions and risks. L W Zimmerman and G D Hart. 3 Risk management system Risk identification. reduction.scenario analysis. risk response: retention. road blocks and attitudes 7 Value management: Value Engineering job plan. consultants and contractors. Engineering Construction Risks. function analysis.Carlo technique.401280: Risk & Value Management Detailed Syllabus 1 Project Risks Definition. Risk management and Construction. communication in risk management. types. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 75/52 . project appraisal. Impact of energy on cost of constructed facilities. probability – Impact matrix. the people and the risks. impact and consequences of risk. dynamic and static risk. managing value engineering study 8 Disaster recovery plan: basic requirements. Risk and construction project time. Monte. risk analysis.

Silos and Bunkers: Lateral Pressures in bunkers as per Rankine’s and Coulomb theories. Lateral pressures in silos as per Janssen’s and Airy’s theories . 3 4 5 6 7 B. I. Rectangular. Folded Plate Roofs . I. Codal provisions. design considerations for square. principles of design under various types of loadings. Design OF Deep Foundations : Design considerations for piles and pile groups. Codal Provisions for design of Silos and Bunkers. Codal provisions for the design. behaviour of chimneys and stack structures under wind. analysis and design umder wind and earthquake loads.401060: Advanced Design of R. single and multiple bays with various edge conditions. Codal provisions for the design of pilecaps. Chimney: I.Whitney’s Method . S. Truss Analogy method for the analysis of pilecaps. Design of Cooling Towers: Principles of design of various types of cooling towers. Special detailing requirements of flat slabs.C. design of hoppers and supporting structures of bins. circular and triangular pile caps for group of piles.C.S code Provisions for the design of simple and continuous flat slabs. Design Of R. Circular Cylindrical Shell Roofs: Beam theory of cylindrical shells. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 76/52 .S. design based on IS codes of practice. Structures Detailed Syllabus:1 Design of Flat Slabs: Modes of failure of flat slabs.S. I. Simpson’s Method and Design of single and multibay folded plate roofs. rectangular and circular shapes of silos .C.C. 2 Large Span Roofs.

Ultimate Strength Design for structural Concrete. effect of damping on frequency of vibration and amplitude of vibration. response of SDOF system subjected to ground motion. response of structure in frequency domain subjected to general periodic and nonperiodic/impulsive forces of short duration. viscous damping and coulomb damping. Design and Construction of Concrete shell Roofs.Ramakrishna and P.C. 3 Generalized Single-Degree of Freedom System: Generalized properties: Assemblages of Rigid Bodies. dynamic load factors. G. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 77/52 .. distributed mass system idealized as SDOF system.P.D. Systems with distributed mass and elasticity. definition of basic problem in dynamics. Jain O. Nemchand and Bros. Markfintel Hand Book Of Concrete Design 401040: Structural Dynamics Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction: To structural dynamics. response to pulsating forces. II. McGraw Book Co. and Jaikrishna . introduction to vibration isolation. Plain and Reinforced Concrete . response to periodic loading. Dulhamel’s integral. and Shah V. numerical evaluation of dynamics response of SDOF systems. use of Fourier Series for periodic forces. Vol. expressions for generalized system properties. damping in structures. Wheeler Publishimg Co.S.R. static v/s dynamic loads. 2 Introduction to single degree of Freedom (SDOF) systems: Undamped vibration of SDOF system. use of Rayleigh’s method. different types of dynamic loads.RECOMMENDED BOOKS: V. Structures Publishers. forced vibration. Arthur. natural frequency and period of vibration. B. Design of Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures using Limit State Approach. logarithmic decrement. response to periodic loading. Ramaswamy . Karve S. response of structure subjected to general dynamic load. use of complex frequency response function.

relationship between input and output power spectral density functions.4 5 6 7 Lumped mass multidegree of freedom (MDOF) system: Coupled and uncoupled systems. direct determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. probability distribution for maxima and extreme values. Stochastic Response of Linear SDOF Systems: Transfer functions. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 78/52 . decoupling of equations of motion. Energy methods and use of Lagrange’s method in writing equations of motions. vibration of MDOF systems with initial conditions. relationship between input and output autocorrelation functions. response characteristics for narrowband systems B. stationary Gaussian processes. stationary white noise. orthogonality principle. stationary and ergodic processes. relationship between power spectral and autocorrelation functions. modal analysis. forced vibration of MDOF system. approximate methods of determination of natural frequencies of vibration and mode shapes-vector iteration methods. free vibration analysis of single span beams with various boundary conditions. application to multistorey rigid frames subjected to lateral dynamic loads. Random Vibrations: Random processes. forced vibration of single span beams subjected to the action of specified dynamic loads. Structure with distributed mass system: Use of partial differential equation. power spectral density function. modal equation of motion. autocorrelation function. concept of modal mass and modal stiffness. determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. superposition of stationary processes. power spectral density and autocorrelation functions for derivatives of processes.

2. Structural Dynamics-An Introduction to Computer Methods. Recommended Text Books: 1. 79 . India. Dynamics of Structures. 3. John Wiley & Sons. Anil K. Dynamics of Structures. Structural Dynamics. Tata McGraw Hill. John M. Chopra. Tata McGraw Hill. Prentice Hall. Cloguh & Penzein.Experimental Work: Experimental determination of frequency of vibration and damping coefficient using simple displacement pickups. 4. Biggs.

lumped SDOF elastic systems. response to general dynamic load. code method of seismic analysis: seismic co-efficient method and its limitation. distributed-parameter elastic systems. pseudo-velocity. applications to multistoried rigid frames subject to lateral dynamic loads 3 Seismological background: Seismicity of a region. translational excitation. multistoried buildings with unsymmetric plans. response spectrum shapes. allowable ductility demand. response to periodic loads. measurement of ground motion. Richter scale. S. undamped vibration of SDOF system. structure of earth. approximate methods for determination of frequencies and mode shapes. response spectrum method. ductility capacity. static v/s dynamic loads. 4 Characterization of graund motion: earthquake response spectra. use of fourier series for periodic forces 2 Direct determination of frequencies and mode shapes. orthogonality principle. I. 7 Review of damages during past earthquakes and remedial measures. deformation. modal error of . different types of dynamic loads. earthquake faults and waves. natural frequency and periods of vibration. modal analysis. elastic-rebound theory of earthquake. torsional response of symmetric plan building. combining maximum modal responses using mean square response of a single mode. SRSS and CQCC combination of modal responses 6 I.401170: Earthquake Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Definitions of basic problems in dynamics. response of structure subject to gravitational motion. seismic design considerations. multistoried buildings with symmetric plans. design response spectra for elastic systems. reinforcement detailing for members and joints 80 . peak structural response from the response spectrum. plate tectonics. lumped MDOFelastic systems. translational excitation. pseudo-acceleration response spectra. factors influencing response spectra. translational excitation time history analysis. . forced vibration of MDOF system. S. peak ground acceleration. seismogram. damping in structure. response spectrum characteristics 5 Deterministic earthquake response: types of earthquake excitation. code provision for seismic analysis of buildings and water towers.

Tata McGraw Hill 5. Sunshine. Slope. L. Water resources potential. lithology and Structure Soil and their Properties 2 Sources of Terrain Data: Field Surveys. Humidity. A. M. Design of Multistoried Buildings for Earthquake Ground Motions. I. 1956-2000. John M. 13920. 10. Newmarks & E. Dynamics of Structures. Programming and utilization 3 4 5 6 7 81 . London. Portland Cement Association. Blume. Wiegel. Chopra. satellite Images Digital Terrain Modeling and Analysis: Sources. Shape and 3-D Views Applications of DEMs: Alignment Selection. Land use . 1989 8. Craig. Sections. Meteorological / Hydrological data: Rainfall. Proceedings on World Conference on Earthquake Engineering. Thomas Telford. codes No. Structural Dynamics-An introduction to Computer Methods. Rosenblueth. Contours. 3. Wind speed etc. Tata McGraw Hill 4. Biggs. Structural Dynamics. 1893. 2. Earthquake Design Practice for building. J. Drainage. Flow and sediment measurement etc Data Base Development : Principles. Arial Photographs. 7. Cloguh & Penzien. Chicago. 2nd Edition. Dynamics of Structures. Prentice Hall. Earth Works. Representation and interpolation Products of Digital Elevation Models( DEMs) and their use: Profiles. soil erosion potential Etc. (all latest codes) 401110: Terrain Data Analysis Detailed Syllabus:1 Terrain Attributes and Their Significance Topographic Relief.density. Roy R. Prentice Hall.Recommended Books: 1. India. Pattern texture etc Geology. 1961 9. Slope and Aspects. S. 6. D. Prentice Hall. Earthquake Engineering. Fundamentals of earthquake engineering. 4326. Topographic and other maps. London. Anil K. R. Key. N. 1988.

Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources Assessment. ●Bituminous Thin Surface Cources: Seal Coat. Roughness. Visual Rating. ●Serviceability Indicators for roads ●Measurement of Serviceability Indicators using various equipments like Bump Indicator. 2. Inventory System 2 Maintenance operations/alternatives ●Classification of maintenance operations. Distress surveys & Benkelman Beam ●Functional evaluation of pavements: Serviceability Concepts. Routine. Inputs. and Bitumen Mastic. Ruts & undulations. Special. ●Road maintenance in high rainfall areas. ●Visual Surface distress survey procedures and techniques. Roughness Measurements. Skid Resistance. ●Prediction deterioration model development. Bituminous Concrete. New Delhi. 401250: Pavement Management System Detailed Syllabus:1. U.8 Compilation of Thematic maps: Visual Interpretation and Digital analysis. ●Common types of maintenance: Potholes. Examples of HDM package. Design.Yeung. Mixed seal surfacing. . Digitisation and Rasterisation. Modified bitumen & geo-fabrics. Choice of materials. Concept and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems . Prediction Deterioration Models(5) ●Factors that affect performance. Surface Dressing. Periodic.C.W. Pavement Serviceability Index. Burrough P. ● Method to assess the precision and accuracy of the developed model 3 4 82 . Prentice – Hall of India. Interface treatments. Construction and Maintenance. Cracked surface.A. Premixed carpet.K. Maintenance alternatives including recycling Pavement Management/ Maintenance Management System Components of PMS and their Activities. Edition 1986 Oxford science Publications. Fund Generation. Micro asphalt concrete (MAC) ●Bituminous Surface Cources: Semi-Dense Bituminous Concrete. Skid tester. Major Steps in Implementing PMS. Highway Financing.P. Pavement distresses ●Distresses in flexible/rigid pavements causes & remedies. Resurfacing. and Safety Aspects. Rehabilitation and Feedback Systems. ●Types of prediction models. LO Albert K. information analysis systems: Principles and applications Reference Books: 1. Evaluating Alternate Strategies and Decision Criteria. Edition 2002.

marine exposure. Causes of Deterioration. 2. Corrosion Mechanism.C. Corrosion Resistant Steels. Cathodic Protection. vacuum concrete. Edwadrs. Mortar Repairs for cracks. 1987 83 . 2. repair and rehabilitation.T. Special Elements for accelerated strength gain. 7 Engineered demolition techniques for dilapidated structures – case studies. Chemicals. Epoxy Injection. fire. shoring and underpinning 6. chemical disruption. Inspection. 4. Thermal Properties and Cracking. Longman Scientific and Technical UK. Design and Construction errors. Ferro Cement. Effects of Cover thickness and Cracking. cracking. leakage. Testing Techniques. Assessment Procedure for Evaluating for Damaged Structures. Permeability. Maintenance and Repair”. Fibre Reinforced Concrete 5. “Repair of Concrete Structures”. Concrete chemicals. Allen and Harold Roper. Examples of Repair to Structures Repairs to overcome low member strength. Blakie and Sons. Importance of Maintenance. Expansive cement. Polymer Concrete. Recommended Books: 1. Influence on Serviceability and Durability Effects due to climate. Dennison Campbell. mortar and dry pack.5 6 Pavement Structural Design and Economic Analysis Emerging Technology in Pavement Management Systems References: 401210: Rehabilitation of Structures Detailed Syllabus 1 General Quality Assurance for concrete construction as Built Concrete property Strength. deflection. weathering wear. foamed concrete. Temperature. 1991. R. Gunite and shotcrete. Techniques for Repair Rust Eliminators and polymers coating for rebars during repair. Wear and Erosion. Maintenance and Repair Strategies Definitions: Maintenance. Materials for Repair Special Concretes and Mortar. Allen and S. Sulphur Infiltrated Concrete. Facets of Maintenance. Corrosion Inhibitors. Preventive Measures on Various Aspects. Methods of Corrosion protection. “Concrete Structures – Materials. Coatings. UK. 3.

McGraw Hill. 1992 5. Sales Tax. July 1992 3. 2. 29 – 30 October 1999 401220: Construction & Law Detailed Syllabus 1. Bockrath 84 . 1992. Gajaria G. Raikar Bhavan. Lakshmipathy. Construction contracts Indian Contracts Act-Elements of Contracts-Types of contracts-FeaturesSuitability-Design of Contracts Documents-International contract documentstandard contract Document-Law of Torts 2. “Construction Contracts” Second Edition.References: 1. Labour Administration. Insurance and safety regulations. Labour Regulations Social Security. “RHDC – NBO” Santhakumar A.S. Joseph T. “Training Course Notes on Damage Assessment and Repair in Low Cost Housing”. R.T. Construction and Service – R & D Centre (SDCPL). Ltd. “Concrete Technology -Theory and Practice” M. Excise and custom duties and their influence on construction costs – Legal requirements for planning – Property Law – Agency Law – Local Government Laws for Approval – Statutory regulations 4. Workmen’s Compensation Act.. Palaniappan. Chennai.N. Shetty. other Labour Laws Recommended Books: References • • • “Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India” M. M.Chand and Company. N. Anna University. Contractual and commercial points of view – contract formation and interpretation – Potential contractual problems – World Bank Procedures and Guidelines 3.Raikar. Jimmie Hinze “Contracts and Legal Environment for Engineers and Architects” 6th Edition. S. Metal Lecture Notes of Workshop on “Repairs and Rehabilitation of Structures”. Triphati Pvt. Bombay. “Learning from Failures – Deficiencies in Design”. New Delhi. McGraw Hill. Laws Relating to Wages. “Estate Management. Anna Institute of Management”..R. 1987 4. Legal Requirements Insurance Bonding – Laws Governing Sale. Bonus and Industrial Disputes. Tenders Prequalification-Bidding-Accepting-Evaluation of Tender from Technical. Mumbai. Purchase and use of Urban and Rural Land – Land Revenue codes – Tax Laws. Welfare Legislations.

Distilleries vii. McGraw Hill 9. deoxygenation and reaeration. McGraw Hill 3. Reinhld Bok Corp 5 6 85 . Oxfoord & IBH Publishing Co. Addisoon Wesley 6.sugarcane vi. Electroplating iv. Modification of conventional aerobic and anaerobic biological treatment methods.sulphate process iii. Biological Waste Treatment. E D Besselievre. Pollution Control in Process Industries. river standards and effluent standards 2 Sampling and analysis of industrial wastes. Industrial Water Pollution Control. introduction to environmental impact assessment and environmental audit Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a report comprising design criteria and flow sheet of the proposed treatment scheme including laboratory analysis for any one industrial waste. treatability study 3 Stream sanitation: effects of industrial wastes on self-purification of streams and fish life. municipal sewers and on land. wool. Rao & Datta. vacuum filtration. equalization. (Ed). Tanneries Provisions of various acts pertainng to industrial wastes / effluents. Theories and Practices of Industrial Waste Treatment. Indusrial Wastes. Demonstration of available software for design of effluent treatment plant is to be done. R D Ross. W Rudolfs. Pulp & paper . filter press Detailed considerations of wastes produced from following industries: processes normally followed. Pergamon Press 5. Industrial Water Pollution Management. (Ed). Sugar . Recommended Books: 1. Industrial Waste Disposal. S P Mahajan. Dairy v. segregation. ii. W W Eckenfelder Jr. volume and effects of raw and treated effluents on streams. John Wiley 4. Dewatering and disposal of sludges . sewers and land. Tata McGraw Hill 7. The Treatment of Industrial Wastes.401310: Industrial Waste Treatment Detailed Syllabus 1 General: liquid wastes from industries . effect of disposal into natural water courses.flotation. statement and significance of the parameters of Streeter and Phelp's equation and BOD equations. Eckenfelder & 'Connor. centrifugation.their volumes and characteristics. 2. treatment methods. L E C Publishers Inc 8. Waste Water Treatment. Textiles: cotton. oxygen sag 4 General treatment of industrial wastes: neutralization. E F Gurnham. reuse-recovery i. rayons.

hydrologic forecasting computer simulation of basin. micro-level planning. inland water transportation. Arthur Mass et.el. trends in water resources development Objectives and evaluation criteria: Technological objectives. Soil subsystem analysis. Prentice Hall (India) 4 5 6 86 . practical project appraisal. environmental . reservoir systems. System analysis in planning. rainwater harvesting Text books: 1. social benefit-cost analysis. Wurbs R A. McGraw Hill 4. Economics of Water Resources Planning. stream flow generation Demand analysis: categories of demand. J P Soni.401320: Water Resource Engineering & Management Detailed Syllabus: 1 2 3 Planning for water resources development. Water resources engineering. L D James & R R Leo. water shed management. levels of planning and objectives. McGraw Hill 3. Tata McGraw Hill 5. W A Hall & J A Dracup. conjunctive surface and ground water development Multipurpose developmental issues: flood management. Elements of water resources engineering. erosion and sedimentation. hydrograph and IUH.ecological objectives and evaluation criteria. New Age India 6. Water Resources Systems Planning and Management. James W P. K N Duggal. Water Resources Systems Engineering. demand projections and policy formulation for various demands System elements and sub-system planning. conjunctive use of surface water and ground water. water conveyance and distribution systems.. M C Chaturvedi. wash and Clark model. Multi-objective analysis Hydrologic input analysis: surface sub-system (watershed) functional analysis. conjunctive flood mitigation and water resources enhancement. Macmillan 2. hydro-electric development and the power sector. Design of Water Resources Systems. ground water subsystem. project formulation and evaluation.

Design of rectangular steel tanks. A.M.S. The drawings should be drawn with pencil only on minimum of A-1 (Imperial) size drawing sheets. Design of steel structures. New Chand & Bros. Kent L. 11. Standard Publishers & Distributors. Kazimi S.S.S. Design of steel structures. supporting ring beam. A. 12. staging for circular tanks. Breslar. Design of steel structures.S. Design of welded connections. IC Sayal & Satinder Singh.. Lattice Tower : Loads acting on lattice towers. Mac. & Ajitha Sinha D. Lin and Scalzi. Each student is to appear for at least one written test during the term. Arya and Ajmani. Gantry Grider : Loads acting on gantry girder. 4. Analysis and design of lattice tower including welded or riveted connections for members. The graded answer paper of test shall be submitted as term-work. Relevant I. Design of steel structures. Round tubular structural members: Properties of steel tubes. 6. 7. Design of steel structures. Krishnamachar B. 2. Jain & Arun Kumar Jain.W.E. 5. Design of lattice tower or steel chimney. Design of steel structures. Recommended Books : 1. Structural steel work. Moment Resistant Beam End Connections: Design of moment resistant riveted and welded beam end connections.. 3. Steel Chimney: Forces acting on chimney. 10.401130: Advanced Design of Steel Structures Detailed Syllabus: 1. Analysis and design of tubular trusses including purlins and supports. Laxmi Publications Pvt. 3. Prentice Hall of India. 87 .K. Design of tubular trusses. Ltd. Note : Relevant provisions of IS codes shall be referred in design of aforesaid topics. Reynolds T. 6. 9. Design of steel structures. Design of tension and compression members. Design of elevated circular tank with conical bottom or rectangular steel tank. Design of steel structures. & Jindal R. Design of flexural members. 4. Design of self supporting welded chimney including design of foundation. Term Work: The term work shall consist of a design report and detailed drawings on three projects as indicated below: 1. 8..J.. Dayaratnam. 5. Punma. 3. Design of steel structures. Design of foundation for columns. Tata McGraw Hill. Elevated steel tanks and stacks : Loads acting on tanks including wind and earthquake. Comprehensive design of steel structures. Ramchandran. Analysis and design of gantry girder. Design of circular tanks with conical bottom. Negi L. Vol I & II.. 2. D. & Lazenby. codes. 2. Ginely T.

Roads – Concrete Asphalt. 2 Bending of beams: With initial curvature loaded in their plane of curvature. Flyovers. Bridges. Tunnels 2. Beams on Elastic Foundation. application to the analysis of hooks. finite difference method. Macmillan. Hetency M. Jagar. Timoshenko. Heritage Structures. 2. maximum distortion energy theory. maximum strain energy density theory. Hospitals. Sewer. Vanadan & K. Maintenance Management: Terms. Pipeline – Water. chain links etc. Shames I. Theory of Problems. 5 Beams on Elastic Foundation: Beams of unlimited length. Analysis of Plates. Five Star Hotels. maximum strain theory. Von Mises & Tresca’s yield criteria. Structures and their characteristics with reference to maintenance: Buildings. 3 Beams Curved in Plan: Loaded perpendicular to their own plane.K. Inspection 88 . maximum shear stress theory. flexural stresses due to bending in two planes. semi infinite length and beam of finite on elastic foundation 6 Classification Plate Theory: Naviers solution. Theory of Plates and Shells. 5. Narosa Publishers 401190: Building Maintenance & Repairs Detailed Syllabus 1. High Rise Residential Buildings. functions. Bhaskars. 4 Theories of Failure: Maximum stress theory. High Rise Commercial Buildings. shear centre. Timoshenko. Strength of Material Part I & II. Mechanics of Solids. 3. simply supported and continuous curved beams.401020: Advanced Structural Mechanics (Course Code – 401020) Detailed Syllabus: 1 Unsymmetrical Bending: Principal axes of inertia. 6. bending of unsymmetrical section. T. 4. Theory of Plates. Recommended Text Books: 1. Educational Institution with Hostels. pavement maintenance management.

Cost Preventive Maintenance. Maintenance: Periodic one time. 8. 89 .3. 9. Long Span Routine. costs Non Destructive Testing of Structures Equipments. 4. drawing inferences. cost Case Studies of various types of structures Specifications and detailing for important items of work in restoration Investigation of structures and report on proposed restoration procedure Post occupancy evaluation References: 3. 5. Organization Structure Repairs & Rehabilitation of structures: estimating costs Use of Construction Materials: Chemicals used in Repairs. procedures. 7. 6. methods of application.

commercial / industrial complexes. Activity Flow Chart for plumbing work. Single phase and 3 – phased circuitry. monitoring working of the equipments.T. Quality. Agency. various components of fire fighting system. Requirement of Plumbing works. maintenance required of the system. check list for fire safety. type of services required to keep the facility usable. Lifts/ Elevators. public buildings. Sloping roof. tanks. Fire fighting – Basis requirement for the work fighting system. operation and maintenance of fittings and fixtures of w/s. Role and administrative functions of supervisors. Firefighting – Statutory requirements. checklist of inspection. Air conditioning and Heating: Flowcharts of air conditioning & heating. Importance of building services. Plumbing services: Basics of plumbing systems. Do’s and Don’ts for water pipe networks. Commercial Complexes etc. Captive power. cabling.401200: Building Services Detailed Syllabus: 1 Planning norms for various Services & Utilities. pumps and pumping mechanism. escalators: legal formalities for Elevators. Basements. Schools. Substations. Septic tanks. Waterproofing. Landscaping and Horticulture: Building maintenance and management. Damp proofing & Termite proofing: Working procedure & stages of work of water proofing for bathrooms. Hospitals. Centralized systems. checking of materials. working mechanisms of lift and escalators. Performance testing. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 90 . Sewerage Networks – norms for drainage and manholes. fire fighting in high rise buildings. Indian standard codes for planning and installations of elevator. planning of services. Housing. Modern Sewage Treatment Plants. Water supply system : Water supply distribution system in high rise builders and other complexes. Terrace. Use of chemicals for water proofing treatment. various types of lifts. Electrical system – norms.T. Permissions and procedures in the system. The Comprehensive Scheme. inspection and maintenance of lifts. H. Township facilities. organization structures of services management. Causes and precautions for Dampness. cabling. Damp proof course. Role of consultants. planning for safety in design stage. L.

Brazilian tensile test. 91 . 3. Indian Standard institution. T. “Maintenance of Buildings” . New Delhi. permeability and modulus of elasticity of rocks Term Work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report covering the selection of design parameters. Mantri. Mantri Projects and Consultancy Pvt..O. Oxford. New Delhi.. E & F. Panchadhari.Text Books: 1. 2001 2..Oxley.C. London.deformation of rocks Failure theories and shear strength of rocks Bearing capacity of rocks Stability of rock slopes Opening in rocks – lined and unlined tunnels. BIS. design analysis including drawings if any on any aspect of rock mechanics included in the theoretical course above. “Dampness in building: Diagnosis. National Building Code of India. 2000 References: 1. Ltd. pressure tunnels and tunnels for other purposes Friction in rocks – time dependent properties of rock masses Rock bolting and grouting Practicals: Practicals shall include confined and unconfined compression test. Butterworth. Spon. Sandeep. Treatment. 1994 401070: Rock Mechanics Detailed Syllabus: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Sub-surface investigations in rocks and engineering characteristics or rocks masses Structural geology of rocks Classification of rocks Field and laboratory tests on rocks Stress . A. Ltd. Heinmann Ltd. Instrument” . & Gobert E. R.G. “The A to Z of practical building construction and its management”. “Building Estate Maintenance Administration”. 1984 2... point load test.A. Pune. Milne. New Age International Pvt. 1983.. N.

W. I. 92 .I. Fundamentals of rock mechanics 2. Soil Dynamics by Shamsher Prakash 2. uniform circular motion. 6 Field and laboratory tests for evaluation of dynamic properties of soil under vertical vibration. K. Analysis of system with one degree of freedom.W. in an elastic infinite medium. types of damping.G. Leon and and W. Jumikis. evaluation of liquefaction potentials. design criteria for satisfactory machine foundation. Rock mechanics Vol. improvement of distressed machine foundation. 2 Wave propogation in elstic rods. Wheeler Publishing. free and forced vibrations with and without damping. harmonic vibration.Cock. criterion and factor affecting liquefaction of soil. design analysis including drawing if any aspect of soil dynamics included in the theoretical course above. Brakan. 3 Liquefaction of soils.Stag and O. D. degrees of freedom of a block foundation analysis of vertical and sliding vibration of a machine foundation. Elsevier 3. V. C. mass of soil participating in vibration. natural frequency. spring-mass system. S. M. Das. Rao. spring constant damping modulus of elasticity typical values of soils. I & II 401080: Soil Dynamics Detailed Syllabus 1 Vibration of elementary system. and in semielastic half space.C. Engineering properties of rocks 4.Duvall. Rock mechanics in engineering practice 5. 7 IS code method of design and IS code provisions for dynamic analysis of buildings Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report covering the selection of design parameters.Recommended Books: 1. Rock mechanics and design of structures in rock 3. Recommended Books: 1. wave generated by surface footing. Fundamentals of Soil mechanics by B. coefficient of elastic uniform shear. 4. McGraw-Hill Book Co. Obert. Dynamics of Bases and foundations by D. laboratory and field studies on liquefaction. 5 Vibration isolation and screening methods. liquefaction of clay. 4 Principles of machine foundation. Jagger and N. liquefaction studies in oscillatory simple shear. Zienkiewicz.Farmer. Vibration Analysis and Foundation Dynamics by N. Degrees of freedom.G. coefficient of elastic uniform compression.

inversion effects. maximum mixing depth.general. History of air pollution. Scope of the problem . global and national. downwind from a single source. Major pollutants from different sources in Greater Bombay area (or any metropolis of Maharashtra). particle cut size for cyclone. Design criteria for filters. Collection efficiencies for laminar and turbulent flows for settling chambers. stability conditions. cyclones. Settling chambers. planetary boundary layer. ESP. anticyclone. Lapse rate. operations and types. wind velocity profile. urban. Concept of fractional and overall efficiencies. gradient wind. Units for quantification of air pollution. Government of India's air pollution laws. Simple numerical problems based on COH. Maximum ground level concentration. electrostatic precipitators (ESP). Functions of air. Methods and instruments for sampling and analysis of air for stack and ambient air monitoring. Properties of air. distance touching ground. indoor air pollutin and personal exposure to air pollution. Turner's stability categories and graphs for dispersion estimates.401300: Air Pollution Detailed Syllabus: 1 Composition of dry ambient air. diffusion coefficients. plants. Control Devices: Principles. Modified Holland equation for small source. Emission factors Effects of air and noise pollution on human health . Gaussian model for predicting concentration. Brigg's equation for momentum plume rise.emission and air quality standards. Natural and man made. absorption towers and incinerators. Topographic effects. Definition of air. filters. ASME equation for large source. Modification of Gaussian model to predict particulate dispersion. Plume dispersion. rural and specific. Meteorological aspects of air pollution: Large scale wind circulation: geostrophic wind. 3 4 5 6 7 8 93 . Plume patterns. Definition of air pollution. properties and visibility. CoHb. cyclone. scrubbers. Simple hoods and ducts. scrubbers. Classification of air pollutants. Brigg's equations for buoyant plume rise. animals. Plume rise. 2 Sources of air pollution. Indian standards . absorption towers and incinerators.

..O. 3. 9. a stack monitoring report of at least one stack describing the methods of sampling and analysis used ii. Tripathi A. Ashish Publication House. a report on ambient air quality survey of a particular location. Air Pollution. A Parker.Term Work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on at least one of the following: i. McGraw Hill Publication.Perkins. Rossano. Wark and Warner. Industrial Air Pollution Handbook. H V N Rao. Air Pollution Vol. Ledbetter. Air Pollution Handbook. Journal of Air & Waste Management Association (formerly known as Journal of Air Pollution Control Association) published from USA 5. Air Pollution. Handbooks & Journals: 1. 7. ERA inc. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Air Pollution.Prevention and control. Ashish Publication House. New York. 4. standards etc. Tata McGraw Hill Publication. 5. New York. Srivastava A. 6.. Indian Standards relevant to air pollution monitoring. P. Edited by A. 2.II: Air Pollution.K. Henry C. McGraw Hill Publication Government of India's publication of laws related to air pollution. Tata McGraw Hill 94 . New Delhi. Air Pollution (biopollutants in air). Rao M N & Rao H V N.G. Air pollution. Environmental Engineers' Handbook Vol. New Delhi. New Delhi. USA. Air Pollution: Part A .Liptak (ed. Air pollution Control Guidebook for Management. 4. M N Rao. Martin Crawford.). 2. Magill and others. Maharashtra Pollution Control Board's (MPCB) Publication of standards. (editor).L. McGraw Hill Publications. Chilton Book Co. definitions.Analysis and Part B . Mace Dekker Inc. J..T. USA Air Pollution Control Theory.K.1. Environ Science Service Divn. 8.. Recommended Books: 1. 3. B.

cash flow statement 95 . Jain. Phase of capital budgeting. Capital expenditure: Importance and difficulties. Environmental assessment. project development cycle. and G.V.K. 1997 3 4 5 6 401270: Project Appraisal Detailed Syllabus 1 Projects. choice of technology. sources and uses of funds.401260: EIA and Audit Detailed Syllabus 1 Environmental Impact Environmental inventories. Rapid EIA Environmental Impact Statement Environmental Auditing Post Audit reviews of EIA Case studies Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on at least one aspect of EIA. References: “Environmental Impact Analysis”. demand forecasting techniques Project estimates. present and future. Urban. demand.S. financial projections – balance sheet. selection of site. 2 Socioeconomic Impact Assessment Financing of capital expenditure. govt policies. aspects of appraisal 2 3 4 5 Project Conception. plans and works schedules Market analysis. Preliminary screening Technical appraisal materials and other resources.Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. increase in user charges. evaluation. sources of financing. R. Stacay . L. past. sociological impacts. cost and financing. Role of EIA in Planning and Decision making Processes. scouting for ideas and alternatives.

Project Preparation. payback period. Controller of Publications. Design of prestressed concrete sections for flexure: general philosophy of design. New Delhi. Guide Practical Project Appraisal. permissible stresses in concrete and steel. UN 401140: Prestressed Concrete Detailed Syllabus 1 Introduction to prestressed concrete: basic concept and general principles. measures of risk. • OECD : Manual of Industrial Projects analysis in developing countries – methodology and case studies. methods and techniques of prestressing..6 7 Financial appraisal . decision tree analysis. Tata McGraw Hill. net present value. internal rate of return Risk analysis. deflections of prestressed concrete members 2 3 96 . design approaches in working stress method and limit stress method. critical conditions for design. accounting rate of return. load balancing method of analysis of prestressed concrete beams. OECD Paris • Planning Commission: Guidelines for the Preparation of Feasibility reports of Industrial Projects. kern points. Guidelines for Project evaluation . appraisal. Reference Books:• Prasanna Chandra. Social cost benefit analysis . budgeting and implementation. cable zone. choice and efficiency of sections. • UNIDO . sensitivity and scenario analysis. mathematical analysis of cash flows. different approaches. limit state of collapse in flexure.rationale. critical sections under working load for pretensioned and post tensioned members. UN • UNIDO . prestressing systems. materials used and their properties. Urgency. Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on at least one aspect of appraisal. loss of prestress Analysis of prestressed concrete sections: loading stages and computation of section properties. cable profiles and layouts.

aesthetics. linear transformation and concordancy of cables Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on design of a post tensioned prestressed concrete beam with one imperial size drawing sheet on design. transmission length. Modern Prestressed Concrete. Y. Sayal & Goel. N. Krishna Raju. Evans & E.W. introduction to application of prestressing to continuous beams. Design of lattice girder railway bridge 3 97 . end block of post-tensioned members Design of prestressed concrete beams: design of simply supported pretensioned and post tensioned slabs and beams. analysis of deck slab and IRC loads. Recommended Books: 1. Prestressed Concrete Analysis and Design. Jain & Jaikrishna. selection of suitable type of bridge Design loads and their distribution IRC loads. Wheeler.4 Design for shear: calculation of principle tension under working load. H. Vol. Antoine F. Oxford & IBH. permissible principle tension. Plain and Reinforced Concrete Vol. Nemchand Brothers. 3. I. 8. 2. load distribution among longitudinal beams of a bridge Design of superstructures Design of balanced cantilever concrete bridge. economic spans. T. Naaman. 6. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures. Prestressed Concrete. Guyon 5 6 7 401150: Bridge Engineering Detailed Syllabus 1 2 Introduction Types of bridges. 9. 7. I. Lin & N. Burns 5. railway loading. Bennet. 4. R. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures. Reinforced Concrete Structures. Prestressed Concrete. Dayaratnam P. H. Y. shear strength calculation under limit state of collapse for both sections cracked and uncracked in flexure End zone stresses in prestressed concrete members: pretension transfer bond. prestressed concrete and box girder bridge. James Libby. I. introduction to design of RC arch bridge. Prestressed Concrete.

different levels of rectification – Production of digital orthophotographics – Problems relating to orthophotoraphies . Design of Bridges. Tata McGraw Hill 5 401090: Digital Photogrammetry Detailed Syllabus 1 Image Acquisition: Mathematical model of the geometry of the aerial image – Radiometric effects of the atmosphere and the optics Colorimetry – Geometry of aerial and spatial pictures – Digital Images acquisition with airborne CCD Cameras – Radar images in Photogrammetry – Use of airborne laser ranging systems for the determination of DSM Use of Scanners for the digitization of aerial Pictures – Relations between radiometric and geometric Precision in digital imagery 2 Techniques for plotting Digital Images: Image Improvements – Compression of Digital images – Use of GPS in Photogrammetry – Automationzation of aerotriangulation – Digital Photogrammetric workstations Generation of Digital Terrain and Surface Models Overview of Digital Surface models – DSM Quality: Internal and External validation – 3D data acquisition from Visible images – from the digital surface model ( DSM) to the digital terrain model ( DTM) – DSM reconstruction – Extraction of characteristic lines of the relief – from the aerial image to orthophotography:. Tata McGraw Hill Raina V K. cantilever construction Text books: Victor D J. Oxford & IBH Ponnuswamy S. Oxford & IBH Raju N K. their choice and method of construction.4 Design of substructure Different types of foundations. Bridge Engineering. design of well foundation. various types of bearings and their design Construction methods Erection of bridge superstructures. essentials of Bridge Engineering. Concrete Bridge Practice. design of piers and abutments.production Metrological applications of Digital Photogrammetry Architectural Photogrammetry – Photogrammetric metrology 3 4 98 .

types. traffic flow characteristics. Assignment techniques: All or nothing assignment.5. 2.2.Reference Books: Digital Photogrammetry Michel Kasser and Yves Egles – Edtion 2002 . 1.3.2. category analysis 2. various available alternatives.2 Modal split analysis: introduction. influence of mixed traffic. 2. Accident and road safety: accident causes. co-ordination of signals. 2. Furness method. modal split models with behavioral basis. 99 . 2 Transportation Planning and management 2. sampling theory and Significance testing. delay at signalized intersection. 1. Multiple route assignment.2. methods of trip distribution.3 Trip distribution analysis: introduction. level of service. Fratar method.1 Trip generation analysis.2 Travel demand forecasting: 2.7. area traffic control. 2. determination of optimal cycle time and signal setting for an intersection with fixed time signals.6. 1. Diversion curves. Regression and Correlation. Linear programming approach to trip distribution. rotary design. Applications of Lowry model. Highway capacity: passengers car units.1 Review of various traffic surveys and traffic studies 1. Intersection design: Principles. trip classification. alternative methodologies for calculation. factor affecting capacity and level of service. The Book Syndicate . Capacity restraint assignment. 1. The Gravity model. relative merits and demerits. Statistical methods for traffic engineering and their applications : Distributions. uniform and average factor method. traffic signals: types of traffic signals. Grain – Lowry model. 401240: Traffic Planning and Design Detailed Syllabus: 1 Traffic Engineering and control 1. The Lowry model. Rout building algorithms.4. analysis and preventive measures. multiple regression analysis. selection of Land-use transport models. advantages.2. recording system. earlier modal split models. Traffic management: various measures and their scope. Intervening and competing. mini roundabout.3 Land-use transport models: Introduction.1 Introduction to the process of urban transport planning.4 Traffic Assignment: purpose of traffic assignment.2. accident cost. Hyderabad. 1.

simulation studies. need for economic evaluation. Transport Economics 4 Economic evaluation of highway schemes. Partha Chakraborty and Animesh das. Economics of Transportation. Application of hydrodynamic analogy.G. Winfrey. an introduction to queuing theory as applied to traffic flow problems for study state conditions.R. Traffic engineering and transport planning by L. 1970. Prentice Hall (India) 8. Principles of Traffic Engineering. Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on One of the following: Traffic studies. Accident costs. Mc Graw Hill. Introduction to intelligent transportation systems. USA. Manual of Economic Evaluation of Highway PRojects in India (SP30). G. probabilistic description of traffic flow. Indian Road Congress 1 . 1969. 5.J. review of flow density speed studies. Principles of Transportation Engineering. Pingnataro. Fair and Williams. Harperand Brothers. Planning. New York. Kadiyali.. Vehicle operating costs. 1970. Recommended Text / Reference Books: 5 6 1. basic principles of economic evaluation. Hutchinson. Introduction to advanced computational techniques for transportation planning. characteristic capacities etc. Subhash Saxena. Net present value method. 1959. Dhanpat Rai & sons 9. proposals for new facilities or improvement to existing facility OR Project work based on transportation planning or economic analysis of a highway project. Public Transportation Mass transit systems: Bus and rail transit. 7. Introduction to Urban Transport Systems. definitions and basic relationship. 6. 3. Carfollowing theory and its application to traffic engineering. Publishers. B. Mc Graw-Hill. Value of travel time saving. McGraw-Hill. Robley. Pennsylvania. benefit/cost ratio method. 1983.3 Theory of traffic flow Scope. cost and benefits of transportation projects. Traffic System Analysis for Engineering and Planners. internal rate of return method. hydrodynamic analogies. A Course in Traffic Engineering and Design. 4.data collection and analysis. Economic Analysis for Highway .International Textbook Co. Khanna publishers Delhi 2. Wohl and Martin.

data analysis-data layers. imaging characteristics of remote sensing systems. At least 10 assignments based on above syllabus and the graded answer paper for the term test shall be submitted as term work. data entry through keyboard. interpolation techniques Data management 2 3 DBMS. integration of remote sensing and GIS Application of GIS 4 4 Map revision. yeung A K W. lines and areas features. change detection Term Work: Each student is to appear for at least one written test during the term. agriculture. soil erosion. data presentation –hardcopy devices. various data models. digital data. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems. advantages and disadvantages. data processing: raster based and vector based. aerial photographs. Tata mcGraw Hill 1 . extraction of metric and descriptive information from remotely sensed images.401120: Geographic Information System Detailed Syllabus 1 Basic concepts of GIS Information systems. basic components of GIS. Maps. forestry. Kang-tsung Chang. geographical concepts and terminology. spatial and non-spatial information. organization of data in GIS GIS data Field data. advantages of GIS. land use. Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems. land suitability analysis. data overlay and modeling. satellite data. preprocessing of data-rectification and registration. commercially available GIS hardware and software. run-length encoding. points. Prentice Hall India. municipal geology. softcopy devices Remote sensing and GIS integration Principles of electromagnetic remote sensing. archeology. water resources. vector and raster data. quadtrees. analysis of spatial and non-spatial data. Recommended Books: Lo C P. digitizers and scanners. statistical data.

boundaries of system. objective function and constraints. uncertain and risk conditions Index numbers: basic requirements of index numbers. regression and curve fitting Decision theory: classification of decision situations. Mc Graw Hill Jewell T K. problem solving mechanism. “Probability. simple problems using hand calculations Reference Books: • • • • Benjamin J R & Cornell C A. dual. sensitivity analysis Distribution models: transportation and assignment problems and their solutions Queuing models: various situations. criteria for decision making under certain. Monte Carlo simulation. constructing index numbers: using relatives. Shenoy & Sharma. graphical method of solution. modeling / problem formulation. “Quantitaive techniques for managerial decisions”. Wiley Eastern 6 7 8 1 . simplex method. solution techniques. single server model Simulation: general approach.401340: SYSTEMS APPROACH TO CIVIL ENGINEERING Detailed Syllabus: 1 Concept of systems approach: system. queue discipline and customer behavior. using aggregates 3 4 5 Linear programming: general nature of problem. “ A systems approach to civil engineering planning and design”. types of problems. mathematical models. sensitivity analysis 2 Basic concepts of probability and probability distributions. “Systems analysis for civil engineers” Shrivastav. statistics and decisions for civil engineers”. goals and objectives. sub-optimization. decision tables and decision tree. Harper & Row Ossenbruggen P J. optimality.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 1 .

4. Range. sin (at). Conservative. Sinh (at). Normal distribution. Laplace Transforms Function of bounded variation (statement only) Laplace transforms of 1. Moments. Inequalities conditions for the path integral to be independent of the path joining two points. Definitions of curl. Measures of variability. Partial different equations Partial differential equation governing Transverse Vibrations of an elastic string. irrotational. Directional derivative. Lines of Regression – Rank Correlation. Theory of Probability and reliability 1 . Statements of Stoke’s theorem. eat. its solution using Fourier Series. (Statement of sufficient conditions) Cauchy Riemann equation in polar co-ordinates. divergence.Applie Mechanics 1. Laplace transform of periodic functions. Regular function. Properties of Normal distribution. Median and Mode. Skewness. Mean. Gauss’s divergence theorem. gradient. Level surfaces. orthogonal trajectories. Path/Line integral of a function. cosh (at). Harmonic functions. Application to solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary differential equations with one dependent variable. Complex Variable Functions of complex variable. related identities. Tech. Steady-state configuration for heat flow and Laplace equation in two and three dimensions. 3. Semester : III Course Name:. Binomial and Poisson’s distributions. Standard Deviation. Continuity (only statement) derivability of a function Analytic. 5. Measures of central tendency. ( Mechanical). deductions. Test of significance. Vector Calculus Scalar and vector point functions. shifting properties Expressions (without proofs) for unit step functions and their Laplace transform.Second Year B. Discrete random variables and their probability distributions. Statistics Frequency distribution. Surface and volume integrals. Regionsand paths in the z-plane. Solenoidal fields. green’s theorem for plane regions and properties of line integral in a place. Heat Equation. coefficient of Correlation. Percentiles. 2. Cauchy’s theorem for analytic function with continuous derivative. Necessary conditions for the function to be analytic. Use of operator. tn. continuous random variables. Contour integral. Variance.

4. REFERENCES. 3. II: S. Matrices: Vasistha. Laplace transforms: (Schaum’s outline series). Wagner Stephen S Willoughby – Delmar Publications. Wartikar & J. III TERM WORK.S. 7.N. Theory of function of complex variables: Shanti Narayan. 5.II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.N. I / Vol. Complex Variable: Churchil. College Mathematics through Applications – John C Peterson William J. II: P. Elements of Applied Mathematics Vol. Basic Mathematics for College students by Allen Tussy – Thomson Learning. IV MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . Assignments.Sastry Prentice Hall of India Second Edition: 1994 2. 6. Matrices: Shanti Narayan. Wartikar Engineering Mathematics Vol.

S. bars of varying sections. flexural stresses in beams subjected to oblique bending. Simple Theory of Bending Flexure formula for straight beams. 4. section modulus. Moment of inertia.Cousrse Name:-Steength Of Material 1. F. relationship between rate of loading. leaf springs. moment of resistance of a section. modulus of rigidity. close-coiled helical springs under axial load. shear stress. transfer theorem. core of a section. Poisson ratio. in Beams Axial force. Bending moment combined with Torsion and Axial Loads Application to members subjected to eccentric loads. 6. beams of uniform strength. yield stress. M. shear force and bending moment. ultimate stress. and B. Simple Theory of Torsion Torsion of circular shafts – solid and hollow. shear connectors. Tee channel and I – section. shaft etc. factor of safety. Simple Stress and Strain Stress. 3. problems on chimneys. shear centre of thin walled sections such as angle. Shear Stress in Beams Distribution of shear stress across plane sections used commonly for structural purposes. bulk modulus. moments of inertia about principal axes. stresses in shaft when transmitting power. shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beams including beams with internal hinges for different types of loading. shear stresses and flow in beams of thin walled open cross sections. 5. principal axes of inertia. strain modulus of elasticity. 1 . simple problems involving application of flexure formula. temp stress. composite sections. Product of inertia and Polar moment of inertial of plane areas. 2. bending of unsymmetrical sections.

Tata McGraw Hill . 12. Stress and strain in thin Cylinders and Sphere subjected to internal pressure 11. Strain Energy Strain energy due to axial force and bending moment. Prentice Hall of India . Application to crane hooks. determination using Mohr’s circle. chain links and rings. 2. 8. maximum principal and maximum shear stress theory of failure. Maximum shear stress theory.7. simply supported and overhanging beams using double integration and Macaulay’s methods for different types of loadings. Strength of Materials III TERM WORK • Assignments • Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST .E P Popov. principal planes and principal stresses. Deflection of Beams Deflection of cantilevers.S B Junnakar. Tata McGraw Hill . 3. 4.Timoshenko & Gere. Mechanics of Materials 2. maximum shear stress. Mechanics of Materials Theory of Elastic Stability Engineering Mechanics Mechanics of Structure . Mechanics of Materials 3. strain theory. 10.S Ramamarutham 1 .Timoshenko & Young.Ferdinand P Beer. E Russell . Charotar Publishers REFERENCES 1.James Gere – Thomson Learning . 9. stresses in axial members and simple beams due to impact loading. Principal Stresses General equations for transformation of stress. Bonding of curved bars Flexural stresses in beams with initial curvature. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. maximum distortion strain energy theory. Theories of failure Maximum principal stress theory.

elbows. locking arrangements of nuts. sunk. both solids in simple position. V etc. built up pulley Types of Couplings: Simple. Types of keys – Parallel. stop valve. Types of Valves: Gate Valve. Primary Auxillary views. universal. Oldham. bends. Fits and Tolerances Dimensioning with tolerances indicating various types of fits. Machine Drawing by N. crosses etc. 2. connecting rod. helical gearbox. gland and stuffing box. plugs. Solid. bushed.L. nipples. ropes etc. crankshaft etc. sprockets. synchromesh gearbox etc. Machine Drawing Free hand sketches of Machine Elements Nuts. V belt.Machine Drawing 1. protected. ( Jain Brothers.D. circlips etc. needle valve. duplex chain. as applicable to assembly and detailed drawing covered above. Limits. saddle feather etc. Conventional representation of threaded parts in external and internal views with sections and assembly. non return valve. types of pulleys like flat. New Delhi) 1 . Oil seals. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. cylinder or cone. Power transmission elements – Flat belt. Pipe Joints: Different types of pipe fittings like sockets. Clutches and Brakes: Single and multiple clutch. S. ? chain. Jigs and fixtures 4. 3. projections of simple machine parts. O rings. expansion joint etc. bolts studs washers with different types. mutt flanged. Detailed and Assembly Drawings Types of bearings II: Plummer block. conventional representation of ball and roller bearings. Pipe Joints II: Flanged joints. Mathur. I.Course Name :. A text book on Machine drawing by Laxminarayan and M. spigot and socket joint. woodcut. rope brake etc. Tees.Bhatt 2. Power transmission elements II: Fast and loose pulleys. Types of bearings: Simple. internal shoe brake. Solid Geometry Intersection of surfaces and solids: Intersection of prisms or cylinders with prism. IC Engine parts: Piston. foot step bearings etc. Types of Pumps: Centrifugal and gear pumps Mechanism for Types of Gear Boxes: worm and worm reduction gear box.

3.Gupta ( Satya Prakasham Tech India Publictions) REFERENCE BOOKS Machine drawing by Parkinson. Types of Patterns. Ultrasonic. Welding processes – Gas. Solidification of castings. Non-ferrous metals and Alloys Composition. Casting defects – Inspection and testing. Furnaces – types. Calendaring and Thermoforming. Molding Sand – types. preparation and testing. Molding Tools and Equipments. Core Boxes. Metal spraying. Welding & Joining Welded Joints – types. Metal Surface Treatments Electroplating. Core Making. Weld ability. Molding Methods. Position. properties testing and use .B. Extrusion. 4. Pattern Making. contents. Machine drawing by M.Shah 5. properties and uses. Construction and Operation. Modernization of foundries.Destructive and Non-destructive tests Radiographic. Soldering. 5. Solid state.B. additives. welding defects – inspection and testing. Brazing. Forging. Riveting. Electron Beam. Molding problems. Die – casting methods. Molding of Plastics Engineering Plastics – types. 1 . practices. Transfer. Arc. Plastic and Ceramic coating. Spinning Forming and Powder Metallurgy. Hardening. Liquid Dye Penetrant and Magnetic Particle Test. A text book of machine drawing by R. Molding Processes – Injection. Edge preparation. Extrusion. Foundry Pattern Materials. Anodizing. 6. Wire Drawing. Galvanizing. Mechanical Working of Metal Rolling. III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :-Production Process I 1. IS-Representation of welds. Blow. Ferrous. 2. Laser Beam. Cores. Thermit. Heat Treatment of Metals and Alloys Annealing. 4. welding equipment.3. Inert Gas. Fastening and Adhesive Bonding. Nitriding and Carburizing. Resistance. 7. Machine Drawing by Kamat and Rao. Normalizing.

3. tools and operations. Manufacturing Processes by Roy A. Manufacturing Processes and Materials for Engineers by Doyle and others. accessories. Boring Machines Horizontal. REFERENCES 1. Text Book of Production Technology by P. tools. Manufacturing Technology by P. III TERM WORK • Assignments • Industry visit: Report on industrial visit to factory and machine shop IV MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . Lathes Types. Shaping and Planning Machines Parts. 12. Universal Tools.8. Vertical. Drilling Machines Types. parts. Text Book of Production Technology by Jain & Gupta – Khanna Publishers. 4. 3. Simple and Compound Indexing. construction. 11. Rao – TMG. Grinding Wheel – Specifications. Types. attachments and accessories. accessories. operations. 2. Accessories and operations. construction. Lathes. Honing and Super finishing. selection. Chand Publishers. Elements of workshop Technology (Vol I & II) by Hajra & Choudhary. working. tools. Lindenburg. Production Technology (Vol I & II) by Lal & Prakash – Dhanpatrai Publications. N. N. 10. Operations. Fundamentals of C. Lapping. specifications. Grinding Machines Parts. 13. Vertical and Jig Boring Machines – Parts.S. truing and dressing. working and operations. 2. Capstan and Turret Lathes. C. construction. Milling Machines Types – Horizontal. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Sharma . 9. tools. C. working and operations.

Ltd. Thyristors and Their Applications Introduction Applications Symbolic Representations Specifications Thyristor Ratings Thyristor Construction Principle of Operating of an SCR Two – Transistor Analogy of SCR DIAC TRIAC UnInjunction Transistor (UJT) Solid State Switching Circuits using Thyristors 2. by Biswanath Paul PHI Industrial Electronics for Technicians – by J. Solid State Control of DC. Prompt Publications. motors An AC. Leslie Sheets. Laboratory experiments 1 .Electrical Machines 1. Dual Converters and Cycloconverters Controlled single phase and three phase rectifiers Inverters Choppers Dual Converters 3. 4. 4e – Delmar Industrial Electronics. motors Introduction Advantage of Electronic Control of Devices D. Tata McGraw Hill :Publishing Co. by James Humphries. motors Overload Protection of DC.Course Title:. K. shunt motors using Thyristor-technology Over-voltage Protection of DC. Sam Wilson Joseph Rissi. motor control Speed control of Types of motors Principal of stepper motor and control II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. III TERM WORK • • Assignments . 3. 2. S. Bhattacharya / S Chatterjee. Inverters. Industrial Electronics.C. and AC. motor speed control Speed Control of DC. A. Choppers.

momentum and energy equations for steady state conditions. irreversibility. Throttling process. Application of continuity. Heat and work calculations. path. First Law of Thermodynamics Statement. Carnot and Rankine cycle. constant volume. flow work. T-S diagram. internal energy and entropy. Reversible and irreversible process. Thermodynamic Concepts System. SFEE applied to boiler. condenser compressor.IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. Availability Available and unavailable energy. 7. reversed heat engine. cycle thermodynamic work. Application to non flow processes viz. Sonic velocity and Mach number. Steady flow energy equation applied to nozzles. Diesel. Heat engine. 3. First law applied to steam processes and representation on P – V and T – S diagrams.Thermodynamics I 1. surrounding. adiabatic and polytrophic processes. Normal shock. Regeneration). AE when heat is withdrawn from a finite reservoir and when heat is withdrawn from infinite reservoir. Comprision and representation on P-V. constant pressure. Properties of Steam Dryness fraction. Second Law of Thermodynamics Limitations of first law of thermodynamics. turbine. Effect of varying back pressure on nozzle performance. Steam table and Miller chart. zeroth law of thermodynamics. basic 1 . thermal efficiency. Joule – Thomson coefficient. Entropy – Clausius inequality. 5. internal energy. Application of first law to open systems. Kelvin – Planck and Clausius statements and their equivalence. Carnot’s theorem. Modified Rankine cycle (Reheat . steady flow energy equation. Isentropic flow through ducts of varying cross sectional area. Air Standard Cycles Thermodynamics of Otto. coefficient of performance. Thermodynamics of ‘One Dimensional’ Fluid Flow Propagation of sound waves through compressible fluids. Thermodynamic temperature scale. Availability of closed system and steady flow system. semi-Diesel and Brayton cycle. enthalpy. Entropy changes for an ideal gas during reversible processes. Joule’s porous plug experiment. Entropy of isolated system in real processes. Critical pressure ratio. state. Carnot cycle. and constant temperature. 6. etc. First law applied to cyclic and non cyclic process. nozzle. 2. 4. thermal equilibrium. Principle of increases of entropy. temperature. property. work done in steady flow processes in terms of pressure and volume. heat. Area ratio.

Laxmi Publications Fundamentals of Compressible Fluid Flow – S. operations on the link list Comparison of dynamic and array representation 1 . 3. P. Functions ( recursive and non recursive ) User defined data. Saad. Achutan. McGraw Hill Engineering Thermodynamics – P. Lists Abstract data types Stacks: ADT. II. change of properties across normal shock. C. Linked stacks and q queues Linked list as data structure. III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. 2. Jones & Dugan Engineering Thermodynamics Through Examples – Y. 4.Ballaney Engineering Thermodynamics – J. 6.Y. Engineering Thermodynamics . 2. Applications. Operations.equations of normal shock. M. 4. Nag – McGraw Hill REFERENCES 1. 1. Yadav Vol. PHI Thermal Engineering .Data Structure Introduction to C or C++ Basic language. C. 5. Dynamic memory allocation. Rayleigh and Fanno lines. 7. P. Representation. Yahya Thermodynamics – J. Holman. circular and priority queues. Pointers.M. 3. Examples. V. 5. K. Double ended queue. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Files. B. Other lists and their implementations. V. Rajput . K. 2. Linked Lists ADT Dynamic Representation: Insertion and deletion of nodes. Adiabatic flow through constant area duct with friction.A. McGraw Hill Engineering Thermodynamics – R. Macros. Engineering Thermodynamics M. Rao Theory and Problems in Thermodynamics . Rao A course in Thermal Engineering – Domkundwar Thermodynamics & Heat Engines – R.

Kruse.F. 2.3. J. “Fundamentals of Algorithmics” Prientice Hall India. Binary Tree Binary tree operations and applications Binary tree traversal Application of trees Expression trees.M. Thomson Learning. 3.J.Ullaman. Tata McGraw – Hill. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. Y.Augustein and A. Prientice Hall India.Gilberg.Langsam. conversion of inorder expression to post / pre order expression Evaluation of expression II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. International Student Edition. 4. “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++. Prentice Hall India. III TERM WORK • Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST 1 .Hopcroft and J. R. 2. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. Low Price Edition.Tannenbaum.A. Second Edition. 3.E.Brassard and P. M. Addision Wesley. G. Sparse Matrix: Sparse matrix representation Sparse matrix in doubly link list Matrix operations on sparse matrices keeping them in doubly link list 4. “Data Structure: A Pseudocode Approach with C “ . R. “ Data Structures and Program Design in C”. M. Tremble and Sorenson.D. Aho. Addision Wesley Longman.Brately. REFERENCES 1. “Data Structures Using C and C++”.Weiss.

Periodic function with Even and odd functions. Adjoint of a matrix. Since and cosine functions and their orthogonally properties. Fourier Series and Integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions Expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. Inverse of a matrix. 2. Matrices Type of matrices. Gauss quadrature Double Integration techniques Solution of lenear and transcendental equations Neuton Rapson method Bisection method Secant method Numerical differentiation Neuton’s Forward and Backward difference formula (No derivation is expected. Trapezoidal rule. Reduction to a normal form. Elementary transformation rank of a matrix. Complex form of Fourier series introduction to Fourier Integral.Semester IV Course Title :-Applied Mechanics II 1. System of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations their consistency and solution. Numerical Methods Solution of simultaneous equations Guass sidel and Gauss elimination methods Solution of differential equations Solution of Partial Differential equations Runga Kutta 4th order and Eulers modified rule. 3. Dirichlet’s theorem (only statement). Numerical Interpolation Neuton’s Forward and Backward interpolation methods Lagrange’s Interpolation formula Numerical Integration Simpsons Rulee. Norm. Characteristic polynomial. and their properties for Hermitian and real symmetric matrices. Half range sine and cosine series. orthogonality. Linear dependent and independent of rows and columns of a matrix over a real field. Characteristic values and vectors. Partition of matrices. Fourier series. Linear independence. Only application level study is required) 1 . Brief revision of vectors over real field inner product.

non – SHM). 3. II – J. Limitations of grubler’s criteria. prismatic. Single slider crank chain. limiting positions. Numerical Analysis – Richard L Burden J Douglas Faires 3. 3. A text book of Applied Mathematics Vol. Machine. non Grashoffian). Wartikar A text book of Vector Calculus – Shanti Narayan. Inversion of chain Study of various mechanisms derived from inversions of following chains with regard to motion of links of mechanism.II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Form closed pair and force closed pair. 5. Kapur Vector Analysis – Murray R. Special Mechanisms Straight line generating mechanisms 1 . I . Spiege. applications. Canale III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title. Sandra L Harris 2. dead positions. Chapra Raymond P. J. cam. Numerical Methods for Engineers with programming and Software Applications – Steven C. 2. Double slide crank chain. globular Kinematic chain and mechanism Grublers criteria for movability of chains and mechanisms as Locked. Based on relative motion permitted such as revolute. Four bar chain (Grashoffian. non uniform. Applied Numerical Methods For Engineers Using Matlab & C – Robert J Schilling. 6. 4. SHM. quick return property.Kinematics of machinery 1. Link and its types Kinematics pair: Lower pair and higher pair.P. N. 2. Wartikar A text book of Applied Mathematics Vol. helical. Basic Kinematics Structure. motion modification. N. constrained. N. Unconstrained based on grubler’s criteria. Schaum’s Series Matrices – Shanti Narayan Theory of functions of complex Variables – Shanti Narayan REFERENCES 1. quality of motion transmission (uniform.

length of belt Chains – Types of chains. Velocity Acceleration analysis by relative method (mechanism upto 6 links) including pairs involving coriolis acceleration (Graphical approach) Velocity acceleration analysis of mechanisms (upto 4 links) by complex variable method (Analytical approach) Velocity acceleration analysis of mechanism (upto 6 links) by Equivalent Methods (Graphical or analytical approach) 6. Interference in involute gears. UARM. Offset slider crank mechanism Pantograph Hook joint single and double Steering gear mechanisms – Ackerman. Roberts. 8. chain length 7. mechanical advantage (graphical approach). Methods to control interference in involute gears. Spur gear mechanism Law of gearing Conjugate profile and its graphic construction Involute and cycloid gear tooth profile. 4. Cam Mechanism Cams and its Classification. Followers and its Classification Motion analysis and plotting of displacement – time. Flexible connector mechanisms Belt – Types of belts. chordal action. velocity ratio. Evans. jerk-time graphs for uniform velocity. Construction of involute profile Path of contact arc of contact. variation in velocity ratio. acceleration time. SHM and Cycloid motions (combined motions during one stroke excluded) Motion analysis of simple cams – R-R cam. velocity time. Critical Numbers of teeth for interference free motion. Analysis is extended to find rubbing velocities at joints. Velocity Analysis of mechanisms Velocity analysis by instantaneous centre of rotation method (Graphical approach) Velocity analysis by relative velocity method (Graphical Approach). slip. D-R-R and D-R-D-R cam operating radial translating follower Pressure angle and methods to control pressure angle II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES 1 . Tchiebicheff. Velocity and Acceleration analysis of Mechanism.Exact straight line generating mechanisms – Mechanism – Peueillier. Hart Approximate straight line generating mechanisms – Watts. ( mechanisms upto 6 links) 5. Devis. contact ratio for involute and cycloid tooth profile.

Fluid Machinery 1. static pressure. 2. path lines and streak lines. Mechanism Design: Analysis and Synthesis Vol. III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. application to mass.A. one two and three dimensional flows. 1 . Theory of Machines – Ballaney REFERENCES 1. I . Derivation of basic hydrostatic equation.McGraw Hill 3. Fluid Kinematics Understanding of Eulerian and Lagrangian approach to solutions.TEXT BOOKS 1. Newton’s law of viscosity. 3. Fluid Statics Definition of body forces and surface forces. uniform / non-uniform. Definition of steady / unsteady. Definition of a control volume and control surface . energy and momentum transport (linear and angular). Theory of Mechanisms and Machines by A. Fluid Definition and Properties Definition of a fluid. Forces on surfaces due to hydrostatic pressure. Fairs . Fluid Dynamics Equations for the control volume Integral equations for the control volume. Types of fluids Newtonian and Non – Newtonian. Understanding of differential and integral methods of analysis.Jeremy Hirsihham – McGraw Hill. concept of continuum. types of control volumes. Sander – Prentice Hall 4. Theory of Machines and Mechanism by Shigley 3. Ghosh and A. Erdman and G. Pascal’s law. Velocity and acceleration in an Eulerian flow field. Kinematics by V. Kinematics and Dynamics of Planer Mechanisms . Definition of streamlines.Prentice Hall Inc. N. 4. 2. M. Reynold’s transport theorem with proof. Navier – Stokes equations (without proof) for rectangular and cylindrical co-ordinates. Buoyancy and Archimedes’ principle. Kumar Mallik 2.. T. Differential equations of the control volume: Conservation of mass (two and three dimensional). Ideal and Real fluids. Kinematics of Machines by R. Hinckle .

Ideal Fluid Flow Theory Definition of stream functions and velocity potential functions. laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Growth of boundary layer. VonKarman momentum integral equations for the boundary layers. k – epsilon theory. solutions to simple flow problems. velocity profiles for smooth and rough pipes. concept of streamlined and bluff bodies. Pitot tube. body and Rankine half body. definition of source. Turbine type flow meters. Turbulence and theories of turbulence – Prandtl’s mixing length theory. Darcy’s equation foe head lost in pipe flows. Mechanical flow meters Positive displacement vane and impeller type meters. Aerofoil theory: definition of an aerofoil . separation of the boundary layer and methods to control it. finite volume method of analysis. flow past cylinder with and without circulation. laminar sub-layer. Flow Meters: Classification of flow meters.. pipes in series and parallel. Kutta – Joukowsky law. sink. Velocity profiles for turbulent flows: one – seventh power law. calculation of drag. Flow past Rankine full Doublet. Combination of simple flow patterns – eg. universal velocity profile. Venturi. Euler’s equations in two. lift and drag on aerofoils. rotational and irrotational flows in two dimensions. momentum thickness. induced drag. analysis of laminar and turbulent boundary layers. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1 . hydraulic gradient line. energy thickness. Moody’s diagram. viscous laminar flow of a fluid through planes ( both stationary. vortex. Variable area flow meters: Rotameter.Exact solutions of Navier – Stokes equations: viscous laminar flow of a fluid through a pipe. circulation. one plane moving with a uniform velocity). Bernoulli’s equation. Nozzle. displacement thickness. three dimensions.6 Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics: Basic concepts. Head type flow meters: Orifice. Electromagnetic flow meter and Hot wire Anemometer 4. Boundary Layer Flows Concept of boundary layer and definition of boundary layer thickness. Real Fluid Flows Definition of Reynold’s number. Eddy viscosity theory.

Press tool components. clamping. Methods of reducing cutting forces. Metal Cutting Theory Features of commonly used machining processes and machining parameters. clearance. orthogonal and oblique cutting. Coolants – functions. Cutting Tools types. shaping. selection. Fluid Mechanics – Streeter. Advanced Fluid Dynamics – Muralidhar and Biswas Applied Hydrodynamics – Valentine Fluid Mechanics – Douglas. 2. Measurement of cutting forces. Principles of Jigs and Fixture design location. stability and handling. Cutting force calculations. Tool life equations. classifications. properties and tool geometry. types.1.Production Process II 1. Machinability criteria and its measurement. Blanking and Piercing Die Design. Effect of machining parameters on tool life. 2. operations. Massey Fluid Mechanics – F. drilling and milling with force analysis. tool life and Machinability Tool wear – types. 3. Compound and Combination. effect on cutting forces. types and operations on Jigs and Fixtures. chip flow direction in turning. Tool Wear. 3. construction. Press Tool Design Press – Types. Computational Fluid Dynamics – Anderson. materials. dynamometer power calculation and efficiency of machine tools. 4. Blanking. 4. Effect of clearance. 5. specifications and selection. III TERM WORK • • Assignment Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. M. Cutting Action in shearing of metals in Press Tool operations. 3. mechanisms and measurement. Kumar REFERENCES 1. Et Al. 4. Mechanism of chip formation. Design principles of Bending Dies. Design of Jigs and Fixture of simple components. Jigs and Fixtures Parts. 2. White Fluid Mechanics – K. tool life and surface finish. M. Progressive. Types of Dies – Piercing. Economics of Machining 1 . L. Wylie Fluid Mechanics – B.

lapping and honing. ECM. micrometers. L. Tool Geometry Tool signature of single point cutting tools – ASA. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. broaches. 7.Costs associated with machining operations. AJM and Ultrasonic machining. Metrology Concept of precision and accuracy. 4. bench centres. Sharma – S. K. Introduction to linear measurement – rules. MRS and NRS systems. H. 3. operations and applications of EDM. gear hobs. Engineering Metrology by R. helical and straight bevel gears. Properties of measuring instruments. 3. Juneja & Sekhon – New Age Intl. Tool geometry of drills. M. Kempster III TERM WORK • • • Assignments Experiments Industrial Visit: Industrial visit to Press shop and Machining centre. R. Use of comparators. Non conventional Machining Processes Principles. planning and ?. 2. Calculation of optimum cutting for minimum cost and maximum production rate. shaping. ORS. B. 2. 1 . T. and I. Principles of gauge design. 6. LBM. reamers. Introduction to Production Engineering by P. Gear finishing operations – shaving. Metrology screw threads. EBM. Gear Manufacturing Gear materials and methods of gear manufacture. Types and sources of errors. milling cutters. surface plates. Use of angular measurements – sine bars. Fundamentals of Metal Cutting and Machine Tools by B. C. A. S. Production Technology Handbook by H. flatness and surface finish. clinometers and optical dividing heads. measurements of gear parameters. Tool Design by Donalson – Tata McGraw Hill 4. S. Chand & Co. Pacawin Introduction to Jigs and Total Design by M. Metal Cutting Theory and Practice by Amitabha Bhattacharya Die Design Fundamentals by J. vernier calipers. cutting of spur. Types of gauges. specifications of limits and fits. vee blocks. slip gauges. 8. Jain – Khanna Publishers REFERENCES 1. Form and generation methods of gear cutting – milling. grinding.

effects of strain hardening on engineering behaviour of materials. Fracture Definition and types of fracture. Dislocation theory of strain hardening. multi-component dislocation. Ductility transition. dislocation climb. Deformation in single crystal and polycrystalline materials. Lattice structure. Recrystallization Annealing. Frank Reed source. Their importance. conditions of multiplications and significance. Ductile fracture. packing density and co-ordination number. Nucleation and growth in metals and alloys. 3. 1 . Recrystallization and grain growth. Deformation Definition. Solid Crystalline Structure Crystallization of liquid into solid state. limitation and applications. Motion of dislocations and their significance. Hot and cold working theory. Notch effect on fracture. Factors affecting recrystallation. classification and significance of imperfections. Dislocation pile up. Grain boundary. Conditions of ductility transition and factors affecting it. Brittle fracture. Lattice Imperfections Definition. FCC.IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :-Metallurgy 1. elastic and plastic deformation and their significance in design and shaping. inerstitialcy and impurity atom defects. Definition and significance. Dislocation jog. Critical stress and crack propagation velocity for brittle fracture. 5. Their significance Generation of dislocation. Growan’s modification. Formation of polycrystalline and single crystals. Fracture toughness. Dislocations: Edge and screw dislocations Burger’s reactor. Strain Hardening Definition and importance of strain hardening. sub-angle grain boundary and stacking faults. Mechanisms of deformation. 4. Point defects. Crystallographic notations – Methods for planes and directions. unit cell. Dislocation interactions. Surface defects. 2. Their advantages. vacancy. BCC and HCP lattice. Their formation and effects. Elimination. Griffth’s theory of fracture. Theory and stages of recovery. Deformability of FCC. slip systems. HCP and BCC lattice. Recrystallization temperature. Classification of crystal structure. Critical stress for deformation. Dislocation theory of fracture.

chromium. austempering. molebdenum and silicon steels.6. Analysis of classical creep curve. Different types of alloy diagrams and their analysis. White iron. diffusion annealing. Effect of pre-stressing. equilibrium and non equilibrium transformation of austenite. Iron-iron carbode diagram and its analysis. annealing defects and their remedies. Creep testing and data presentation. Influence of carbon in iron-carbon alloying. 7. Theory of Heat treatement Definition of significance of heat treatment. 12. Normalisisng. Influence of important factors on fatigue. their microstructure. 10. salt baths. 1 . Heat treatement Process Technology of heat treatment. process annealing and cyclic annealing. Notch effect surface effect. Alloy Steels Effect of alloying elements on the structures. Definition. Definition and signification of creep. subzero treatment. 9. Thermal fatigue. hardening baths. Graphitisation of Iron Grey Iron. 11. Classification of heat treatment process. Importance of iron as engineering material. 8. Test data presentation and statistical evaluation. Mehanite iron. Mechanism of fatigue and theories of fatigue failure. hardening media. Nodular and malleable irons. Mechanisms and types of creep. Fatigue testing. N. hardening heat treatment. tungsten. corrosion fatigue. hardenability. Creep Effect of temperature on mechanical behaviour of materials. 13. Bainite and Martensite transformations. such as manganese. martempering. Curve and its interpretation. Classification of steels and cast irons. properties and applications. properties and applications of full annealing. S. Creep Resistant materials. Time temperature Transformation (TTT) diagram Isothermal Austenite decomposition. Fatigue Failure Definition of fatigue and significance of cyclic stress. Allotropic forms od iron. Classification and properties of different types of alloys. Mechanism of Pearlite. Tempering. properties and applications of steels. Theory of Alloys and Alloy Diagrams Significance of alloying. nickel. Alloy cast irons. maraging and austoforming processes. Annealingprincipal process.

Carburising.C. Engineering Physical Metallurgy.Baily. McGraw Hill International New Delhi 5. Ltd. Strengthening mechanism Theory and applications of strain hardening.Wulff.D. – R. Metallurgy for Engineers. London. G. Pearsall and J. Varney. 7. chromosong. engineering metallurgy Part I & II. induction hardening and flame hardening processes. Mechanical behaviuor of materials.W.by Y.A. Mir publishers.G. decomposition. 2. The structure and properties of materials Vol III: Mechanical BehaviourH. Mechanical metallurgy : G. Classification of tool steels and metallurgy of tool steels and special steels. 3. J. New Delhi.Rollason. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. 16..T. New York. McGraw Hill International New Delhi. English Language Book Society & Edward Arnold Publisher Ltd. Hinggins. Effect of oying elements on ferrite.. M. London. Age hardening.14. ELBS nad Holder Stoghton.Azaroff. Robert B.E. London.Hinggis. D. by Donald S. hardening and tempering. effect of alloying elements on phase transformation. A text book of metallurgy.Packner. Physical Metallurgy for Engineers.C. their significance and applications.Wulff. English Language Book Society & Hodder & Strangton. Gordon. 15. INC 8.V.Moffet. Structure and properties of Engineering Alloys.W.R. siliconizing and boron diffusion. The structure and properties of Materials Vol I: M.Eastern Pvt Ltd.Moffet. Carbonitriding. 6. carbide. precipitation hardening and disperson hardening.Van Nostrand Co. 1 . Lakhtin. Strengthening of metals. 9. 4.Rollason. ELBS Soc. McGraw Hill International New Delhi 10. Diffusion coating processes of calorising.G. structure and Properties of Alloys.F. by Raymond A. Engineering Metallurgy Part I AND II. Effect of alloying elements in steels Limitations of plain carbon steels. austenite.E. Surface Hardening and diffusion coating processes Hardening and surface hardening methods. Metallurgy for Engineers by E. 3. Nitriding. Introduction to solids. McGraw Hill International New Delhi.. 2. Cyaniding. Willey. Brick.Hayden. by Robert M. Reinhold Publishing Corp. significance of alloying elements.Dieter.W. McGraw Hill International New Delhi 4. Effects of major and minor constituents. Clarke and Wibur R.L. Moscow. And Edward Arnold.Courteny.A. 5.Smith.Macmillan & co. REFERENCES 1.

Input work. isentropic work. Effect of clearance volume on F. polytropic work. Compressors Single stage reciprocating compressor neglecting clearance. Exhaust Gas Analysis – Orsat Apparatus and Gas Chromatography. by B. Boiler performance. Mountings and accessories. examples. 1 . Equivalent evaporation of boilers. Work. 2. inter-cooling. by Donald R. important features of HP boilers. Low pressure and high pressure boilers. once through boiler. Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co. Rotary – Centrifugal and Axial flow compressor. perfect inter-cooling. Higher Calorific value and Lower Calorific value. and volumetric efficiency.: Seminar: Group seminar reports based on topics from above syllabus IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :-Thermodynamics II 1. 3. D. Basic of steam turbine. Free air delivered.Agrawal. Tow stage air compressor. Application of one dimensional flow equation. Combustion reactions. power and efficiency calculations. Calorific value at constant pressure and constant volume. Askeland. Introduction to Engineering Materials. Boiler efficiency.11.PWS Publishing co. Multistaging of compressors. volumetric efficiency. The scoence and Engineering of Materials. Actual A/F ratio. isothermal and adiabatic efficiency. Relation between stage efficiency and compressor efficiency.K. power input factor. Steam Turbine: Flow through steam nozzle – velocity at exit and condition for maximum discharge. stoichiometric air fuel ratio. Minimum work. Steam Generator Fire tube and Water tube boiler. Ideal inter cooler pressure. Gravimetric analysis and volumetric analysis. Multistage compression. Fuels and Combustion Types of Fuels. calorimeters to measure the calorific values – bomb and boys calorimeter. Ltd. A. III TERM WORK • • • Assignments: Experiments. Classification. Representation as area under curve on T-S diagram. 12. nozzle efficiency. Layout of a modern HP boiler.

Thermal Engineering by Kothandraman. Reaction turbine – velocity diagram. quick sort. Arora – Dhanpatrai & Sons 3. reheat. Sorting Methods Efficiency considerations in sorting Different sorting methods: Bubble sort.compounding of turbine. Gas Turbine: Application of gas turbine. Effect of operating variable on thermal efficiency and work ratio. selection sort. Rajput 4. Thermal Engineering by Ballaney – Khanna Publishers 2. shell sort. Principles of Thermodynamics 2. bucket sort. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Condition for maximum efficiency. II by R. Searching Methods Efficiency considerations in searching 1 . Applied Thermodynamics foe Engineers and Technologists 3. K. Nag – Tata McGraw Hill 6. degree of reaction. Thermal Engineering by R. and regeneration. Best case. Yadav 5. Thermodynamics – Holman – McGraw Hill III TERM WORK • • Assignments Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TESTS Course Title :-Analysis of Algorithms 1. Yadav – Central Publishing House REFERENCES 1. open and closed cycle gas turbine. Khajuria. K. Steam and Gas turbine by R. insertion sort. merge sort. condition for max efficiency. heaps and heap sort. worst case and average case calculations of difference sorting methods. Parson’s turbine. open cycle with intercooling. Thermodynamics by P. Air standard and Actual Brayton cycle. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines Vol. 2. impulse turbine – velocity diagram. methods to improve efficiency and specific output. Domkundwar.

Brately. G. 6. “Data Structures Using C and C++”.Hopcroft and J. Tremble and Sorenson. Algorithms Greedy method Divide and conquer method Dynamic programming Back tracking method 0/1 Knapsack problem Traveling salesman problem NP – hard and NP – complete problems. dynamic hashing.Langsam. Tata McGraw – Hill.D. Addision Wesley. 5. NP – hard code generation problems.M. “ Data Structures and Program Design in C”. “Fundamentals of Algorithmics” Prientice Hall India.Gilberg. International Student Edition. “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++.Augustein and A. Interpolation search. Prientice Hall India. “Data Structure: A Pseudocode Approach with C “ .E. Graph traversal Minimum spanning tree Shortest path problem Connectivity in graph 4. NP – hard graph problems. Hashing: Hash function.Tannenbaum. Analysis of all above algorithms II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 4. R. 3. III TERM WORK • Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TESTS 1 . Low Price Edition. REFERENCES 5. R. Adjacency list. NP – ha d scheduling problems.F. M. M.J. Index sequential search. Addision Wesley Longman.Kruse. 7. Thomson Learning. Prentice Hall India. hashing in external storage. Aho. Binary search.A. searching ordered table. 8.Brassard and P. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. 6. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. Second Edition. resolving clashes.Ullaman.Weiss. Graph as Data Structure Graph representation: Adjacency matrix. J. Y.Basic searching techniques: Sequential search.

Course Title :-Machine Shop II Assembly job/s involving following specifications: • • • • • • Turning. & grinding. 1 . screw-cutting Shaping. grinding. Precision turning. Practical Examination: End Semester Examination Two jobs. Precision turning & Screw cutting. one each of the following subgroups Turning. Shaping. Duration: 3 hours each Marks: 100. milling. milling.

working. Band and block brake. Rope brake dynamometer.Semester V Course Title :. Types of dynamometers. 3. Static and Dynamic Force Analysis. Governors Comparison between governors and flywheel. reverted gear trains. Proell Force analysis of spring loaded governors.construction. power transmission. Study and analysis of absorption type dynamometer. Gyroscopic effect due to lateral misalignment of rigid disc mounted on shaft. all wheels on level and inclined roads. 2. Gyroscope Introduction Gyroscopic couple and its effect on spinning bodies.simple and differential Braking of vehicles.Harnell.Belt transmission Epicyclic torsion dynamometrs. 1 . compound gear trains. epicyclic gear trains with spur or bevel gear combination.Wilson Hartnell Force analysis of spring gravity loaded governor.front wheels. Gyroscopic effect on naval ships during steering . static and dynamic force analysis in slider crank mechanism neglecting mass of connecting rod and crank. bevel .pitching and rolling.Absorption and transmission dynamometers. Power loss in Friction in single plate. isochronisms. Study and analysis of transmission type dynamometers. Performance characteristics of governors.Proney brake. Turning moment diagram.external and internal. Ship stabilization with gyroscopic effect. 5. governor effort and governor power. Force analysis of gravity loaded governors. multiple clutch and cone clutch. Gear Trains Kinematics and dynamic analysis of – simple gear trains.Dynamics of Machinery I 1. Brakes and Dynamometers Types of Brakes.hartung. Static force analysis in gears-spur. function of flywheel estimating inertia of flywheel for reciprocating prime moves and machines. fluctuation in energy . 4.stability. helical worm and worm gear. Hunting. rear wheels. coefficient of insensitiveness. Centrifugal Clutches. Types-centrifugal governors. Friction Cluthces-Analysis of frictional torque . maximum permissible speeds on curve paths. 6. inertia governors.Porter. Band Brake simple and differential . Two wheeler and four wheeler on curved path– effect of gyroscopic and centrifugal couples. Clutches Clutches Positive clutches friction clutches.Watt. Analysis of Block Brakes.

Eulers equation applied to a turbine.Khurmi J. turbine velocities and velocity triangles. types of hydro turbines. Ballaney Khanna Publishers Delhi. III TERM WORK • Assignments • Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST IV Course Title:. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS • Theory of Machines.Bansal • Mechanics & Dynamics of Machinery – J.New Delhi.S.Green –Bluckie & Sons Ltd. Dynamic equivalent system to convert rigid body to two mass system with and without correction couple. 1 . Advanced Theory and Examples. slip and creep of belt.Publishers • Theory of machines.K. REFERENCES • Dynamic of machines. work done.Ratan Tata McGraw Hill • Theory of Machines – P. Elements of hydro power plant. definition of various turbine parameters like gross head. Hydro Turbines General Advantages of a hydro power plant over other types of power plants.Malik – Affiliated East –West Press Pvt.velocity ratio.Norton • Theory of Mechanism and machines – A Ghosh and A.G..flat belt.Arnold international Students Edition. power transmission condition.C Stephens Arnold international Students Edition.J Hannah and R.Fluid Mechanics II 1. initial tension Power transmission.Hannah and R.impulse and reaction.Ltd. • Mechanics of machines . condition for max. expression for work done.Static and dynamic force analysis – in linkage mechanism(upto – 4 links) by virtual work method.B.S. • Theory of Machines R.Thomas Bevan – C. length of belt for open and crossed belting dynamic analysis . centrifugal tension. input power output power .R.driving tensions. Belt and Rope Drive Types. discharge. • Mechanics of Machines.Stephens. v belt.by J.S.C. rope belt Kinematic Analysis. 7.Elementary Theory and Examples.S.Srinivas Sci-tech. • Theory of Machines. efficiencies etc.Gupta.W.L. • Theory of Machines.K.

Positive –Displacement pumps. discharge. definition of unit quantities and specific quantities.radial flow.definition of head. use of air vessel Centrifugal Pump Application types. 2. REFERENCES 1. seals use din centrifugal pumps. determination of number of buckets.positive displacement and non-positive displacement concept of system and system characteristics.inward and outward flow. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Pumps General Classification of pumps. estimation of various parameters. Types and applications. Similiarly relations in turbines.Church and Jagdish Lal.. definition of design parameters like speed ratio. priming of pumps. general feature of reciprocating pumps. Series and parallel operation of pumps. Hydraulic machinery – Jagdish lal 2. self priming pumps. pressure recuperating devices similarly relations and affinity laws. Hydraulic Machines – Vasanadani 3. types of reciprocating pumps. Impeller pumps. mixed flow and axial flow . Centrifugal Compressors Types and applications.Troskolansky and Lazerkiewicz 1 .components of the pump. general features of rotary pumps like gear pumps. caviation parameter. efficiencies etc. characteristics of pumps. indicator diagram..Pelton Turbines Components of Pelton turbine. discharge. work done. and design features definition of pressure Ratio. Reaction Turbines Types of reaction turbines. radial mixed and axial: elements of the turbine. vane pumps etc. mass flow rate. trouble shooting in centrifugal pumps. jet ratio. performance characteristics surging in compressors.types of blade profiles. aerofoil theory of axial flow pumps. components. vavitation and NPSH. Characteristics of turbines governing of turbines. radial thrust and axial thrust and methods used to balance them. 3. efficiency etc. Eulers equation and velocity triangles. Centrifugal pumps and blowers. work done and efficiency. correction factors for the head designconstant etc. estimation of various parameters like head.

Mechanical Measurements. 12.Karassik et al. Orientation of strain gauges for force and torque measurements. 6. Linear time invariant systems. Modifying and Interfering Inputs. 4. Order of systems. Laplace Transforms. 13. strain gauge based load cells. Thermal Conductivity gauge. Piezoelectric Sensors. Static Sensitivity. Impulse and Sinusoidal Inputs. Displacement Measurement: Potentiometers. Temperature compensation.O. Stepanoff 3. Resolution. Static Error. Static Characteristics: Static Calibration. pressure cells. Calibration of pressure gauges.A. Capacitance type. Thermistors and Thermo couples. Measurement Systems ( Application and Design) : by E. 5. 8. Errors in Measurements: Types of Errors and Uncertainty Analysis in Measurements. Bourdon Tubes. Tachogenerators. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :. Humidity Measurement: Relative humidity and different types of hygrometers. Range. Optical Encoders. torque sensors. Digital Tachometers. Acceleration Measurement and Practical Accelerometers. LVDT. Time domain and frequency domain analysis of first and second order systems. Types of Inputs: Desired. Ramp. Accuracy. Mathematical Modelling of Physical Systems. Nozzle Flapper Transducer. Significance of Measurements. Diaphragms and Bellows. Assignments 2. Generalized Measurements Systems. 4. Bridge Circuits. Reproducibility. Gauge Factor. Span. Pump handbook. Strain Measurement: Theory of Strain gauges. Probable Errors. Transfer Functions. Classification of Measuring Instruments. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Vacuum Measurements: McLeod Gauge. TERM WORK 1. 10. Pyrometers. Drift. 7. Hysteresis. Hydraulic Turbines – Nechleba. Centrifugal and axial flow pumps. Strboscopic methods. Elastic Pressure Transducers viz. Pressure Measurements: Pressure Standards. 9. Dynamic Characteristics of Measurement Systems: Standard Inputs: Step.. 11. Doebelin ( McGraw Hill) 1 .J. 3.2. Precision. High Pressure Measurement: Bridgman Gauge. Ionization Gauge. Measurement of angular velocity: RPM Measurement : Tachometers.Mechanical Measurements 1.. Resistance Thermometers. Temperature Measurement: Thermodynamic temperature scale and IPTS. 2. Threshold.

derivation of Fouriers’s three-dimensional equation is NOT included. Solutions for heat transfer through rectangular fins.Heat & Mass Transfer 1. Empirical relations for Convection . system geometry. Extended surfaces. Sharma (TMGH) III TERM WORK 1. Heat transfer in boiling & critical heat flux.) Critical thickness of insulation and its importance. Heat transfer coefficient (film coefficient)for Convection . Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. fluid flow etc.S. Effectiveness and efficiency of fins 2. Sawhney . Types of fins and their applications . Unsteady state Conduction through a plane wall having no internal resistance. Solution of Fourier’s equation for one-dimensional steady state Conduction through isotrophic materials of various configurations such as plane wall. Natural and Forced convection. Reynolds analogy between momentum and heat transfer. Radiation Mechanism of heat transfer by Radiation. plane composite wall. Principle of dimensional analysis . 1 . Lewis Buck (Marangoni Narosa Publising House) 3.Rangan & G. on heat transfercoefficient.(For cylindrical and spherical walls. Heat pipe. Similarity between velocity profile and temperature profile. ( Dhanpatrai & Sons) REFERENCES Instrumentation Devices & Systems: C.2.R. 3. Heat transfer in condensation Nusselt’s theory of laminar film Condensation. Convection Mechanism of heat transfer by convection. Effect of various parameters such as physical properties of the fluid. Prandtl’s Number.Reynolds Number and Stanton’s Number. Mechanical Engineering Measurements: A. Application of dimensional analysis to Convection for finding heat transfer coefficient. Use of Heisler charts.K. cylindrical and spherical composite walls. Physical significance of dimensionless numbers such as Nusselt’s Number. Mechanical Engineering Measurements: Thomas Beckwith & N. Grashoff’s Number. Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers. Fourier’s three-dimensional differential equation for Conduction with heat generation in unsteady state in the Cartesian co-ordinates. Assignments 2. Conduction Mechanism of hear transfer by Conduction.

Pressure drop in fluids across heat exchangers. Intensity of Radiation Radiosity. Wien’s displacement law and Lambert’s Cosine law. Equimolal diffusion. in terms of Sherwood Number . Heat Transfer – James Suvec-JIACO Publishing House. Heat Transfer – Oszisik 9. Mass Transfer Mechanism of mass transfer Importance of mass transfer in engineering. Emissive power and Emissivity. 5.Weity 6. Reynolds Number and Schmiddt’s number. Heat Transfer – J. 2. Steafan.Y. Heat and Mass Transfer.C.Chand & Company Ltd. 7. Basic laws of Radiations Planck’s law.Boltzman law. Overall heat transfer coefficient. REFERENCES 1. 4. Electrical network analogy for radiation heat exchange between two and three grey bodies.P. Correction factor and effectiveness of heat exchangers. TERM WORK 1. Classification of heat exchangers. Heat and Mass Transfer –Prof.Holman 2.Arora.Concept of black body and grey body.Jakole and Hawkins. Engineering Heat Transfer. Heat Transfer.Sisson Schaums Series-Mc Graw Hill International. Shape factors for simple geometrical shapes. 4. Heat and Mass Transfer. Fouling factor. Rajput.Properties of shapefactor.C. Heat Transfer-Ineropera and Dewitt. Heat Exchangers. Radiation heat exchange between two black bodies.S.James R. 5.Shao Ti Hsu. Convective mass transfer and mass transfer coefficient . Assignments 1 . Heat and Mass transfer.E. Sachdeva. Heat Transfer – Donald Pitts & L. Isothermal evaporation of water into air. Steady State diffusion of gases and liquids through plane. 6. TEXT BOOKS REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. cylindrical and spherical walls. Rao University Press. Empirical relations for mass transfer . Heat and Mass Transfer. 3.Yadav.Domkundwar. Engineering Heat Transfer.P.K. Elements of Heats Transfer.R. Logarithmic Mean Temperature Difference. Effectiveness as a function of Number of Transfer Units and heat capacity ratio 5. Fick’s law of diffusion . 3.V.Willey. Kirchof’s law. 4. Heat and Mass Transfer: R.Eckert and Drake 8.

job shop scheduling for two jobs n machine problem. and other primal dual relations. 2. 6. manual solution of problem involving upto three iterations. bounded / unbounded value and solution. matrices and linear algebra. graphical and analytical methods. Graphical method for two variables problem. simplex. bases. 3. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :. manual solution of problems involving up to three iterations.2. problem formulation and optimality conditions in Vogel’s penalty and Hungarian methods of solution. transshipment and Assignment Models As special cases of LP model. Transportation. 7. 5. 1 . traveling salesman problem as a special case of assignment problem. Duality properties. Scheduling Models Flow shop sequencing in two/three machines. optimal / sub optimal. deterministic and probabilistic problem situations. degenerate / non degenerate. convex set of feasible solutions. interpretation of dual variables. decision options. Definition . objective function. sensitivity analysis for variation of one parameter at a time. canonical and standard forms. dual problem formulation. branch and bound technique. and their interpretations from simplex table. LP model formulation. domination. n job problem.Resource Optimization 1. Gauss Jordan method for solving simultaneous linear equations. decision variables. Integer LP Models Gomory’s cutting plane algorithm. types of solution such as feasible / infeasible. Need and Scope Real life problem analysis and formulation. Game Theory or Competitive strategies Limited to two person zero sum games. 4. constraints. primal sub optimal – dual infeasible. vertices as promising candidates. parameters and variables. simplex algorithm and tabular representation. graphical and analytical methods. pure and mixed strategies. Mathematical Models Formulation and optimization. Linear Programming Model Formulation. saddle point. Euclidean vector space. dual simplex method. cycling phenomenon. unique / alternate / infinite optimal. sensitivity analysis. Duality concept.

waiting period. Fourth edition. Operations Research : S.Technical Writing & Presentation Skills 1. Vora. Safety stock. Assignments 2. uniform demand. hazard rate and system performance criteria. Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. Ltd. D. discounted value of money. K. Communication in a business organisation 2. Quantitative Techniques in Management : N. July 1997. Sixth edition. S. Inventory Models Deterministic static models for ordering. policies for bulk and individual replacement. Seciond edition April 1989 2.8. resale and operational costs. REFERENCES 1. Operations Research : H. & solutions) by V. backlog. Kedarnath Ramnath and company. Chand and Company publication. Rpeint 1995. defining objectives and scope. Sixth edition. queue length. Banergee. instantaneous and gradual replenishment. Operations Research : Hira and Gupta. individual and group reports. Reprint 2000. 1 . Prentice. Report Writing : Types. Taha. 10. Reprint 1997. 3. 4. D. Hall of India Pvt. eleventh edition. formal and informal reports. Operations Research (Prob. Operations Research Techniques for Management: B. Replacement Models Equipment deteriorating with time. system length and time spent in system in M/M/1 system with finite and infinite system size and infinite population (no derivation). inventory and shortage costs for single item. application in probabilistic real life problems II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. organizing and interpreting information. Business book publishing house. price breaks. 11. Queuing / Waiting Line Models Steady state analysis for M/M/1/ / / system. Reprint 1993. Sharma. Simulation Models Monte Carlo or experimenting method based on probabilistic behavior data and random numbers. Tata Mc-GrawHill publication. 2. First edition. Kapoor. III TERM WORK 1. Sultanchand and Sons publication. 9. qualities.

Gizmo-ladden dialog boxes. GUI standard. extraction gizmos. Presentation Skills : 6. Entry gizmos. Dialog Boxes. Toolbars. planning GUI Design Work. visual gizmos 2. project explorer window. Menus.3. GUI Features of G U I. Visual Basic basics Main window. Sentences & paragraph structures. Form design window. 1 . Visual Interface design. Choosing words. Goal Directed Design. Lesiker & Petit ‘Report Writing for Business’ McGraw Hill REFERENCES Meenakshi Raman. Importance. Icons and graphics. color selection. steps in technical writing. Qualities.Graphic User Interface + DBMS 1. Presenting a project. Software design. Visual Basic over view. Group Discussion : II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. clear communication. Sharma Sangeetha ‘Technical Communication – Principles & Practices’ Oxford University Press III TERM WORK Assignments : Written One from topic 1 Two from topic 2 Two from topic 3 One from topic 4 Oral Participation in group discussion in class. Identifying visual cues. properties window. Course Title:. form layout window. Technical Writing : Definition. Technical Proposals 5. tool box window. 4.

Different types of Database Systems 6. visual basics built in collections-windows common controlsActiveX Components-creating an ActiveX server – dynamic data exchange. Extended E-R features. Query Optimization Relational Database Design.logical Architecture SQL server administration tasks and tools – The SQL Sever Enterprise Manager Security and user administration. Overall System Structure. The Relational Algebra. creating and using classes-Objects and classes-the collection class. Basic Structure.0 SQL Server Database Architecture.validation code.Line utilities. Transaction Definition in SQL.Pitfalls in Relational-Database Design. Serializability. Null Values. Implementations of Atomicity and durability. Data base design and performance. SQL SERVER 7. 1 .Client Server Programming-COM-DCOM. SET operations. E-R Model Basic Concepts. Other SQL features 10. Normalization Using Join Dependencies. Domain-Key Normal Form and Alternative Approaches to Database Design 12. Introduction to basic language. Derived Relations.Physical Architecture. Weak Entity set. Mapping Constraints. Transaction Transaction Concepts. Decomposition. Database language. Database Users. Keys. 11. State. E-R Diagram. DDL. Nested Sub queries. The tuple relational calculus. Concurrent Executions. Design Of an E-R Database Schema. Database Maintenance. and Normalization Using Multi valued Dependencies. The Domain Relational Calculus. SQL Server Command. Reduction of an E-R schema to Tables 7.designing the database Program’s Main Form. Making component available in Visual Basic. Normalization Using Functional Dependencies. Database programming Data base basics. Design Issues. Background. Views 8. Modification of Database. Views of data. Data base concepts and Systems Introduction.Purpose of Database Systems. Joined Relations. Data Models. 5. Transaction Management. Storage Management. Database Administrator.3. Visual Basic’s database tools. Relational Model Structure of Relational Database.ODBC-ADO –RDO-OLE DB-Relational databases-the Data Object Model –forma and fields. Aggregate functions. object linking and embedding 4. Recoverability. Sharing Data and Code Working with Projects. Views. SQL 9.

GUI Design for dummies. Object Oriented MultiDatabase System. An Introduction to Database System. Aitken—Technology Press 7. Patrick Dalton.II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. The Essentials of User interface Design. MGH 2. Database Systems and Concepts. Paul Whitehead.: Mable. Microsoft SQL Server 7. B P B Publication 3. 6.J. Bukhares & A. G. SQL Server 2000 Black Book. 3. Ltd. Dreamtech Press 4. TMGH 8. Ullman. Date 6. Beginning SQL Server 2000 for VB developers Willis thearon Shroff publishers 5. Principles of Database System. Henry F. Rob: Peasley. Ltd. IDG Books India Pvt.: Pruchniak PHI 2. Sliberschatz. Alan Cooper IDG Books India REFERENCES 1. C. Galgotia Publications 7. Omran A. R. Using visual basic 6 / Reselman. Eric Smith.K Elmagar III TERM WORK Assignments At least three of the following database application with G U I to be developed as a part of the course using Microsoft SQL server 7 and Microsoft Visual Basic Assignment No 1 : Student Mark sheet problem Assignment No 2 : Engineering admission Software Assignment No 3 : Income Tax calculation problem Assignment No 4 : salary sheet preparation Assignment No 5 : Library software Assignment No 6 : Software for student (including alumni)database management 1 . SQL Server 2000 Black Book Patrick Dalton.0 Bjeletich. S. Visual Basic6 Programming Blue Book by Peter G. Alan Cooper IDG Books India 5. Techmedia 8. The Essentials of User interface Design. Korth. 4.S. Visual Basic 6 programming Bible. IDG books. IDG Books India Pvt. Sudarshan. Database Management Systems Majumdar/ A K Bhattacharyya. Visual Basic 6 : In Record Time/ Brown.

7. VIBRATIONS Basic concepts of vibrations Vibrations and oscillations. non harmonic Degree of freedom . non periodic. 9. accelerometer undamped. Longitudinal . harmonic . mass. Rotor Dynamics Critical speed of single rotor with and without damping 10. motion isolation. Equivalent single degree of freedom Vibration system. Formulation of differential equations by Newton Energy . Coulomb’s damping. causes and effects of vibrations. static equilibrium position. critically damped. damped. Classification of Vibrations. three rotors geared system.Third Year B. torsional vibrotary systems. Motions: periodic . 3. multi masses. Vibration parameters. 5. Semester : VI Course Title :-Dynamics of Machinery II 1. Effect of flexible bearings on natural frequency. Principle of seismic instruments. Dunkerlay Rayleigh methods . Damper models. Vibration Isolation Force isolation. multi dampers into a single spring mass and damper with linear of rotational co-ordinate system. damper. Vibration measuring instruments. over damped systems Logarithmic decrement. Combined viscous and coulombs damping. Cam Dynamics Cam Dynamics: Mathematical Model .Lagragian . vibrometer. Follower Jump Phenomenon. Forced single degree of freedom vibratory system Analysis of linear and torsional systems subjected to harmonic force and harmonic motion excitation(excluding elastic damper). Conversion of multi –springs .Differential Equation. type of isolators. 6. 8.methods Effect of springs mass and shaft inertia on natural frequency. Two rotors. Free Damped single degree of freedom vibration system Viscous damped system-under damped. Free undamped single degree of freedom vibration system.spring. ( Mechanical). Tech. Free Undamped Multi degree of freedom Vibration systems Hoizer. 1 . 2. transverse. Response Phase Plane Method. 4.

Tata McGraw Hill 2. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:.Mechanical Control Systems .S. Fundamentals of Mechanical Vibration.Thompson-Prentice Hall of India Mechanical Vibrations. Balancing of revolving masses Balancing of reciprocating masses .V. 3. block diagram algebra. disadvantages of feedback systems. Introduction to Automatic Control systems Types of control systems.Singh-Dhanat Rai & Sons. Theory and Practice of mechanical vibrations J. review of laplace transforms.Den TERM WORK 1. Mechanical Vibrations. block diagram representation. negative and positive feedback systems.G.McGraw Hill 3. Assignments: 2. Radial Engines.K. transfer function.Gupta – New Age International Publications. 3.S. 4. Characteristics of closed loop systems Sensitivity to parameter variations.Rao-Addison Wesley Publishing.Srineevasan. V.Schaum’s outline series. 4. and signal flow graphs. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.W.Rao K.S. Theory of vibrations with applications. effect of external advantages and disturbances.T. BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing of multi rotor system. Mechanical Vibrations.In.11. Mechanical Vibration Analysis. 2.line engines. servomechanisms and regulatory systems. Mechanical Vibrations. 1.Graham Kelly-Tata McGraw 5. transient response. 4. open loop and closed loop systems.Grover 2. Mathematical modeling of dynamic systems Basic steps in mathematical modeling of control system components. Theory of Machines – Khurmi and Gupta – Chand Publishers REFERENCES 1. Control system components 1 .P. Mechanical Vibrations. feed forward systems etc.Engines.P.

J. Root Locus Analysis Concepts of Root Locus. Relative stability analysis Frequency Response Analysis: Bode Plots. servo motors. Nyquist Stability criterion. Bode Plots and Nyquist Plots. 10. Ogata. Control System Engineering: Nagrath I. Root Locus Plots. 6. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . Concepts of State Space Representation of Control Systems. ( McGraw Hill) TERM WORK 1. 8. electro mechanical systems. Root Locus Analysis of control systems. Basic Control Actions Effects of Integral and Derivative actions on system performance PID Controllers. 5. 9. Control system classification Error constants and steady state errors to unity feedback systems 7. ( Prentice Hall) 3. modeling of control system components. step response of second order systems. Automatic Control Engineering: by Francis H. Raven. and Gopal . Introduction to MATLAB Examples on Root Locus. 11. TEXT BOOKS 1. (Wiley Eastern Ltd) REFERENCES 2. construction using MATLAB. Stability Analysis of Control systems Concepts of stability. the Routh’s stability Criterion and Hurwitz’s stability criterion. Modern Control Engineering : by K. Assignments 2.Linear approximations of non linear systems.M. necessary conditions for stability. hydraulic and pneumatic systems. Polar plots. Time response of control systems Time domain specifications of control systems. stepper motors.

Course Title :-Refrigeration & Airconditioning REFRIGERATION 1. Types of evaporators. Air Washers. types and properties. Various types of sensible heat factors(SHF) like Room SHF.Summer. 5. comfort charts (DBT-WBT for const. individual and multiple expansion valves . Deep freezers etc. Multiple evaporation. 3. Humidifying efficiency of Apparatus Dew Point(ADP) like coil ADP. Application of various air standard refrigeration cycles used for cooking Air-Craft cabins.H²O) 12. Montreol Protocol & Kyoto Protocol 7. Plant. AIR CONDITIONING 1. flash intercoolers. Thermo electric Refrigeration.Effectiv SHF. Central A.C. actual vapor compression cycle comparison of VCC with air refrigeration cycles. Study of Psychrometers. processes. Comfort Zone. 5. 4. Split A. Adiabatic mixing of air streams . 4. Introduction to Electrolux Refrigeration. Alternate refrigerants. flash chamber.Effective Temperature. co-efficient of performance(COP). Cascade Systems. Joule(Bell Coleman) cycle Refrigerator.C. Room ADP .C. Heat Pump. 11. 10. NH³ . Defiinition of Refrigeration 2. 6. Refrigerants & their nomenclature. primary & secondary refrigerants.C. Combination of various basic processes to achieve desired room conditions for specified outside conditions. velocity & variable velocity). Psychrometry–Psychrometric properties . comfort. 7. Performance Parameters like Tonnes of Refrigeration(TR).C .kw(power)per TR.C. 6. Heating & cooling load calculation. Steam Jet Refrigeration. compressors. Introduction to Cryogenics. Comfort Air Conditioning. Absorption Refrigeration Vapour Absorption Machines(LiBr-H²O. 9. Air-Conditioners. TR per KW etc. Multiple compression. Advances in A. Reversed heat engine air standard cycles: Carnot. Modern & Alternate Refrigeration Systems.. Year Round Window A. Definition of Air Conditioning 2.Chart. condensers & expansion devices 8. By pass Factor. Mixing of fresh air with recirculated air before & after A.C. Ice Plant. Various controls/switches/measuring instruments used in airconditioning.Grand SHF. Winter. heat exchangers. Modification in V. Three fluid refrigeration System . Vapour Compression Cycles (VCC): Carnot. Study of refrigeration application – Household Refrigerator. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES 1 . liquifaction of gases. 3. ozone depletion potential & global warming & global warming potential GWP. cold storage. water inter coolers. Magnetic Refrigeration. Study of Performance parameters.

REFERENCES 1. Types of Carburetors (refer mfg. Actual cycles. Laboratory Experiments 3. C.Tables & Charts Manohar Prasad. New Age Internl. Urasia Pub. Electronic Ignition Systems delay.Domkundwar 6. 5. Khanna 3. Ignition System – Battery and Magnetic Ignition Systems.Internal Combustion Engines 1. Dhanpat Rai 3. Classification of I. MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :. 1 . 4.C. 2. 5.Engines. Assignments 2. Automotive . Manuals of present day vehicles) 4.C.C.Tables & Charts . Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning Manohar Prasad. Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning Arora. Tata McGraw Hill. Anant Narayanan . types of combustion chambers.crank angle diagram. House. 4.A. HVAC .C. pressure .A. and marine engines. R. Carburetion. Principles of Refrigeration .A. Wiley. Air standard cycles(Revision of Otta Dual & Diesel Cycle. 3.Plant.Stationery .TEXT BOOKS 1. detonation.I.A.Ballney . Wiley 2. Cycle Analysis of I. Types of engines.C. factors affecting combustion & detonation.Engines.Engines: Four stroke and two stroke engines. TERM WORK 1. Variable specific heat and its effect on Air Standard Cycles.Theory of Carburetion.Mcquiston Parkeretal. Tata McGraw Hill 2. Fuel Air Cycles. Simple carburetor. Engines. Velocity of flame propogation. Gupta. S.C. Comparative study of Two stroke and Four stroke engines. various systems of actual Carburetor.Dossat. R. Comustion Ignition.I.Dissociation and other losses. Refrigerration & Air-conditioning . Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning Khurmi. Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning – Arora. Basic R. Different methods of Scavenging and scavenging blowers. Report of a Visit to R. Domkundwar.

Determination of Octane and Cetane Nos.Engines Effect of load and speed on mechanical. & C. Common rail. LPG.Air. Introduction to CNG. Method of determining indicated power of the engine.C. Limit of Supercharging / Turbo charging 9. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS: 1.Engines. Factors affecting combustion and knocking.I. Types of lubricants used in I. Air/Fuel Ratio Revision Air Pollution due to engine exhaust. Types of combustion chambers.Engines. 15. delay period. Stages of combustion. Rating of Fuels. 13.Engines.& Performance No.C. Properties of Lubricants.Engines Physical and Chemical properties of fuels. Knocking. Water. 8.C. indicated. Performance Characteristics of S. Necessity of Governor in Diesel engines. individual pump.I. 10.C. 11. Engine Lubrication. 14. 6. BMEP and Brake specific fuel consumption Heat balance test. Pressure –Crank angle diagram. Engine Cooling Systems of Cooling. 7.Requirement of Fuel Injection Systems. Supercharging/Turbo charging: Objectives of Supercharging /Turbo charging Effect of Supercharging / Turbo charging on power output & efficiency of engine.cooling .C. Pollution control devices and EURO standards/Bharat Standards.I. Type of Nozzles. distributor and unit injector systems. Internal Combustion Engine.Cetane No. High pressure fuel injection pump. Non-Conventional fuels for I. SAE Ratings of Lubnricants.Engines. General arrangements. Types of Lubrication Systems.Engines(Only introduction). Types of fuel injection systems viz. Air Pollution due to I. Recent Developments in I. brake thermal & volumetric efficiencies.Mathur and Sharma 1 . Methods of Supercharging / Turbocharging Types of Superchargers / Turbochargers. Stratified Charge and Wankel engines. 12. Fuels of I. Combustion: Combustion phenomenon in C.Octane No.

Internal Combustion Engine V. 2. Internal Combustion Engines: Richard stone.-Morse 6. Fatigue design under combined stresses.2. toggle screw jack. selection of fits Design consideration of casting and forging.E. Design stresses. Factor of safety. 3.codes Preferred Series and Numbers. Mechanical Engineering Design.L. 3. 3. screw presses lock. Assignments 2. Internal Combustion Engines Gills ands Smith 4. 11.estimation of endurance limit. Principal Stresses .Heywood. 12. knuckle joint.Ganesan-Tata McGraw Hill. Theories of failure standards. Press fitted connections. I.gate mechanism 4. Screw Jack. Static and fatigue stress concentration factors. Design against fluctuating Load 6. Internal Combustion Engines-Taylor 8. Internal Combustion Engines. TERM WORK 1. strap end connecting rod.Palgrave publications 2.S.L.S.Heldt. 10. Design against static loads / Elements like 1. Power Plant Engineering.E. Fatigue failure 8. Variable stresses. reversed . Manufacturing consideration in design Tolerance .M. Endurance limit.John B. Basic principles of Machine Design. 4. types of fits. 1 . Soderberg and Goodman design criteria. 2.P.Maleeve 7.Behohar. Bolted and Welded joints concentric and eccentric loading. Design methods. Internal Combustion Engines. Internal Combustion Engine.V. Internal Combustion Engines. fluctuating stresses 7. 5. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :.Design of Machine Elements I Introduction 1. Modes of failures . 5. Cotter joint. 3. Material properties and their uses in design. REFERENCES 1. Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals. repeated . Design for finite and infinite life. Asthetic and Ergonomics considerations in design.Obert. 9.

Gib-headed key. flexible bush coupling.Pandya Shah-Charotar Publishing 4.Robert L. TERM WORK 1.Hawrock. Woodroff key 15. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Design of shaft-power transmitting. Design of bolted joint20. Design of machine elements V. Design of keys. Helical compression.Shiglay-McGraw Hill. Machine Design –Reshetov-Mir Publication 2. split muff. With and Without gaskets under static and fatigue ctriteria. 2. Machine Design. Tata McGraw Hill Pub.Taper Keys.B. Machine Design. parallel keys. Laminated Springs. Fundamental of Machine Elements. Cylindered pressure vessels with flat and disced heads 19. REFERENCES: 1. solid flange.-McGraw Hill. Design of Pressure Vessels18.Bhandari. Muff. shafts (excluding Crank shaft) under static and fatigue criteria.J. 14. 17.13. Machine Design – Black Adams McGraw Hill 3. 3.Norton-Pearson Education Asia. Design of springs 22. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . Design of Couplings 16. Mechanical Engineering Design. Assignments 2. 21.E. power distribution. tension springs under static and variable loads. Jaconson.An Integrated Approach.

The growth of management as a science. Assignments 2. Thomson Learning. 6. F.its nature. appraisal. types of plans.Massie. Tata McGraw Hill. Weihrich & H. 1977. Staffing – selection and recruitment. TERM WORK 1. motivation and communication.departmentalization. Planning . Management – a global perspective. management by objectives (MBO) and making planning effective. Bernard and Drucker. decentralization. language planning. Koontz. Organising . 4. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.Course Title:. H. McGraw Hill.Principles of Management 1. 1993 REFERENCES 2. The functions of a manager. Fayol Gilbreth. Leading and directing – leadership. techniques. Cases in management. Management – Daft.A. Contributions of Taylor. management development. 2. management synthesis. 7.its nature and objectives. 3. 5. Controlling . 3. Laboratory Experiments 1 .

PHI 2.JAVA & Applications . Gary Cornell. Herbert Schildt. Graham Hamilton. Packages. interoperability.Course Title:. Universal Data Access for the Java 2 Platform written by Seth White. Rick Catell. HTML. Inventory control 5. Fundamentals. Core Java 2: Volume I. Java Data Base connectivity(JDBC) 8. applets for E-transactions Servelets for ERP practices 1 . Interface . scalability. PERT and CPM Techniques 6. Servelets TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES 1. Java Virtual Machine. 1. Inc. simplex method 4. Tata McGRAWHill. Arrays. Byte Code. Tata McGRAW-Hill. Object orientation 2. event handling 7. Applet programming 9. Horstmann. vectors 3. Published by Addison Wesley Longman. Multi threading 5. control structures. Sequencing problems 3. Data types. Visibility control and Inheritance in Java 4. XML. Maydene Fisher. Exception Handling in Java 6. Contemporary software paradigms-Platform independence. portability. and Mark Hapner. New Delhi TERM WORK Java Programs for the following 1. E Balagurusamy 2nd Edition. AWT. JAVA 2. User interface. Swing. June 1999. 3. The Complete Reference. Programming with JAVA. Cay S. Forecasting techniques 2. New Delhi 4. Fifth Edition. Statistical Quality Control Techniques 7.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING V J Technological Institute, Matunga, Mumbai 400019. B.TECH. (MECHANICAL) PROGRAMME: 102: B.TECH. ( MECHANICAL)

Class

: Final Year B. Tech. (Mechanical)

Semester : VII
S r. N o. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Course Code Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 ESE (Theor y) Hours 4 3 3 3 3 3

302212 Design of Machine Elements 302240 Mechatronics 302250 Finite Element Method 302260 Manufacturing Planning & Control 302270 E Commerce and Engineering Economics Elective -I TOTAL

4 3 3 3 2 4 1 9

1 1 2 1 1 2 8

5 4 5 4 3 6 2 7

9 7 8 7 5 10 46

ES E 70 70 70 70 70 70

Semester : VIII
S r. N o. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 10 15 15 8 8 10 10 46 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 3 3 3 3

302280 Design of Machine Systems 302290 Power Plant Engg. 302300 Industrial Engg and ERP 302310 Cad/CAM Elective- II TOTAL

4 3 3 4 4 1 8

2 2 1 2 2 8

6 5 4 6 6 2 6

ES E 70 70 70 70 70

1

Project: Sr. Course No. Code Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theo ry) Hrs 1 402900 Project 8 See note below ● The project is evaluated in two stages. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. • The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative, interest, effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. • The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. • The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. • The project shall carry 08 credits. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. LIST OF ELECTIVES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 402011 402020 402030 402040 402012 402050 402060 402070 402080 402090 402100 402110 402120 402130 402140 402150 402160 Automobile Engg. I Total Quality Management Welding Engineering Alternative Energy Sources Automobile Engineering II Advanced Finite Element Method Optimisation Business Process Reengineering Supply Chain Management Kinematics Synthesis of Linkages Industrial Robotics Croyogenic Engineering Enterprise Networking and Internet Computer Integrated Manufacturing Nondestructive Testing Dynamics System ,Modelling and Analysis Inventory Management and Controlled Systems 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Course Title L P T

2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10

1

Class: Final Year B. Tech. (Mechanical) Semester: VII Sr. Course No. Code 1 Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MST ESE 4 1 5 9 15 15 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 4

302212 Design of Machine Elements II DETAILED SYLLABUS

I.

1. Design of Gears Spur, Helical, Bevel & Worm Gears 2. Design of Flexible curvature drive Flat belt, V-belt, Chain drive 3. Design of Friction clutches Single plate clutch, Multiple plate clutch, Cone clutch 4. Design of Brakes Shoe brakes, Bevel brakes 5. Design of Cam mechanism Radial translating roller follower 6. Design of Flywheel Disc flywheel, Rimmed flywheel

7. Bearings 7.1. Design of Sliding contact bearing 7.2. Selection of Rolling contact bearing 8. System Engineering Analysis to generate the data for design of system components

1

II.    

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES Design of m/c elements Machine Design Design of Machine element Design Data Book Spott Norton Bhandari PSG Data Book

III. • •

TERM WORK Assignment Detail design & drawing of one unit

IV.

MID SEMESTER EXAM

S r. N o. 2

Course Code 30224 0 I.

Course Title

L P T C r 3 1 4 7

Mechatronics

Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15

ESE 70

ESE (Theor y) Hours 3

DETAILED SYLLABUS

1. Introduction to Mechatronics, Definition of Mechatronics, Mechatronics in factory, office and home automation. 2. Overview of Microprocessors, Micro controllers and microcomputer systems, Hardware and software, Assembly level and higher level programming. 3. Introduction to microprocessor architecture of 8085 A: Data and Address Bus, Register Array, Instruction Register and Decoder, Timing and Control Unit, ALU, Serial I/O & Interrupt Controller, Stack and Stack Pointer Register. 4. Single Chip Micro Computers and Microcontrollers and their applications. 5. Microprocessor Programming: Review of Number Systems, Instruction types, addressing modes, instruction format, instruction timings and operations, 8085 Instruction Set and its basic instructions. 6. Programming techniques with additional instructions, Counter and time delays, branching looping and indexing, stack and subroutines.

1

7. Interfacing of peripheral devices. Interfacing of Key boards, Output devices, Memory, 8255A Peripheral I/O, 8253 Programmable Interval Timer, 8257 DMA Controller. 8. Data Converters: ADC, DAC and Interfacing of Data Converters. 9. Electrical drives and actuators, Relays , Servo motors, Stepper motors etc. 10. Electro pneumatic and Electro Hydraulic Systems and their applications in industry and low cost automation. Graphical symbols used in pneumatics and hydraulics, Control Valves and Actuators, Pneumatic/ electro pneumatic circuits for cascading of linear acuators,etc. 11. PLC : Functional block Diagram, Applications and Programming, Ladder diagrams. 12. Computer Controls in Manufacturing, Adaptive Controls. 13. Case studies involving Machine Tools and Automation II. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES

TEXT BOOKS

1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with 8085. By R.S.Gaonkar 2. Assembly Language Programming: By L.A. Laventhal 3. Mechatronics: By HMT 4. Mechatronics. By W. Bolton 5. Pneumatic Circuits and Low Cost Automation: By Fawcett J.R. 6. Engineering Applications of Pneumatics & Hydraulics: By Ian C Turner 7. Automation, Production Systems and CIM. By Mikell P Groovar. 8. Industrial Pneumatic Controls: By Z.J Lansky, Lawrence F Schrader, JR. 9. Mechatronics System Design : By Shetty and Kolk.

1

REFERENCES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. III. Computer graphics- Hearn & Baker Computer graphics- Foley Van Dam Mathematical elements for computer graphics - Roger & adams Procedural Elements for computer graphics- Roger. M/c Tool Design - N.K.Mehta. N/C of M/C tools –Koren. TERM WORK

Assignment Laboratory Experiments

IV.

MID SEMESTER EXAM

S Course r. Code N o. 3 30225 0

Course Title

L P T C r 3 2 5 8

Finite Element Method

Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15

ESE 70

ESE (Theory ) Hours 3

I. SYLLABUS :
Introductory Concepts : Introduction to FEM. Brief History. General FEM procedure. Applications of FEM in various fields. Advantages and disadvantages of FEM. 2. A. Differential Equations in different fields : Types of Differential Equations. Primary and Secondary Variables and types of Boundary Conditions. Matrix Algebra : Matrix operations, Gauss Elimination Method to get inverse of a Matrix, Partitioning of Matrix. Method of Elimination & Penalty Approach. Finite Difference Method : To solve 1st and 2nd order differential equations. FEM Procedure : A. Terminology : Element, types of elements, order of the element, internal and external node/s, degree of freedom, primary and secondary variables, essential boundary conditions, natural boundary conditions, homogeneous and nonhomogeneous boundary conditions, discretization, band-width, topology etc. B. General Procedure : Pre-processing, Processing and Post-processing. C. Element Matrix Equations for linear element: For various fields of Engineering. Significance of various terms, consistent units.

1

Direct Application of Element Matrix Equations (linear element) to one – dimensional problems in various Fields like : Solid Mechanics : Analysis of Stepped and Taper Bars in Horizontal and Vertical position. Structural and Thermal Effects. Mechanical Engineering: Springs, Spring-Cart systems. Torsion. Thermal Engineering : Conduction, Conduction and Convection-Fins. Fluid Flows : Fluid Network. Electrical Engineering : Electrical Circuits Diffusion : Through porous media. 4. Weighted Residual Method : To evaluate Matrix Equations by Non-weak form Type : Sub-domain Method, Galerkin Method. B. Weak form Type : Rayleigh-Ritz Method (mapped over a general linear element). Use of Lagrange’s linear shape functions and interpolation function. Numerical Integration : Newton-Cotes Method. Cartesian Co-ordinate system. Error Analysis : Sources of Error. Measures to be taken for reduction in Error II. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS Sr. no. 1 2 3 Title Finite Element Method Author Reddy J. N. Publisher McGRAWHILL Prentice Hall

Introduction to FEM in Engineering Chandrupatla, Belugundu Finite Element Method REFERENCES: Fagan

Sr. no. 1 2 3 4

Title FEM in Engg. Applied FEA FEA for undergraduates Textbook of FEAnalysis

Author Rao S. S. Segerlind Akin J. Ed P.Seshu

Publisher Pergamon Press John Wiley Academic Press Prentice Hall

1

II.

TERMWORK At least one assignment on each sub-topic. Demonstration of a FEM package : I-DEAS Master Series or ANSYS OR SOLIDWORKS -- to cover tasks like a simple Model-preparation, Mesh generation, Simulation, Postprocessing. A brief report writing is to be submitted.

IV. MID SEMESTER EXAM

Sr . N o. 4

Course Code 30226 0

Course Title

L P T C r 3 1 4

Evaluation Weightage TWA MST 15 15

Manufacturing Planning And Control

7

ESE (Theory ESE ) Hours 70 3

I.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

1. Manufacturing planning and control
MPC System, Framework, Objectives, Functions, Functional Relationship Input/Output, Payoffs, Customer Expectations, Manufacturing Improvement Plant, Production/Logistics processes, Material Flow, Management Problems. Decision Making Techniques and Supporting Database. Matching the MPC system with the needs of Firm. Requirements of Effective MPC systems. Performance Indices.

2. Material Requirements planning
MRP Requirements, Aims, Structure, Inputs Linkage with other MPC functions, MRP & MRP II. Record Processing. The Basic MRP Record, Linking the MRP Records, Technical issues. Lot Sizing, Safety Stock and Safety Lead. Time, Low Level Coding, Pegging, Firm Planned Order Releases Using the MRP System. The MRP Planner, Bottom-Up Replanning. An MRP Output. The MRP Database.

3. Master Production Scheduling Basic concepts, Purpose, Manufacturing Environment, Technique, Process of setting up and running MPS. Managing Demand, Time Fencing Stability, Rough Cut Planning, MPS Format and Logic, Managing MPS.

1

4. Capacity Planning The Roll of Capacity Planning in MPC System, Hierarchy of capacity Planning, Decisions Links to Other Systems Modules, Capacity Planning & Control Techniques, Capacity Planning using Overall Factors (CPOF). Capacity Requirements. Planning (CRP). Input/Output Control Capacity Management. Capacity Planning in MPC System. Choosing the Measures of capacity. Data Base Requirements. 5. Shop-Floor Control Framework for Shop-floor Control MPC System Linkages. The Company Environment Shop Floor Control Techniques, Basic Shop-Floor Control Concepts, Priority Sequencing Rules. Finite Loading Using the Shop Floor Control System. Matching the SFC System to the Company, Performance Measurement and Lead Time Management. 6. Purchasing Purchasing in Manufacturing Planning and Control, Breadth of the Purchasing Function. The MPC Focus. Vender relationship, Quantity Planning, Price planning, Vendor Scheduling, Uncertainty Protection, Quality Improvement Programs, Purchasing Systems and Data Base. The Procurement Functions. The Data Base, Vender Performance, Electronic Interchange (EDI), Organizational Change. 7. Just-In-Time JIT in manufacturing and Control, Major Elements of Just-in-Time. The impact of JIT on Manufacturing Planning and Control, The Hidden Factory JIT Corner stones and the Linkage to MPC. A JIT Example, Product Design Process Design, Bill of Material implications. JIT Applications. 8. Production Planning Production Planning infirm, Production Planning and Management. S.O.P. Production Planning and MPC Systems Payoffs, Routinizing Production and Game Planning, The Basic Trade-Offs, Evaluating Alternatives, Top Management Role, Functional Roles, Integrating Strategic Planning. Controlling the Production Plan, Operating Production –Planning System. 9. Demand Management Demand Management in Manufacturing Planning and Control Systems, Demand Management and Production Planning, Demand Management and Master Production Scheduling Outbound Product Flow, Data Capture, Dealing with Day-to-Day Customer Order. Demand Management Techniques, Aggregating and Disaggregating Forecasts, Make-to-Stock, Demand Management, Assemble ro Order Demand Management, Managing Demand, Organizing for Demand Management, Managing Service Levels.

1

10. Advance Concepts in Material Requirements planning Determination of Manufacturing order Quantities, Economic Order Quantities (EOQ). Periodic Order Quantities (POQ). Part Period Balancing (PPB). Determination of Purchase Order Quantities, The Purchasing Discount problem, Look Ahead Failure, Performance Comparisons, Buffering concepts, Concepts of Uncertainty, Safety Stock and Safety Lead Performance Comparisons Nervousness Sources of MRP System Nervousness. Reducing System Nervousness. 11. Advance Concepts in Scheduling A Scheduling Framework, Performance Criteria Shop Structure, Product Structure, Wok Center Capacities, Basic Scheduling Research, Static Scheduling Approaches Johnson’s Rule, The One Machine case, The Two Machine case, Assignment Models, Scheduling Priority Rules.

12. Forecasting Types, Steps, Techniques, Approaches-Moving Averages, Weighed averages, Regression Analysis, Exponential smoothening Models, Trend Projection, Casual Role of Computers in Forecasting. 13. Project Scheduling Network Design, Gantt Charts, Framework of PERT and CPM Project planning Scheduling and Monitoring through Network Control, Probability aspects 14. MPC Developments Supply Chain Development framework, Competitive drivers/challenges, cross firm MPC Design. II . TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES

 TEXT BOOKS 1. Manufacturing Planning & Controls systems Thomas E.Vollman William l Berry and others Galgotia publications/T.M.H 2. Productions and Operations Management - S.N.Chary T.M.H. Publishing Company. 3. Operations Management -Joseph G. Monks, Schaum’s outline Series.  REFERENCES • • Production and Operations Management strategies and Tactics by Jay Heizer & Barry Render, Prentice Hall Material Requirement Planning by Orlicky J McGraw Hill.

1

• • • • • III.

Operations Management Problems &models by E.S.Buffa, JOHN Wiley. Introduction to Materials management by J.R.Tony and others Pearson education. Production- Inventory systems Planning & Control by Buffa E.F. and J.G. Miller. Operations Research by Hamdy H.Taha. Quantitative Techniques for managerial Decisions by L.C. Jhamb Everest Publishing House.

TERM WORK

The term work shall comprise of at least ten class assignments (problems or Class Studies) covering different topics of the syllabus & one seminar presentation report IV. MID SEMESTER EXAM Course Title L P T C r 2 1 3 5 Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE (Theory ) Hours 3

Sr Course . Code N o. 5 30227 0

ESE 70

E Commerce & Engineering Economics I.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Emergence of commerce Virtualization, globalization and intellectualization exploiting technology change. A generic business model for e-commerce; Local business drive, business map; b 2 b, b 2 c, e-commerce roles. E Commerce Application areas Retail, auctions and advice, procurement, inventory exchange and real time collaboration. Open issues Legal, technical, market issues. Engineering economics and decision-making. Demand, supply and market equiibrium. Elasticity of demand. Alternative investment decision techniques. Payback time, rate of return, net present value, DCF rate of return and annual worth methods. Replacement decisions. Depreciatio

1

The business of E-commerce 2.II.Tata McGrow Hill 2001 3. Assignment Laboratory Experiments TERM WORK - D Garmo & Canada IV. Engineering Economy III. Thomson 2002 David Whitley. N o. MID SEMESTER EXAM S r. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES  TEXT BOOKS 1. E-Commerce - Schneider & Perry. Electronic commerce 2. Engineering Economy - Paul May James Riggs  REFERENCES 1.Total Quality Management Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE 70 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 1 . 6 Course Code - Course Title L P T C r 4 2 6 1 0 Elective .

Vendor. product standard and requirements. redressal. quality of process. 11. J. Quality Policy And Objectives – Need for Quality Policies . . examples . conformance to specifications. 1 . managers for quality. Quality control.Statistical quality control tools.Relations. leadership concepts. Systematic Problem Solving. Training for Quality-Training of workers. goals. TQM Tools and Techniques. quality audit. failure aspects of quality. consolidation and analysis. Cause and effect diagram. development managing vendor quality. Flow charts and Flow diagrams. Control charts. design. Total participation .V.. quality statement . 12.. appraisal. Quality culture. Organization structure. Quality audit. company wide quality control. quality related task. system. Deming wheel. T. role of senior Management . organization.Manual and form design for quality assurance. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. reliability. Reliability and Maintainability Study.Quality of design and quality of conformance. TQM .. Designing for Quality. 9. characteristics.Def. reliability. supervisors. SQC . TQC. service quality and benchmarking. Failure Mode and Effect analysis (FMECA). Pareto diagram. 6. Organization of Quality . methods and approaches motivation and performance appraisal. rating. Solving ( PDCA ) .C. Q. performance indices. evaluating design by test. product knowledge.Data collection. Kaizen. inspection of quality. Taguchi Methods.P. design review. objectives and benefits. 10. Management commitement .Def. checksheets and ckechlist. 8. Continuous improvement . Quality circles-roll. 7. testing hypothesis. S. Stratification. performance measures. Systematic problem .. maintainability and safety in design. 4. Poka-Yoke. pillar customer focus . Customer focus.I. conducting TQM audits.P. cuatomer complaints. Continuous Improvement Cycle – PDCA. Quality . Graphs and histograms. 2.F. 5.Customer relation and satisfaction. assessment. failure mode and fault tree analysis. quality objectives . conformance. and process and product audit.T. product safety. Cost of quality – Prevention.Philosophy. Networks. vision and mission . Scatter diagrams.Steering committee. cost reduction program and optimum cost.M. certification and Quality Assurance. 3. Experimental design. Design review and SWOT analysis.D>.

• Laboratory Experiments VIII. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.3 Power Transmission to Wheels 1. REFERENCES 1.) IX. VII. Quality Planning Management by M.C.SundraRaju – Tata McGraw Hill Pub. MID SEMESTER EXAM Sr Course .VI. 2. 2. AUTOMOBILE TRANSMISSION 1. Code N o.1 Function of Transmission 1. Jain and A. • TERM WORK Assignment The term work should consist of atleast 10 assignment based on above topics and one Seminar Presentation Report. Sundra Raju – Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Total Quality Control by Armand V. Quality assurance and Total quality Management by K. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 .2 Types of Transmission 1.S>ChitaleKhanna Pub . Total Quality Managemnt by M.4 Two Wheel Drive and four wheel drive Transmission 1 . Feigenbaum. 6 Course Title L P T C r 4 2 5 8 Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 ESE 70 Elective (Automobile Engg.

3. 4.2 Types Of Clutches 2. CLUTCHES 2.7 4. straight bevel. Constant velocity joints. Clutch Facing 2.1 Resistance to motion of vehicle. 1 . Semi. 3..3 Single Plate clutch. Diaphragm Clutch.10 5. GEAR BOX Necessity of gearbox. Necessity of differential Conventional and non – slip differential. Synchromesh devices synchromesh gearbox. spiral bevel.8 4. REAR AXLE AND DIFFERENTIAL Final drive.7 Clutch Overhaul and trouble shooting 3.9 4. constant mesh gear box.1 5. rolling and gradient resistance.6 4.2. Types of live axles. Centrifugal Clutch 2. Radius rods. three quarter and fully floating axles. Types of gearboxes. 7.5 4. VECHILE PERFORMANCE 3.1 4.2 6. acceleration and grad ability calculation. Three element and five element torque converter. Multi Plate clutch 2. Torque tube drive. 3. 5. Different Lock. WHEEL AND TYRES Requirement of wheel and tyres.4 Tractive Force – Vehicle Speed Curves for different gear ratios.6 Clutch Plate .5 Power. Types of wheels. 4. Sliding mesh. Borg and Beck Clutch. Hypoid and worm and worm wheel drive.1 Necessity and requirement of Clutch 2.4 Cone Clutch.2 4.4 4. Air. Borg – warner automatic gear box Over drive Design of gear box PROPELLER SHAFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINT Types of construction of propeller shaft Types of universal joints. Gear selector Mechanism Epicyclic Gearbox Wilson Gear box.2 Total Resistance – Vehicle speed curves for different gradient.3 Tractive force (effort) 3. Parts of tyre.3 4. Hotchkiss drive.5 Fluid Flywheel 2.

Motor vehicle – 4th editions – Newton. automotive Mechanics – 4th edition Joseaph Heitner 3. oil pressure etc. Steeds.B. Lighting switches.2nd edition – R. bifocal. Lead acid. Starter motor solenoids and switches. VECHILE MAINTENANCE Preventive . Alkaline.Cross ply. Speedometer. 4. radial ply and bolted bias ply tyres. 9. Kripal Singth Automobile Engineering 2nd – edition – R. charging testing and maintenances of lead acid battery. Zink air battery. Cut out combined current and voltage regulator.Gupta Automobile Engineering-2nd edition –K. semifocal. VOL. Tyre designations. Requirement of starting system. construction and working. 2. Chassis lubrication X. flashing indicators. ply-ellipsoidal. Automobile Engineering VOL-I . 8th edition – Dr. Gupta . Dynamo operation. Reflector. REFERENCES 1.II . temperature. Factor affecting tyre life. breakdown and corrective maintenance Major and minor overhaul.K/ Ramlingam . TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Accessories: Electric horn. Compression spring bendix drive overrunning clutch drive. LIGHTING Lighting system wiring circuit. Direction indicators. Rating. Automobile Engineering. Head lamps: Construction and types setting and control. Standard bendix drive. Gauges: Fuel.B. 3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Purpose of battery types of batteries. 8. Transaction of society of Automotive engineers vol. 2. Alternator. 1 to 6 1 . parabolic. wind screen wipers.

6 Course Code Course Title L P T C r 4 2 6 1 0 Welding Engineering Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE 70 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 XII. thermal free solder. bond formation. silver solders. • Laboratory Experiments 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) XI. Solders and Soldering Welding characteristics. and foreign materials in the solders alloy. metallurgy of solders. and low temperature soldering. 8) Study of lighting system. Removal and fitting of wheel and tyres. brazing fluxes. Resistance brazing. 10) Problems on vehicle performance. capillary attraction. expanding type solders. 4) Study of propeller shaft and universal joints. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. special technique. MID SEMESTER EXAM Sr . 1 .TERM WORK • Assignment 1) Study of automobile Transmission 2) Study of clutch 3) Study of gear boxes. Brazing Metallurgical aspect of brazing. method of heating. 5) Study of rear axle and differential. Calculation of gear box gear ratios. N o. Designing the solder joint. Disassembly and assembly of clutch. Design of joint. brazing solders. 9) Study of vehicle mainainance. 6) Study of wheel and tyres. 7) Study of electrical system. Soldering iron. Testing of battery. Removal and fitting of axle shafts. salt bath brazing. 2. furnace brazing.

11. malleable cast iron. plasma arc welding. 7. aluminum bronze. stainless steels. 8. Metallurgical concept of weldability Temperature changes in welding. spheroidal graphite cast iron. Design and fabrication Design for welding–types of welded joints.3. 4. Wedability copper & alloys Copper alloys. bronzes. layer sequence. contraction and residual stresses in welded structure. hard facing metallurgy. weldability testing. electrodes & methods of welding. 9. basic treatment of welding 10. Hard facing Types of wear. medium carbon steel. high alloy steels. stress distribution. high carbon steels. phosphorous bronzes. spray hard facing. expansion. austenite manganese steels. deposition rates. welding of dissimilar metal joints on copper & copper alloys. 5. basic hard facing procedure. preparing for hard facing. 1 . Weldability of steels Plain carbon steels. and heat treatments of welds. methods of welding. concept of weldability& carbon equivalent. 6. Weldability of cast iron & steels Gray cast iron. laser welding.mild steels. cracking of welds. welding rods & welding methods. tool steels. Special welding processes Electron beam welding. welding metallurgy of dissimilar metals. Weldability of aluminums and alloys Metallurgical behavior during welding. under water welding. choice of methods. bronze welding. and selection of cast iron. Principles of welding fixture design.

Gupta & Kaushik. fluxes.12. Little. properties and electrode selection. XIII. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.A. Indian standards for welding electrodes. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Welding Hand Book Vol-V-American Welding Society. Welding design and process 3. TERM WORK • Assignment Atleast 10 Assignments on the topics based on the above syllabus. Welding Engineers Hand Book Oates J. Richard L. Welding and welding technology 2. George Newnes. MID SEMESTER EXAM XV. Hilton and Richard Chapman & Hall Pub. Welding engineering REFERENCES 1. 2. 1 . XIV.

Rudenko (Mir Publication Moscow) 2. 4. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS REFERENCES 1. Goodwin (B. D. Hydraulic. Power Hydraulic . Conveying Machines . Mechanical Handling Equipments . Pumps 2.J.2 Determination of Specifications and selection of components for given application XVII.1 Centrifugal Pump 2.Pneumatic Circuits 4.Alexandrove (Mir Publication Moscow) 3. 1 30228 0 Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TW MST A 4 2 6 10 15 15 ESE (Theor ESE y) Hours 70 3 Design Of Mechanical Systems XVI. Conveyors Design of Belt Conveyors 4. 1 .2 Gear Pump 3. ( Mechanical ) Semester : VIII Sr Course .2 Trolley Traveling Mechanism 1.1Study Of Construction and Working of Components used in power hydraulic and pneumatic circuits. Code N o.Spivakosky & Dyachkov (Mir Publication Moscow) 4. Material Handling Equipment . Tech. Hydraulic Controls in Machine Tool. Publication) 5. B. Manual published By Sperry Virkers Ltd. Stringer (Macmillan London) 6.A.Class : Final Year B.3 Bridge Traveling Mechanism 2.1 Hoisting Mechanism 1. Hydraulic System Analysis .Kaimovich 7. H. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. EOT Cranes 1.

demand factor .Methods of meeting fluctuating load.water wall.2 2. Selection of generating equipment. Effect of fluctuating Load on operation and design of power plant. IS Nos.4 Methods of controlling nitrogen oxides.4 2.5 2. Steam pressure control.8 ECONOMICES OF POWER PLANT.Peak load plant. Load sharing . Steam temperature control. Pressurized fluidized bed boiler.7 2.6 2. TERM WORK • • Assignment Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER EXAM Sr.Operating cost.etc.Fixed cost. Load factor. Base load plant . Bubbling and circulating fluidized bed boiler. 1. 1.1 Layout of modern high pressure Water Tube boiler and Power Plant. 1.8. No Course Code Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weight T W A 15 MS ES T E 15 70 15 70 ESE (Theory Hours) 2 302290 Power Plant Engineerin g 3 2 5 8 3 I DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 MODERN THERMAL POWER PLANT 1. 1.capacity factor Diversity factor.3 Drum Level control. 1 . Design Data Book PSG Design Data Book XVIII. Load cueve . Cost of electrical energy.5 Regimes of fluidized bed combustion.1 2.Load duration curve. IS: 807 IS: 3443 IS: 3777 IS: 3815 IS: 3973 9.2 Steam drum . Tarrif methods Performance and operating characterstic of power plant.3 2. 2 2.

Classification of Hydro plants.5 4.Domkundwar . 2. Boiling water reactor.DESIEL AND GAS TURBINE POWER PLANT.13 Series flow. Hydrograph. 3.Arora. Selection of water turbine.lubrication and starting system of diesel power plant. Essential feature of hydro plant Pumped storage plant.15 Free piston engine plant.3 5.10 Fuel. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS: TITLE 1.Nag.Flow duration curve. Reactor control.17 Repowering. HYDRO POWER PLANT. Air pollution and its control.6 3. 2.8 5 5. 5. P.12 Performance of gas turbine power plant 2.8 4 4. Power plant engineering. Nuclear reactor. 2. Disposal of nuclear waste. 1 .2nd Edition.7 4. 2. Power plant engineering.cooling.14 Gas turbine combustion chamber. Gas cooled reactor.1 3.C.1st Edition.5 NUCLEAR POWER PLANT.Heavy water CANDU reactor.Half time.P. 3 3.K.2 5.acid rain.4 4.5 3. Power plant engineering.3rd Edition Morse.1st Edition.4 3.4 5.9 General layout of desiel power plant. Radioactive decay . Power plant engineering. Harmfull effects of power plant pollutants. sharma. parallal flow gas turbine plant.Rajput.Run of river plant. surge tank.Run off and its measurement.1 4.Storage river plant. Liquid metal fast breeder reactor.2 3.1 5.3 4. Thermal pollution and its control.6 4. Types of nuclear reactions.11 Cycles of gas turbine power plant. 2. 2. Rainfall . 2. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF POWER PLANT. Mass curve and reservoire storage capacity. 2. 4.2nd Edition .2 4.3 3. Power plant engineering. Nuclear materials.7 3. Green house effect. Pressurised water reactor.16 Combined gas turbine-stem turbine plant. 2.

REFERENCES 1 Power plant engineering. 8.2nd Edition-P. Job and Continuous) 1. 2. DETAILED SYLLABUS PART I INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 1.plotter. ORGANISATION STRUCTURE AND BEHAVIOUR 1 . 2 Power plant theory and design. 5.E Journal of Engineering for gas turbine. Study of coal handling and firing.INTRODUCTION System approach in manufacturing organization.2. Study of diesel and Gas turbine power plant. Plant efficiency test on turbine.Journal of Engineering for Power.Thomson. 9.M. N o. Numerical problems on economics of power plant. 4. 4 A. Batch.1 . Study of hydro power plant. • Labrotary Experiments 1. 3 The elements of nuclear power -2nd edition –Bennat. III TERM WORK • Assignments 1 study of Modern thermal power plant. 6.J.SM. Study of ash handling system. 7.El-Wakil. 3 Course Code 30230 0 Course Title L P T C r 3 3 6 Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 30 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 ESE 70 Industrial Engineering & ERP I.ME. Study of feed water treatment. Study of nuclear power plant. Study of power plant pollution and control.S. 3.2nd Edition –M. 5 A. Feature. Identification of different types of manufacturing systems (Mass. IV MID SEMISTER TEST S r.

Organization for Quality . Cost of Quality . Process. Hierarchy . cellular/group) Techniques for layout design for process ad product layouts. multiple and sequential plans. Ventilation. 1. Sound. Quality systems & Standards.Control chart for fraction defectives(p).analysis and critical examination of operations and development of improved methods. Line. Fatigue. ATI. Work measurements . Techniques of time study: Steps in making a time study . Use of micro motion and memotion study .ASN. Assembly line balancing – Numerical problems. Control for number of defects ( c). revised control limits of mean.Different rating practices . double. Responsibility . network . Different types of allowances. Flow diagram. Control charts of attributes:. Types . planning & control – Definitions and objectives.5 FACILITIES PLANNING Types of layout.4 WORK STUDY. (Product. Lighting. Occupational health and hazards . Safety devices .effective time method of their reduction. Maynard operation sequencing training (MOST) .Process chart for operator or material process chart. Design of Work Place. Work content – Basic work content.Objectives and basic procedure. Virtual . Total quality management – Policies and objectives . AQL.Process chart symbol. 1. Designing for quality . Recent developments (Lean . statistical Quality Control .Form used . range and standard deviation chart. Break-up of an operation in to elements. Man machine chart. Total work content – in. Ergonomics . AOQ. AOQL. Different timing method. Industrial psychology. SBU’S). Control chart for number of defect per unit (u) . Acceptance Sampling : single. Multiple activity chart. Standard time. Functional matrix relationship . Central limit theorem. Authority delegation . Significance and procedures of work measurement . METHODS ENGINEERING & ERGONOMICS Definition and Objectives .Process chart for assemblies. Normal time.Control chart for variables -Concepts of variation. state of control. trial control limits. Control chart techniques: Quality characteristics.Different techniques used in method improvement. 1 . producers and consumers risk. Inventory control – Deterministic models.Selection of operator. Need . Safety .Definition . Out of control conditions. Physical environment. Theories of motivation and leadership) 1. Control chart for number of defectives(np). Location of facilities. Span of control . RQL.Recording time study data.3 PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT Production. Method study : Definition.

2. 1. Manufacturing perspective. Theory of constraints . Agile manufacturing .3 ERP & SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (SCM) ERP & Business Process Reengineering (BPR) ERP & Integrated Management Systems ERP & Multiplant management ERP & Enterprise Paperless Management 2.Quality function deployment . 1 . BRP ( Business process Re engineering ) . Phases of failure . Lean manufacturing . Reliability function Derivation . Selection of ERP systems. Enterprise Resources Planning – ERP. Measuring of Reliability . JIT .2 THE EMERGENCE OF ERP SYSTEMS Salient feature of of ERP systems. KANBAN .1. PART II ERP (ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING) 2. Failure . Information systems perspective. Nature of failure . ERP systems and management perspectives.1 INTRODUCTION What is ERP? Why ERP system is required? Managing enterprise with ERP – The new paradigm. Different perspectives of ERP systems. Material requirement planning (MRP) .6 MODERN DVELOPEMENT IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING MRP-I ( Material requirement planning ) .7 PRODUCT RELIABILITY Introduction . Definition . Tangible and intangible benefits. Reliability & Hazard functions for well known distributions. challenges in their computation & subsequent measurement and associated best practices. Manufacturing Resources Planning (MRP-II) 2. Causes of failure . Hazard Rate z( t ) . MRP-ii ( Manufacturing resources planning ) . Supply chain Management . Push and pull production systems .4 JUSTIFICATION OF ERP SYSTEMS Cost / Benefit analysis. Evolution of ERP.

Dhanpatrao 5.S. Facilities planning By M.ERP and beyond integrating your entire organization. Industrial Engineering & production Management – By Martand Telsang REFERENCES i. Business Process reengineering Myths & Realities By Colen Coulsan . The St.Time and Motion study – Ralph M. 10th Edition. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER EXAM 1 .Total Quality Management – J. John D. Sham . Heinz Weihrich. Andrew Myers ( International Thomson Business Press ) III. .S.2. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd (international Edition).Apple iii. • TERM WORK Assignment At least five assignments on concepts.B. Chase. E-Business & ERP transforming the Enterprise Grant Norries . TQM ( Total Quality Management ) By Besterfield iv. Bragenza. Acquilano & Jacks. Lucas Press/ Apics Series on resources management 6.Production and Operation Management. James R.D. Business process redesign A View from the inside By Ashley . ii. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd 2.5 ERP SYSTEM IN INDIA ERP: Perspective of Indian Industries. Thomson Press v. Hurtley . Plant Layout . LangenWalter.Work Study and Ergonomics . TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Barnes 3. Oakland 4. • IV. Case studies And analysis based on the topics mentioned above. Gang A. Recent trends in ERP II.H.Management A Global Perspective .Hurley . Koontz. John R. Harold. Kenneth M.

4 2D clipping & viewing:-line clipping. Bezier Bspline surfaces. Code 4 I.DXF. Design II.Introduction.3 2D-3D Transformations. 2. 3. 2. Manual part programming. 3. 2. B-rep. polygon clipping.Sr.Introduction.3 Introduction to computer aided part programming APT language.2 Scan conversion: .5 Curves: . Introduction The design process. DNC. z-buffer. Groover. Tape coding and formatting. 2. 1 . Basic components of Nc system.Introduction. CAM 3. surface of revolution. 2. 2. Visibiliti techniques. Schaum series Ibrahim Zeid P. Development of computer program for components in mechanical Engg. Computer graphics 2. IGES. Course No.2 Introduction to NC part programming.Rao. Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MST ESE 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 302310 CAD / CAM DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 3.scan converting line. circle ellipse. CAD/CAM 4.N. 2. graphics devices. Nc Co-ordinate system. 4.6 Surfaces: .9 Graphics standards: . CNC. Macro statement. 2. painters algorithm. Hermite.7 Hidden surface elimination: . non parametric curves. STEP 3. CSG schemes. computer for design process.4 CMM & Rapid Prototyping.1 Fundamentals of NC. solid representation. CAD/CAM 3. sweep surfaces. parametric.1 Introduction. B-spline Curves.8 Solid Modeling:-Introduction. product life cycle & CAD/CAM. bilinear surface. functions of graphics package. Coons patch. Nc procedure. Computer graphics 2. 2. Bezier. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. CAD/CAM 5.

12.K. M/c Tool Design .Hearn & Baker 8. Mathematical elements for computer graphics . Procedural Elements for computer graphics.Foley Van Dam 9. TERM WORK Assignment Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER EXAM 1 . Computer graphics.Roger. 11.Roger & adams 10. • • IV.REFERENCES 7. Computer graphics. N/C of M/C tools –Koren.N. III.Mehta.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING 1 .

R. Mapping: Conformal mapping. Reduction to a normal form. "Engineering mathematics". Churchil . "Complex Variable". Wartikar and J. T. 2 3 4 5 1 . TMH. Dirac functions and their Laplace transformation. McGraw Hill. Laplace transform of periodic function. N. Shanti narayan. ''Engineering Mathematics". N. Inverse of a matrix. Cauchy Riemann. Even and odd function. S. partial traction method Heaviside development. Wartikar. Continuity (only statement). A V. Application to solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary differential equation with one dependent variable. Tokyo. "Matrices". Matrices Types of matrices. Krishna Prakasan. Periodic function with period 2 and 21. regular function. Second edition. Evaluation of inverse Laplace transforms. Laplace Transforms: Function of bounded variation (statement only). sinh(at). Schaum's outline series. S. Laplace transform of!. Necessary condition for f (z) to be analytic (statement of sufficient conditions). Parseval' s relations. Elementary transformations of a matrix. Meerut. convolution theorem. Delhi. McGraw Hill. "Matrices". bilinear mapping with geometrical interpretations. Pune. Complex form of Fourier series: Introduction to Fourier integral.Second Year of Bachelor of Technology Engineering Mathematics III 1 Complex Variables: Function of complex variable. 1988-89. Half range sine and cosine series. equation in polar coordinates. "Laplace transforms". orthogonal trajectories. System of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations. their consistency and solution. "Theory of function of complex variable".' Sine and cosine function and their orthogonal properties. Volume I and Volume II. Partitioning of a matrices. Linear dependent and independent of rows and columns of a matrix over a real field. Shanti narayan. Veerarajan. "Element of applied mathematic". crf(t). A. Harmonic function. Chand Publishing House. Delhi. cosh(at). shifting properties. References P. linear. Analytical and Milne Thomson method to fmd fez) from its real or imaginary parts. Griha. diricWet's theorem (only statement). Pill. Fourier Series and Integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. tn" eat. S. Heaviside. Chand Publishing House. Shastri. Relation with Laplace transforms. Expressions (with proofs) for dn i) L{ f f(t)} ii) L{ f(t)/ t} iii) La f( u) du} iv) L {f(t)} dtn Unit step functions. Vasistha. Fourier series. 1994. Adjoint of a matrix. derivability of a function analytic. S. Vol-2.

Successive approximation A-D converter. FET principle. Open-loop configurations. FET amplifier configurations Differential Amplifier Introduction. Simple remodel. Frequency response. Schmitt trigger comparator. Operational Amplifier Applications Basic op-amp applications. CE. AD808 and 809. Practical power supply circuits Specialized IC applications 555 timer IC and its use as monostable and astale multivibrator. AC amplifier. Voltage limiter. Analog to digital converter and Digital to analog converter principles. Comparator specifications and performance characteristics. high pass Butterworth and band pass filter configurations Oscillators and Converters Oscillation principle. Biasing. Analysis of integrator and differentiator circuits Active Filters First order and second order low pass.Name Of Course:. Phase shift oscillator. Ideal op-amp. Equivalent circuit. Instrumentation amplifier. Compensating networks. Circuit configurations. Principle of switching regulator. Popular 741 op-amp specifications and performance characteristics.Electronics devices and circuits 1 Review of transistors (BJT and FET) BJT principle. Specifications and performance characteristics 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 . Op-amp with negative feedback. Biasing. Wein bridge oscillator. Voltage and Current amplification. Practical A-D converter with binary weighted resistors. Current mirror circuit Operational Amplifier Block diagram representation. CB. Voltage controlled oscillator Comparators and Converters Op-amp used as basic comparator. FET differential amplifier. DC and AC analysis. Zero crossing detector. PWM IC voltage regulator specifications and performance characteristics. Monolithic A-D converters. A-D and D. Variable voltage regulator using IC 723.A converter specifications and performance characteristics Voltage Regulators Fixed voltage series regulators. CC amplifier configurations.

Bounded real function. The angle property of a positive real function. The impedance function. Condition on angle. Evaluation and analysis of transient and steady state response to step. Impedance and admittance of RC network under 1 . Chain parameter. All pass and minimum phase function. Azimuth polynomials. Necessary and sufficient conditions. impulse and sinusoidal input functions. Fundamental cutsets and fundamental Tiesets. 3 Network Equation in the Time Domain First and second order differential equations initial conditions. Cascade connection. ramp. Series and parallel permissibility of connection 5 6 Representation of Network Functions Pole zeros and natural frequencies. Even and Odd pairs of a function. Ladder form of network. Constant resistance network. 7 Fundamentals of Network Synthesis Energy function passive. Planner graphs. Two port network. The loop matrix B. Azimuth polynomials and reactance function. Node pair equations. Loop. A & B matrices.Electrical Networks 1 2 Solution of Network with Independent Sources Linear Graphs Introductory definition. Reactance functions. Positive real function. Realization of reactance functions. Relationship between sub matrix of A and B cutsets and cutset matrix. Maximally flat response Chebyshev response. Transmission parameter. 4 Laplace Transform Laplace transform and it's application to analysis of network for different input functions described above Network Functions Driving point and transfer functions. Calculation of a network function form a given angle and real part Bode method. The incidence matrix A. Location of pole. Duality. The delay function. Ladder network. Magnitude and angle of function.Name of Course :. The real part function. reciprocal network. Hybrid parameter. Node. Open circuit and short circuit parameter. Net change in angle. Interconnection of two port network.

T. Venvalkenberg. John-Wiley & Sons M. third edition. Willam Hayt and Jack KemmerIy. Resistance inductance networks. E. "Electrical Networks". A.network realization. Bickkart. "Engineering Circuit analysis". Sundaram. Nolman Balbanian. Kuo. TMH. References Franklin F. John-Wiley 1 . "Network analysis and synthesis". Prentice Hall (I) Ltd. "Network analysis".

Data Structures 1 2 Introduction in C Static and Dynamic Structures. Representing Lists as Binary Trees. Linked Stacks and Queues. Insertion and Deletion of Nodes. Dynamic Representation. M. Low Price Edition 3 4 5 1 . Thomson Learning. International Student Edition. "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in CH". Macros. Prentice-Hall India. A. Efficiency in Recursion. Binary Tree Representations. Threaded Binary Tree. Example. Linked Lists as Data Structures. Hopcroft and 1. F. Addison Wesley. Addison Wesley Longman. Writing Recursive Programs. R. The Huffman Algorithm. Representation. Examples. "Data Structures and Program Design". Weiss. Aho. "Data Structures and Algorithms". R. Recursion in C. Circular and Priority Queues. E. "Data Structures Using C and C++". "Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C". Applications. 1. Tree-Represented Lists. Recursion: Recursive Definition and Processes. D. Comparison of Dynamic and Array Representations. Kruse. "Data Structures and Algorithms". Operations. Abstract Data Types. Finding and Deleting Elements.Name of Course :. Operations. Array Implementation of Linked List. Queues: ADT. Node Representation. Applications of Trees: Expression Trees. Gilberg. Second Edition. Linked Lists ADT. Tannenbaum. Other Lists and their Implementations. Applications. Strings. Stacks: ADT. 1. Unions. Binary Tree Traversals. Tata McGraw-Hill. M. Representation. Prentice-Hall India. Third Edition. Game Trees. Files. Binary Tree: Binary Tree Operations and Applications. Array Representation. Tremble and Sorenson. Ullman. Refrences Y. Dynamic Memory and Pointers. Langsam. M. Augenstein and A.

BCD adder. Binary arithmetic Boolean Algebra Binary logic functions. Quine-McCluskey minimization techniques. 3 Combinational Logic Switching equations. DeMorgan's Theorems. Power dissipation. Simple synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuit analysis. Propagation delay times. Associative and distributive properties. Sum of product & Product of sums. 7 Programmable Logic Programmable logic devices. Arithmetic and logic units. Octal and Hexadecimal number system and conversion. Register transfer timing considerations Sequential Circuits State diagrams and tables. Examples using flipflops. Priority encoder. Serial in serial out shift registers. Field programmable gate arrays Digital Integrated Circuits Digital circuit logic levels. Mixed logic combinational circuits. Multiple output functions Analysis and Design of Combinational Logic Introduction to combinational circuit. Clocked and edge triggered flip-flops timing specifications counters asynchronous and synchronous. Multiplexers as function generators. Fan-out and 2 4 6 8 1 . Decoder. Karnaugh maps. Subtractor. l's and 2's complement codes. Code conversion. Binary comparator. Canonical logic forms. Tristate register. Simplification of expressions.Digital Logic design and applications 1 Number Systems Decimal. Realization of switching functions using logic gates.Name of Course :. Flip-flops. Construction of state diagram and counter design. Programmable logic arrays and programmable array logic. Binary. Binary address. Signed number binary order. Design using PAL. 5 Sequential Logic Sequential circuits. Boolean laws. Two. Binary weighted codes. three and four variable Karnaugh maps. Excitation table and equations. Encoder. Truth tables. Counter design with state equations registers. Transition table.

Yarbrough. Open collector and Tri-state gates and buffers. LSTTL. "Digital Computer Fundamentals". Cole publishing Co. Marcontz. TTL. C. Leach. "Digital logic". References John M. Thomson Learning. Malvino. "Introduction to Logic Design". Morris Mano. P.fan. "Digital Principles and Applications". McGraw Hill. A. T. John P.in. P. Noise margin for popular logic families. Uyemura. M. "Digital Systems Design". "Digital Logic and Computer Design". PHI. B. Brookes. Bartee. D. CMOS. A. TMH. and ECL integrated circuits and their performance comparison. McGraw Hill 1 .

paths and digraphs. homomorphism. Warshall's algorithm. Isomorphism. Recurrence relations. Codes and group codes. Po sets and Hasse diagram. Graphs Defmition. Manipulation of relations. Semigroups. Lattice Functions and Pigeon Hole Principle Defmition and types of functions: injective. Fibonacci etc. Groups Monoids. Generating Functions and Recurrence Relations Series and Sequences. 3 Relations. Planer graphs. Mathematical induction and Quantifiers. Laws of set theory. Set membership of tables. Power set. Hamiltonian. Implications Laws of logic. Groups.Name of Course :. identity and inverse. Properties and types of binary relations. Partitions of sets. Applications: Solving Differential equations. Generating functions. Paths and circuits: Eulerian. Venn diagrams. Equivalence. automorphism. Ring Homomorphism. surjective and bijective.Discrete Structures 1 Set Theory Sets. Pigeon-hole principle. 4 5 6 7 8 1 . closures. Equivalence and Partial ordered relations. 2 Logic Propositions and logical operations. integral domains and fields. Truth tables. Product and quotients of algebraic structures. Normal subgroup. Composition. Rings and Fields Rings. Digraphs and Lattice Relations.

Shanti Narayan. A V. 2 Matrices Vectors. S. orthogonality. Simpson's 1/3rd and 3/Sth rules. Gauss Siedel iteration method. Shanti Narayan. Functions of square matrix. Wartikar. Mathews. Euler's predictor-corrector method. 3 1 . N. Complex Variables Regions and Paths in Z plane. Diagonalizable matrix. V 01-2. Gauss Jordan method.Name of Course :. residue at isolated singularity and its evaluation. Grilia. Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule. N. Newton-Raphson method. Linear independence. Salvadari and MacCraken. Shastri. Solutions to Transcendental and polynomial equations: Bisection method. Solutions to ordinary differential equations: Taylor's series method. real field inner products. Finite difference operators and difference tables. Cayley Hamilton theorem. Poles. "Matrices". S. Norm. PHI. Minimal polynomial. Characteristic polynomial. References: P. Characteristic values and vectors. Rungekutta method of second and fourth order. ''Numerical Method for Mathematics. Chand Publishing House. 1994. S. Interpolation: Linear interpolation. "Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis". Wartikar and J. Numerical Methods Errors: Types and Estimation. Second edition. Delhi. Solutions to system of linear algebraic equations: Gauss elimination method. John S. Gauss Jordan method. High order interpolation using Lagrange and Newtons methods. ''Numerical Methods". S. their properties for Hermitian and real symmetric matrices. Singularities. Pune. Delhi.Engineering Mathematics IV 1. Vol INol II. "Element of applied mathematic". Taylor's and Laurent's development. Science and Engineering". "Theory Of Functions Of Complex Variables". . Chand Publishing House. Residue theorem: Application to evaluate real integrals.

P. Pearson Education. Taub. “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”. Pearson Education. Lathi. “Principles of communication systems”. 1 . Schilling. B. Leoun W Couch.Name of Course :. Bernard Sklar. Oxford university press. “Digital communications fundamentals and applications”. TMH. References: • “Modern digital and analog communication systems”.Principles of analog and digital communication 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Introduction Introductions to signals Analysis and transmission of signals Amplitude Modulation Angle Modulation Sampling and pulse code modulation Principles of digital data transmission Emerging digital communication technologies and recent development Behavior of analog systems in the presence of noise Behavior of digital communication systems in the presence of noise Error Correcting codes.

Micro Instruction format. Memory Organization Internal memory-characteristics. subtractors. optical memory. memory module organization. Hardwired implementation. multipliers. Instructions sets. raid. Design of basic serial and parallel high speed adders. External memory: magnetic disk. High speed memories: associative and interleaved memories. Co-processors. Processor organization. disk drive and device drivers. The arithmetic and logic unit (ALU): Cmbinational and sequential ALU's. Serial transmission and synchronization. DMA. replacement algorithms.Name of Course:. Performance characteristics of two-level memories. i/o. tape. interrupt driven I/O. Input and Output Unit External devkes-: keyboard. Multiple Processor Organizations Flynn's classification of parallel processing systems. pipeline processors. chip logic. formats and addressing. pci bus structure. Bus interconnection. I/O channels and I/O processors. RISC versus CISC characteristics. Applications of microprograming. I/O modules: programmed I/O. cpu. Evolution/brief history of computers. Booth's algorithm.types of ram.operations. 2 System Buses Computer components-memory. multiple bus hierarchies. Data Path Design Fixed point representation. Instruction pipelining. Interconnection structures. Microprogrammed control. hierarchy. The Central Processing Unit Basic instruction cycle. Semiconductor main memory . Structural/functional view of a computer. Register organization. 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 .elements of cache design. Pipelining concepts. Floating point representation. Cache memory-.Computer Organization and Architecture 1 Overview General organization and architecture. address mapping and translation. The Control Unit Micro. RISC Computers. advanced dram organization. monitor.

"Data Structures and Program Design in C". Hopcroft and 1. Insertions and Deletions. M. Connectivity in a Graph. D. Graph Graph Traversal. Shell Sort. The Time Complexity: How to Analyze and Measure. Aho. "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++". Tremble and Sorenson. Basic Searching Techniques: Sequential Search. Ellis Horwitz. Application of Graph Structures: Shortest Path Problem. 1. Straight Selection Sort. M. Divide and Conquer Method. Sartaj Sohoni “Fundamentals of `computer algorithms” Galgotia publication. Efficiency Considerations.Trees. Best Case. E. Addison Wesley. Second Edition. B+. Back-Tracking Method. A VL Trees Hashing: Hash Functions. "Data Structures and Algorithms". Prentice Hall India. Augenstein and A. Quicksort. Binary Search.Second Year of Bachelor of Technology 1 Computer Technology Semester Four 307090: Analysis of algorithms Algorithm Analysis Mathematical Background. Radix Sort. Low Price Edition. Searching Methods Efficiency Considerations in Searching. Addison Wesley Longman. Searching Ordered Table. Weiss. Interpolation Search. Dynamic Programming. Indexed Sequential Search. 3 4 5 1 . R. Topological Sorting. Kruse. R. "Data Structures and Algorithms". Insertion Sort. The Model.Trees. Different Sorting Methods: Bubble Sort. Resolving Clashes (Open and Closed Hashing). Time Complexity Calculation. Tries. Best Case. Efficiency Considerations for Sequential Search. Ullman. J. F. Brassard and P. 2 Sorting Methods Efficiency Considerations in Sorting. Tata McGraw-Hill. Tannenbaum. Dynamic Hashing. Heap as Priority Queue. Bratley. Worst Case and Average Case Calculations of the Different Sorting Methods. B. G. Euler's and Hamiltonoan Graph Algorithms Analysis of all the above Algorithms. Langsam. Minimum Spanning Tree. Average Case and Worst Case Analyses. General Search Trees: Multiway Search Trees. Thomson Learning. Hashing in External Storage. "Data Structures Using C and C++". References: Y. "Fundamentals of Algorithmics". Big-Oh and Big-Omega Notations. Binary Tree Sort. "Data Structure: A Pseudocode Approach with C". Binary Search Tree: Implementation. Prentice-Hall India. M. Merge Sort. Prentice-Hall India. A. International Student Edition. Greedy Method. Gilberg. Bucket Sort. Heaps and Heapsort.

technology and their relationship with economic development. Devaluation. monopoly. money price level and inflation. marketfriendly state.meaning. 6 Sources of public revenue. 8 9 New Economic Policy: Liberalization. Monetary policy . tax structure. appropriate technology for developing countries Demand. meaning. objectives and features. price determination under perfect competition and monopoly. balanced and unbalanced. oligopoly. 1 . determinants of economic development. foreign exchange control. engineering. economic and non-economic factors. Causes of underdevelopment. supply. balance of trade and payment.Second Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Four 307100: Industrial Economics and Management 1 Nature and significance of economics. direct and indirect taxes. stages of growth. theory of protection. distribution of incidence. elasticity of demand and supply. Competition. strategy of development-big push. 7 Theory of International Trade. Price discrimination. monopolistic competition. critical minimum effort strategy. 2 3 Functions of money. tariffs and subsidies. multiple credit creation. shortcomings and improvement. 4 Functions of commercial banks.' supply and demand for money. export-led-growth. science. globalization. extending privatization. magnitude and consequences. causes creating categories of monopoly organization. 5 Central Banking: Function of central banking illustrated with reference to RBI. banking system in India. equilibrium of firm under competition and monopoly. principles of taxation. black money. reform of tax system.

17 Need for good cost accounting system. machine design and man-machine systems. 11 Nature of planning. span of management. financial statements. development of management thought. Project information systems. break-even analysis. budgeting and budgetary control. managements of sales and advertising. 18 Marketing functions. PERT. management by objectives. media channels and barriers to effective communication Maslow. Inventory control. Henri Toylor Elton Ma'o. organization and control. Quality control and Total quality management. decision-making process. Blanchard's situational leadership theory. 19 Human resource management: Function. responsibilities of management to society. 15 Production management: Production planning and control. Taylor. flat organization. training. 20 Engineering economics: Investment decision. System contingency approaches to management. decentralization of delegation of authority. financial ratios.CPM. 16 Project management: Project development like cycle. Application of industrial psychology for selection. cost control techniques of financial control. marketing research. Annual worth and rate of 1 . contribution of F.W. Herzberg and Macgregor's theory of motivation.10 Management functions. 12 Organization: line and staff authority relationships. Tools of project management . 13 14 Communication process. project planning. project feasibility. McClelland's achievement motivation. present worth.

K.return methods. Agarwal. Dewet and Warma. "Indian Economy". "Finance for Non-Finance Managers". "Modem Economic Theory". Refrences: • N. "Economics". 1 . Payback time. Chatterji. S. "Marketing Management". Samuelson. Koonz and Odonne~ "Essentials of Management". "Management". V. Ramaswamy. "Project Management". Prasanna Chandra. Hampton David.

Expected value. Poisson. 1 . Central limit theorem. Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions. Critical region. Bivariate frequency distribution. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments. Co-variance. Co-relation. Probability mass function and density function. Estimation of population parameters. Regression coefficients and lines of regression. Contingency table. Normal. x2 (Chisquare). distribution : Binomal. Test of the Goulners of fit and independence of attribute. 5) Analysis of variance. One. Large and Small samples : Test of significance for large samples. Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion. Discrete and continuous random variables. Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve.t test. Level of significance. Test of hypothesis. Yate’s correction.tailed and two-tailed tests. Baye’s theorem.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Four 200035 . Student’s distribution. F distribution. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions. F-test of significance of the difference between population variances. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples. 2) Probability. 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method.Engineering Mathematics V DETAILED SYLLABUS 1)Review of probability. 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. Test of significance for small samples : Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. Degree of freedom. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Sperman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients.

Class Diagram: Test Scenarios. Modeling Simple Collaboration Modeling.Object Oriented Analysis and Design DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Overview Of OOL.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307110. Methods. Interfaces. Problem Domain Classes. Mapping Events To Object.Analysis: Problem Analysis. Physical Databases. Object Modeling: Object. The Unified Approach Modeling. User Interface. Links. Subsystem Interface. Meta Types. Interfaces. Logical Database Schema. TOPICS FOR EXPERIMENT Use any UML/OOAD tool and do the following: 1 . Aggregation. Who Should Own The Attribute? Who Should Own The Operations? Process And Threads. Advantages Of Object Modeling. Refactoring. Refining The Model. Using Use Case Analysis. Deponent Diagram: Modeling Source Codes. Activity Diagram. Component. Coupling And Cohesion . Stress Testing. System Testing. State Chart Diagram. 3. Design: Architectural Design. Basic Object Modeling: Multiplicity. Object Classes. Behavioral Modeling. Deployment Diagram: Modeling In A C/S System. Association. Functional Models. Sequence Diagram: Modeling Scenarios. Recording Analysis. Scalability Testing. Distributed System And Embedded Systems. Modeling Workflow. Object Oriented Methodologies. Grouping Constructs. Identify Classes And Objects Of Real World Problems. Problems On Object Modeling. Discovering Attributes. Regression Testing. Classes. Why Modeling? Static And Dynamic Models. Inheritance. Constraints. Design Classes: Classes Visibility.

Ivar Jacobson. Testing. Component diagram. Example of Data Link Protocols: HDLC: High-Level Data Link Control.Use case diagram. Network Software. Communication Satellites. Collaboration diagram. Rambaugh. Timothy C. Tata McGrawHill References: Simon Benett. J. Wireless LANS. etal. Class diagram. Change management using MAKE/SCCS utility. ”The UML Users guide”. Cable Television. Robert Laganiere. Schach.Introduction: Network Applications. Debugging. “Object Oriented Analysis and Design”. The Data Link Layer In The Internet. The Medium Access Sub-layer: The Channel Allocation Problem. Wireless Transmission. Porting. “Object Oriented System Analysis and Design Using UML” McGrawHill. The Public Switched Telephone Network. Pearson Education. Sequence diagram. Rambaugh. BOOKS Text Books: Ali Bahrami. Sliding Window Protocols. The Mobile Telephone System. Stephen R. “Object Oriented System Development “. 1 . Use case realization. Lethbridge. Elementary Data Link Protocols. Activity diagram. Ethernet. “Object Oriented Modeling and Design” 1. Grady Booch. J. Network Hardware. “Object Oriented Software Engineering” McGrawHill. Andrew Haigh. Ray Farmer.. McGraw Hill. Multiple Access Protocols.Computer Network DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. “Object Oriented and Classical Software Engineering” Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307120. Steve McRobb. The Data Dink Layer: Data Link Layer Design Issues. The Physical Layer Guided Transmission Media. 1. Reference Models.

Addison Wesley 1. B. ”Computer Networks And Internets”. ATM Application Layer. Internet Multicasting. TCP: Introduction To TCP.Comer. Addison Wesley. Wireless TCP And UDP.F. SNMP.Keshay. Data Link Layer Switching.” Computer Networks”. W. The Network Layer In The Internet: The IP Protocol. ”TCP/IP Protocol Suit”. 4th edition. 2. “High Performance Communication Networks”. ”Computer Networks”. The TCP Service Model. ”Data and Computer Communication”. Routing Algorithms. PNNI Routing. The Exterior Gateway Routing Protocol: BGP.Richard Stevens. The Application Layer: DNS: The Domain name system. IP Addresses. Ipv6. Approach To Computer Networking”. Morgan Kaufmann. Leon-Garcia And Widjaja. Tata Mcgraw Hill S.S. Case study with Window2000/Linux Text Books: A. Morgan Kaufmann.Broadband Wireless.Ferouzan. “Communication Networks”. Blue Tooth. D. System Design For Better PERFORMANCE. The Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues. Kurose. The Transport Layer: The Transport Service. The Internet Transport Protocols: UDP. Addison Wesley. TCP Timer Management. Prentice Hall. Varaiya.3 “. “Computer Networking”. TCP Transmission Policy. Tata McGraw Hill 1 .Ferouzan. Electronic Mail. B. Tata McGraw Hill References: Peterson & Davie.”An Engg. TCP Congestion Control. ATM Signaling. 2nd Edition.”TCP/Ip Volume1. Elements Of Transport Protocols. FAST TPDU Processing. The TCP Protocol The TCP Segment Header.E.Tanenbaum. Internetworking. Modeling TCP Connection Management. Ross. Internet Control Protocols.F. Mobile IP. Quality Of Service. TCP Connection Establishment. Performance Issues: Measuring Network Performance. Transactional TCP. TCP Connection Release. Congestion Control Algorithms. ATM Network: ATM Layer. A Simple Transport Protocol. Protocols For Gigabit Networks. Prentice Hall Warland. The Interior Gateway Routing Protocol: OSPF.

Minimum mode & Maximum mode Operation. Study of bus controller 8288 & its use in maximum mode Connection. Procedures. Instruction Set in detail. 8086 Instruction Set & Programming: Addressing modes. Introduction to Microcomputer Systems: Introduction to Microprocessors & its evolution. Mixed language programming. buffering & latching circuits. System Timing diagrams for 8086. 8086 Hardware Design. 6. 1 . IEEE 488 GPIB. Data communication includes EIA RS-232C Standard. Timers. 8086 Interrupt System: 8086 Interrupt structure. 8087 Numeric Co-processor: 8087 NDP Architecture. Study of Programmable Timer 8254 & its modes. Memory System Design & I/O Interfacing: Interfacing SRAM. I/O Controllers for 8086 and Data communication: Study of 8255AH Programmable Peripheral Interface & its modes. Study of IOP 8089. Stacks.Microprocessors DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Memory Mapped I/O. ROM and DRAM to 8086. System clock (8284) & reset signal. Strings. I/O interfacing in 8086: Serial communication interface includes Synchronous & Asynchronous Protocols. its interaction with 8086. parallel communication Interface includes I/O Mapped I/O. Study of 8250 UART. Interface of Coprocessor (8087) to Host (8086). ALP for 8086-8087 systems. Case study of PC System Architecture of 8086/88 Family: Memory organization & Architecture of 8086 family. Stacks in 8087. Numeric Instruction Set. Address decoding & Timing Considerations. Device Drivers Programming.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307130. Macros. Counters & delay. types and applications: Study of Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259A & Interrupt Priority Management using 8259A. ALP. Handshaking Signals. Programming examples using DOS And BIOS Interrupts. Overview of 8086 Family. Data types & formats. DMA Concepts & transfer types: Study of DMA controller 8237. 7.

“Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”. PHI. Regular Expressions. Glenn A. Enumerable and Recursively Enumerable Languages. PHI. Church’s Hypothesis. “The 8086/8088 Family Architecture. K. Kleene’s Theorem. Unsolvable problems using TM.Undecidability: Undecidability and Halting problem. 1986. 2000. 2.1999. Bhurchandi. “IBM PC. References: 1. Peter Norton. John Uffenback. ”8086/8088 Interfacing. DFA. Unsolvable problems using CFG. Post Machine. Converting NFA to DFA. 4. Sixth Edition.Theoretical Computer Science DETAILED SYLLABUS Regular Sets And Automata Theory: Regular Sets. Greibach Theorem. “Microprocessors and Interfacing. Context Free Grammars And Push Down Automata: Context Free Grammars and Languages. Variations and Equivalence of TM. Yu-Cheng Liu. PDA for CFG. Study of Bus Arbiter 8289. Peter Able. 2003. Pumping Lemma. Programming and Design”. 1987. FSM. Multiprocessor Systems: 8086/88 based Multiprocessor systems. Universal Turing Machine. 1 . Second Edition. TM as Acceptors and Generators. K. Closure properties. 3. BOOKS Text Books: 1. PHI. Assembler Language Programming “. CNF and GNF. “The Intel Microprocessors”. Closure properties. Bus arbitration & control using 8289. Minimization of Automata and FSM. Myhill-Nerode theorem. Turing Machine: Construction of Turing Machine for problem solving. B. Grammars and Languages. M. Regular Grammars and Languages.PHI. BPB publication. Douglas Hall. Post Correspondence Problem. Second Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill. Parse Trees. A. Rice’s Theorem. 4. Brey. TM Languages. Programming and Design”. NFA.8. Decision problems. Push Down Automata. Tata McGraw Hill. Finite automata and Finite State Machines. Programming and Hardware”. Concept of Stack. Gibson. Moore and Mealy Machines. 2. Pumping Lemma. B. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307140. Study of Multiprocessor configurations. Assembly Language programming”. Ray. “IBM PC. Manuals from Intel.

1997.Hopcroft. “Introduction to the Theory of Computation”. Narosa. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 200020. Martin.3rd Edition.Ullman.C. Michael Sipser. J. TMH. Languages And Computation”.Presentation and Communication Techniques 2 . “Introduction To Languages and the Theory of Computation“. Peter Linz. “Introduction To Automata Theory.BOOKS Text Books: J. References: J.D.E. 2003. “Introduction Formal Languages and Automata“. Addison-Wesley. Thompson Learning.

Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307150. organizing and interpreting information. principles of Business correspondence. network programming. java. individual and group reports.DETAILED SYLLABUS Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels.. audience recognition. Technical Writing Skills: definition. formal and informal. Suggested programming style is object-oriented programming and languages may be C++. importance. Technical Proposals Presentation Skills Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books Recommended. upward and downward. 2 . system programming etc. Sharma Sangeetha Technical Communication:Oxford University Press . Report Writing: types. formal and informal reports. Problem solving assignment: This will be a mini group project to be completed within the Institute in a span of about 10 weeks. and use the appropriate skill set to design and implement the mini project. nonverbal.media. VC++.Computer Programming Lab DETAILED SYLLABUS Programming Assignments: Students will implement programs adhering to good programming practices. Student group should select any one stream area like database programming. sentences and paragraphs. Report Writing for Business:McGraw Hill 2 Meenakshi Raman. Problems selected should be able to use the selected programming style and language appropriately. 1 Lesikar and Petit. The assignments should be approximately 10 in number and to be completed in about 5 weeks.internal and external. qualities. . choosing words. defining objectives and scope.. qualities. multimedia programming. job application and resumes.

Compilers And Interpreters: Aspects of Compilation. Conditional Macro Expansion. Introduction to Data Formats. Memory Allocation: Run time storage organization. ANSI C Macro Language. Syntax Analysis. Recursive Macro Expansion. 7. Machine Independent and Machine Independent Code Optimization. Macro Parameters. Design of an Absolute Loader. Bootstrap Loaders. Static. Java Compiler and Environment. LL (1) Parsing. Assemblers: Basic Assembler Functions. Top-down and Bottom-up Parsing Techniques. LALR Parsing and Operator Precedence Parsing. Implementation Examples: MASM Macro Processor. Linkage Editors. Optimization of DFA Based Pattern Matchers. Relocation and Linking Concepts. Assembler Algorithm and Data Structures. 6. Design of a Linker. Loaders And Linkers: Basic Loader Functions. Implementation Examples: A Linker for MS-DOS. Compilation of Expressions and Control Structures. Registers and Addressing Modes for Traditional CISC Machines and RISC Machines. Implementation Examples: MASM Assembler and SPARC Assembler. Intermediate Code Generation.Addison-Wesley. Classification of Programming Language Grammars. Recursive Descent Parsing. Language Processor Development Tools.System Programming DETAILED SYLLABUS 1.D. Static and Dynamic Binding. YACC Compiler-Compiler. Nested Macro Calls. Design of Macro Preprocessors. Interpreters. “Graded Problems in Computer science “. Heap Storage and Garbage Compaction. Dynamic Linking. System Software And Machine Architecture: Introduction to Systems Programs. Dynamic.D. Design of Multi-pass Assemblers. Design of Single Pass Assembler. 2 .Language Processors: Fundamentals of Language Processing and Language Specification.Smith and P. Smith .Scanning And Parsing: Introduction to Regular Expressions and Finite State Automata. LEX and YACC. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307160. Macros And Macro Processors: Macro Definition and Expansion. Phases of Compilation: Lexical Analysis.References: A. Syntax Directed Translation.

2nd Revised Edition. UNIX SVR4 Scheduling.J Donovan. J. Real-Time Scheduling. Multiprocessor Scheduling. Tata McGraw Hill. UNIX SVR4 Process Management. Traditional UNIX Systems. Leland L. “Compilers Principles and Techniques”. shel. A. Programming Environments.S. Deadlock Avoidance. system calls. Concurrency. Process Scheduling: Objectives. “Systems Software”. Processes. Characteristics of Modern Operating Systems. Ullman. Dhamdhere “Systems Programming And Operating Systems”. Mutual Exclusion and Synchronization. An Integrated Deadlock Strategy. Operating System Objectives and Functions. layered structure vs monolithic structure of O.8.M. Pearson Education. Beck. Linux Scheduling. “Systems Programming”. Hardware Support. Windows 2000 Thread and SMP Management. SMP. Basic concepts. Concurrency. Process Control. Readers/Writers Problem. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307170. files. 2 . Monitors. Principles of Deadlock. Windows 2000 Overview. TMH. Message Passing. Windows 2000 Scheduling. context switching. Deadlock Prevention. Processes: Process Model. BOOKS Text Books: D. creation of processes. Editors.Operating Systems with UNIX DETAILED SYLLABUS Operating System Overview. Windows 2000 Concurrency Mechanisms. UNIX Concurrency Mechanisms. Deadlock and Starvation. Modern UNIX Systems. Ravi Sethi & J. 2002. Principles of Concurrency. Mutual Exclusion. Semaphores. Addison Wesley..V.Software Tools: Software Tools for Program Development. Threads. Symmetric Multiprocessing. Linux Process and Thread Management. PCB. References: 1. Process Description. Software Approaches. Process states. premptive vs non-premptive scheduling. Debug Monitors. User Interfaces. Dining Philosophers Problem. Mutual Exclusion.D. Aho. comparative assesment of different scheduling algorithms. Deadlock Detection. The history and evolution of Operating Systems. Processes and Threads. exit of processes.

Windows 2000 Memory Management. Windows 2000 I/O.. HTML: Introduction to Hypertext Markup Language. Disk Scheduling. working set model. process scheduling. Paging. “Operating Systems” Silbershatz. Case Studies: Unix. Peterson. “Operating Systems: Design and Implentation”. A. References: Tannenbaum. Telnet. TCP/IP.3. Word Wide Web. I/O Devices. I/O Buffering. I/O Management and Disk Scheduling. Anchors. Linux Memory Management. RAID. A. Virtual memory. Secondary Storage Management. Layered structure. Domain Name System (DNS). Backgrounds. Images. Prentice Hall. system calls for the file system. P. Protocols.. Organization of the I/O Function. implementation of processes. Windows NT. UNIX File Management. memory management policies. Overview. File Directories. interpretability BOOKS Text Books: William Stallings. Web page 2 .Web Technology DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Introduction to WEB Technology. Maurice J Bach.Memory Memory Management Requirements. Internal representation of files. “Modern Operating Systems” Milan Milenkovic. Mc Graw Hill Tannenbaum. page fault handling. UNIX SVR4 I/O. Segmentation. “Operating System”. “The Design of the Unix Operating system”. File Management. Windows 2000 File System.. UNIX and. Operating System Design Issues. page replacement algorithms. Uniform Resource Locator (URL). Design and implementation issues in paging and segmentation. “Operating System Concepts”. File Organization. Record Blocking. Electronic Mail (Email) File Transfer Protocol (FTP). Prentice Hall Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307180. Addison Wesley. J. Tags. Disk Cache.. Memory Partitioning. File Sharing. Galvin.

Video Display Devices: Refresh CRT. Input and Output Devices. Multimedia. Session. Volume I. CGI Scripting with Perl. Tom Negrino and Dori Smith. Incorporating JavaScript in HTML.”JavaScript for The World Wide Web”.”Java Servlet Programming”. Konrad King. Connectivity with databases. Solution. Color CRT monitor. Application with layers. Hyper linking. history. Dreamtech. Active Server Pages & Servlets: ASP Objects: Application. Raster scan display. Character Formatting. Request. Response. Tables. Bresenham’s algorithm.Web technology. Pearson education Steven Holzner.”Essential XML” David Whiteley. Rajiv Sharma. Types. JavaScript. Co-ordinate representation. JavaScript Forms. Control flow and functions. Frames. Lists.”HTML & Web Design”.3rd Edition. JavaScript objects.”Web Technologies”. Dynamic Web Pages: HTML/DHTML: Introduction to DHTML. String and Arrays. Basic Raster Graphics Algorithm for drawing 2-D primitives: Output Characteristics: Aspect ratio. Flat panel display. Applications: Electronics Commerce: An Introduction. TMH . Internet Banking BOOKS Text Books: Kriss Jamsa. Douglas E Comer. “HTML Black Book”. Achyut Godbole . Query Strings. Microsoft Commerce Solutions . location. Online Payment . Server. Using ActiveX Objects. e-shop. JavaScript expressions. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307190. PHI Jason Hunter & William Crawford.O’REILY. XML.Addison Wesley.”Developing e-commerce Site”.”Internetworking with TCP/IP”.”E-Commerce”. TMH 2. Java Servlets. Vivek Sharma. Color Control. Images. Alising and Anti-alising. Client-side Forms. Forms.Computer Graphics DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Application Areas. Circle Generation Algorithm: Midpoint circle 2 . Cookies. Cascading style sheet. Cookies. JSP. Line Drawing Algorithms: DDA algorithm. Forms.structure. TMH References: Box .

2002. 2002. “Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics“. Area Subdivision Method. Area filling: Scan line polygon filling algorithm. “Schaum’s Outlines Computer Graphics”. TMH. 3-D Transformation: Basic Transformations: translation. Ray Tracing. 2nd Edition. TMH Xiang and Plastok. Bezier Curves. Boundary fill algorithm. Line: CohenSutherland algorithm. Clipping: Point clipping. TMH 2 . Other Transformation: reflection and shear. Newman and Sproll. Depth Cueing. McGraw Hill Rogers. Hidden Surface Elimination Methods: Backface Detection. Phong shading. BOOKS Text Books: Donald Hearn and M. World co-ordinates. Liang Barsky clipping. 3-D Viewing and Clipping. 3-D Concepts: 3-D Display Methods: Parallel and Perspective projections. Other Transformation: Reflection and Shear. Curves: Spline Representation. Ellipse Generation Algorithm: Mid-point ellipse algorithm. Flood-fill algorithm. Scan Line Method. Basic Transformations: Translation. Mid-point Subdivision. Rotation and Scaling. B-spline. Harrington. Inside-outside test. Tata McGraw Hill. “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics “. Pauline Baker. 2002. “Computer Graphics”. Composite Transformation. References: Rogers and Adams. Light Shading: Illumination Model. rotation and scaling. 2-D Viewing and Clipping: Window to Viewport Co-ordinate Transformation. Gouraud shading. Halftoning. Low Price Edition.algorithm. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”. “Computer Graphics with C version “. Composite Transformation. Polygon: Sutherland Hodgman algorithm. 2nd Edition. 2nd Edition. Normalised device co-ordinates and Homogenous co-ordinates. Depth or Z-buffer Method. Shading: Constant Intensity shading. 2-D Geometric Transformation: Window and Viewport: Window and Viewport relationship. 1.

Parallel Query Evaluation. Multidimensional Data Model and OLAP.Object Relational and Extended Relational Databases: Database Design For An ORDBMS . Applications Of Data Warehousing and Data Mining 2 . Star Schemas. Type Hierarchies and Inheritance. An Overview of Client-Server Architecture 5. Super classes. Persistent Programming Languages. Type extents and Queries. Comparison Of RDBMS.Advance Database DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Specialization and Generalization. OODBMS Architecture And Storage Issues. Implementation Issues. Transactions and Concurrency controlExample of ODBMSs. Relationship Types of Degree Higher Than Two. Querying XML Data. Introduction To Data Mining. ORDBMS 4. Database Schema Design for OODBMS. Motivation for complex data types. The Semi structured Data Model. Query processing and Optimization.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307200. Implementation Issues for Extended Type . Object Identity. Clustering Approaches To Data Mining. Storage Of XML Data.Object-Oriented Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts. Subclasses. Databases On The Web And Semi structured Data Web Interfaces To The Web.Systems.Nested Relations and Collections. Distributed Database Concepts.The Extended Entity Relationship Model And Object Model: The ER model revisited. Data Fragmentation. Constraints and Characteristics of Specialization and Generalization. An Overview of SQL3. Mining For Rules. Parallelizing Individual Operations. Sorting. Introduction To Data Warehousing. XML Applications. Storage And Access methods. Object Structure. Indexes For Text Data 6. Inheritance. and Type Constructors. Query Processing in Distributed Databases. Overview Of XML. Structure Of XML Data. . Joins. and Persistence. Encapsulation of Operations. OODBMS. Methods. User Defined Abstract Data Types And Structured Types. OQL. Tree Methods. Replication. Concurrency Control and Recovery in Distributed Databases. Document Schema. 2. Complex Objects. and Allocation techniques for Distributed Database Design.O2 3.Parallel and Distributed Databases and Client-Server Architecture: Architectures For Parallel Databases. Data Warehousing and Data Mining.

7th Edition. Active Database Concepts. Pearson Education Raghu Ramakrishnan. Johannes Gehrke . Design. ”fundamentals of database systems “ . Peter Rob and Coronel. Fifth Edition. Addison Wesley 2 . Concepts and architecture. Deductive Databases and Query processing. BOOKS Text Books: Elmasri and Navathe.“ database management systems”. McGraw-Hill. Implementation and Management. Longman.Enhanced Data Models for Advanced Applications. Second Edition.J. Mobile Databases. Geographic Information Systems. Sudarshan .Thomson Learning.”Database systems. McGraw-Hill References: Korth. 4th Edition .”Database System Concepts”.Date. ”Introduction To Database Systems”. Silberchatz.7.. Temporal Database Concepts. Spatial Databases. C. 4th Edition.

Programme: B Tech (Computer Engineering) Semester VII Course Course Title Code 307210 307220 307230 307240 Advanced microprocessors Intelligent Systems Digital Signal Processing Software Engineering Elective-I Total L 4 4 4 4 4 20 Contact hours P / Total T 2 2 2 2 2 10 6 6 6 6 6 30 Cr Evaluation Weightage 10 10 10 10 10 50 TWA 15 15 15 15 15 MST 15 15 15 15 15 ESE 70 70 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 Elective .I Course Code 407010 407020 407030 407040 407050 Course Title L 4 4 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 407060 Image Processing Pattern Recognition Mobile Computing Embedded Systems Computer Simulation and Modeling Advanced Computer Networks 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 Semester VIII 307250 System Security 307260 Distributed Computing 307270 Multimedia Systems Elective-II Total 4 4 4 4 16 2 2 2 2 8 6 6 6 6 24 10 10 10 10 50 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 2 .

The project shall carry 08 credits. Course No. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). 2 .Elective II Course Code 407110 407120 407130 407140 Course Title L 4 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 407150 407160 Robotics Computer Vision Parallel Processing Data Warehousing and Mining Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems Software Testing 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 Project: Sr. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. interest. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 407900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester.

Daniel Tabak. Bus operation. Pentium IV. AGP. SPARC Implementations & Applications. Branch Prediction Logic. Cache Organizations. 4. McGraw-Hill. Tom Shanley. Study of Pentium Family of Processors: Pentium I. Pentium V: Architectural features. Register Set & special Instructions. VESA. ATA. USB. PCI. Barry Brey . Standard for Bus Architecture and Ports: EISA. 6. RAID 7. “Advanced Microprocessors”. Architecture. 2 . The Super SPARC. SCSI. Alpha AXP Implementations & Applications. LPT. ATAPI. Overview of new generation of modern microprocessors. Addison Wesley Press. PCMCIA Cards & Slots. “Pentium Processor System Architecture”. 2. Pentium II. Advanced RISC Microprocessors: Overview of RISC Development and current systems. Comparative study. 5. Advanced Intel Microprocessors: Protected Mode operation of x86 Intel Family. Memory Management. Study of Sun SPARC Family: SPARC Architecture. Alpha AXP Architecture. Programming and Interfacing” 3. Study of Pentium: Super-Scalar architecture & Pipelining. 2. 3. Pre-requisite: Microprocessors DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Pentium III. “The Intel Microprocessors. System Architectures for Desktop and Server based systems: Study of memory subsystems and I/O subsystems. Integration issues BOOKS Text Books: 1.(307210) ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS Objective: To study microprocessor basics and the fundamental principles of architecture related to advanced microprocessors.

General ontology 6. Application of ANN. (307220) INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS Objectives: To understand and apply principles. Interfacing First Order Logic: Interface rules involving quantifiers. Artificial Intelligence: An overview. Reasoning. TMH Publication. Programming Languages. Learning in neural and belief networks: Introduction to neural networks. Representation. 4. Inference in belief networks 9. Structure of intelligent agents. Ray and Bhurchandi. TMH James Antonakos. Intel Manuals. “The Pentium Microprocessor”. Reinforcement learning: Passive learning in a known environment. Hierarchical decomposition. Knowledge engineering. Multilayer feed-forward network. Genetic algorithms 10. The wumpus world environment. Pearson Education. 2. Prerequisite: Data Structures. Uncertain Knowledge and Reasoning: Uncertainty. “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”. Acting Logically: Planning. Generalization in reinforcement learning. Badri Ram. Environments 3. Inductive learning. Problem Solving: Solving problems by searching. Intelligent Agents: How agent should act. “Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing”. 2.References: 1. Game playing 4. Informed search methods. Practical planning: Practical planners. Forward and backward chaining. An example proof. Representing knowledge in an uncertain domain. Perceptrons. methodologies and techniques in design and implementation of intelligent system. Extensions and Notational variation. learning decision trees. The semantics of belief networks. Conditional planning 8. Types of communicating 2 . Intelligent Systems: Evolution of the concept. Using first order logic 5. Completeness 7. Proportional logic. First order logic: Syntax and Semantics. 3. Agents that Communicate: Communication as action. Knowledge and Reasoning: A knowledge based agent. Logic. and Algorithms DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Learning: Learning from observations: General model of learning agents. Building a Knowledge Base: Properties of good and bad knowledge base.

“Artificial Intelligence : Theory and Practice” Proceedings of the International Conference KBCS-2002. Sasikumar and Others. TMH Patrick Winston. Pre-requisites: Nil 2 . “Artificial Intelligence: A New Synthesis”. and noninvasive medical imaging. “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach” 2. 6. echo cancellations in communication systems. 4. Expert system shells. “Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems” Ed. Explanation. image Enhancement.Luger. “Artificial Intelligence”. Applications: Natural language processing. Pearson Education Efraim Turban Jay E.agents. Nils J. System Transforms and Filters. M. 2. 3. A formal grammar for a subset of English 11. Nillson. Knowledge acquisition 12. Representing and using domain knowledge. Expert system: Introduction to expert system.Aronson. Vikas Publishing House (307230) DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Objective: Digital Signal Processing continues to play an increasingly important role in the fields that range literally from A (astronomy) to Z (zeugmatography. or magnetic resonance imaging) and encompass applications such as Compact Disc player. Perception. “Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving”. This course aims to build concepts regarding the fundamental principles and applications of Signals. geophysical exploration. George F. Pearson Education Ivan Brakto. Speech Recognition. Robotics BOOKS Text Books: 1. Struart Russell and Peter Norvig. Pearson Education References: 1. 5. Harcourt Asia Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight. “Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence”. “Artificial Intelligence”.

Pearson Education. Z-Transform: Definition and Properties of Z-transform. Frequency analysis of signals using DFT.DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 5. Properties of DFT. “Digital Signal Processing”. Quantisation effects in the computation of DFT 5. 4. FFT algorithm. Implementation of discrete-time systems. Applications : Image processing. “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing”. “Discrete Time Signal Processing” References: 1. John Wiley. Jervis. Discrete-time systems described by differential equations. Structure of IIR systems. Analog Devices. TMH. Discrete–time systems. Design of Digital Filters: Design of FIR filters. Ashok Ambardar. Goertzel algorithm. L. J. 3. Introduction to DSP co-processors: TMS 320C40/50. Design of FIR filters using windows. T.G. Speech. Implementation of Discrete Time Systems: Structure of FIR systems. Frequency domain characteristics of LTI systems. PHI 2. Thompson Learning. Discrete Time Signals & System: Discrete–time signals. quantization of filter coefficients. TMH. Inverse systems and deconvolution 4. Design of IIR filters from analog filters. Inverse Z-transform. Telecommunication BOOKS Text Books: 1.” Fundamentals Of Digital Signal Processing”. 8. Discrete Fourier Transform: Frequency domain sampling. one-sided Z-transform. “Digital Signal Processing”. LTI system as a frequency selective filter. B. Audio. Ifeachor.J. and Linear phase filters. 6.C. Control.W. Applications of FFT. Frequency Analysis of Signals and Systems: Frequency analysis: Continuous time signals and Discrete-time signals. Properties of FIR digital filters. Cavicchi. S Sallivahanan. Correlation of discrete-time systems 2. Comparison of IIR and FIR filters. Rational Z-transforms. Linear filtering method based on DFT. John Wiley. frequency transformations.K. 7. “Analog and Digital Signal Processing”. 2. Properties of the Fourier transform for discrete-time signals. Proakis. “Digital Signal Processing”. round-off effects in digital filters 6. Design of digital filters based on least-squares method digital filters from analogue filters. “Digital Signal Processing”. 2 . Oppenhiem and Schaffer. S. Ludeman.C. E. Analysis of LTI systems in Z-domain 3. Mitra. Analysis of discrete-time LTI systems.

4. Risk refinement. Relationship between people and effort. Software quality assurance. Product and process. 7. Metrics for software quality. Project plan. Product: Evolving role of software. Defining a task set for the software project.(307240) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Objectives: Apply various software Engineering principles and methodologies while dealing with the various phases of software development. 2. Software Project Planning: Objectives. 12. Identification of objects in the software configuration. Formal approaches to SQA. Software scope. Software reviews. product engineering. Analysis Concepts and Principles: Requirement Analysis. Analysis Modeling: Introduction. Resources. Process: Software Process. Specification. Risk identification. Pre-requisite: Programming concepts. Prototyping model. RMMM plan. Change control. Linear sequential model. Earned value network. Configuration audit. Software prototyping. Selecting software Engineering tasks. SCM standards. Risk Analysis and Management: Reactive versus proactive risk strategies. SQA plan. System engineering hierarchy. Process. Requirements engineering. W5HH principle. 8. 11. Component-based development. Risk mitigation-monitoringmanagement. 2 . Elements of analysis model. Product. Mistake-proofing for software. Refinement of major tasks. Process Models. Analysis principles. Automated estimation tools. Quality Movement. Scheduling. Safety risks and hazards. Software measurement. Establishing a software metrics program. Formal methods model. Statistical software quality assurance. Requirement elicitation for software. Decomposition techniques. Metrics in the process and project domains. RAD model. Project. 5. Software Characteristics. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. ISO 9000 quality standards. 9. Statistical quality control. Error tracking. Formal technical reviews. Software reliability. System modeling. Project Scheduling and Tracking: Basic concepts. Business process engineering. Integrating metrics within the software engineering process. Metrics for small organizations. Software Applications. Software risks. Software Process and Project Metrics: Measures-Metrics-Indicators. Empirical estimation models. 3. Project Management: Management spectrum. Version control. Defining a task network. Fourth generation techniques. People. Software myths. 10. Risk projection. System Engineering: Computer-based systems. Process technology. SCM process. Software Quality Assurance: Quality concepts. Software project estimation. Evolutionary software models. Status reporting. Data modeling. Software Configuration Management: Introduction. Make/Buy decision. 6.

White-box testing. Design principles. “Software Engineering An Engineering Approach”. Pearson Education. L. Narosa. “Software Engineering”. R. Mapping requirements into a software architecture. W. Design concepts. Transaction mapping. BOOKS Text Books: 1. 17. architectures and applications. 19. McGraw Hill. Technical Metrics for Software: Software quality. “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”. James Peter. Design model. Architectural styles. J. 15. S. Software Testing Strategies: Strategic approach to software testing. Behferooz & F. Behavioral modeling. Transform mapping. TMH. Metrics for maintenance. Mall. 16. “Software Engineering”. Effective modular design. Software Testing Techniques: Software testing fundamentals. References: 1. Comparison of design notation. User Interface Design: The golden rules. “Software Engineering Theory and Practice”. Design heuristics for effective modularity. Interface design activities. Data design. System testing. 4. Strategic issues. framework for technical software metrics. Task analysis and modeling. Component-Level Design: Structured programming. John Wiley 3. Implementation tools. Pfleeger. Integration testing. Metrics for the analysis model. Design evaluation. 14. Roger Pressman. Analyzing alternative architectural designs. Metrics for source code. Unit testing. Jawadekar. 2. Design process. 2. Basis path testing. Refining architectural design. Ian Sommerville. Pearson Education 2 . Metrics for the design model. “An Integrated Approach To Software Engineering “. 3. Testing for specialized environments. Prentice Hall of India A.Functional modeling and information flow. Design documentation. 18. “Software Engineering”. Metrics for testing. Other classical analysis methods. User interface design. Architectural Design: Software architecture. Pankaj Jalote. Hudson. Control structure testing. Design Concepts and Principles: Software design and software engineering. Test case design. Validation testing. Oxford University Press 5. 13. Mechanics of structured analysis. Black-box testing. Data dictionary.S. Art of debugging. “Software Engineering Fundamentals”. Fifth Edition.

Redundancies: Coding. Pre-requisites: Digital Signal Processing. Histogram processing. Region based segmentation 9.(407010) IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Digital Image Processing is a rapidly evolving field with growing applications in science and engineering. Image formation in the human eye. Image Representation and Description: Representation schemes. Basic relationships between pixels 2. Properties of 2-D DFT. Fidelity criteria. & Computer Graphics DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Psychovisual. Processing. Image sensing and acquisition. Morphological algorithm operations on gray-scale images 8. Morphological algorithm operations on binary images. Video compression standards. Edge linking and Boundary detection. Morphological Image Processing: Introduction. Boundary 2 . Image Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities. Wavelet transforms in two dimensions 6. Display. Haar transform. Series expansion. 3. There is an abundance of image processing applications that can serve mankind with the available and anticipated technology in the near future. Storage. Structure of human eye. Hit-or-Miss transformation. Discrete wavelet transforms in one dimensions. Error free compression. Communication. Arithmetic and logic operations. Fast wavelet transform. IFFT. Image Data Compression: Fundamentals. Image Enhancement in the Frequency Domain: Frequency domain filters: Smoothing and Sharpening filters. Image compression standards: Binary image and Continuous tone still image compression standards. Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Gray level transformations. Image Transforms (Implementation): Introduction to Fourier transform. Image processing holds the possibility of developing the ultimate machine that could perform the visual functions of all living beings. Image sampling and quantization. Wavelets and Multiresolution Processing: Image pyramids. Optimum transform: Karhunen . Scaling functions. Erosion. Subband coding. Digital Image Processing Systems: Introduction. Thresholding. Lossy compression. Walsh transform. Discrete cosine transform. Hadamard transform. Smoothing and sharpening filters 4. Closing. Slant transform. DFT and 2D DFT. 7. Image compression models. FFT. Spatial filtering: Introduction. Interpixel.Loeve (Hotelling) transform. Brightness adaptation and discrimination. Opening. Homomorphic filtering 5. Wavelet functions. Dilation.

Second Edition. such as engineering system design. Learning and Adaptation 2 . PHI. John Wiley 3. economics. manufacturing. Analysis.E. image processing.Woods. Pre-requisite: Linear Algebra. Design cycle. Pattern recognition systems. Anil K. R.Vaclav Hlavac. Rao. Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. N Ahmed & K. “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”.Jain. Pearson Education 2. Dutta Majumder. Chanda. “Image Processing. “Orthogonal Transforms for Digital Signal Processing” Springer 3. “Digital Image Processing”. Regional descriptors BOOKS Text Books: 1. “Fundamentals of Image Processing”.C. Introduction: Machine perception. to be utilized for problem-solving in a wide variety of applications. Milan Sonka. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 2.Gonsales R. PHI References: 1. technical and medical diagnostics.R. B. psychology. D. Roger Boyle. (407020) PATTERN RECOGNITION (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: This course teaches the fundamentals of techniques for classifying multidimensional data. William Pratt. “Digital Image Processing”.descriptors.

Discriminant functions for normal density. Hart. Ho-Kashyap procedures. Indeed. Normal density. Duda. Classifiers. and Stock. Maximum-Likelihood and Bayesian Parameter Estimation: Maximum likelihood estimation. Nonparametric Techniques: Density estimation. Algorithm Independent Machine Learning: Lack of inherent superiority of any classifier. Resampling for estimating statistic. Gramatical methods. Bayesian Decision Theory: Bayesian decision theory: Continuous features. Non-separable behavior. Multicategory generalizations 6. Prolems of dimentionality. Hierarchical clustering 9. Relaxation procedure. John Wiley and Sons. Nearest-Neighbor rule. “Pattern Classification”. Minimumerror rate classification. ID3. Johnsonbaugh and Jost. Linear Discriminants Functions: Linear discriminant functions and decision surfaces. Bayesian estimation. classification. Minimum squared error procedure. Bias and Variance. PHI (407030) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Recent developments in portable devices and high-bandwidth.2. CART. it is widely predicted that 2 . kn-NearestNeighbor estimation. Unsupervised Learning and Clustering: Mixture densities and Identifiability. Resampling for classifier design. Combining classifiers 8. Hidden Markov Model 4. Unsupervised Bayesian learning. 2-Category linearly separable case. C4. ubiquitous wireless networks has made mobile computing a reality. Applications of Pattern Recognition BOOKS Text Books: 1. Maximum-Likelihood estimations. 2. Data description and clustering criterion function for clustering. “Pattern Recognition and Image analysis”. Gose. Nonmetric Methods: Decision tree. Minimising the Perceptron criterion function.5. Gramatical interfaces 7. Bayes Decision theory: discrete features 3. Discriminant functions and Decision surfaces. Bayesian parameter estimation: Gaussian caseand General theory. Matrics and Nearest-Neighbor classification 5. Parzen windows. Generalised linear discriminant functions. Estimating and comparing classifiers. Application to normal mixtures.

Wireless Transmission: Frequency for radio transmission. Protocols. Near and Far terminals. Ad hoc networks: Routing. CDMA: Spread Aloha multiple access. Polling. Mobile Network Layer: Mobile IP: Goals. Destination sequence distance vector. IEEE 802. current developments in mobile communication systems and wireless computer networks. Agent advertisement and discovery. Modulation. Bluetooth: User scenarios. IP packet delivery. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Demand assigned multiple access. Medium access control layer.within the next few years’ access to Internet services will be primarily from wireless devices. Broadcast Systems: Overview. Physical layer. TETRA. Channel access control. Handover. Mobile TCP.This course will help in understanding fundamental concepts. Carrier sense multiple access. Reservation TDMA. PRMA packet reservation multiple access. Signals. Physical layer.11: System architecture. Alternative metrics 10. System architecture. Selective retransmission. 8. Introduction: Applications. Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP: Congestion control. Radio interface. Radio access layer: Requirements. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. 3. Procedures and Entities. Infrastructure and Ad hoc Networks. FDMA. BRAN. Cellular systems. Registration. A short history of wireless communication 2. Indirect TCP. Examples 6. UMTS and IMT-2000: UMTS Basic architecture. Sublayer. MAC layer. Handover. LEO. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks. Link management. Security. Applications. Functions: Wireless mobile terminal side. Dynamic source routing. Protocol architecture. Addressing. Slow start. MEO. Access point control protocol 9. Wireless ATM working group. UTRA FDD mode. Mobile quality of service. Handover scenarios. Networking. Wireless LAN: Infrared vs. Radio transmission. DECT: System architecture. Security. Implications on mobility. Classical Aloha. Basics: GEO. Generic reference model. Cyclic repetition of data. Multiple access with collision avoidance. Hierarchical algorithms. SDMA. Tunneling and Encapsulation . Localization And Calling. Future development. Reference model: Example configurations. Information bases And Networking. Location management: Requirements for location management. Such predictions are based on the huge growth in the wireless phone market and the success of wireless data services. TDMA: Fixed TDM. Wireless ATM: Motivation for WATM. Entities and Terminology. Satellite Systems: History. Forward handover. Antennas. Digital audio broadcasting: Multimedia object transfer protocol. with desktop browsing the exception. Transaction oriented TCP 2 . Telecommunication Systems: GSM: Mobile services. Mobility supporting network side. Reverse tunneling. Slotted Aloha. assumptions and requirements. Handover requirements. UTRA TDD mode 5. Handover: Handover reference model. Spread spectrum. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. Digital video broadcasting 7. Localization. Signal propagation. Snooping TCP. HIPERLAN: Protocol architecture. Transmission/time-out freezing. Backward handover. Inhibit sense multiple access. New data services. Routing. 4. Optimizations. Medium Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC: Hidden and Exposed terminals. Multiplexing. Dynamic host configuration protocol. Ipv6. Physical layer. Medium access control Sublayer. WATM services. Types of handover. Protocol architecture. MAC management.

Wireless datagram protocol. Introduction to design technology 2 . The aim of this course is to make the students aware of the various applications of embedded systems. It introduces unified view of hardware and software. P. YI Bing Lin . John Wiley 3. World Wide Web: Hypertext transfer protocol. Nicopolitidis . Jochen Schiller. Challenges and issues related to embedded software development. Wireless telephony application. WML script. Support for Mobility: File systems: Consistency. Mobile databases. “Wireless Communications and Networks” References : 1. Wireless markup language. Introduction to IC technology. Richharia . Hardware/Software co-design. Hypertext markup language. “Wireless Networks”. Examples. An overview of embedded systems: Introduction to embedded systems. This course deals with various approaches to building embedded systems. Wireless application environment. “Mobile Satellite Communication: Principles and Trends”. “Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures”. Pearson Education 2. P. “Wireless Communications Principals and Practices” 2. K Pahlavan. Mobile agents BOOKS Text Books: 1. “Principles of Wireless Networks” 5. Wiiliam Stallings. Wireless session protocol. System architectures.11. John Wiley 4. Addison wisely . Some approaches that might help wireless access. Wireless transport layer security. Rappaort. Examples Stacks with Wap. Pre-requisites: Microprocessors and C Programming DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Categories and requirements of embedded systems. Wireless application protocol: Architecture. M. Wireless transaction protocol. Pearson Education (407040) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Embedded system tools and products are evolving rapidly. “Mobile communications”. Krishnamurthy .

Parallel I/O ports. keypads and display units. Myke Predko. Serial communication interface. “Embedded C Programming and the Atmel AVR ". Tony Givargis. Models and languages for embedded software. “An Embedded Software Primer ".2. Reset and interrupt . TMH 2 . Implementation of above concepts using C language 6. Scheduling paradigms. Study of C compilers and IDE. Network Router. Thomson Learning 5. John Wiley 2. Serial communication. Standard I/O functions. Raj Kamal. RTLinux BOOKS Text Books: 1. Embedded Software development: Concepts of concurrency. “Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction". Daniel Lewis. Scheduling algorithms. Parallel port interfacing with switches. Interfacing of controllers. Preprocessor directives. Cox. Various methods of interfacing. Networking. Hardware for embedded systems: Various interface standards. processes. O’Cull. threads. Embedded C Language: Real time methods. Barnett. “The 8051Microcontroller and Embedded Systems". Case studies and Applications of embedded systems: Applications to: Communication. Pearson Education. Parallel I/O interface. “Embedded Systems”. mutual exclusion and inter-process communication. Memory and high speed interfacing. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi. Introduction to RTOS. Basic design using RTOS 3. Mixing C and Assembly. 4. Process Control. Synchronous approach to embedded system design. Memory. “Fundamentals of Embedded Software”. Implementation of above concepts using C language 5. “Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller”. David E. Blind counting synchronization and Gadfly Busy waiting. TMH 2. Programming the target device 4. functions. Pearson Education 3. Pearson Education References: 1. Analog interfaces. Case Studies of: Digital Camera. Pearson Education 3. Simon. Database. Study of ATMEL RISC Processor: Architecture. Timers/Counters. Frank Vahid. Interfacing of data acquisition systems. “Embedded Linux". Implementation of above concepts using C language. Craig Hollabaugh.

(407050) COMPUTER SIMULATION AND MODELING (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: In the last five decades digital computer simulation has developed from infancy to a full-fledged discipline. The field of modeling and simulation is as diverse as of man. Type of systems. Stochastic nature of output data. Identifying the Distribution of data. 3. Long run measures of performance of Queueing systems. Output analysis for steady state simulation 12. Verification and Validation of Simulation Model: Model building. Convolution method. Measure of performance and their estimation. Multivariate and Time series input models. Empirical distribution. 7. 5. Verification of simulation models. Continuous distribution. Introduction to Simulation: System and System environment. Queueing notations. Simulation Examples: Simulation of Queueing systems. General-purpose simulation packages. Parameter estimation. Trends in simulation software. Steady state behavior finite population model. 10. Goodness of fit tests. Advantages and Disadvantages of simulation. Statistical Models in Simulation: Useful statistical model. 11. List processing. Tests for random numbers. 2. Other examples of simulation. This course gives a comprehensive and state of art treatment of all the important aspects of a simulation study. General Principles: Concepts of discrete event simulation. The application of simulation continues to expand. Steady state behavior of infinite population Markovian models. Random Number Generation: Properties of random numbers. Input Modeling: Data Collection. Discrete distribution. Output analysis of terminating simulators. Poisson process. simulation software. 6. Acceptance rejection techniques 9. Type of models. Object oriented simulation. model verification and validation. Random Variate Generation: Inverse transform technique. and Validation. Queueing Models: Characteristics of Queueing systems. 8. Verification. Simulation Software: History of simulation software. Steps in simulation study. Pre-Requisite: Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Network of Queues. Output Analysis for a Single Model: Types of simulations with respect to output analysis. Comparison and Evaluation of Alternative System Design: Comparison of two 2 . including modeling. input modeling. Generation of pseudo random numbers. Calibration and Validation of models. Components of system. Techniques for generating random numbers. 4. Desirable software features. Selection input model without data. both in terms of extent to which simulation is used and the range of applications.

Simulation of pert network BOOKS Text Books: 1. are to be considered. Jerry Banks. (407060) ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: In first part. Simulation Programming. Donald W. W David Kelton. PHI 4. For example he should able to consider different constraints and assume suitable data and solve the problems. “System Simulation with Digital Computer”. Simulation of super market. W. McGRAW-HILL References: 1. Barry Nelson.system design. PHI 2. Drivers. David Kelton. “System Simulation”. David Nicol. Not just SOCKETS but also protocols. In third part we should study Network Design. Protocols designs and analysis considering deterministic and non-deterministic approach. Averill Law. Narsing Deo. Meta modeling. “Theory of Modeling and Simulation”. Randall Sadowski. 13. Tag Gon Kim. Pre-requisites: Computer networks 2 . Comparison of several system design. Geffery Gordon. Herbert Praehofer. Case Studies: Simulation of manufacturing systems. Body. Second part Network programming is to be studied. Academic Press 3. Advanced technologies like High speed Devices etc. Academic Press Harcourt India 5. “System Analysis and Modeling”. Bernard Zeigler. John Carson. Optimization via simulation. Simulation of computer systems. “Discrete Event System Simulation” 2. “Simulation Modeling and Analysis”. We expect natural thinking from student. “Simulation with Arena”. Deborah Sadowski. McGRAW-HILL.

B-ISDN protocol reference model. Transport layer. Common WAN Protocol: ATM: Many faces of ATM. Requirements Definition: User requirements. Air Access Technologies. Access network capacity. Design tool. Categories of tools. Addressing and Traffic control. AAL Protocol model. ATM protocol operation (ATM cell and Transmission). X. SMDS and IEEE 802. 7. Connectivity. Application performance needs. Theory of operations. Application layer. 3. ATM layer (Protocol model). Dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM). Fiber Access Technologies. User connectivity.. Subscriber Interface and Access protocol. Accessing the Network. Common Protocols and Interfaces in the LAN environment: Data link layers protocols. Public network service selection. Traffic and Congestion control defined. Physical Layer Protocols and Access Technologies: Physical Layer Protocols and Interfaces. Sub-DS3 ATM. Time and Delay considerations. 10. Performance and Design considerations.75 Internetworking protocol. Understanding the standards and their maker: Creating standards: players and Process. TCP/IP suite.DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Availability. 5. Advantages and disadvantages of FR. Network layer functions. Budget constraints. High speed LAN protocols comparisons. Traffic characteristics. Traffic contract and QoS. Service aspects. Management plane.6. Technology Comparisons: Circuits-message-packet and cell switching methods. Data Communications: Business Drivers and Networking Directions : Data communication Past and future. 6. Ethernet. Network capacities. 12. network topology and hardware. Addressing and routing design. completing the access network design. Protocols. Theory of Operation. 13. ATM networking basics. Introduction to Transmission Technologies: Hardware selection in the design process. ATM public services. Business aspects of Packet-Frame and cell switching services. 2. LLC and MAC sub layer protocol. Switching in the LAN environment. Private verses public networking. Copper access technologies. Designing for peaks. Components of design projects. 11. Delay or Latency. Creating the traffic matrix. Standard protocols. Standard computer architectures. Generic packet switching network characteristics. Traffic sizing. Traditional Traffic engineering. Capacity planning and Network vision. VoFR: Performance and Design considerations. Queued data and packet switched traffic modeling. Reliability and Maintainability. Types of design projects. ATM layer and cell (Definition). Common Protocols and Interfaces in the Upper Layers(TCP/IP): Background (Routing protocols). Traffic descriptors and parameters. Traffic engineering basics (Traffic characteristics). Topologies. 2 . 15. 8. Mature Packet Switched Protocol: ITU Recommendation X. Bridge protocols. 4. Token Bus and FDDI. Classes of design tool. Access Network Design: Network design layers. Traffic Engineering and Capacity planning: Background (Throughput calculations) . Access layer design. User plane overview. Cable Access Technologies. PHY layer. Optical Networking: SONET/SDH standards. Layered reference models: The OSIRM. Network layer (Internetwork layer). Availability and reliability. 9. Current forums. Network performance modeling. 14. Token Ring.25. Backbone Network Design: Backbone requirements. Control plane AAL. switched multimegabit data service (SMDS). Frame Relay: FR specification and design. Packet switching service aspects.

“Data Networks”. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Cipher Techniques: Problems. W. Public key Cryptography. Key Management: Key exchange. Cryptographic checksum. Stevens. Y. Darren L Spohn. RC4. Varaiya. James D. Understand what puts you at a risk and how to control it. Digital signature. Viruses and other malicious code. 3. Akhtar. Key generation. Pearson Education 2. Cryptography: Basic Cryptography: Classical Cryptosystems. Computer criminals. A. R. Storing and revoking keys. “High Performance Communication Networks”. Oxford 4. 6. Method of defense 2. Tanenbaum. “Computer Networks”.Topologies strategies. PHI References: 1. Attacks. Controls against program threats 2 . ( 307250) SYSTEM SECURITY Objectives of the course: Learn about the threats in computer security. Introduction: Security. “Data Network Design”. Gallager. Morgan Kaufmann 3.S. DES.Walrand. Hash algorithm. Tuning the network. McCabe . Controlling a risk is not eliminating the risk but to bring it to a tolerable level. “Practical Computer Analysis and Design”. Bertsekas. Vol. D. Stream and block ciphers: AES. Harcourt Asia. Harcourt Asia. Targeted malicious code. Non-malicious program errors. S. “Unix Network Programming”. TMH 2.R. Zheng. J. Program Security: Secure programs. Peterson & Davie.1. P. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. “Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers”. Cryptographic key infrastructure. “Computer Networks” 5. Operating system. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks.

Pfleeger. Speciner. Case studies of ethics Books Text Books: 1. Risk analysis. Proposals for multilevel security 6. Memory address protection. Authentication: Authentication basics. Stallings. Software failures. Reliability and integrity. L. Secure e-mail. Organizational security policies. Challenge-response. Pearson Education 5. C. “Security in Computing”. Database Security: Security requirements. “Principles of information security”.4. Sensitive data. “Java network security “. Network security control. “Cryptography And Network Security: Principles and practice” 2. Multilevel database. “Applied Cryptography”. Whitman. “Computer Security: Art and Science”. Operating System Security: Protected objects and methods of protection. “Network Security” 2. Ethical issues in computer society. TMH 3. Networks and cryptography. References : 1. Physical security. Pfleeger. Thomson 2 . Matt Bishop. 5. Macro Pistoia. Privacy. Interface. “Network Security : A Beginner’s Guide”. Firewalls. Legal. and S. Information and law. Eric Maiwald. IPsec 7. 4. SSL. Privacy. Mattord. 3. Intrusion detection systems. Control of access to general objects. Password. Kaufman. Pearson Education. and Ethical Issues in Computer Security: Protecting programs and data. Rights of employees and employers. John Wiley. Administrating Security: Security planning. File protection mechanism. Security in Networks: Threats in networks. Computer crime. Example protocols: PEM. Pearson Education. Bruce Schneier. P. Perlman. 8. Biometrics.

and T. Distributed commit. Singhal. and Globe. Code Migration. Distributed transactions. Introduction to Distributed System: Goals. Case Study: CORBA. Globe. Pearson Education References: 1. N. Process resilience. 2. Clients. Distributed File System: Sun network file system. Communication: Layered protocols. “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”. Servers. G. Remote object invocation. 6. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Comparison of CORBA. Security: Introduction. Consistency and Replication: Introduction. Dollimore. Data centric consistency models. “Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms” 2. Synchronization: Clock synchronization. 10. Software concepts. Shivaratri. The design issues and distributed operating system concepts are covered. Recovery. CODA files system. Kindberg. Locating mobile entities. Taunenbaum. Distribution protocols. 4. 8. 7. Examples of distributed systems. Distributed COM. Naming: Naming entities. Reliable client server communication. Logical clocks. Reliable group communication. “Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design”. J. Election algorithms. Hardware concepts. and Client-Server model. Stream-oriented communication. Software agent. 5. Message-oriented communication. DCOM. A.(307260) DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING Objective: This course aims to build concepts regarding the fundamental principles of distributed systems. Coulouris. Pre-requisites: Operating Systems and Computer Networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Access control. TMH 2 . Remote procedures call. Client centric consistency models. Removing un-referenced entities. Mutual exclusion. Secure channels. Fault Tolerance: Introduction. Processes: Threads. Security management. Consistency protocols. 3. M. 9. Global state.

Pen input. Audio compression. RSVP 7. Multimedia archives and digital libraries 8. defining objects for multimedia systems. Organizing multimedia databases. Color. Students learn the issues involved in capturing. searching. Virtual reality design. Multimedia data interface standards 2. Hyper media message components. AVI. MIDI. Computer Networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. compressing. Still video image compression. User interface design. Printout technology. Multimedia Systems Introduction: Multimedia application. RIFF. Creating hypermedia messages. manipulating. TIFF. and intelligently integrate multiple media on computers. Hyper Media Messaging: Mobile messaging. Multimedia Input/Output Technologies: Key technologies issues. Full motion video 4. information access. JPEG. Distributed object models 6. and retrieving various kinds of continuous media in the text section. Video image compression. Scheduling and policing mechanisms. Image scanners. Data and File Format Standards: Rich text format. Multimedia Networking: Multimedia networking applications. Pre-requisites: Operating Systems. Content based navigation. Object display/playback issues 9. 2 . Television. Videoon-demand. MPEG 3. application workflow design issues. Hyper media application design considerations. Evolving technologies for multimedia systems. Educational applications and authoring. Binary image compression schemes. Hypermedia linking and embedding. Storage and Retrieval Technologies: Magnetic media technology. integrated multimedia message standards. Digital Voice and Audio.(307270) MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS Objectives of the course: This course teaches students to collect. storing. Distributed application design issues. indexing. Industrial applications. Multimedia Application Design: Multimedia application classes. Open hypermedia systems. Fractal compression. Integrated services. Types of multimedia systems. LAN/WAN connectivity. processing. Multimedia Authoring and User Interface: Multimedia authoring systems. Architectural and Telecommunications Considerations: Specialized computational processors. The world-wide web. Video Conferencing. RTP. Streaming stored audio and video. Integrated document management. Multimedia transport across ATM networks. Optical media. Image and video databases: Indexing and Retrieval 5. Multimedia across wireless. Video and Image display system. Multimedia board solutions. Components of multimedia systems. Gray scale. Cache management for storage system. Applications like Interactive. Compression and Decompression: Types of compression. Memory systems. Multimedia system architecture. Hierarchical storage management.

Andheigh. Books Text Books: 1. References : 1. Exposure to programming in a high level language DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Distributed multimedia database. “Multimedia Systems Design”.F. Multimedia systems design examples. Koegel Buford. Kurose. Prabhat K. Gibson. Academic Press. R. “Computer Networking”. “Multimedia Database Systems”. chose. Kiran Thakrar. Rao. Distributed client server operations. 2 . K. Communications and Applications”. D. Classification. enough to evaluate. Multimedia System Design: Methodology and considerations. J. “Multimedia Communications: Directions and Innovations”. “Multimedia Computing. and Networks” 4. “Multimedia Systems”. Milovanovic. and incorporate robots in engineering systems.10. D. Pre-requisite: Exposure to linear algebra and matrix operations. Free Halshall.R. Application. Multimedia object servers. “Multimedia Communications”. Pearson Education. Subrahmanian. Hardcourt India 6. J. Pearson Education (407110) ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts and techniques in robot manipulator control. Kaufman 5. Pearson Education. Steimnetz. PHI John F. K. Ross.W. K. “Multimedia Communication Systems: Techniques. Robotic Manipulation: Automation and Robots. Multi-server network topologies. Standards. M. Managing distributed objects 11. 2. 2. Distributed Multimedia Systems: Components of distributed multimedia systems. Nahrstedt. Pearson Education 3.

BOOKS Text Books: 1. PHI Mittal. Co-ordinates. Euler numbers. Straight-line motion. PHI. Four axis robot. Homogeneous. Configuration. Simulation of Planer motion. Structured Illumination. 3. McGraw Hill 3. Principles of NC and CNC Machines. Moments of Inertia. Segmentation (Thresholding. Nagel. “Robotics”. 4. Direct Kinematics: Dot and cross products. Planning. McGraw Hill Walfram Stdder. Robot Vision: Image representation. region labeling. Fu. Interpolated motion.2. “Robotics and Mecatronics”. Task planner simulation. Grasp planning. Grover.J. “Robotics and Control”. Wiess. Inverse Kinematics: General properties of solutions tool configuration Five axis robots. Craig. Workspace analysis and trajectory planning work envelop and examples. Co-ordinate frames. Continuous path motion. (Five-axis robot. Notations. Gonzales and Lee. “Robot Engineering”. Shrink operators. “Introduction to Robotics”. 3. Robert Shilling. Nagrath. Gross motion. Template matching. 6. Pearson Education Klafter. Rotations. Niku. Pearson Education References: 1. Oderey. Space. “Robotics and AI”. Swell operators. Staughard. 4. 6. 2. Shane analysis. Polyhedral objects. 2. PHI. 5. 8. Link co-ordination arm equation. Uncertainty. Three-Four axis. Fine-motion Planning. Task Planning: Task level programming. workspace fixtures. TMH. 5. “Industrial Robotics”. Negin. Chmielewski. “Introduction to Robotics”. TMH 2 . “Fundamentals of Robotics-Analysis and control”. Pick and place operations. Six axis robot). Perspective transformation. Six axis robot (Inverse kinematics). Specification. Camera calibration). J. 7. Source and goal scenes.

Perspective Projective geometry. Global vs. Curve fitting (Least-square fitting). Jean Ponce. DETAILED SYLLABUS 9. Region Analysis: Region properties. 14. Hierarchal segmentation. 16. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Rule-based Segmentation. methods and concepts which will enable the student to implement computer vision systems with emphasis on applications and problem solving Pre-requisite: Introduction to Image Processing. Ordered –Structural matching. Kasturi. General Frame Works For Matching: Distance relational approach. Information integration. and B. Binary Machine Vision: Thresholding. Region growing. Hough transform. Spatial moments. Segmentation. Grouping. Back-tracking. Models database organization. Line-Linking. 17. R. Thinning. Recognition of shapes. Forsyth. Matching of 2D image. Split & merge. 13. Local features. Connected component labeling. Shape numbers. Data-structures. View class matching. Image matching : Intensity matching of ID signals. Hierarchical image matching. Spatial operators for edge detection. Recognition Methodology: Conditioning. Inverse perspective Projection. Area Extraction: Concepts. Orderedstructural matching. McGraw-Hill. External points.(407120) COMPUTER VISION (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: To introduce the student to computer vision algorithms. Edge detection. 2 . 10. Matching. Gradient based operators. Morphological operators. Control-strategies. “Machine Vision”. G. Photogrammetry – from 2D to 3D. 11. Jain. Schunk. General Frame Works: Distance –relational approach. 15. Spatial clustering. Mixed spatial gray-level moments. Boundary analysis: Signature properties. R. Consisting labeling problem. Facet Model Recognition: Labeling lines. “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach” 2. View class matching. Motion-based segmentation. region shrinking. Line fitting. Edge. Knowledge Based Vision: Knowledge representation. Labeling. Understanding line drawings. Classification of shapes by labeling of edges. Object Models And Matching: 2D representation. 12. Labeling of connected components. David A. Extracting. Models database organization.

Data Dependency Analysis: Types of dependencies loop and array dependences. (407130) PARALLEL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: Upon completion of this course students will be able to understand and employ the fundamental concepts and mechanisms which form the basis of the design of parallel computation models and algorithms. as well as possible solutions Pre-requisite: Computer architecture. Virtual memory 2 . Model. “Computer and Robot Vision”. Parallel sorting algorithms. Analysis. Array processors. Multiprocessor architecture. Occam. Operating system support. Solving diophantine equations. Parallel Programming languages: Fortran90. recognize problems and limitations to parallel systems. 2. Program transformations 4. Process model under UNIX 5. Solving linear systems. Software tools 3. Abstract model of parallel computer.Vaclav Hlavac. Shared Memory Programming: General model of shared memory programming. Debugging Parallel Programs: Debugging techniques. C-Linda 8. Robert Haralick and Linda Shapiro. nCUBE C. Quadrature problem. Algorithms for Parallel Machines: Speedup. Roger Boyle. Introduction: Parallel Processing Architectures: Parallelism in sequential machines. 1993. Debugging message passing parallel programs. Memory and I/O Subsystems: Hierarchical memory structure. Probabilistic algorithms 6. Circuit satisfiability. Milan Sonka. Loop dependence analysis. Pipelining. Types of operating systems. Vol I. Matrix multiplication. “Image Processing. II. Benchmarking parallel performance 7. Complexity and cost. Data structures DETAILED SYLLABUS 1.References: 1. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 2. Debugging shared memory parallel programs 9. Interface. Message Passing Programming: Introduction. Introducing collective. Histogram computation. AddisonWesley. Parallel reduction. Parallel programming models. Programmability Issues: An overview.

define and characterize data mining applications.J. Quinn. “Introduction to Parallel Processing”. query language. and storage techniques. Amdahl’s law. E. Gustafson-Barsis’s law. in terms of data models. “Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing”. Singh. Memory allocation and management. A.. “Parallel Computer Architecture”. Cache allocation and management. to motivate.V. Distributed shared memory 11. conceptual design methodologies.. M. A. Functional and logic paradigms. define and characterize data mining as process. McGraw Hill 2. Cache memories and management. Wilson G. Data mining part of the model aims to motivate. “Parallel Programming”. Other Parallelism Paradigms: Data flow computing. “Practical Parallel Programming”. F. PHI 3. Pre-requisites: DBMS 2 . TMH References: 1. PHI 2.system.. and Alaghaband G. “Fundamentals of Parallel Processing” 3. J. Jorden H. Systolic architectures. Morgan Kaufman (407140) DATA WAREHOUSING AND MINING (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives of the course: The data warehousing part of module aims to give students a good overview of the ideas and techniques which are behind recent development in the data warehousing and online analytical processing (OLAP) fields.. Performance of Parallel Processors: Speedup and efficiency. Input output subsystems 10. Hawang Kai and Briggs F. Karf-Flatt metric. Culler. Shasikumar M.P. Gupta. D. Isoefficiency metric BOOKS Text Books: 1.

“Building the Data Warehouses”. Dunham. Collecting the requirements.H. Infrastructure and metadata. Designing GUI based on a data mining query language. Mining descriptive statistical measures in large databases 7. Linoff.H. Implementation And Maintenance: Physical design process. Trends in data warehousing. 6. Knowledge Discovery : KDD Process 4. John Wiley. Han. Mining class comparisons: Discriminating between different classes. John Wiley. R. Analytical characterization: analysis of attribute relevance. Wiley Dreamtech. 3. Data Mining: 1. Data Mining Primitives. 2. Dimensional modeling advanced topics. Temporal mining. “Mastering Data Mining”.DETAILED SYLLABUS Data Warehousing: 1. John Wiley. 2. “The Data Warehouse Lifecycle toolkit”. W. Languages. Pearson Education. Basic elements of data warehousing. Kamber. “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”. Architecture And Infrastructure: Architectural components. Visualisation : Data generalization and summarization-based characterization. 3. Advanced Topics: Spatial mining. Clustering. Information Access And Delivery: Matching information to classes of users. Planning And Requirements: Project planning and management. Web Structure Mining. 4. data extraction. Ralph Kimball. Architectures of data mining systems 8. 3. Data Design And Data Representation: Principles of dimensional modeling. Kimpall. “Data Warehousing Fundamentals”. 4. Morgan Kaufmann References: 1. 3. Association rules. Inmon. growth and maintenance. transformation and loading. related concepts. Systems products and research prototypes. “The Data Warehouse Toolkit”. and System Architectures: Data mining primitives. 2. M Berry and G. 5. M. Data warehousing and the web. Data mining techniques. Additional themes in data mining. Web Usage mining. 2. 5. Introduction: Basics of data mining. OLAP in data warehouse. 2 . 6. Web Mining: Web Content Mining. Application and Trends in Data Mining: Applications. data warehouse deployment. Query language. data quality. John Wiley. Paulraj Ponnian. “Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Topics”. Trends in data mining BOOKS Text Books: 1. Data Mining Algorithms: Classification. Overview And Concepts: Need for data warehousing.

least mean square algorithms. Programming skills in one of the following would be desirable: Matlab. C. (407150) NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: This course covers basic concepts of artificial neural networks. C++ DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. comparison of RBF and MLP networks. Unsupervised learning. Learning Rules. Learning process: Error-correction learning. The extension principle. algorithm formulation and ways to apply these techniques to solve real world problems. “Decision Support and Data Warehouse systems”. Learning Factors. 6. Membership functions. Types of activation function. 3.G. Operations on fuzzy relations. Mallach. McCulloch and Pitts models of neuron. E. K-means and LMS algorithms. Supervised learning. MathCad. fuzzy logic systems and their applications. Bidirectional Associative Memory. 2 . Simulated Annealing: The Boltzmann machine. Fuzzy logic: Fuzzy sets. Fuzzy relations. Radial Basis and Recurrent Neural Networks: RBF network structure. 4. error performance . Pre-requisite: Knowledge of calculus. 2. Network architectures. theorem and the reparability of patterns. TMH. Single Layer Perceptron: Perceptron convergence theorem. 5. Introduction: Biological neurons. Fuzzification and defuzzification methods. Fuzzy measures.5. Background in the following subjects desirable: numerical analysis (including optimization). Properties. Multilayer Perceptron: Derivation of the back-propagation algorithm. Fuzzy controllers. spurious states. Knowledge representation. Hopfield networks: energy function. Java. Operations on fuzzy sets. and basic probability and statistics are required. Its focus will be on the introduction of basic theory. RBF learning strategies. Boltzmann learning rule. Method of steepest descent .

OOAD DETAILED SYLLABUS 1.C. “An Introduction to Fuzzy Control”.Comprehensive Foundation”. PHI 2. Discover good sources of information. Test strategy. 2.L. The business perspective for testing 2. Testing methodology 2 . Common computer problems. Establishing a testing policy. Berkan R. Yegnanarayana B. Pre-requisites: Software Engineering.. Defect Vs failures. and Trubatch S. Ross. McGraw Hill Ahmad Ibrahim. 3.. & Reinfrank M.. 4.BOOKS Text Books: 1. Hellendoorn H. Structured approach to testing.. Pearson Education Zurada J. IEEE Press (407160) SOFTWARE TESTING (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives To improve your understanding of software testing .. “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”. To provide a professional qualification widely recognized by employers. Testing. “Artificial Neural Networks”. Process problems and defect rates.. Simon Haykin. To learn standard terminology. Jaico publishers Thimothy J. Building a Software Testing Strategy: Computer system strategic risk.its purpose and nature and raise your awareness of issues and constraints around testing. “Neural Network a .M. “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems. To provide a complete picture of the test activities and processes from requirements review to system implementation.an organizational issue. Driankov D. Economics of SDLC testing. Introduction: Defect. customers and peers. “Fuzzy Systems Design Principles”. Economics of testing. “Introduction to Applied Fuzzy Electronics”. PHI References: 1. Norosa Publishing House 3.

Report Test Result.E. Storage. “Testing Computer Software”. Building Test Document: Uses. Software Testing Process: Access Project Management Development Estimate and Status. References : 1. Requirements Phase Testing. Workbench concept. RAD. Selecting techniques/tools. Web based systems. System documentation. Louise Tamres. Off-the-self software. Perry.. Acceptance Test. Types. Pearson Education. Structural system testing techniques.. Determining Software Testing Techniques: Testing techniques/tool selection process.. Verification and validation in the software development process. Boris Beizer. Verification and validation. “Introducing Software Testing”. “Software Testing Techniques”. Appointing managers for testing tools 6. Test Plan. Software Testing Process: Cost of computer testing. Falk J. Evaluate Test Effectiveness 8. Testing Software Installation. “Effective Methods for Software Testing”. Responsibility. Functional testing and analysis 5. Software testing process. Functional and structural testing. 4. John Wiley. Establishing a Software Testing Methodology: Introduction. Nguyen H. Program Phase Testing. W. Execute Test and Record Results. Unit testing techniques. Life cycle testing concept. Multi platform environment. Data Warehouse 9. Test Software Change. Test plan documentation. Workbench skills 7. Selecting and using the test tools. John Wiley. Considerations in developing testing methodologies 4.3. Design Phase Testing. Dreamtech 2. 2 . Security. Test analysis report documentation Books Text Books: 3. Kaner C. Testing Specialized Systems and Applications: Client/Server systems. Functional system testing techniques. Selecting and Installing Software Testing Tools: Testing tools-Hammers of testing.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2 .

Second Year B. mutual inductance. Concept of dependent sources. General and particular solutions of the equations with and without initial conditions.Forced response to sinusoidal forcing function. reciprocity and substitution theorem.C. Application of KCL.instantaneous and average power. The loop matrix B. Properties of exponential response. Network Topology and Kirchoff’s Laws. Source-free RL and RC circuits. Superposition. 2 . Thevenin and Norton’s theorem. Initial state of a network D. 4 A.Overdamped. Procedure for evaluating initial conditions. Thevenin and Norton’s theorem to circuits having dependent sources.Tech. Phasor relationships for R. Initial conditions in networks. Application of unit-step forcing function. delta connections. Geometrical interpretation of derivatives. millman and Tellegens theorem. impedance and admittance. Magnetically coupled circuits. energy consideration. and C.Natural and forced response.Compensation. integral relationship for inductor. Steady state Analysis of AC and DC circuits using Nodal. Simple RL and RC circuit. L. A & B matrices. Planner graphs. Fundamental cutsets and fundamental Tiesets. Lossless LC circuit. Time constants.Source-free parallel/series RLC circuit. Loop. Dot convention. Solving electrical circuits using graph theory. Concept of phasor. apparent power and factor. Node. Initial conditions in elements. critical and underdamped RLC circuit. Relationship between sub matrix of A and B cutsets and cutest matrix.C. Ideal transformer. three phase Y. mesh loop analysis. Plotting the current and voltage response under transient conditions for different inputs. Linear Graphs: Introductory definitions: The incidence matrix A. Transients : Formations of first and second order differential equations. source transformation. Measurement of three phase power for balanced and unbalanced loads. Node pair equations. Maximum transfer therorem. Duality. KVL. Effective values of current and voltage. Polyphase circuits. Inductor. Transients Sinusoidal forcing function. Characteristics of sinusoids. Electrical SUBJECT: NETWORK ANALYSIS DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. complex power three phase three.Linear transformer.wire system. The R-L-C circuit. capacitor. integrating factor. Semester-3. phasor diagrams 2.

and J. 1993. A test shall be conducted and will carry a weightage of ten marks. duly recorded and graded as well as least five tutorials. This will carry a weightage of fifteen marks. 2 . Pspice etc.References: W. fifth edition. Van Valkenburag: Network analysis . Hayt. Term work: The term work shall consist of at least five computer simulations using software such as MATLAB. Thomson Asia Pvt. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. covering the whole syllabus.E. Limited. 2002.. Kemmerly: Engineering circuit analysis . M.H. 1999. 1990. Limited. Tata McGraw Hill publication. Bruce Carlson: Circuits. Eastern Economy edition. Jr.E. duly recorded and graded. Schaum’s Outline Series: Electrical networks.

Introduction to Semiconductor Diode Theory. The Three Basic Amplifier Configurations : Summary and Comparison. Expanded hybrid . Equivalent Circuit. The PN Junction. Transistor Structures. Basic transistor applications – Switch. Filter. Voltage divider biasing and Bias stability. Light-Emitting Diode. Common bipolar circuits: DC analysis. Temperature Effects in MOSFETs. The Bipolar Junction Transistor Basic Bipolar Junction Transistor. Common Emitter Amplifiers. Manufacturer’s Specifications. Zener Diode. Half Wave Rectification.Tech. Diode Circuits Design of Rectifier Circuits. AC load line Analysis. Multiple-Diode circuits. Power Considerations. Voltage Doubler Circuit. NPN Transistor: Forward-active mode operation. the Common Source Amplifier. Integrated circuit biasing. other small – Signal Parameters and Equivalent Circuits. Zener Diode Circuits. Diode Circuits: DC Analysis and Models. MOS Field-Effect Transistor. Basic BJT Amplifiers Analog Signals and Linear Amplifiers. Graphical Analysis and AV Equivalent Circuit. Multistage Amplifiers. Non ideal Transistor leakage currents and Breakdown. Amplifier. Small Signal Hybrid –  Equivalent Circuit of the Bipolar Transistor. Photodiode and LED Circuits. Basic MOSFET Applications: Switch. ELECTRICAL SUBJECT: BASIC ELECTRONICS –I SEMESTER-III DETAILED SYLLABUS Semiconductor Materials and Diodes Review of Semiconductor Materials and Properties. Basic FET Amplifiers The MOSFET Amplifier. Basic transistor Amplifier Configurations. Multistage circuits. Common Base Amplifier. Schottky Barrier Diode. Photodiode. The Bipolar Linear Amplifier. Hybrid –  Equivalent circuit including the early effect. AC Equivalent Circuits. Load line and Modes of operation. Input Protection in MOSFET. Common Collector Emitter follower Amplifier. Full Wave Rectification. MOSFET DC Circuit Analysis. Common-Emitter circuits. DC Analysis of Transistor circuits. The Field Effect Transistor Junction Field-Effect Transistor. Bipolar transistor biasing – Single base resistor biasing. PNP transistor: Forward-active mode operation. 2 . The Source Follower Amplifier. Digital Logic Gate and Amplifier. Ripple Voltage and Diode current. Circuit symbols and Conventions. Other Diode Types – Solar Cell. The VMOS FET . Environmental Thermal Considerations in Transistor Amplifiers. The Three Basic Amplifier Configuration: Summary and Configuration.B. Semester-3. Current-Voltage characteristics. The Common Gate Configuration. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. Clipper and Clamper Circuits. Single – Stage Amplifier.

Electronic Circuits Discrete and Integrated. Pearson Education. Beasley. Guillermore Rico. Second Edition. McGraw Hill International Edition 2001. Third edition. Donald A. McGraw Hill International edition. Shroff Publishers. Martin Roden. Bogart Jr. Electronic Devices and Circuits. 1989. Sixth Edition. Electronic Design. Jeffery S. Additional Reading: 1.Text Books: 1. duly recorded and graded as well as at least Ten computer simulations using EDA tools like PSPICE duly recorded and graded. Gordon Carpenter. Fourth Edition. This will carry a weightage of fifteen marks. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design. Theodore F. First Indian Edition 2004 2. 3. Term Work The Term work shall consist of at least Eight laboratory experiments covering the whole of syllabus. William Wieserman.. Donald Schilling and Charles Belove. Neamen. 2 . 2002.

B. efficiency & regulation calculation. polarity test. tap-changing transformer Parallel operation of transformer 3-phase Transformer (4-L) Vector groups Excitation phenomenon in transformer Transformer harmonics & oscillating neutral Switching current transient Mechanical forces (Elementary treatment) 244 .. test. motors (15-L) EMF & torque equation Types of motors & motors characteristics Losses & efficiency Starters for D.C. Semester-3. generator (4-L) General terms Generated e.C.m.C.Tech. all day efficiency Autotransformer.C. condition for maximum efficiency Difference in power transformer & distribution transformer.f. generator & its types Commutation Armature reaction D.C. in full pitch coil Detail construction of D. working principle Equivalent circuit & phasor diagram O. shunt & series motors & their design principle Speed control Testing of D./S. Sumpner’s test.C.C. Electrical Electrical Machines – I Electromechanical energy conversion (4-L) Principle of energy conversion Singly excited machine Reluctance motor Doubly excited machine Basic concepts of rotating electric machine & D. machine Single phase transformer (15-L) Construction of core type & shell type transformer.

C. “Electric machinery & power system fundamentals”. motor. carrying weightage of 15 marks.C. McGraw Hill International Edition Nasar S.LIST OF EXPERIMENTS O.C. “Electrical Machines”.Kingsley.S. TMH Publications. Sumpner’s / back-to-back test on two transformers. Speed control of D.C..C.A. Break test on D. shunt motor. TMH Publication Bimbhra P.Fitzgerald & C.C. Reference books: Stefen J. Load test on single-phase transformer. series motor. motor. Swinbur’s test on D.E. shunt motor. “Electrical Machinery & power system” TMH Publications 245 . test on single-phase transformer. “Electrical Machinery” Khanna Publisher Nagrath I. Text book: A. Capman. Field’s test on D.C.phase transformer Retardation test Polarity test Starters of D.C. Vector groups of three phase transformers. / S. Parallel operation of 3.J.P. A class test will carry weightage of 10 marks. Motors Term work: Term work shall consists of minimum 10 experiments duly performed & graded. “Electrical Machines”. Shunt motor. Load test on D. & Kothari D. Hopkinson’s / back-to-back test on D.C.

5 condition of convergence of iterative methods. References: 246 .relative and percentage error. Taylor series method. Simpon’s 1/3 rule.Tech. Approximation – Least square approximation technique.The Bisection method. Solutions of Linear Algebraic equations. Runga-Kutta methods of second and fourth order. Interpolation –Newton’s divided difference. improvement. The secant method. Gauss.(Including relevant engineering applications). 3. Boundary-value and Eigen value problems. Floating point arithmetic.(Including relevant engineering applications)The Trapezoidal rule. Open methods. Roots of Equation.(Including relevant engineering applications)Methods based on interpolation and finite differences. successive approximation method. Numerical integration.(Including relevant engineering applications).(Including relevant engineering applications). Picard’s method of successive approximation. Gauss. Semester-3. pitfalls. Absolute .the Newton-raphson method. Gauss-Jordan method. Binary representation of numbers. the false position method. Solution to ordinary differential equations. Error propagation. Simpon’s 3/8 rule. linear regression.seidel method. Runge –Kutta methods – Euler’s method.corrector method. Lagrange interpolating polynomicals.(Including relevant engineering applications).Elimination method. Bracketing methods. Numerical differentiation. analysis and estimation. LU decomposition and matrix inversion.Technique.. Curve fitting. and polynomical regression. comparison of different methods. ELECTRICAL SUBJECT : NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES DETAILED SYLLABUS Errors in numerical computation: Their types. errors due to storage. Euler’s predicator.B.

2002. Canale. Numerical Methods for Engineers. Thomosn Asia Pte. Sandra L. Tata McGraw –Hill. Schilling. Applied Numerical methods for engineering (Using MATLAB and C0. Chapra. Harris. Third edition. Robert J. 2000. Ltd. Raymond P.Seven C. duly recorded and graded as well as at least five computer simulations using software like MATLAB etc. 247 . Term Work: The term work shall consist of at least ten programs(Implemented in C) based on methods covering the whole syllabus.

supply and government policies. behaviour and contingency approaches. Economic development : Growth and development. Leadership & Motivation : Leadership functions and styles. Matrix. Equilibrium of firm in perfect competition. Text books and references : 1) Management: Richard L. wage and salary administration. Demand and Supply. Managerial decision making : Types of decision. Productivity and economic growth. .Hampton. 2) Management: David R. Central Banking and control of money supply. Performance appraisal. Functions. Job design for motivation. Mcgraw-Hill book Co. process and models. Herzberg Mclelland's theories. departmentalisation Product. Empowennent. budgetary control. System theory. Management : Definition. levels. Exchange rates. 4) Economics: Samuelson & Nordhans. – Semester-3 – Electrical Industrial Economics and Management Introduction to economics: Ten principles of economics. V ed:. Product and service design.B. International trade : Law of comparative advantage. Nonnative and positive economics. Inventory management. Money supply. II ed. Organisation as production system. Externalities and market inefficiencies. Thomson. Economist as scientist and policy advisor. facilities layout and location. Function.Tech. Elasticity and its applications. Tata Mcgraw Hill. zool. Factors affecting growth. 2000 248 . Quality and cost controls. decision making. Thomson 2002. Demand. Organisation Structures: Key considerations. selecting and developing effective work force. 16thed. Creative control.Daft. The cost of production. span of managements delegation and decentralisation of authority. recruiting. Banks and Money. Maslow. Production and operations management. Human resource management: Role of HRM. Trade restrictions : Tariffs and quotas. qualities of effective control. Balance of payments. Micro and macro economics. Public goods and common resources. Controlling and Financial Control: The control process. skills & roles. 1986 3) Principles of economics: N. Banking : Money & Functions of money.Gregory Mankiw. contingency view. Breaker analysis. Human Resource Planning. monopoly and monopolistic competition. Financial statements and ratios.

Transfer functions.Network function for one port and two port. Terminal pairs or ports.Use of symmetry. ramp and impulse functions.B. natural response and s-plane. Electrical SUBJECT: NETWORK SYNTHESIS AND DESIGN DETAILED SYLLABUS Objectives of the course: This course attempts at analytical insight of the students which enhances their abilities to solve a large and complex problem.Relationship between parameter sets. Solution of electrical circuits using Laplace transform. Properties of fourier transform. Complex frequency and frequency response. Poles and zeros of network functions. Parallel combination of two port networks. It also gives some fundamentals for different waveforms and their synthesis Fourier Analysis Trigonometric form. Complex frequency.Stability of active networks. Transforms of other signal waveforms. Relationship of two port variables. Time domain behavior from pole-zero plot . Complete response to periodic forcing functions. Frequency response as a function of sigma. complex form of Fourier series. Initial and final value of f(t) from F(s).Admittance parameters. FT of some simple time functions. Convolution integral and convolution as summation. FT of general periodic time functions. Properties of Laplace transform. The subject network synthesis gives the idea about concept of sythesis and stability of the given circuits and network functions. Laplace Transform of some simple time functions. Shifted unit step. 249 . Fourier Transform Techniques. Two port networks. poles and zeros. Waveform synthesis. impedance parameters. Complete response. Semester-4. Network functions. Basic theorems for Laplace transform. Complex frequency plane. Convolution and time response in time domain. Calculation of network function for ladder and general networks. Laplace Transform Techniques. Restrictions on pole and zero locations for Driving point functions.Tech. Physical significance of system function. System function and response in frequency domain. hybrid parameters.

Fifth Reprint. duly recorded and graded as well as at least three tutorials. 1986. References: M. This will carry a weightage of fifteen marks. Wiley Eastern Limited. Routh Hurwitz polynomials. Kuo: Network Analysis and Synthesis. Foester and Cauer forms. Kemmerly: Engineering Circuit Analysis. Study of Chebyshev and butterworth filters. Wiley eastern publication. 1993. A test shall be conducted and will carry a weightage of ten marks. Prentice. Eastern Economy Edition. duly recorded and graded.E. 1999. M. RC and RL networks. Franklin F.H. Hayt.E. Limited.Hall of India Pvt.E. Low pass and high pass filters. Van Valkenburg: Network analysis . fifth edition. Tata McGraw –Hill publication. Testing of positive real functions. Properties of positive real function. Jr. 1980. Van Valkenburg: Introduction to Modern Network Synthesis. Driving point synthesis of LC. and J. Term work: The term work shall consist of at least three computer simulations using software such as MATLAB etc. 250 .Network synthesis. W. covering the whole syllabus. Filters : Introduction to concepts of filters.

Large signal amplifiers: Harmonic distortion and power efficiency of Class A. 6. effect of low frequency and high frequency on coupling and bypass capacitors. Analysis and design considerations of multistage amplifiers. decibels. Feedback amplifiers: Feedback concept. high frequency response. ideal feedback amplifier. 2. Applications of OP-Amp: differentiator. level shifter & other blocks integrated OP-Amp. Wein bridge oscillator. instrumentation amplifier. Frequency response: General concepts. ELECTRICAL SUBJECT: BASIC ELECTRONICS –II SEMESTER-IV 1. AB and C amplifiers. 3. positive and negative feedback. direct coupled. Oscillators: Principle of oscillation. Thermal considerations and design selection of heat sinks. 7. oscillator with LC feedback. their types. Armstrong oscillator. transformer coupled. subtractor.B. RC oscillator. 4. Low and high frequency considerations. clapp oscillator. Semester-4. twin T oscillator. slew rate OP-Amp using MOS. small signal analysis.Amp parameters like open loop / closed loop response. Crystal controlled oscillator. frequency response of cascade amplifiers. 5. classification of feedbacks. darlington pair. antilog amplifier. List of Experiments: 251 . adder. their performance. Multistage amplifiers: RC coupled.Tech. integrator. differential stage. Comparator. Topology. Operation Amplifiers: Differential amplifiers. low frequency response characteristic. General analysis of multistage feedback and multiloop feedback amplifiers. stability. Study of OP. Gain Bandwidth product. analysis and design of different types of negative feedback. frequency Response. cascade amplifier. JFET. BiCMOS. log. effect of source and load resistance. Colpitt oscillator. B.

Voltage series feedback using BJT/ FET. Report on experiments (at least eight from the list of suggested experiments) along with a graded answer paper shall be submitted as term work. 7. Class C amplifier and its efficiency. Frequency response and performance parameters of two stage FET amplifier. RC Phase shift oscillator for different amplitude and frequency. It’s effect on frequency response. The distribution of term work works will be as follows: Report on experiments – 20 marks. Op-Amp in inverting / non-inverting mode. 8. 252 .1. 2. Current series feedback using BJT / FET. 6. Frequency response and performance parameters of two stage BJT amplifier. Term Work: Each student has to appear for written test during the term. Colpitt / Hartley oscillator. Op-Amp as an integrator and differentiator. 5. Cascade amplifier and finding its parameters 4. 3. In addition At least 5 experiments using simulation software. Report on experiments will further include at least five using simulation software making a total of eight experiments. 9 10. It’s effect on frequency response. Written Test – 30 marks.

2.Text Books: 1. Microelectronic Circuits analysis & design – Rashid PWS Publishing Company Reference Books: 1. Electronic devices – Floyd Pearson Education Asia publication. Boylestad Microelectronics – Jacob Millman & Arcin Grabel Mc-Graw Hill publication. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design – Neamen Mc-Graw Hill publication. 3. 2. 253 . Electronics devices and circuit theory – Robert L.

new ASA & saturated synchronous reactance method Physical concepts of synchronous machines operation Operating characteristics of alternator Power flow through inductive impedance Circle diagram of synchronous machines i. Speed control of 3-phase I. emf equation for full pitch & short pitch coil. current & power Losses & efficiency Phasor diagram & equivalent circuit Analysis of equivalent circuit Torque slip characteristics Operating or performance characteristics No load & blocked rotor test Circle diagram Starting of 3-phase I.B. flux per pole. slip Rotor emf. rotor frequency.M. excitation circle & power circle.Tech. MMF. Rotating magnetic field Synchronous machines (20-L) Flux & MMF phasors in cylindrical & salient pole machines Phasor diagram of synchronous generator & motor Voltage regulation by EMF. Power factor control of synchronous motor & generator Blondel’s two reaction theory of salient pole machine Phasor diagram of salient pole machines. Single phase induction motor (3-L) Two field revolving theory 254 .M. distribution factor. Electrical Electrical Machines – II Basic concepts of 3-phase a.e. Semester-4.c. pole pitch. Speed load characteristics Synchronous machine on infinite bus Starting of synchronous motor 3-Phase Induction Motor (15-L) Induction motor as transformer Flux & mmf phasors. (4-L) Terms pertaining to rotating machines. Synchronizing power & synchronizing torque Physical concept of synchronizing power Synchronous machine stability Hunting & damper winding Slip test Synchronization Parallel operation of two alternators & effect of change in mechanical input & excitation on load sharing. machines. coil span factor etc. ZPF.

J.A. Reference books: Stefen J./ Z. No load & blocked rotor test on 1. “Electrical Machines”. / S. carrying weightage of 15 marks. Speed control of 3-ph induction motor.E.Fitzgerald & C. “Electric machinery & power system fundamentals”. “Electrical Machinery & power system” TMH Publications 255 . & Kothari D.C. ‘V’ curves of synchronous induction motor.F. McGraw Hill International Edition Nasar S.. Text book: A.Equivalent circuit & performance.C. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS O. No load & blocked rotor test on 3-ph induction motor.S. Synchronization of alternator with infinite bus & ‘V’ curves of synchronous motor.P.C. on synchronous machine. A class test will carry weightage of 10 marks. Parallel operation of two alternators Induction Generator Term work: Term work shall consists of minimum 10 experiments duly performed & graded. Capman. TMH Publications. Load test on 3-ph induction motor. Slip test on synchronous machine.Kingsley.C. TMH Publication Bimbhra P. “Electrical Machinery” Khanna Publisher Nagrath I.phase transformer.P. “Electrical Machines”.C.

INTRODUCTION Application of power-electronics Power semiconductor devices Control characteristics of power devices Characteristics and specifications of switches Types of power electronic circuits Design of power electronics equipment Determining of root mean square values of waveforms Peripheral effects Power modules Intelligent modules 2. Semester-4.B. THYRISTORS Thyristors characteristics Two transistor model of thyristors Thyristor turn on Thyristor turn off Thyristor types Series operation of thyristors Parallel operation of thyristors di/dt protection dv/dt protection 256 .Tech. POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES AND CIRCUITS Introduction Semi-conductor basics Diode characteristics Reverse recovery characteristics Power diode types Silicon carbide diodes Spice diode model Series connected diodes Parallel connected diodes Diodes with RC and RL loads Diodes with LC and RLC lodes Freewheeling diodes 3. ELECTRICAL SEMICONDUCTOR POWER DEVICES AND CIRCUITS 1. POWER TRANSISTORS Bipolar junction transistors Power mosfets COOLMOS SITs IGBTs Series and parallel operations di/dt and dv/dt limitations Spice models 4.

STATIC SWITCHES Single phase ac switches Three phase ac switches Three phase reversing switches Ac switches for bus transfer Dc switches Solid state relays Microelectronic relays Design of static switches 6. M.H Rashid 2) Power electronics: converters application and design by Mohan 257 .5. PROTECTION OF DEVICES AND CIRCUITS Cooling and heat sinks Thermal modeling of power switching devices Snubber circuits Reverse recovery transients Supply and load side transients Voltage protection by selenium diodes and metals Current protection Electromagnetic interference References : 1) Power electronics: circuit devices and applications.

description of a product for varied audiences. Books recommended : Lesiker & Petit ‘Report Writing for Business’ McGraw Hill Huckin & Olsen ‘Technical Writing & Professional Communication’ McGraw Hill Herta Murphy ‘Effective Business Communication’ McGraw Hill Mary Ellen Guffey ‘Business Communication’ Thomson Process & Product Meenakshi Raman. description of a process. writing instructions / manuals for products / processes. Sharma Sajeetha ‘Technical Communication – Principles & Oxford University Press Practices’ 6.Class : S.Y. IEEE Standards of Communication and Documentation IEEE Standard for Software Unit Testing IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation 258 . Electrical Semester IV Presentation & Communication TechniqueContacts per Week (in hours) Evaluation Weightage in marksLectures : 2ESE: 50Practicals / Tutorials 2+ 2MST: 30TA: 20 Communication in a business organisation Report Writing : Types. formal and informal reports. individual and group reports. qualities. B. organizing and interpreting information. Technical Writing : Writing definition of processes and products. Technical Proposals : Presentation Skills : Group Discussion : Assignments : Written : One from topic 1 Two from topic 2 Two from topic 3 One from topic 4 Oral : Participation in group discussion in class. defining objectives and scope. Tech. Presenting project based on social or technical topics.

Test of hypothesis. Poisson. x2 (Chisquare). 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method. F distribution. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions. Level of significance. Student’s 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion. Tata McGraw HillR P Hooda. Co-variance. Statistics and Random Processes. Critical region. 5) Analysis of variance: one way and two way classification 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples.t test. Probability mass function and density function. Probability. Text Books: S G Gupta. Bivariate frequency distribution. Central limit theorem. Degree of freedom. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. Test of the Goodness of fit and independence of attribute. distribution : Binomal. Large and Small samples : Test of significance for large samples.tailed and two-tailed tests. Baye’s theorem. Test of significance for small samples : Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. Estimation of population parameters. Macmillan 259 . One. Normal. Regression coefficients and lines of regression. distribution. Co-relation. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Spearman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients. Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments. Statistics for Business and Economics. V K Kapur.Third Year Semester V 200040: Engineering Statistics 1)Review of probability. S Chand & Co T Veerrajan. Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions. Expected value. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. 2) Probability. Discrete and continuous random variables. Yate’s correction. F-test of significance of the difference between population variances. Contingency table.

I2L and TTL etc. 78XX series. HP. TTL. thermal shutdown. Switch mode IC regulator.303050: Integrated Circuits Logic Families RTL.g. DAC 0808 and ADC 7107 functional diagram and description. LM336 Function generator ICs like 8038. gyrator (simulation of inductance). Half wave and full wave. bubble Memory. weinbridge oscillator. Adjustable IC regulator 723 & its applications. with floating load and ground load. Schottky clamped TTL. ROM. Antilog amplifier. PAL and PLA. Comparator. First and second order LP. Adder Substractor. I2L. Peak detectors. Compensated log Amp. NMOS and CMOS gates. CA 3059 & CA 3095. Comparison of logic families. IC bipolar. Phase shift oscillator. Threshold detector zero crossing detector. 3 mode integrator. Voltage follower. Tristate gate ECL. Active Filters. All methods of conversion of analog to digital. NVRAM. OPAMP linear application. LM335. Frequency response of differentiatior and compensated differentiator. BP & band reject filters. V to I and I to V converter. Memories. Nonlinear applications of OPAMPS Precision rectifier. Magnetic core memory. Sample and Hold circuit (performance parameters). log amplifiers. CMOS. Power control ICs like SL 440. Miscellaneous ICs like. Negative 75XX series.566. The basic cell. TTL with CMOS. Free running multivibrator. Schmitt trigger. AND dynamic RAM cell. 260 . temp. Switched filters. ECL & TTL. RAM. NMOS. Howland current source. Voltage Regulator Series. (2) 9809. 555 Timer Astable and monostable multivibrator using 555 with one application of each. Clipping clamping circuits. Instrumentation amplifier. break down protection. DTL. Inverting non-inverting amp. multiplier divider. Shunt. RAM. IC (3) CCD. Interfacing different families e.

(9) Application of any one of the miscellaneous ICs. OPAMP and Linear ICs by Ramakant Gaykwad-1998 2nd edition Linear ICs by Roy Choudhary Wiley Eastern – 1987 Analog / Linear ICs by N.K.REFERENCES: Design with OPAMP analog ICs by Sergio Franco. Jog Technical publications – 1997 SCR Manual – General Electric – Prentice Hall. McGraw Hill 1998 2nd edition. Free running multivibrator using IC 555 b) Wien bridge oscillator. Frequency response. 1979 Suggested List of experiments: Study of TTL and CMOS Characteristics. (5) a) Schmitt trigger. (4) a) Clipping clamping circuits using b) Log amp. 261 . (3) Differentiator and Integrator using & 741 IC. a) V to I and I to V Converter with grounded load & floating load b) Adder Substractor. (8) Adjustable voltage regulator using IC 723. (6) Astable and monostable multivibrator using IC 555 (7) Butterworth and chebychev filter.

properties and uses Amplitude & phase spectra Energy Spectral Density Power Spectral Density 5. Cascade & parallel forms Linear and circular Convolution BIBO stabillity 8. Review of the Laplace Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Laplace Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) System transfer function Relationship with Fourier Transform & mapping Zero state & zero input responses 6. Z Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Z Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) Relationship with Fourier and Laplace Transform . Fourier Series & Fourier Transform for DT systems( DTFS & DTFT): Concept.303060: Signal Processing Preprocessing in analog domain. Preprocessing of signal & sampling theory Introduction to signals & Systems ( CT and DT domain ) Definition of Signal Signal classification Signal manipulations Periodicity in CT ( Continuous Time) & DT( Discrete Time) domain Concept of a system System representations & classification Concept of Impulse Response Convolution in CT domain 3. Time Domain Analysis of DT Systems System Transfer function & Impulse response Solution of a difference equation zero input & zero state response calculations 9. Introduction to DT Systems Difference equation FIR & IIR systems System transfer function System realization: Direct forms. Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) DTFT & DFT DFT Properties Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) DITFFT and DIFFFT Algorithms 262 . & mapping Inverse Z Transform 7.Concept of tyransducer. Review of Fourier Series (FS) & Fourier Transform (FT) for CT systems 4.

second edition. Thomson Learning Publication.Time Signal Processing by Oppenheim and Schafer with Buck. PHI publications (1995) Analog and Digital Signal Processing: by Ashok Ambardar.Books Signal & Systems by Haykin .Divide and Conquer Algorithms DFT analysis of Sinusoidal signals Limitations of DFT Text. Proakis. D. First Indian Impression 2000 263 . (2001) Discrete. G. PHI publications (2000) Additional Reading : Signal Processing & Linear Systems by Lathi . Manolakis. Oxford University Press. Algorithms and applications by J. Wiley Publication Digital Signal Processing: Principles.G.

264 . Modeling in the time domain The general state-space representation Applying the state-space representation Converting the transfer function to state-space Converting from state-space to transfer function 3. Time response Poles. 5. & System response First order system Second order system : Introduction The general second order system Under damped second order system System response with additional poles System response with zeros Laplace transform solution of state equations Time domain solution of state equations Reduction of multiple systems Block diagrams Analysis and design of feedback system Signal flow graphs Mason's rule Signal flow graphs of state equations Stability Routh Hurwitz criterion Routh Hurwitz criterion : special cases Routh Hurwitz criterion :Additional examples Stability in state space Steady state error Steady state error for unity feedback systems Static error constants and system type Steady state error specification Steady state error for disturbances Steady state error for non unity feedback systems Sensitivity Steady state error for systems in state space 4. Zeros. 6.303071: Control System –I Modeling in frequency domain Laplace Transform review The transfer function Electric network transfer function Translational mechanical system transfer function Rotational mechanical system transfer function Electromechanical system transfer function Electrical circuit analogs 2.

Thomson Asia 265 .1998 2.Pearson Education Asia.2001 2. Root locus techniques Defining the root-locus Properties of root-locus Sketching the root-locus Pole sensitivity Frequency response techniques Asymptotic Approximations: Bode plots Introduction to the Nyquist criterion Sketching the Nyquist diagram Stability via the Nyquist diagram Gain margin and phase margin via the Nyquist diagram Stability Gain margin and phase margin via the Bode-plots Relation between closed loop transient and closed loop frequency response Relation between closed loop and open loop frequency response Relation between closed loop transient and open loop frequency response Steady state error characteristic from frequency response 8. R.2000 Reference Books: 1.Naeni. 4th edition (LPE). John Wiley and sons (Asia) Pvt."Control system engineering". Norman S. 4 th edition(LPE) Pearson Education asia.7. Franklin." Modern Control system ". 8 th edition (LPE) Addison Wesley. G. Bishop and R. 2000. 1st edition. J. D.3rd edition. Erononi Umez-Erononi: System dynamics and control.Ogata: Modern Control Engineering. K. Powell & Abbas Emami. Dorf. Ltd." Feedback control of Dynamic system. Nise. Term work: Term work shall consists of at least six assignments and at least 3 computer programs/simulation carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering center syllabus carrying weightage of 10 marks Text Books: 1.

“Engg Electromagnetics”.1965 266 . concept of power transmission in the form of study of Poynting theorem and Poynting vector. Equation of continuity. Magnetic Fields Forces in moving electric fields. Time dependent electric and magnetic fields Maxwell’s Equations in point form. permanent Magnets. physical significance of Maxwell’s Equations. line integral of magnetic field vector. Boundary conditions between conductor and dielectric. Electrostatic energy density. Polarisation. point plane and sphere-sphere problem.1987. Electromagnetics ”. domain theory and magnetization curve. Boundary conditions at magnetic surfaces.The method of electric images.Hayt. The Electric Field. Gauss’s Law. character of B lines. McGraw Hill Pub.Narayan Rao. the wave travel. Boundary conditions between two dielectrics. 3. “Schaum’s Series in electromagnetic”. Travelling waves in transmission lines. current standing wave ratio. conduction. for static harmonic etc fields. 3rd Edition.”Lectures of Physics”. Dielectrics. voltage standing wave ratio.Mcgraw Hill. 4.4th edition. Electric Potential. TestBooks: W. Magnetic dipole and magnetic polarization. Plane electromagnetic waves in space in pure and glossy dielectric media.303080: Electromagnetic Field Electrostatics Coloumb’s Law.Vol-2. The electric dipole.PHI Pub. Divergence Theorem. the energy and forces in magnetic fields.4th edition. self and mutual inductance. and Relationship between Electric field intensity and potential gradient. application of vector potential. importance of characteristic impedance and propagation constant. 2001. Refernce Books: Feynmann. Energy and mechanical forces in electric field. Edminister. the various magnetic materials.Addition Wesley. Magnetic scalar and vector potential. Magnetic circuit of transformer. toroid etc. N. concept of phase velocity and group velocity in wave travel. The automatic model and magnetism inside a material medium. “Elements of Engg. The analysis of parallel plate capacity with single and multiple dielectrics. Dielectric strength. 2. Current The electric current in metallic conductor. the polarized electric field. wave equation. Coaxial cable and energy stored in capacitor. convection and displacement current. relative and effective permitivity. The Gauss’s law of magnetic fields. Poisson’s and Laplace equatons. magnetic field intensity H.1986. in integral form.

Addition Wesley.1958 David K.2nd edition.1999 Corson and Brain.Chen.”Electromagnetics”.”Introduction to Electromagnetics”.2nd 267 .CBS Pub.McGraw Hill.”Fields and wave Electromagnetics”.S.Seely.

Buck-Boost & Cuck Regulator 268 . Step-up/ Step-down Chopper Chopper Commutation Jone’s Chopper Morgan’s Chopper Switch mode regulators-Buck. Three Phase Inverters.303090: Applied Power Electronics Controlled Rectifier Principle of Phase-Controlled Converter Operation Single Phase Full Converters. Bridge Inverters. Step-down Chopper.Wave Converters Three Phase Full Converters Three Phase Full Converters with RL load Three Phase Dual Converter Power Factor Improvements Extinction Angle Control Symmetric Angle Control PWM control Single-Phase Sinusoidal PWM Three Phase PWM Rectifier Single Phase Semi-Converters with RL load Three Phase Semi-Converters with RL load AC Voltage Controllers Introduction Principle of On-Off Control Principle of Phase Control Single Phase Bidirectional Controllers with Resistive Loads Single Phase Controllers with Inductive Loads Cycloconverters 1) Single Phase Cycloconverters 2) Three Phase Cycloconverters 3) Reduction of Output Harmonics AC voltage Controller with PWM Control Inverters Principle of Operation Performance parameters Typical Inverters : series Inverters. Parallel Inverters. Boost. Current Source Inverters Static Frequency Conversion Voltage Control of Inverters Harmonic neutralization of Inverters PWM Inverters Simple Application of Inverters with Motor load. Self commutated Inverters. with RL load Single Phase Dual Converters Principle of Three-Phase Half. etc Chopper Principle of Chopper operation Step-up Chopper.

” John Wily & Sons.Ltd 1997 Reference Book: Bose B.1995 3) Vedam Subrahmanyam.K.” Modern Power Electronics and AC drives”. . Devices and Application”. application design .2001 2) Mohan.Pearson Education Asia. second edition.” Power Electronics. PHI Publication. Undeland Robbias..AC Regulators Single Phase AC Regulator Sequence control of AC Regulator Three Phase AC Regulator AC Regulator to feed Transformers Power Supplies DC Power Supplies Switched-Mode DC Power Supplies Flyback Converter Forward Converter Push-Pull Converter Half Bridge Converter Full Bridge Converter Resonant DC Power Supplies Bidirectional Power Supplies AC Power Supplies Switched Mode AC Power Supplies Resonant AC Power Supplies Bidirectional AC Power Supplies Text Books: 1) Rashid M. H. second edition .” Power Electronics-Converters. “ Power Electronics-Circuits. 269 .” New Age International Pvt.

solar. Representation of loads 5. tidal power plant Influence of working voltage on size of feeders & distributors in DC system Choice of working voltage for transmission.u. single circuit.) system.Semester VI 303101: Electrical Power System I 1. Choice of generation unit. Basic structure of power system Conventional & non.conventional sources of energy Thermal. geothermal. wind. one line diagram. 2. Factors affecting cost of generation. Transmission line model & performance Short line model Medium line model nominal T method (ii) nominal µ § method Long line model Interpretation of long line equation 270 . Mechanical design of overhead transmission line Introduction to Main components of overhead lines Introduction to Line supports. towers. double circuit lines& types of conductors used Sag calculation for supports at equal levels Sag calculation for supports at different levels Effect of wind & ice on sag 3. Transmission line parameters Inductance Definition of Inductance Inductance of a single phase two wire line Conductor type & bundle conductors Inductance of composite conductor line. Representation of power system components Introduction 1-ph solution of balanced three phase networks. three phase line with equilateral spacing. three phase line with unsymmetrical spacing Earth effect on transmission line capacitance Bundled conductors. method of GMD Resistance Resistance Skin effect & proximity effect 4. nuclear power plant. impedance and reactance diagram Per unit (p. per unit impedance diagram of a power system. three phase line & double circuit three phase line Capacitance Potential difference between two conductors of a group of parallel conductors Capacitance of two wire line. hydro.

Singh. and Kothari D.P. concrete encased electrodes and tower footing. Dhanpat Rai & Son’s 7. 271 . Extra high voltage cables . tuned power lines Equivalent circuit of a long line Surge impedance loading Power flow through transmission lines. Gupta. grounding practices 8.” Power System Analysis.” Wheeler Publication. current rating Overhead lines versus underground cables 8.3rd edition.. B.” S K Kataria Publication 8.L.R. J.” Wiley Eastern Ltd.” PHI Publication. Transmission. Gupta .Ferranti effect. tolerable step and touch voltage.. power transmission capability Method of voltage control 6. Insulated cables Insulation. actuial step and touch voltage Design of earthing grid. capacitance of single core able Heating of cables. Sony. S.2 Earthing & safety Techniques Objective and definitions Soil resistivity . Wadhawa C. Nagrath I.” Electrical Power System”.” TMH Publication third edition 2003 2. Saadat Hadi. “Modern Power System Analysis.. Overhead insulators Types of insulators Potential difference over a string of suspension insulators Method of equalizing potential 7.” Electrical Power System. 8. soil resistivity Impulse behavior of earthing system Text Books: 1. earth resistance Tolerable limit of body currents.2003 6.Bhatnagar & Chakrabharti. resonant grounding Method of neutral grounding .” Electrical Power Generation. and distribution. Gupta B. grading of cables Insulation resistance of a cable.” Electrical Power System.1st edition 2002 5.1 Neutral grounding Underground system. M. weedy. Measurement of earth resistance.J.N.’Electrical Power System. B.”Power System Analysis and design. effectively grounded system. Second edition 1991 3.1998 4.” TMH Publication.

Vectored interrupt. Interrupt driven program controller I/O. concept of wait states. 8085 interrupt structure and operation 8259A programmable interrupt controller features and operations. I/O data transfer techniques Basic interfacing concepts Interfacing input and output devices with examples. Minimum system design Memory interfacing with timing considerations. Clock reset and buffering circuits. counters and timers Code conversion. I/O data transfer classification. machine cycles and T-sate. Programmable Interface Devices Features and operating modes of working of 8155 multipication device 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8254 programmable interval timer 272 . Microcomputers. Multi level interrupt. Memory mapped I/O and I/O Mapped I/O. 8085 Instructions Data transfer operations Arithmetic & Logic operations Branch operations Writing assembly language programs Debugging a program Programming Techniques Looping Counting and indexing. Hardware I/O (Direct Memory Access) Interrupts Requirements Single level interrupt. 8085 Assembly Language Programming The 8085 programming model Instruction classification. assembly and execution of assembly language programs. Programmable I/O . and Assembly Language Microprocessor Architecture and Microcomputers Systems Microprocessor Architecture and its operation Input and output (I/O) devices. BCD arithmetic and 16 bit data operations Stack & subroutines Concept of stack and subroutines Parameter passing techniques Re-entrant and recursive subroutines. Instruction and Data format Process of writing. 8085 Microprocessor Architecture and Memory Interfacing The 8085 architecture Instruction cycle. Testing and troubleshooting I/O interfacing circuits.303110: Microprocessor Introduction Introduction to Microprocessors.

.S. 273 . Pal Ajit – Microprocessor. PHI Publication.-. 2000.Principle & application. Penram International (India). Hardware & Programming. TMH Publication. Leventhal L. Programming & application with 8085 “.” Microprocessor architecture.C. Motor speed Control Temperature Control Traffic Light Control Stepper Motor control Text Books: Gaonkar R. 1990.Direct Memory Access(DMA) and DMA controller 8237 8279 programmable keyboard/display interface. 4th edition. 1983. Serial I/O and Data Communication Basic concept in serial I/O 8085 serial I/O lines Microprocessor Applications Microprocessor based Over Current relay operation D.”Introduction to microprocessor-Software.A.

Lead compensation d. Transient response via gain adjustment b.303072: Control System II Design specifications Relative stability Steady state accuracy (error) Transient response Frequency response characteristics Control configurations Series (cascade compensation Feedback compensation State feedback compensation Series feedback compensation Feed forward compensation Design via root locus techniques Transient response design via gain adjustment Improving steady state error via cascade compensation Improving transient response via cascade compensation Improving steady state and transient response Feedback compensation Design via frequency response a. Lag compensation c. Lag-lead compensation Design via state space Advantages of state space Analysis of the state equations Control law design for full-state feedback Selection of pole locations for good design Estimator design Compensator design: combined control law and estimator Introduction to the reference input with the estimator Integral control and robust tracking Digital control Digitization Dynamic analysis of discrete systems Design by emulation Discrete design State space design methods Hardware characteristics Analog to Digital (A/D) converters Digital to analog (D/A) converters 274 .

John wiley and sons.D. Ogata: Modern Control Engineering. J. Palgrave Norman S. 4th edition (LPE).Nise: Control system engineering. Prentice-Hall. Franklin. john Wiley and sons. 3rd edition. J. Inc B.Johnson. Wilkie. 1st edition.Golnaraghi: Automatic control systems. M. 3rd edition.Powell & Abbas Emami-Naeini : Feedback control of Dynamic systems. 275 . Inc K.Anti-alias prefilters The computer Word size effects Random effects Systematic effects Sample rate selection Tracking effectiveness Disturbance rejection Effect of anti alias prefilters Asynchronous sampling Text Books: G.Kuo & F. 1996. Katebi: Control engineering : an introductory course. Pearson Education Asia. 8th edition. & R.

303120: Wave Theory & Radiating System Maxwell’s equation Introduction Faraday’s law Transformer and Motional EMFs Displacement Current Maxwell’s Equations in Final Forms Time-Harmonic Fields Electromagnetic Wave Propagation Introduction Wave Propagation in Lossy Dielectrics Plane Waves in Lossless Dielectrics Plane Waves in Free Space Plane Waves in Good Conductors Power & the Poynting Vector Reflection of Plane Wave at Normal Incidence Transmission Lines Introduction Transmission Line Parameters Transmission Line Equations Input Impedance. SWR and Power The Smith Chart Some applications of Transmission Line Waveguides Introduction Rectangular Waveguides Transverse Magnetic(TM) Modes Transverse Electric (EM) Modes Wave Propagation in the Guide Power Transmission and Attenuation Waveguide Resonator Antennas Introduction Hertzian Dipole Half-Wave Dipole Antenna Quarter-Wave Monopole Antenna Small Loop Antenna Antenna Characteristics Antenna Arrays Text Book: 276 .

Krons Engineering Electromagnetics by Jordans & Balmoin.” second edition 1995. Oxford University Press Engineering Electromagnetics by John. O.Matthew N. D. Sadiku. 277 .”Elements of Electromagnetics.

Resource constraints and welfare maximization.200050: Industrial Economics & Management Basic economic problems. The functions of a manager. Organising – departmentalization. The role of the state in economic activity. Controlling – its nature techniques. objectives. Planning – its nature. Management : Definition process. span of management. Hampton 278 . delegation decentralization. micro and macroeconomics. Leadership motivation and communication. Books recommended Economics : Samuelson & Nordhaus Principles of Economics : Mankiw Essential of Management : Koontz & O’donnell Management : David R. management development. types of plans. Nature of economics. supply and market equilibrium. Market structures. Positive and normative economics. appraisal. Staffing – selection and recruitment. International trade. Decision – making. Foreign exchange and balance of payments. perfect and imperfect competition commercial and central banking. market and government failures. Theories of demand.

303130: . John Wiley & Sons Inc 2001 4th edition Lathi B. Oxford University Press 1998 3rd edition Dennis Roddy and John Coolen –Electronic Communication.P.Principles of Communication Engineering Signal Representation Types of signal Signal Spectrum Orthogonality Mean Square Wave Lagendre Polynomial Complex Fourier Spectrum Properties of Fourier Transform Convolution Theorem IEEE frequency Spectrum Modulation Techniques Amplitude Modulation and circuits Sideband transmission Frequency modulation and circuits Phase Modulation and circuits Pulse Modulation techniques Delta Modulation and adaptive delta modulation Companding Demodulation Techniques AM detection and circuit VSB detection and circuits FM detection and circuits PM demodulation and circuits Radio receivers TRF and Superhetrodyne receivers AGC methods Communication receivers and features FM receivers Propagation of Waves Reflection and refraction of Radio Waves Groundwave. Sky waves Fading and echo scattering Aerials Radiation pattern form short Dipole Radiation Pattern form short ground aerial Shortwave and medium wave aerials Reference: Simon Hykin –Communication System. line of sight waves.Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems. Prentice Hall of India 1992 3rd edition 279 ..

B. Evaluation Weightage TWA 303190 303200 Power System Analysis Industrial controllers Elective . 1 2 3 4 5 6 Course Code Subject L P/ T Total Cr.TECH (Electrical) SEMESTER-VII Sr. No . 1 2 3 4 Course Code Subject L P/ T Total Cr. No . Evaluation Weightage TWA 303140 303150 303160 303170 303180 Advanced communication system Digital signal processing Switchgear and protection Electrical drives and control Power system design Elective-I Total 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 5 5 5 5 5 5 30 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 MST 15 15 15 15 15 15 ESE 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 ESE (Theory) Hours SEMESTER – VIII Sr.II Elective-III Total 4 4 4 4 16 2 2 2 2 8 6 6 6 6 24 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 MST 15 15 15 15 ESE 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 ESE (Theory) Hours 280 .

The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. Engineering 4 Electric Traction 4 PLC 4 Advanced microprocessor and 4 application Elective – III FACTS 4 SCADA 4 Medical electronics 4 Robotics & Automation 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 403090 403100 403110 403120 2 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 Project: Sr. Course No. 281 .LIST OF ELECTIVES: 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 403010 403020 403030 403040 403050 403060 403070 403080 Elective – I Project Management 3 Optimization of Power Supply 3 Power Quality 3 HVDC Transmission 3 Elective – II H. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The project shall carry 08 credits. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. interest. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 403900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative.V. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work.

.. Transmission rate and channel capacity of noisy channels. Rate of transmissionredundancy. Integrator. optimum filter. the various technical issues related to that system and its application. Efficiency and channel capacity. Advanced Electronics Communication Systemsz. Introduction to Advanced communication techniques * Satellite communication – Orbital aspects. MSK QAM. Shannon’s theorem. FSK. 3rd Ed.1995. The orientation of the syllabus will be to discuss the system using the block diagram approach. 4th Ed. 1987.Tech. (Electrical) SEM-VII Advanced Communication (Course Code – 303140) OBJECTIVES This subject aims at giving system-oriented introduction to advancements in communication system in the areas of digital and wireless communication. Coding Techniques( Algorithmic approach) Linear block codes.. Haykin S. 3rd Ed. Tomasi W. microwave oscillators. TFM and QPRS Digital demodulation Techniques Probability of error. * Wireless cellular communication – Term work: Report on at least six experiments performed and minimum three assignments given based on the above syllabus duly graded carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering the entire syllabus carrying weightage of 10 Marks. cyclic codes and convolution codes. 2. * Optical fiber communication – type of fibers. optical source. 4. Communication Systems. wave guides. satellite system link models. Entropies of discrete system. John Wiley & sons. source encoding Huffman technique. Digital modulation Techniques ASK. detectors. microwave amplifier. PHI. PSK. 3. DPSK. 1998. Principles of Communication Systems. matched filter and correlation receiver.. * Microwave communication – transmission lines. 1995 282 . PHI.. sampling theorem. Roddy & Collen “ Electronic Communications”. McGraw Hill. Overview of Basic information theory Concept of information. Text Books:1. 2nd Ed. Taub & Schlling.B. M-PSK. QPSK.

triangular. mixed phase or linear phase systems ♦ Stability Analysis ♦ Finite word-length effect on system poles 3. Review of transforms ♦ Z. maximum phase. Chebyshev. Linear Phase FIR Systems ♦ Need for linear phase. DFT and FFT 2. hanning ♦ Design of FIR filters using Frequency sampling techniques ♦ Structures for implementation: canonic and lattice 4. impulse invariance.B.Tech (Electrical) Sem. Inverse Chebyshev. Frequency Domain Analysis of DT Systems ♦ Pole-zero diagram ♦ Frequency domain analysis using analytical & graphical techniques ♦ System classification based on pass-band as low pass. FIR Filter Design ♦ FIR versus IIR filters ♦ Design of FIR filters by windowing technique: -Gibb’s phenomenon -Use of different windows: rectangular. hamming. high pass. VII Digital Signal Processing (Course Code – 303150) 1.transform ♦ DTFS. Design of IIR filters ♦ The design process Methodology ♦ Different types of analog approximations: Butterworth. matched Z-transform ♦ Intuitive approaches 5. Band pass & band reject ♦ System classification based on phase response as Minimum phase. Quantization Effects ♦ Quantization methods ♦ Limit cycle oscillations due to Quantization ♦ Errors in frequency response due to coefficient Quantization 6 DSP processors ♦ Need for Special architecture ♦ Difference between DSP processor & microprocessor ♦ A general DSP processor 283 . ♦ Spectral transformations ♦ Conversion techniques like bilinear transformation. concept of phase delay & group delay ♦ Condition for Linear Phase ♦ Magnitude & phase response for Four types of Linear Phase systems ♦ Location of zeros 4. DTFT.

second edition. (2001) ♦ Digital Signal Processing: Principles.2001) ♦ Analog and Digital Signal Processing: by Ashok Ambardar. Algorithms and applications: J. PHI publications (1995) 284 . G. Antoniou. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication (.G. PHI Publication ♦ Digital Filters: Analysis Design and Applications by A. Proakis. Manolakis. D.Reference Books ♦ Discrete – Time Signal Processing: by Oppenheim & Schafer . Thomson Learning Publication.

circuit. 5.C. 1.1 Static Relays.Resistance. Buchholz relay. field suppression.circuit breaking. arc extinction. Types of Relays 6.2 Protection of Transmission lines & feeders. 5.C. 5. Principles of Circuit Braking 1. Pilot wire relaying.B. Impedance. 3. Primary and backup protection.) Term Work: Term work shall consist of at least six tutorials/assignments/computer programs carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering the entire syllabus carrying weightage of 10 marks. short circuit testing. Contact bounces.4 Ratings and specifications of circuit breakers. arc control devices. out of step relaying. 1.2 Definition of transient recovery voltage. 6. Tech (Electrical) SEM-VII Switchgear & Protection (Course code – 303160) 1. 4. (c) Distance Relay.2 Contact shapes and materials. 6.5 Protection of Induction Motors against single phasing and overcurrent. expression for TRV for different values of arc resistance. Low Tension Switchgear 2. 5. Power System Protection 5. 4. 5. plug setting.6 Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers. Protective Relaying 4.2 Principle and characteristics of (a) Overcurrent Relays . Acquaintance of ISI standards.3 Protection of Transformers.Time setting. 5.4 Protection of Generators. etc. Reactance. making and breaking capacities. Text Books: 285 . current chopping. MHO relays. (b) Directional Relays. advantages. (b) Desirable qualities of protective relaying.1 Objective of protective relaying (a) Protective zones.3 Theories of arc extinction. µP based protective schemes (programming or interfacing excluded). HRC fuse. protection against loss of prime mover and loss of excitation.1 Relevant protection for different types of Earth faults. arc voltage and current waveforms in an A. (d) Differential Relay.C and A. D. rate of rise of TRV.2 Introduction to DSP based protection (only simple schemes. IDMT relays. 2. Medium and High Tension Switchgear Principle of arc quenching in (a) Air Blast Circuit Breaker (ABCB) (b) Minimum Oil Circuit Breaker (MOCB) (c) Vacuum Circuit Breaker (d) SF6 Circuit Breaker.1 Initiation of arc. 1.1 Different types of LT Switchgears: (a) Air Circuit Breaker (ACB): construction and working (b) Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) 2.

2nd Ed. 1st Ed. Wiley Eastern Ltd.. Phadke A.1. 5.TMH Publication.N.. and Bhide S. 286 . Badri Ram and Vishwakarma D. Khanna Publication. 1994 Ravindranath and Chander. TMH Publication. 1990. Static Relays. 1st Ed. Switchgear and Protection. 1977. 3. 1997.S.. EEE 2003.G. 4th Ed. Paithankar Y. Power System Protection and Switchgear. Switchgear and Protection.1st Ed. Rao Sunil S. John Wiley & sons.R.G. Reference Books: GEC Relay Guide. Fundamentals of Power System Protection. and Thorp J. 4. 2. 1994. PHI Publication. Rao Madhav. “Computer Relaying for Power Systems”.

Tech (Electrical) Sem. VII Sub: Electrical Drives and Control (Course code – 303170) 1 Electrical Drives – An introduction • Electrical Drives • Advantages of Electrical Drives • Parts of Electrical Drives • Choice of Electrical Drives • Status of dc and ac Drives Dynamics of Electrical Drives • Fundamental Torque Equations • Speed Torque conventions and multiquadrant operation • Equivalent values of Drive parameters • Components of load torques • Natures and classification of load torques • Calculation of time and energy-loss in transient operations • Steady state stability • Load equalization Control of Electrical Drives • Modes of operation • Speed control and Drive classification • Closed loop control of Drives Selection of Motor power rating • Thermal model of motor for heating and cooling • Classes of motor duty • Determination of motor rating DC Motor Drives • Dc Motors and their performance • Starting • Braking • Transient Analysis • Speed control • Methods of armature voltage control • Ward Leonard Drives • Transformer and uncontrolled rectifier control • Controlled rectifier fed dc Drives • Control of fractional hp Motors • Chopper-controlled dc Drives Induction Motor Drives • Three phase Induction Motors • Operation with unbalanced source voltages and single phasing • Operation with unbalanced Rotor Impedances • Analysis of Induction Motor fed from non-sinusoidal voltage supply • Starting • Braking • Transient Analysis 287 2 3 4 5 6 .B.

• Speed control • Pole changing • Pole Amplitude Modulation • Stator voltage control • Variable frequency control from voltage sources • Variable frequency control from a Current source • Eddy current Drives • Rotor resistance control • Slip power recovery • Variable speed constant frequency generation • Single phase Induction Motors • Starting methods and types of Single phase Induction Motors • Braking of Single phase Induction Motors • Speed control of Single phase Induction Motors • Linear Induction Motor and its control 7 Synchronous Motor Drives • Synchronous Motors • Operation from fixed frequency supply • Synchronous Motor Variable speed drives • Starting large Synchronous Machines 8 Brushless dc Motor. Stepper Motor and Switched Reluctance Motor Drives • Brushless dc Motors • Stepper Motors • Switched (or Variable) Reluctance Motors 9 Solar and battery powered Drives • Solar panels • Motors suitable for pump Drives • Solar powered pump drives • Battery powered vehicles • Solar-powered Electrical vehicles and boats 10 Energy Conservation in Electrical Drives • Losses in Electrical Drive system • Measures for Energy Conservation in Electrical Drives • Use of efficient semiconductor converters • Use of efficient Motors • Use of variable speed Drives • Energy efficient operation of Drives • Improvement of power factor • Using a Motor of right rating • Improvement of quality supply • Use of single to three phase semiconductor converters in rural applications • Regular and preventive maintenance of motors . 11 Electrical drive system and components • Electrical drive system • Components used for obtaining signals for interlocking and sequencing operations and protection 288 .transformers and coupled equipments.

Dubey. K. 289 .G.References :Fundamentals of Electrical Drives By :.

LLG with fault impedance Zf • Open conductor faults 5) Traveling waves • Traveling waves on transmission lines. surge impedance of transmission line • open end line • Short end line • Line termination through a resistance • Reflection & refraction at a T. (Electrical) SEM-VII Sub -: Power System Design (Course code – 303180) 1) Corona • Phenomenon • Disruptive critical voltage. L-L-G • LG.junction 6) Lightning arrestor & surges • Lightning phenomenon • Wilson’s theory • Types of lightning arrestors 7) Design of transmission line • Introduction • Choice of voltage 290 . disadvantages. velocity.Tech. visual critical voltage • Power loss calculation using Peek’s formula & Peterson’s formula • Advantages . L-L.B. effects of corona • Charge voltage relation 2) Symmetrical fault calculation • Short circuit of synchronous machine on no load • Short circuit of a loaded synchronous machines • Selection of circuit breaker • Algorithm for short circuit studies • Zbus formulation 3) Sequence components • Symmetrical component transformation • Phase shift in star delta transformer • Sequence impedances & network of synchronous machine • Sequence impedance of transmission lines • Sequence impedances & networks of transformers • Construction of sequence networks of power system 4) Unsymmetrical fault calculation • Various types of unsymmetrical faults • L-G. LL.

and Shubha Pandit. and Kothari D. TMH Publication. Computational Methods for Large Sparse Power System Analysis. 2002 3) Wadhawa C. 4) Gupta B. Khaparde S. An Object Oriented Approach. Power System Analysis and Design...S. 2) Glover D. 2003 291 ..• • • • • Selection of conductor size Choice of span. Kluwer Academic Publisher. number of circuits.R. TMH Publication. Thomson Asia Pte Ltd. conductor configuration Insulation Design Selection of ground wire Evaluation of line performance 8) HVDC • Introduction • Comparison of EHV-AC & HVDC Text Books: 1) Nagrath I. second edition. 1989. Electrical Power Systems..A. 2) Saadat Hadi.A.1998. Reference Book: 1) Soman S.J. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Power System Analysis.P. New York 2001.. first edition. Second Edition 1991.J. Power System Analysis and Design. Modern Power System Analysis. Wheeler Publishing. and Sarma M.L. Third Edition.

Interconnected System • Introduction • Grid formation 292 . Power Quality • Introduction • Harmonics in power supply • Defining quality of power 6. Automatic Generation and Voltage Control • Introduction • Load Frequency Control (Single Area case) • Load frequency Control and Economic Dispatch Control • Two-area Load Frequency Control • Optimal (two-area) Load Frequency Control • Automatic Voltage Control • Load Frequency Control with Generation Rate Constraints (GRCS) • Speed Governor Dead-band and its Effect • Digital LF Controllers • Reactive Power Control 3 . (Electrical) SEM-VIII Power System Analysis (Course code – 303190) 1. Power System Stability • Introduction • Dynamics of Synchronous Machine • Power Angle Equation • Node Elimination Technique • Steady State Stability • Transient Stability • Equal Area Criterion • Numerical Equation of Swing Equation • Multi-machine Stability • Factors Affecting Transient Stability 4. Load Flow Studies • Introduction • Network Model Formulation • Formulation of YBUS by singular transformation • Load Flow Problem • Gauss-Seidel Method • Newton-Raphson Method • Decoupled Load Flow Methods • Comparison of Load Flow Methods • Control of Voltage Profile 2.E.B.

• Operation & control of an interconnected system Text Books: 5) Nagrath I.. Power System Analysis. Wiley Eastern Ltd. An Object Oriented Approach. and Kothari D. Computational Methods for Large Sparse Power System Analysis. Power System Analysis and Design. 4) Glover D. 2002 7) Wadhawa C.. Khaparde S.1998 Reference Book: 3) Soman S. 8) Gupta B.J. 2003 293 .. Power System Analysis and Design. Modern Power System Analysis.A.S. Thomson Asia Pte Ltd. 1989. and Shubha Pandit. first edition. TMH Publication. 6) Saadat Hadi. Electrical Power Systems.J. Second Edition 1991. Wheeler Publishing. Third Edition. Kluwer Academic Publisher.L.. second edition.R.. New York 2001.A. TMH Publication.P. and Sarma M.

PID controller tuning methods  oscillation or quarter amplitude Understanding PID tuning procedures  Process reaction curve PID tuning method  Sustained oscillation PID tuning  Damped decay PID tuning procedure  The relay experiment 5. (Electrical) SEM VIII Industrial Controllers (Course code – 303200) 1. Controller assessment framework  Close loop stability  Disturbance rejection performance  Reference tracking performance (Proportional control. Simple tuning method  Choice of controller structure  Manual tuning method  Proportional control of a system with a first order model  Proportional and Integral control of a system with a first order model  Proportional and Derivative control procedure  PID controller design by pole-placement 3.B.E. Introduction to programmable controllers  Introduction to PLC functions o Industrial motor control circuits o Relay ladder logic circuits o Building a ladder diagram o Motor control starter circuits  Introduction to PLC components o Rack assembly o Power Supply o PLC programming units o Input output sections o Processor unit o Addressing o Relationship of data-file addresses to I/O modules 6. Fundamental PLC programming  PLC program execution 294 . PI and PID controller formula) 2. Integral control. The practical aspects of PID controller  Understanding common notation for industrial PID controllers  Industrial PID control technology  The issues in implementing an industrial PID controller  Integral wind-up and anti windup circuits  Implementing the derivative term  Industrial PID controller structures  Different forms of industrial PID controllers  Reverse acting controllers  Digital PID control 4.  derivative control.

1st Ed. 2001 295 .        Ladder diagram programming language Ladder diagram programming Relay logic instructions Timer instructions Counter instructions Data manipulation instructions Arithmetic operations Writing a program 7... : Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers. Bartelt T. 1997. properly recorded and graded. Palgrave-MacMillan.. Wilkie J. which will carry a weightage of 15 marks & the test will carry a weightage of 10 marks. Industrial Control Electronics : Devices. Text Books: 1. Delmar Thomson Learning. 2. & Katebi R. Dunning G. Advanced programming PLC interfacing and troubleshooting  Introduction o Jump commands o Data manipulation  Programmable controller interfacing  Discrete I/O modules  Troubleshooting I/O interfaces  Analog I/O signals  Special purpose modules  Troubleshooting programmable controllers Term Work The term work will consist of at least 6 experiments/assignments duly performed. Systems and Applications. Delmar Thomson Learning. : Control Engineering : An Introductory Course. 1st Ed. 2nd Ed..2001 3. Johnson M.

B. Text Books: Kathy Schwalbe. 2nd Edition. Project Management Process:  Initiating  Planning  Executing  Controlling  Closing Term work : Term work shall consist of at least 2 case studies implemented using the tool set like Microsoft project 2000 and a test carrying a weightage of 10 marks.I Project Management (Course code – 403010) Lectures/week: 4 Hours Practicals/week: 2 Hours Paper: 100 Marks Duration: 3 Hours Oral : 25 Marks Term work: 25 Marks Objectives of the course: This course deals with the project management processes and their application to meet specific scope. TMH Publication Reference Books: 296 . Project Management Knowledge areas • Project Integration Management • Project Scope Management • Project Time Management • Project Cost Management • Project Quality Management • Project Human Resource Management • Project Communications Management • Project Risk Management • Project Procurement Management 3. Introduction to Project management Definition and History. cost . time. 1. Philips “Project Management”. (Electrical) SEM VIII Elective . 2.E. Thomson Learning. quality and people expectation goals related to a project. “Information Technology Project management”.

E. Gido and Clements.detection of network problems o Network sensitivity methods 297 . 2nd Edition. Pennsylvania . (Electrical) SEM-VII Elective – 1 Optimization of Power System (Course code – 403020) 1) Optimal System Operation • Introduction • Optimal Operation of Generators on a Bus-bar • Optimal Unit Commitment • Reliability Considerations • Optimum Generation Scheduling • Optimal Load Flow Solution • Optimal Scheduling of Hydrothermal System • Power System Security 2) Unit commitment • Introduction o Constraint in unit commitment : introduction o Spinning reserve o Thermal unit constraint o Other constraint o Hydro constraints o Must run o Fuel constraints • Unit commitment solution methods o Priority list methods o Dynamic programming solution 3) Interchange evaluation & power pools • Introduction • Economy interchange • Economy interchange evalution • Interchange evaluation with unit commitment • Multiple interchange contracts • After-the – Fact production costing • Transmission losses in transaction evaluation • Other types of interchanging • Power pools 4) Power system security • Introduction • Factors affecting power system security • Contingency analysis:. 2. Thomson Learning B. Project Management Institute . “A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge “( PMBOK Guide).1. Newtown Square. USA. “ Successful Project Management”.

John Wiley & sons Publication 10) Nagrath I.P. second edition.J... Power System Analysis and Design. Wollenberg. first edition. TMH Publication.Wood & Bruce F. and Sarma M.J. Operation.S..R. 2002 12) Glover D. Power System Analysis and Design. Wheeler Publishing. and Kothari D. Third Edition. Modern Power System Analysis. Power Generation.• o Calculation of network sensitivity o AC load flow Correcting the generation dispatch o Correcting the generation dispatch by sensitivity methods o Compensated factors o Correcting the generation dispatch using linear programming 5) An introduction to State Estimation in Power Systems • Introduction • Power system state estimation • Maximum likelihood Weighted Least. Thomson Asia Pte Ltd. 1989 11) Saadat Hadi. & Control .Squares Estimation • State Estimation of an AC network • An Estimation to advanced topics in State Estimation • Application of Power System State Estimation Text Books: 9) Allen J. 2003 13) Gupta B. 1998. Power System Analysis. TMH Publication. 298 .

HVDC System configuration and components  Classification of HVDC links  components of HVDC transmission system. J. valve blocking and bypassing  Starting and stopping .B. E.E. The theory of steady state reactive power control in electric transmission lines. Reactive compensation and the electric arc furnace. Series compensation. Study of various compensators like TCR-FC. Reactive power compensation and the dynamic performance of transmission systems. UPFC. Control of HVDC Systems  Basic principle of control . The theory of load compensators. IEEE std. Converter Theory and Performance Equation  Valve characteristics.-512. Converter Faults and Protection  Converter faults  Protection against overcurrents  Overvoltage in converter stations  Protection against overvoltages. Shunt compensation. 3. (Electrical) SEM-VII Elective – 1 POWER QUALITY (Course code – 403030) • • • • • • • • • Power quality: factors defining power quality. power flow reversal  Controls for enhancement of AC system performance 299 . Principles of static compensators. detail study of important causes along with their theoretical and analytical basis. Miller B. multiple bridge converter. Harmonics: Analytical and experimental evaluation. 2. converter circuit  converter transformer rating. IPFC Text Books:1) Power quality By Haytt 2) Reactive Power Control by T. (Electrical) SEM-VII Elective – 1 HVDC Transmission (Course code – 403040) 1. control implementation  Converter firing control system . 4.E. TCR-SC. . measurement principals and practices.

their control and estimation.  Introduction to Numerical methods for the estimation of Electric Field Intensity. Influence of AC systems strength on AC / DC system Interaction     Short circuit ratio.5. 3. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II High Voltage Engineering (Course code – 403050) 1. Electrostatic Fields. Conduction and breakdown in liquid dielectrics  Conduction and breakdown in pure liquids  Conduction and breakdown in commercial liquids..  Ionization processes. Harmonics and Filters Ac side and DC side harmonics. Ac system fault . Breakdown in solid dielectrics  Intrinsic. 1991 2. Termwork Termwork shall consist of at least six experiments/assignments carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering the entire syllabus carrying weightage of 10 marks..  Paschen’s law. HVDC Transmission. HVDC Transmission Systems. Townsend’s current growth equation-Primary and secondary processes. 7. reactive power and AC system strength Problem with low effective short circuit ratio (ESCR) Solution to problems associated with weak systems Effective inertia constant. converter fault .  Electric field stress.1st Ed.. Conduction and breakdown in air and other gaseous dielectrics in electric fields. 1965 B. 6. electronic equipments. 4. Padiyar K. Kimbark E. Text Books: 1.E.R. breakdown in non-uniform fields and corona discharges. Electro-mechanical and Thermal breakdown  Breakdown of solid dielectrics in practice  Breakdown of composite insulation  Solid dielectrics used in practice  Application of insulating materials in electrical power apparatus..W. 2. its control and estimation.  Post-breakdown phenomena and application.  Practical considerations in using gas for insulation purposes. forced commutation. 300 .  Analysis of Electrical field intensity in Homogenous Isotropic Single dielectric and multi dielectric system.1st Ed. Townsend’s criterion for breakdown in electronegative gases. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Wiley. Responses to AC and DC system Faults  Dc Line fault.

2nd edition. bushing. Partial discharge measurements. 1984. Testing and evaluation of dielectric materials and power apparatus. Naidu M. Measurement of high voltage and currents  Measurement of HV DC.. and Abdullah M.Generation of High Voltage and Currents. isolators. 1994. HV AC and impulse voltage and currents. 1st edition.       Non-destructive testing of dielectric materials DC resistivity measurement Dielectric and loss factor measurement. Kuffel E. Testing of insulators. Kuffel E. Earthing and its importance... 7. High Voltage laboratory.. Radio interference measurement. 3. transformers. High Voltage Engineering. 1995 2. Introduction to High Voltage Engineering.  Generation of HV DC. Text Books 1. Wadhwa C. and Kamaraju V. TMH Publication. HV AC and Impulse Voltage  Generation of impulse currents  Tripping and Control of impulse generators. cable. Pergamon. surge diverters. 8. 1970. “High Voltage Engineering” Wiley Eastern Ltd. high voltage motors. High Voltage Engineering. Planning and Layout   Size and dimensions of the equipment and their layout.Design. 4. Term work At least 6 experiments including a report on visit to a high voltage laboratory covering the topics mentioned in the above syllabus.L. circuit breakers. Pergamon. 301 .S.

B.E. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II

ELECTRIC TRACTION (Course code – 403060)
1. Traction Systems Steam engine drive – Internal combustion engine drive – Electric drive – Diesel Electric traction – Mechanical transmission – Electric transmission – Types of electric transmission – Electrical transmission employing d.c generator d.c series motor – Electric transmission system employing 3 phase alternator supplying d.c traction motors – Electrical transmission employing 3 phase alternator supplying induction motors – Choice of traction systems for India. 2. Power Supply Systems for Track Electrification Historical background – Direct current system – Single phase low frequency a.c systemSingle phase high frequency a.c system – three phase low frequency system – Composite system – Kando system – Single phase to d.c system – Problems of single phase traction system – Current unbalance – Voltage unbalance – Production of harmonics – Induction effects – Electrostatic induction – Electric magnetic induction – Booster transformer – Rail connected booster transformer – Booster transformer with return feeder – Comparison between pure a.c and d.c systems. 3. Traction mechanics Units used in traction mechanics – types of services – Speed time curve – Equivalent straight line braking – Construction of speed time curve – Simplified speed time curve – Average speed and schedule speed – Traction effort – Traction effort speed characteristic - Power of traction motor – Specific energy consumption – Factors affecting specific energy consumption – Mechanics of train movement – Weight transfer due to torque exerted by traction motor – Weight transfer due to drawbar pull – Methods of reducing weight transfer – Weight transfer during braking – Coefficient of adhesion – Factors affecting slip – Influence of track on the coefficient of adhesion – Influence of electrical parts – Wheel slip detection device – Permissible speed of train on curves. 4. Power Supply Arrangements High voltage supply – Substations – Feeding post – Feeding and sectioning arrangements – Sectioning and paralleling post – Subsectioning and paralleling post – Subsectioning post – Elementary section – Miscellaneous equipment at control posts or switching stations –Major equipment at substation - Transformer – Circuit breaker – Interruptor – protection system for a.c system – Remote control centre – Functions of d.c traction substations - Major equipment of d.c substation. 5. Overhead Equipment OHE – Principles of design of OHE – composition of OHE – Height of contact wire – Contact wire gradient – Encumbrance – span length –Automatic weight tensioning temperature compensation – Stagger – Uninsulated over lap – Insulated over lap – Neutral section – Turn out – Section insulator – Isolator – System of stringing – Curvilinear OHE – Polygonal OHE – Single catenary construction – Compound catenary construction – Stitched catenary construction – Modified compound catenary – Continuous mesh catenary – Composed compound catenary – Catenary with variable dropper spacing – Effect of speed on OHE – Push up and oscillations of OHE – Clearance – OHE in tunnels – Basic sag and tension calculations- Dropper design – Dropper length for span with 302

unequal encumbrances – Use of aluminium for OHE – Recording car – Precautions for working on electrified sections – Track bonding – Earthing – Communication facilities – protection of underground installations against corrosion – Method of crossing – Overhead crossings – Cable crossings – Maintenance of OHE – OHE v/s power transmission line – Inspection of OHE – Maintenance schedule – Maintenance depots. 6. Current Collection Systems Conductor rail equipment – Current collection gear for OHE – Cable collector – Pole collector – Bow collector – Pantograph collector – Quality of current collection . 7. Traction Motors Desirable characteristics of traction motors – Straight d.c series motor – Suitability of series for traction duty – Constructional details of d.c traction motors – Series motor using undulating d.c – Suitability of shunt motor for traction duty – Single phase series motors – Behaviour of d.c armature in a.c field and commutation of series motors – Commutation – Constructional features – repulsion motor – Compensated repulsion motor – Induction motor – Variable frequency inverter employing SCR – Linear induction motor. 8. Traction Motor Control Control of d.c traction motors – Series parallel control – Shunt transition – Bridge transition – Drum control employing shunt transition – Contactor type bridge transition controller – Double series parallel control – Advantages of series parallel starting – Buck and boost method of starting and speed control – Metadyne control – tap changer control – Thyristor control – Thyristor control on a.c side – Cycle selection method of control of SCR – Thyristor control on d.c side or chopper control – Multiple unit control – Nonautomatic type master controller – Master controller for automatic acceleration – Multiple operation of locomotives. 9. Supervisory Control Advantages of remote control – Systems of remote controls – Remote control system equipment and network – Mimic diagram – Control desk for TPC – Remote control switching equipment – FMVFT – Power supply – Controlled station equipment – General principle of operation – Supervisory and alarm facilities – frequency allocation. 10. Track Circuits and Track Equipments D.C track circuit – Coded track circuit - A.C track circuit – Audio frequency track circuit – High frequency track circuit – Jemount track circuit – Aster J.E.S track circuit – Axis counting – Axle counters- Last vehicle proving – Automatic train stop – Point machine – Signals – Semaphore signals – Warner signals – Stop signals fo approach trains – Stop signals for departing trains – Coaching signals – Position of signals – shunt signals – Point indicator – Colour, light signals – Multi lamp route indicator – Junction direction indicator – Centralised traffic control. 11. Protection of Electric Locomotive Equipment and Circuits: Safety Considerations and Monitoring Introduction – Board strategy for protection – Surge protection – Overload protection of Main power circuits – Earth fault protection of power of auxiliary circuits – Protection from over voltages and under voltages – Differential current protection of traction circuits – Protection against high and low air pressure in the compressed air circuit – Temperature

303

monitoring - protection transformer by bucholz relay – Protection against accidental contact with H.T equipment – Protection against fires

References: 1. Modern Electric Traction by H.Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd.
2. Electric Traction by J Upadhyay, S N Mahendra Allied Publishers Ltd. B.E. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II

PLC (Programmable Logic Controllers) (Course code – 403070)
Syllabus 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PLC ArchitectureControllers, hardware, internal architecture, commercial PLC problems Input/Output DevicesInput devices, output devices, examples of applications programs Input/Output ProcessingSignal conditioning, remote connections, networks Ladder and functional block programmingLadder diagram, ladder functions, latching, function blocks IL,SFC and ST programming methodsInstruction lists, sequential function charts Internal relaysLadder programs, battery-backed relays, set and reset Jump and Call Timers and countersTypes of timers, off-delay timers, programming, timers with counters Shift registers

10 Data handlingArithmetic functions, closed loop control problems 11 Designing systemsProgram development, safe systems, fault finding 12 Testing and DebuggingTemperature control, valve sequencing 304

13 Programs Text Book: Programmable Logic Controllers and Industrial Automation: An Introduction By Madhuchhanda and Samarjit Sen Gupta Reference Book: 1 Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and Applications By John R. Hackworth [Old Dominion University] and Frederick D.Hackworth Jr. 2 Programmable Logic Controllers By W. Bolton, Fourth Edition

B.Tech. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II

Advanced microprocessor and application (Course code – 403080)

(1) Advanced architectures:Vonnumen and Harvard architecture, non-pipelined, super pipelined, superscalar processor, memory banking, interleaved memory, big endian and little endian, RISC and CISC processors

(2) Memory system:Virtual memory concepts, segmentation and paging, MMU, cache memory, principle of locality, cache architecture like look through, look aside, unified cache, split cache, cache organization like k-way associative, direct associative, fully associative, cache coherence.

(3) Introduction to embedded system:Features, comparison between desktop and embedded system, classification, marketing trends, selection of embedded system, types of embedded memory, various types of I/O devices like LCD, LED, keyboard, ADC, DAC, control valves, sensors, timers, and printers.

(4) Microcontroller:8051 and it’s derivatives, architecture, addressing modes, instruction sets, timers, serial port, I/O ports, interrupts, power saving, Boolean processor, 8051 programming in assembly and C language, CAN bus, SPI, I2C, flash programming of 89CX051, enhanced 8051 features in Intel 80251, Dallas HSM microcontroller.

(5) Embedded System design methodology:System development process, requirements engineering, design tradeoff, implementation integration, testing on host system, testing on target board, 8051 based software development system like KEIL, 8051 based hardware development boards.

305

(6) Applications:Microcontroller in SCADA, Xmas lights, robotic applications, tomia wall hanging mouse, temperature controller, aircraft controller, PWM motor control, ultrasonic measurement, LCD interface, small printer interface.

Books:1. Computer architecture by Stallings, Pearson publication. 2. Embedded/real time system by Prasad, Dreamtech publication. 3. Programming and customizing of 8051 microcontroller by Myke Predko, TMH

B.Tech. (Electrical) SEM VIII Elective-III

Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) (Course code – 403090)
1. Load Compensation  Reactive Power (VAR) Compensation for isolated loads  Power Factor correction  Voltage Regulation  V-Q characteristics for an inductive load  System load line  Effect of shunt capacitor / reactor bias on the system V-Q characteristic  V-Q characteristics of VAR compensators in terms of shirt circuit levels  Load balancing in 3-phase loads with parallel compensation 2. Transmission Line  Wave equation  Standing waves  Surge impedance and SIL  Voltage and current profile along unloaded line  Ferranti effect  Effect of loading on reactive power requirement 3. Voltage control  Tap changing transformers  Booster transformers  Static voltage regulators  Thyristorised series voltage injection 4. Converters and Inverters  Real and reactive power enhancement of a power system in time domain (using series and parallel configurations)  Protection of valves 5. Types of compensators  Passive and active compensators  Shunt reactor / capacitor compensators o Single o Multiple

306

o Mid-point Static compensators o Control schemes and characteristics of  FC – TCR  TCR – TSC  TSC and other combinations

6. Dynamic compensation  Introduction  Effect on stability of a power system 7. Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC)  Basic relationships for power flow control  Synchronous voltage sources  Implementation of synchronous voltage source  Shunt compensation by synchronous voltage source o Reactive power compensation scheme  Series compensation by synchronous voltage source o Reactive series compensation  Unified power flow concept 8. Harmonics  Harmonics generated by FACTS and their mitigation  Different power quality problems that could be solved using flexible sub-systems. Term Work The term work will consist of at least 6 assignment/experiments duly performed, properly recorded and graded, which will carry a weightage of 15 marks & the test will carry a weightage of 10 marks. Text Books:

1. Miller T.J.E., Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems, Wiley Europe, 1st Ed. 1983. 2. Hingorani N.G. & Gyugyi L., Understanding FACTS: Concepts and Technology of
Flexible AC Transmission Systems, Wiley-IEEE Press, 1st Ed. 1999

B.Tech (Electrical) Sem. VIII Elective - III

SCADA (Course code – 403100) 1 SCADA System
• • • Systems used for Monitoring, Switching, & Controlling Electric Apparatus in Manned & Unmanned Sub-stations and generating stations. Functional Characteristics (master-RTU Data/Control flow.)-Strategic Benefits. Typical Equipment Functional Diagram- master station functional Block Diagram- (Both Centralized & Distributed ) Single Master Station & Single RTU, Single Master Station & Multiple RTUs, Multiple Master Stations & Multiple RTUs 307

2 Interfaces
• • • • • • • • •

• • • •

RTU Functional Block Diagram. Concept of coordinated Control systemSystem functionality – ( Bay Level & Substation level ) Master Station & Remote Station Equipments. Time Synchronization. Mechanical Interfaces Grounding Interfaces- safety or Equipment Ground, Signal or Instrumentation Circuit ground Electrical power Interfaces-Requirement of chargers, Batteries & back-up arrangements Power quality –( internal Noise, Surge withstand Capability ) Data & Control interfaces Communication Interfaces. Master station RTU links,- Block diagram Digital Data transmission, Asynchronous & Synchronous Transmission, error handling Standards., protocols –( MODbus, DNP 3.0 ) Communication media & configuration –Fibre optic Communication, Satellite Communication , LAN & WAN. Communication Application in Power Systems, Number of channels, Channel considerations, Channel switching & Redundancy. Number of RTUs per channel. RTU – : o General Features, Technical Specifications of any one type of RTU ( like NELCo, GE, SIEMENS ) o Description & function of various cards, (DI, DO, AI, AO, Power supply) o Communication Ports o Communication Protocols o Types of Transducers & IEDs.

3 Communication Management

4 Field Equipments

5 Digtal Signal Processing
• • • • • •

6 Numeric Protection

Analog to Digital Converter – Ramp Converter& successive approximation converters Sample & Hold Amplifiers , Multiplexers, A/D Conversion in protective Relays, Continuous Vs Discrete Waveforms, sampling, Digital Filtering Spectral Analysis, Digital Filtering in Protection relays Various Protective Schemes for Transformers, Generators, Motors Overload, short circuit Earth fault protection schemes. Typical application examples for REM 543. Protection Functions- Symbols & Notations as per IEEE Standards, and corresponding IEC symbol. Numeric Relay hardware Features of Numeric Relay (as applicable to REM 543/545 or any similar model)

308

7 SCADA software
• •

Main Functions, Protection functions, measurement functions, Disturbance functions , Control functions ,Condition monitoring functions, communication functions Application Software ; ( SIEMENS or any other ) Important Features.- MMI Functions, System Security, Zoning, Downloading Database from master to RTU, safety tagging, Periodic data update, Auto fault isolation, Online reporting of module failure, Time stamping of events, ladder logic implementation Picture editing , maintenance, Database Organization.

References : Telecommunication facilities for operation & maintenance of oil and gas pipeline –: IS-15655 of 2006  IEEE Std. – Defination, specification and analysis of systems used for SCADA -: IEEE Std C-37.1 of 1994  IS SCADA system for oil & gas pipe line -: IS-15654 of 2006  Digital Protection and Numerical Relays – IEE Book – Vol IV  ABB Relay Manual

B. TECH. (ELECTRICAL) Sem - VIII

Elective - III Medical Electronics (Course code – 403110)
Rationale : This subject introduces an interdisciplinary field and shall provide knowledge of the combination of Biomedical Engineering as well as the technology of instrumentation. This subject teaches application of Electronics Engineering to Medicine. DETAILED SYLLABUS : Study of Human Body Anatomy and Physiology of the human body, Body system – Skeletal, Muscular, Circulatory, Respiratory, Digestive, Excretory, Nervous, Endocrine, Reproductive. Study of the Human Cell Average Human Cell, Transport across the cell membrane and membrane potential – Na+ and K + transport, Action Potential, Electrical Equivalent Circuit of a cell. Bio-Electronics, transducers and amplifiers Electrode – Electrolyte Interface, different electrode types, Stimulating electrodes, Biomedical Amplifiers.Transducers for measurement of physiological events. Electrocardiogram

309

Origin of the heart beat and the electrical activity of the heart, the ECG and its analysis, the Einthoven Triangle, Bipolar leads, Unipolar leads, Vector cardiography, Measurement of cardiac output, ECG electrodes, ECG Amplifiers, Cardiac Arrhythmias. Bioelectric Signals Study of Characteristics of various Bioelectric Signals such as EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and their recording. Signal Measurement • Measurement of blood pressure, blood flow and cardiac output. • Impedance Plethysmography. • Measurements in the respiratory system.

Biomedical Instruments Stimulators , Defibrillators , Pacemakers , Respirators , Bedside Monitor , Audiometer and hearing aids. Oximetry , Ear Oximeter , Pulse Oximeter , Blood Gas Analyzer, Spirometry , Pulmonary Function Analyzers. Prosthesis Introduction to Prosthesis. Electrical Safety Electrical safety of patient and medical equipment. BOOKS: Textbooks: 1. Cromwell L. Weibell and Pfeiffer, Biomedical Instrumentation and measurements, Prentice Hall of India, 1993. 2. Khandpur R. S., Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Second edition, 2003. Additional Reading: 1. Ganong W. F., Review of Medical Physiology, Prentice Hall Inc., USA, 1995. 2. Webster J. G. – Medical Instrumentation – Application and Design, Wiley and Sons Inc., Third edition, 1999. 3. Carr and Brown, Introduction to biomedical equipment technology, Fourth edition, Pearson Press, 2003. TERM WORK: 1. Term work shall consist of at least eight practicals and assignments covering the topics of the syllabus.

BE Electrical ( Sem-VIII)
310

Elective - III Robotics and Automation (Course Code: 403120)
Detailed Syllabus 1. Introduction : Introduction to robotics, components and structure of robotics, common kinematic arrangements. 2. Rigid Motions and Homogeneous Transformations : Rotations, Compositions of rotations, Properties of rotations, Homogeneous transformations, Skew symmetric matrices, Angular velocity and acceleration, Addition of Angular velocities 3. Forward Kinematics: Kinematics chains, Denavit-Hartenberg representation 4. Inverse kinematics: Kinematic decoupling, inverse position, Inverse orientation. 5. Velocity kinematics – The manipulator Jacobian: Derivation of Jacobian, singularities, inverse Velocity and Acceleration. 6. Dynamics: Euler –Lagrange equations, expression for kinetic and potential energy, equations of motions, some common configurations, Newton-Euler formulations. 7. Independent joint control: Actuator dynamics, set point tracking, drive train dynamics, trajectory interpolation, feedforward control and computed Torque. 8. Multivariable control: PD control, inverse dynamics, implementation and robustness issues, robust outer loop design. References: 1) Mark W.Spong, M.Vidyasagar, Robotic dynamics and control ,Wiley student edition – 2004. 2) Asade.H, Robot analysis and control, John Wiley – 1986. 3) Kozlowski, Krzyszfof(Ed), Robot motion and control: recent developments, Bezlin: Spinzervalag.

311

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER III 312

Single – Stage Integrated Circuit MOSFET Amplifiers. The Power FET (VMOS). the Common Source Amplifier. Other Small – Signal Parameters And Equivalent Circuits. Bipolar Transistor Biasing – Single Base Resistor Biasing. Understanding Manufacturer’s Specifications. Expanded Hybrid – π Equivalent Circuit. B. Input Protection in MOSFET. Multiple–Diode Circuits. Transistor Structures. MOSFET DC Circuit Analysis. Current–Voltage Characteristics. NPN Transistor : Forward–active Mode Operation.Y. Multistage Amplifiers. Voltage Divider Biasing and Bias Stability. The Three Basic Amplifier Configuration: Summary and Configuration. Power Considerations. Basic Transistor Applications – Switch. Basic MOSFET Applications: Switch. MOS Field–Effect Transistor. Digital Logic Gate and Amplifier. The Bipolar Junction Transistor Basic Bipolar Junction Transistor. Diode Circuits: DC Analysis and Models. Load Line and Modes Of Operation. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. Introduction to Semiconductor Diode Theory. The Common Gate Configuration. Light–Emitting Diode. Other Diode Types – Solar Cell. AC Load Line Analysis. Clipper and Clamper Circuits. Common Emitter Amplifiers. Circuit Symbols and Conventions. The Bipolar Linear Amplifier. Multistage Amplifiers. Filter. PNP Transistor : Forward–active Mode Operation. DC Analysis of Transistor Circuits. Temperature Effects. The Three Basic Amplifier configurations: Summary and Comparison. The Source Follower Amplifier. Multistage Circuits. Common–Emitter Circuits. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Electronic Circuit Analysis & Design I Semiconductor Materials and Diodes Review of Semiconductor Materials and Properties. Diode Circuits Design of Rectifier Circuits. Basic JFET Amplifiers 313 . Ripple Voltage and Diode Current. Small Signal Hybrid – π Equivalent Circuit of the Bipolar Transistor. Photodiode. Common Collector Emitter Follower Amplifier. Manufacturers’ Specifications. Basic BJT Amplifiers Analog Signals and Linear Amplifiers.S. The PN Junction. Photodiode and LED Circuits. Common Bipolar Circuits: DC Analysis. Common Base Amplifier. Basic FET Amplifiers The MOSFET Amplifier. Environmental Thermal Considerations in Transistor Amplifiers. The Field Effect Transistor Junction Field–Effect Transistor. Full Wave Rectification. Half Wave Rectification. Temperature effects in MOSFETs. AC Equivalent Circuits. Graphical Analysis and AC Equivalent Circuit. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. Schottky Barrier Diode. Amplifier. Non ideal Transistor Leakage Currents and Breakdown. Zener Diode Circuits. Hybrid – π Equivalent Circuit Including the Early Effect. Voltage Doubler Circuit. Zener Diode.TECH. Integrated Circuit Biasing.

Third edition. Second edition. McGraw Hill International edition. 2002 Additional Reading: Donald Schilling & Charles Belove. McGraw Hill International edition 2001 Martin Roden . William Wieserman. Electronic Design. Electronic Circuits Discrete and Integrated. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design. Shroff Publishers. 1989 314 . Neamen. Gordon Carpenter.Text Books: Donald A. Fourth edition.

Stepping Motors. diamagnetism.S. Prentice Hall of India. Electrical Engineering Materials.K. torque equation. characteristics & applications. Text Books: Sawhney A. B. motor ratings.. L. 1985. Nagrath & Kothari.Y`. Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments.TECH.C. Dhanpatrai and Sons. 1994. medium & high resistances – Wheatstone & Kelvin bridge. slip. Srinivasan M. Megger.C & A. 1987. second edition. 1993. Hay’s & Anderson’s bridge. development of equivalent circuit. Principle of Power Factor & Frequency meter. Paramagnetism. 315 . twelfth reprint. maximum torque. Magnetic Properties of Materials The magnetic dipole movement. rotor frequency. Moving Iron Instruments. Electrodynamometer. torque – speed characteristics. Rectifier type Instruments. and C Measurement of low. Tata McGraw Hill. construction & principle of operation. speed control. fifth edition. A.C. J.. CEDT: Indian Institute of Science. Ohmmeter. Potentiometers & their applications. Electrical Machines. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Electrical Technology Measuring Instruments Review of Permanent Magnet Moving Coil (PMMC). 1997 Dekker A. Golding. Use of Current & Potential Transformers. Stepper Motor Principle of working. bridge circuits for measurement of inductance & capacitanceMaxwell’s. Three Phase Induction Motors Rotating magnetic field. The origin of permanent magnetic dipoles in matter. P. Extension of ranges of voltmeters and ammeters. Measurement of R. Potentiometers Principles of D. Schering bridge. Ferromagnetism. Electrostatic Instruments. Starting methods. Wheeler Publishing. A Course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation..

magnetization from macroscopic view point. Prentice Hall of India. Thermal conductivity of metals. Chand and company. B. Schrödinger wave equation. Conducting Material: Factors affecting the resistivity of electrical materials. superconductors. ferromagnetic domain and coercive force.Y. spontaneous magnetization and curieweiss law. McGraw Hill International edition (II) 316 . Semi conducting Materials: Crystal structure of semiconductor. collision time and mean free path electron scattering and resistivity of metals.S. ohm’s law and relaxation time of electrons. bipolar relaxation. conduction process in semiconductor. Compensation doping. quantum mechanics.J. origin of permanent magnetic dipoles in matter materials. Frequency dependence of electric and ionic polarizability. photosensitive semiconductors. Static dielectric constant of solids.Dakkar: Electrical Engineering Materials. lenz’s law and induced dipole moments. Dielectric constant of polyatomic molecules. interpretation of wave function. Optical properties of solids: Light semiconductor interaction. Textbooks: A. ferrimagnetic materials. atomic interpretation of dielectric constant of monoatomic gases. density of carriers in intrinsic semiconductor extrinsic semiconductor.TECH. Classification of magnetic materials. C. Magnetic properties of materials: Magnetic field. Ferroelectric materials. dielectric losses. magnetic dipole moment of current loop. John Allison: Electronic engineering semiconductors and devices. internal field in solids and liquids. Complex dielectric constant of non dipolar solids. the continuity equation. density of carriers and the position of fermilevel in extrinsic semiconductors.S. Uncertainty principle & statistical mechanics. S. heat developed in a current carrying conductor.Indulkar: An introduction to Electrical Engineering Materials. Dielectric properties of insulators: Static Dielectric constant polarization. photo conductive and photo emissive materials. diamagnetism. orbital magnetic dipole moment and angular momentum. absorption of light direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. spontaneous polarization and piezo electricity. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Electronic Material Science Review of Atomic structure. spontaneous ferromagnetic materials. electrical conduction in semiconductor. relaxation time. antiferromagnetic materials. wave particle duality.

Robert J. LU decomposition and matrix inversion. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Numerical Techniques Errors in numerical computation Error types. Ltd. Linear programming . Runge – Kutta methods – Euler’s method. Runga-kutta method of second and fourth order. B.S. Multidimensional unconstrained – Direct method. and polynomial regression. The False position method. linear regression.(including relevant engineering applications and transportation problems) One-dimensional unconstrained . Schilling . Raymond P. analysis and estimation. Gauss-Jordan method. Applied Numerical Methods for Engineers (Using MATLAB and C). Open Methods – The Newton-Raphson method.(including relevant engineering applications) The Trapezoidal rule.(including relevant engineering applications) Gauss-Elimination method – Technique.Y. Tata McGraw Hill. Simpson’s 1/3 rule. Eigen value problems (concepts only). Numerical differentiation (including relevant engineering applications) Methods based on interpolation and finite differences. Sandra L. Lagrange Interpolating polynomials. Optimization . 2002 317 . Harris. Text Books Seven C. Numerical Integration. Thomson Asia Pte.Least square approximation technique. Newton’s method. 2002. Picard’s method of successive approximation. first edition.. Curve fitting -(including relevant engineering applications) Interpolation – Newton’s divided difference. Error propagation. The Secant method. Chapra . Canale. improvement. Euler’s predicator-corrector method.Graphical solution and simplex method.TECH. Gauss-Seidel method. Gradient method. Simpson’s 3/8 rule Solution to Ordinary differential equations (including relevant engineering applications) Taylor series method. quadratic Interpolation.Fourth Edition. Systems of Linear Algebraic equations. Roots of Equations – (including relevant engineering applications) Bracketing Methods – The Bisection method. Boundary – value problems. Numerical Methods for Engineers . pitfalls.Golden-section Search. Approximation .

B. Edge triggered D flip–flop. fan – in. software aspects of digital design. review of BJT. Textbooks: John F. binary and gray codes. arithmetic operations on signed numbers. arithmetic operations. McGraw Hill International edition. Logic families CMOS logic. fan – out. first edition. 2002. Three state buffers. multi source busses. CMOS NAND and NOR gates. Electrical behavior of TTL circuits. Multiplexers. Parity circuits. D latch. Pearson Education Singapore. fan – in. integrated circuits. Binary and Hexadecimal number systems. 2000. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Digital Design I Introduction to digital systems Analog VS Digital systems. Using VHDL and PLDs Combinational circuit design examples – barrel shifter. MOS transistors review. Combinational PLDs. power consumption.S. digital design levels. Fundamentals of Digital logic with VHDL design. Combinational multipliers. general positional number systems conversions. simple floating – point encoder. Additional Reading: 318 . TTL NAND and NOR gates. introduction to VHDL hardware description language. Digital Design Principles and Practices. cascading comparator. combinational circuit synthesis – minimization. bipolar logic introduction. Number systems and codes Positional number systems. basic CMOS inverter circuit. Combinational logic design practices Documentation standards. power consumption. Wakerley. representation of negative numbers. Master/slave flip–flops. CMOS / TTL interfacing. propagation delay. Circuit timing. Boolean Algebra. Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic. Subtractors. codes for detecting and correcting errors. timing hazards – static and dynamic hazards. Latches and flip–flops. Comparators. Introduction to Emitter – coupled logic. programmed minimization methods – Quine McCluskey minimization algorithm. Electrical behavior of CMOS circuits. combinational circuit analysis. fan – out. third edition updated. Logic circuits Logic signals and gates. programmable logic devices. CMOS logic families. theorems.Y.TECH. Encoders. Adders. propagation delay. Karnaugh Maps. digital devices. Design using SSI and MSI devices Decoders. character codes. T flip–flop. Interpreting Manufacturers’ data sheets Sequential logic principles Bistable elements. ALUs. sum of products and product of sums expressions and their minimization. S-R latch.

. James Bignell & Robert Donovan. 2001. Singapore. fourth edition. Thomson Asia Pte. Singapore. Digital Design with CPLD Applications and VHDL. Ltd.Robert K. 2001. Ltd. Marcovitz. 319 . McGraw Hill International edition 2002.. Dueck. Digital Electronics. first edition. Introduction to logic design. Alan B. Thomson Asia Pte.

The Wien Bridge Oscillator. Ideal Close–Loop Gain. Two – Pole. Sinusoidal Oscillators: The phase shift Oscillator.Y. The Darlington Amplifier and Cascode Amplifier. Nyquist Stability Criterion. Class–A Power Amplifiers. The Tuned Circuit Oscillator. Fourth edition. Third edition. The Stability Problem. Heat Sinks. Stability of The Feedback Circuit. Frequency Response: The FET. Bode Plots. 2002 Additional Reading: Donald Schilling & Charles Belove. Frequency Response: Transistor Amplifiers with Circuit Capacitors. Class–AB Push Pull Complementary Output Stages. Fourth edition. Miller Compensation. Short–Circuit and Open–Circuit Time Constants. Trans Resistance (Shunt – Shunt) Amplifiers. B. Class–B Operation. Differential and Multistage Amplifiers The Differential Amplifier. Ideal Feedback Topologies. Series–Shunt. Closed Loop Frequency Response. Simplified BJT Operational Amplifier Circuit. Basic Feedback Concepts. Gain Sensitivity Bandwidth Extension. Second edition. Feedback and Stability Introduction to Feed Back. The Colpitts Oscillator and Hartley Oscillator. 1989 Adel Sedra & Kenneth Smith. Classes Of Amplifiers – Class–A Operation. S – Domain Analysis. Current (Shunt – Series) Amplifiers. High Frequency Response of Transistor Circuits. 1998 320 . Trans Conductance (Series – Series) Amplifiers. Class–C Operation. Microelectronic Circuits. Reduction of Nonlinear Distortion. Electronic Circuits Discrete and Integrated. Frequency Response: Bipolar Transistor. System Transfer Functions. Neamen. Output Stage and Power Amplifiers Power Amplifiers. Bode Plots: One – Pole. Voltage (Series – Shunt) Amplifiers. Noise Sensitivity. Oxford University Press. Text Books: Donald A. William Wieserman. First – Order Functions. Differential Amplifier Frequency Response. Gain Stage and Simple Output Stage. Basic BJT Differential Pair. Power Transistors – Power BJTs. Differential Amplifier with Active Load. Shunt–Series. Basic FET Differential Pair. and Three – Pole Amplifiers.S. Class–AB Operation. Loop Gain. Gordon Carpenter. Series–Series. Shroff Publishers. Power MOSFETs.TECH. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Electronic Circuit Analysis & Design II Frequency Response of Amplifiers Amplifier Frequency Response. Shunt–Shunt Configurations. McGraw Hill International edition 2001 Martin Roden . McGraw Hill International edition. Electronic Design. design of heat sinks. Frequency Compensation Basic Theory. BICMOS Circuits. Phase and Gain Margins.

AM detectors. Delta modulation. Signal-to-Noise ratio. Non-uniform quantizing. Amplitude Modulation: DSB Full carrier AM – principles. Singapore. ISB – Principles. Noise in Communication systems.Y. modulation and demodulation. PWM. Digital Transmission: Quantization. sixth edition. generation. Principles of Communication Systems. Aliasing.TECH. Equivalent Noise Temperature. Analog Pulse Modulation: Sampling Theorem for Low – pass and Band – pass signals – proof with spectrum. Electronic Communication Systems. Radio receivers: Receiver characteristics. Digital and Analog Communication Systems. FM modulators. Text Books: Wayne Tomasi. Tata McGrawHill. PPM – generation and detection. Phase modulation. spectrum. 2001. DPCM. Transmitters. bandwidth. second edition. TRF and Superheterodyne receivers. Radio wave propagation: Electromagnetic waves. B. Thomson Asia Pte. Effect of noise. transmitters. Suppressed – carrier AM. Ltd. Roy Blake. Leon W Couch. SSB.S. Noise factor and Noise Figure. demodulation. 321 . Receiver circuits. 2002. Multiplexing: TDM. Different types of AM. Properties of radio waves. Hierarchy. Propagation terms and definitions. Electronic Communication Systems. PCM. Herbert Taub and Donald Schilling. PAM. FDM – Principles. Pearson Education.. Sampling Techniques – principle. modulator circuits. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Basics of Communication Engineering Introduction: Elements of a communication system. second edition. FM detectors. Angle Modulation: Frequency modulation. Pearson Education. Propagation of waves. Quantization error. Adaptive Delta modulation – transmission system. transmitters. third edition. Encoding.

H. The Fourier Transform (FT) Definition & Properties. Kemmerly & Steven M. Circuit Analysis Introduction to Graph Theory. Duality.TECH. Sudhakar & S. Terminated two . & A. FT of basic signals. Durbin. Mesh & Node Analysis Mesh & Node Analysis of circuits with independent & dependent sources. Extension to periodic signal in terms of Fourier Series Representation Complex and Trigonometric Fourier series. cut set & tie set. sixth edition. Interconnections of two . Engineering Circuit Analysis. branch voltages. Representation of a signal in terms of weighted Orthogonal basis functions. Frequency response of a system (concepts only). FT of periodic signals. Linearity. Calculation of weights (coefficients) in MSE sense.port networks. Time & Frequency Response of Circuits First & second Order Differential equations. Two . thirteenth reprint. Driving point & Transfer Functions.Y.C circuits. Tata McGraw Hill. 322 .port Networks Concept of two. Inverse Transmission (A’B’C’D’) parameters. T & Pi representation. Gauss Elimination Technique. Hayt. Shyammohan. Energy Spectral Density. Transmission (ABCD) parameters. Fourier series Orthogonal basis functions. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Electrical Network Analysis Review D.port network. William. Superposition & Source Transformation Linearity. Properties of Fourier series. Power Spectral Density. B. 2002. Tree.C. Concept of poles and zeros.S. Maximum power transfer theorem. Short Circuit admittance (Y) parameters. P. initial conditions.port networks. 2000. McGraw Hill International. Superposition. Jack E. Inter Relationships of different parameters. Text books: A. Transfer function. Circuits and Networks. Hybrid (h) parameters. Current & Voltage Source Transformation. link currents. Evaluation & analysis of Transient and Steady state responses using Classical Technique as well as by Laplace Transform (for simple circuits only). Mesh & Node Analysis. Open Circuit impedance (Z) parameters. Network Theorems Thevenin’s & Norton’s Theorem (with independent & dependent sources).

323 . Linear Circuit Analysis. 2001 M. DeCarlo & Pen-Min Lin. Davis. Linear Circuit Analysis. Prentice Hall of India. Singapore. Van Valkenburg. third edition. Additional Reading: Artice M.. first edition. 2001. second edition. E. Thomson Asia Pte. Oxford University Press.Raymond A. Network Analysis. Ltd.

Counting and indexing. I/O data transfer classification.Y. Input and output (I/O) devices. Instruction classification. counters and timers. 8085 Assembly Language Programming The 8085 programming model. I/O data transfer techniques Basic interfacing concepts. and Assembly Language. Debugging a program. Memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O. Interfacing input and output devices with examples. BCD arithmetic and 16 bit data operations. 324 . Microprocessor Architecture and Microcomputer Systems Microprocessor Architecture and its operations. B. Branch operations. Single level interrupt. Programmed I/O. 8259A programmable interrupt controller features and operation. Testing and troubleshooting memory interface circuits. Interrupts Requirements. Arithmetic & Logic operations. Code conversion. Writing assembly language programs. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Principles of Microprocessor Systems Introduction Introduction to Microprocessors. machine cycles and T states. Concept of wait states. Instruction cycles. process of writing. 8085 Instructions Data transfer operations. Programming Techniques Looping. Interrupt driven program controlled I/O. Instruction and Data format. Multi level interrupt. Stack and Subroutines Concept of Stack and subroutines. Software Development Systems and Assemblers. Microcomputers. Re-entrant and recursive subroutines. Vectored interrupt. Hardware I/O (Direct Memory Access). 8085 Microprocessor Architecture and Memory Interfacing The 8085 architecture. 8085 interrupt structure and operation.S. parameter passing techniques. Memory interfacing with timing considerations. Testing and troubleshooting I/O interface circuits. Clock. assembly and execution of simple assembly language programs.TECH. Minimum system design. Reset and buffering circuits.

1987. 2000. Penram International Publishing (India). 8255A programmable peripheral interface. Microprocessor Architecture. 8254. Prentice Hall of India. Serial I/O and Data Communication: Basics concepts in serial I/O. Direct memory access (DMA) and DMA controller 8237. Microprocessor Applications: Interfacing scanned multiplexed displays and liquid crystal display. Textbooks: Ramesh S.Programmable Interface Devices Features and operating modes of working of 8155 multifunction device. Gaonkar. 8279 programmable keyboard/display interface. programmable interval timer. 325 . Microprocessors and Programmed Logic. 8085 serial I/O lines. second edition. Programming and Applications with the 8085. Introduction to emulators and logic analyzers. interfacing matrix keyboard. fourth edition.

Concept of design for testability. VHDL sequential circuit design features. B.TECH. structure. Textbooks: John F. Digital Design Principles and Practices. feedback sequential circuits.Y. use of latches and flip–flops in examples like switch de-bouncing. Read / write memory. concept of digital system reliability. Design examples like a few simple machines. shift register counters. Additional Reading: John M. designing state machines using state diagrams. ring counters. MSI counters and applications. Yarbrough. Synchronous design methodology. state machine synthesis using transition lists. first edition. reflections and termination. Singapore. counters in VHDL. MSI shift registers. Dynamic RAM. impediments to synchronous design. decoding binary counter states. bus holder circuit. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Digital Design II Sequential logic design Clocked synchronous state machine analysis. Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic. Clocked synchronous state machine design. done in VHDL. introduction to transmission lines. serial / parallel conversion. Introduction to Xilinx XC9600 CPLD family and Xilinx XC 4000 FPGA family. third edition updated. Thomson Asia Pte. Digital Logic Applications and Design. 2000. and traffic light controller. Wakerley. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design. Additional topics Computer Aided Design (CAD) tools. Shift registers. linear feedback shift register counters. synchronizer failure and metastability. Static RAM. McGraw Hill International edition. CPLDs and FPGAs Types of memory devices. Sequential logic design practices Sequential circuit documentation standards. Memory. Read-Only Memory (ROM)..S. Johnson counters. Ltd. counters – ripple and synchronous. shift registers in VHDL. Pearson Education Singapore. 2002. decomposing state machines. 2001 326 . first edition.

Large and Small samples : Test of significance for large samples. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. Poisson. One. V K Kapur. Degree of freedom. Statistics and Random Processes. Tata McGraw Hill R P Hooda. Discrete and continuous random variables. Probability mass function and density function. Estimation of population parameters. Expected value. 2) Probability. distribution : Binomal. S Chand & Co T Veerrajan. Contingency table. Central limit theorem. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions. F-test of significance of the difference between population variances. Normal. Yate’s correction. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples. Probability. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. Test of hypothesis. Co-variance. Critical region. 5) Analysis of variance: one way and two way classification 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments.t test. Regression coefficients and lines of regression. Student’s distribution. Test of the Goodness of fit and independence of attribute.THIRD YEAR 200040: Engineering Statistics 1)Review of probability. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. Text Books: S G Gupta. Level of significance. x2 (Chisquare). 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. Macmillan 306090: Electromagnetics & Wave Propagation 327 . Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions. Baye’s theorem. Bivariate frequency distribution. F distribution. 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method. Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve. Co-relation. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Spearman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients. Test of significance for small samples : Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion.tailed and two-tailed tests. Statistics for Business and Economics.

Velocities of propagation. Conditions at a Boundary Surface. Transmission Line examples. Characteristics of TE & TM waves. Transmission –line theory. Application to short antennas. Reflection by a perfect dielectric-Normal Incidence. Direction cosines. Radiation Potential Functions & the electromagnetic field. Transmission-line charts. Use of Smith Chart. Transmission Lines Transmission Line equations. 328 . McGraw-Hill. Potential functions for sinusoidal oscillations. Reflection at surface of a Conductive Medium. Electromagnetic field close to antenna. Solution of the potential Equations. Balmain-Electromagnetic Waves & Radiating Systems. Impedance matching. Transmission line. Schaum series. Transverse electromagnetic waves. J. Power Loss in a Plane Conductor. Tata McGraw-Hill. Transverse Magnetic waves (Hz≡0). assumed current distribution. attenuation in parallel-plane guides. Power radiated by a current element. Sinusoidal Time Variations. Instantaneous. Reflection by a perfect conductor-Normal Incidence. 1988. Uniform plane waves. sixth edition. Parallel plane transmission line with loss. 2001. Text Book E. Additional Reading John D Krauss – Engineering Electromagnetics. Circuit representation of of the parallel-plane transmission line. Average & Complex Poynting vector. UHF lines as circuit elements. G. C. Poynting vector & flow of power Poynting’s Theorem.Engineering Electromagnetics. Basic idea of inductance & capacitance. E & H about long parallel Cylindrical conductors of arbitrary cross section. The alternating current element (or Oscillating Electric Dipole). Conductors & Dielectrics. Radiation from a quarter-wave monopole or half-wave dipole. Farfield approximation. Electromagnetic waves Solution of free space conditions. Transmission Line parameters. Edminister. Tranverse electric waves (Ez≡0). Reflection by a perfect conductor-Oblique Incidence. Reflection by a perfect insulator-oblique Incidence. PHI. Jordan & K. Guided Waves Waves between parallel planes. Low loss radio frequency & UHF transmission lines. Wave impedances. Second Edition. Impedance matching by means of stub lines. second edition. Note on interpretation of E×H. The wave equation for conducting medium. Polarization.1992.Maxwell Equations: Derivation of various basic electro magnetic laws using Maxwell’s Equations. Surface Impedance. Uniform plane-propagation. Sine integral & cosine integral. Electric field & current flow within the conductor. The Transmission-line analogy.

analysis of transient-response using Second order model. converting a transfer function to state-space. synchro transmitters. Root-Locus Analysis Introduction. summary of general rules for constructing Root– Locus. Mathematical modeling of systems Importance of a mathematical model. Absolute stability. Relative stability. static error constants. Frequency-Response Plots Bode plots. relationship between time and frequency domain specification of systems. Stability Analysis Introduction to concept of stability. Steady – state analysis of different types of systems using step. ramp and parabolic input signals. servoamplifier. applying the state-space representation. Control system components DC and AC servomotors. synchro control transformer. Root–Locus analysis of control systems. stepper motors. Masan’s gain formula and its application to block diagram reduction. synchro receivers. Stability analysis using Routh’s stability criterion. resonance peak and peak resonating frequency. Transient-Response Analysis Impulse response function. Polar plots. time domain specifications of systems. First order system. Closed-Loop Frequency Response Constant gain and phase loci. Steady – state errors. Transfer function and impulse response of systems. Nyquist stability criterion. Relative stability. Textbooks: 329 . Frequency domain specifications. Block diagrams. signal flow graphs.306100: Control Systems Introduction to control system analysis Introduction. stability analysis of system using Bode plots. closed loop control systems. Introduction to State Space Analysis The general state-space representation. Root–Locus plots. open loop control systems. converting from state-space representation to a transfer function. Steady – state Error Analysis Classification of control systems according to “Type” of systems. Frequency-Response Analysis Introduction. stability analysis. potientiometer. second order system. gain margin. examples of control systems. Log–magnitude Vs phase plots. Nichol’s chart and their use in stability study of systems. phase margin.

1997.K. Kuo. third edition. Nise. third edition. Prentice Hall of India. Madan Gopal. Additional reading: 1. seventh edition. Automatic Control Systems. Control Systems Engineering. Ogata. 330 . seventh edition. Tata McGraw Hill. Control Systems Principles and Design. Norma S. Benjamin C. John Wiley and Sons. Modern Control Engineering. Prentice Hall of India.

Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) DTFT & DFT DFT Properties Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) DITFFT and DIFFFT Algorithms Divide and Conquer Algorithms DFT analysis of Sinusoidal signals Limitations of DFT 331 . & mapping Inverse Z Transform Introduction to DT Systems Difference equation FIR & IIR systems System transfer function System realization: Direct forms.306110: Signal Processing Introduction to signals & Systems ( CT and DT domain ) Definition of Signal Signal classification Signal manipulations Periodicity in CT ( Continuous Time) & DT( Discrete Time) domain Concept of a system System representations & classification Concept of Impulse Response Convolution in CT domain Review of Fourier Series (FS) & Fourier Transform (FT) for CT systems Fourier Series & Fourier Transform for DT systems( DTFS & DTFT): Concept. properties and uses Amplitude & phase spectra Energy Spectral Density Power Spectral Density Review of the Laplace Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Laplace Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) System transfer function Relationship with Fourier Transform & mapping Zero state & zero input responses Z Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Z Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) Relationship with Fourier and Laplace Transform . Cascade & parallel forms Linear and circular Convolution BIBO stabillity Time Domain Analysis of DT Systems System Transfer function & Impulse response Solution of a difference equation zero input & zero state response calculations 8.

Signals and Systems . Signal Processing & Linear Systems.Text. 2000 Additional Reading: 1. 1995 Ashok Ambardar. Thomson Learning. Digital Signal Processing: Principles. Oxford University Press. First Indian Impression. Proakis. Discrete. D.Time Signal Processing. Lathi. second edition. G.G. Prentice Hall of India. Wiley Eastern Publication J. 2001 Oppenheim and Schafer with Buck. Haykin. Manolakis. Algorithms and applications. Prentice Hall of India.Books: S. 2000 332 . Analog and Digital Signal Processing.

8086 / 8088 Design. third edition.306120: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Overview Overview of microcomputer systems.processor interface. Error detection and correction . Power saving modes. UART 8250. timing considerations for memory interfacing. Connection of I/O Controllers 8255AH programmable peripheral Interface. programmable D. Memory & I/O design Memory system design for 8086 family including interface of dynamic Read/ write memory. Assembly language Programming for 8086 . Study of its Instruction set. Programming & Applications. Architectural and operational features. Interrupt structure and priorities. Assembly language programming. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems. 8051 variations Intel 8086/8088 microprocessor family Architecture and organisation of 8086/8088 microprocessor family. 8086 family minimum and maximum mode operation. 2002 Intel Corporation. first Indian reprint.8087 based systems. Tata McGraw Hill. Design of 8086 based multiprocessor systems (without timing considerations).A. ninth Indian reprint. Data manuals 333 . third edition Additional Reading: Muhammad A Mazidi. Introduction to mixed language programming using C and Assembly language. The 80X86 family Design. CPU timing and machine cycles. second edition. Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259A. Pearson Education Asia. Pearson Education Asia. Timing diagram for 8086 family.processor. detailed study of maximum mode connection: study of 8288 bus controller. Hardware and software principles. Text Books: John Uffenback. Penram International (India) Douglas Hall.M. EIA RS-232C serial interface and IEEE 488 General purpose interface. Host and co . 8087 Math Co-processor Study of architecture of 8087 floating point co. Connection of external memory. Programming and Interfacing. Study of the 8289 bus arbiter. 8086 interrupt structure. 2001 Kenneth Ayala. Controller 8237. Data communications. Prentice Hall of India. Data types supported by 8087. Microprocessors interfacing and programming. Interfacing of 8051 with EPROM programming for EPROM versions. Intel MCS 51 family Introduction to Single chip microcontrollers of Intel MCS 51 family. serial interface. Internal Timer / counters.parity and cyclic redundancy check. Its instruction set. The 8051 Microcontrollers Architecture. Introduction to Multiprocessor systems Multiprocessor configurations. Programming and Interfacing. 2002 John Uffenback.

appraisal. management development. International trade. Positive and normative economics. Resource constraints and welfare maximization.200080: Industrial Economics & Management Basic economic problems. perfect and imperfect competition commercial and central banking. Planning – its nature. supply and market equilibrium. micro and macroeconomics. Theories of demand. Market structures. Controlling – its nature techniques. Organising – departmentalization. Decision – making. Management : Definition process. Staffing – selection and recruitment. The functions of a manager. objectives. Books recommended Economics : Samuelson & Nordhaus Principles of Economics : Mankiw Essential of Management : Koontz & O’donnell Management : David R. Hampton 334 . span of management. types of plans. delegation decentralization. The role of the state in economic activity. Nature of economics. market and government failures. Foreign exchange and balance of payments. Leadership motivation and communication.

use of incircuit emulators. Course Technology – Thomson learning publishers 4. Sams publication Jean Andrews. 2002 Termwork: The termwork shall consist of at least four laboratory experiments on designing. Quality hand soldering and circuit board repair. understanding and use of logic analyzers. fabricating. system board. testing and troubleshooting simple electronic circuits already studied. Analog Troubleshooting Electronics troubleshooting basics. 335 . troubleshooting noise and intermittents. Delmar publishers J. use of logic analysis system for troubleshooting microprocessor / microcontroller systems. second edition. 1998. servicing close loop circuits. fabricate. working with microprocessor / microcontroller systems. A.306140: Electronics Workshop Soldering Soldering techniques. 2001. stripping and tinning stranded wires. (Ted) Smith. Jan Axelson. Textbooks: H. Digital Troubleshooting Introduction to troubleshooting digital logic. test and troubleshoot a simple digital electronic system based on a microprocessor / microcontroller. how software and hardware work together. mounting components – plated through hole and surface mount technology. Ltd. system analysis. use of logic probes. diagnostics and statistical methods. multimedia technologies. electrostatic discharge. troubleshooting fundamentals. A mini project to design. power supplies. de-soldering techniques. signal injection and signal tracing. Enhanced third edition. PC Hardware PC hardware basics – how computers work. al. The Microcontroller Idea Handbook. Howard W. et.. installing and soldering tinned wires. hand soldering and wave soldering. troubleshooting with meters and Oscilloscopes. floppy and hard drives. Enhanced guide to managing and maintaining your PC. Sam Wilson. Electronic troubleshooting and servicing techniques Volume I. Penram Publishing (India) Pvt.. supporting I/O devices.

McGraw Hill . external triggering etc. velocity modulation. A. sensitivity considerations & calculations. limitations. Time interval measurements. Digital Frequency meters. basic voltmeter. Measurement Systems.SEMESTER VI 306150: Electronic Measuring Instruments Introduction: Fundamentals of operational amplifier circuits..O. Sources of Error. Wobbler scope & its applications. circular time base.1975.O. fourth edition. Electronics Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques. description of various types of DVMs with block diagrams.Tata McGraw Hill.b) Impedance . delayed time base. sampling type. 4. factors involved in selection of voltmeters. Cooper W. phase meters using flip-flops.. 1990. 1985 2. range & their limitations. Description of panel layout & implementation of controls. 3.F.. intensity modulation. FET voltmeters . Applications and Design.D. principles of operation and typical specifications of a digital voltmeter. Q meter: Principle of operation. Requirement of time base .S. 336 . Electronic Instrumentation. Frequency time base. Principles of working of an electronic meter Electronic Voltmeters: Principles of operation. Digital Voltmeters: Methods of analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion. Oliver Cage. triggered time base. Lissagios patterns. Sampling. Signal Generators : Requirement of a good laboratory type signal generator. balanced modulation type. Measurement of a). Resolution and Sensitivity of a digital meter. use of these in phase & frequency measurements. peak reading. signal genrators. Text books: 1. Dual trace. average reading true RMS reading. multi trace. tracing of diode & transistor characteristics.F. Beat frequency oscillator & its advantages. Storage. third edition Prentice Hall of India. & Helfrick A. advantages over conventional type analog voltmeters. Digital read-out oscilloscopes. Tata McGraw Hill.. c) Characteristic impedance of transmission line using Q meter. 1997. Use of CRO in square wave testing of amplifiers. Frequency Meters: Analog-schematic & operational details. D. Kalsi H. Double beam. advantages & limitations of each type. digital displays for meters. Doebelin E. Oscilloscopes: Block diagram study of C.Stray capacitance . first edition. frequency ratio measurements Phase Meters: Phase measurement by voltage addition method. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation.R. Digital Phase meters for entire A.

Multivibrators using Op-Amps. Dynamic Op Amp Limitations Open-Loop Response. Effect of Finite GBP on Filters. high voltage and high current designs. Low-Input-Offset-Voltage Op Amps. Monolithic Waveform Generator . Transient Response. high speed amplifiers. Voltage References And Regulators Performance Specifications. 337 .Order Responses. Nonlinear Circuits Voltage Comparators. Instrumentation Applications. IC 723 low voltage. voltage followers and buffers. voltage and power applications. Current-Feedback Amplifiers. Difference Amplifier. Voltage-Reference Applications. Voltage References. Low-Input-BiasCurrent Op Amps. Voltage-to-Currents Converters. Saw tooth Wave Generator using Op-Amps. Input Offset-Error Compensation. Triangular Wave Generator using Op-Amps. three terminal Linear Regulators and Applications. Effect of Finite GBP on Integrator Circuits. Instrumentation Amplifier ( Three Op-amp and IC AMP-01).306160: Integrated Circuits and Applications Operational Amplifier Fundamentals Basic Op Amp Configurations. Current Input Instrumentation Amplifier Active Filter The Transfer function. Waveform Generators Sine Wave Generators using Op-Amps. Negative Feedback. Comparator Applications. generalized impedance converters. Linear Regulators. Switched capacitor filters.ICL8038. Input Bias and Offset Currents. Precision Rectifier(half wave and full wave). Switching Regulators. Monolithic Timer – NE555 with applications. Maximum Ratings. operational trans-conductance amplifiers. Analog Switches. Audio Filter Applications. Standard Second. Filter approximations. Active Guard drive. Feedback in Op Amp Circuits. Opamps for high current. Flying capacitor techniques (LTC 1043). direct design. Peak Detectors. Sample-and-Hold Amplifiers. Schmitt Triggers. V-F and F-V Converters. Input and Output Impedances. Multiple-Feedback Filters. State-Variable and Biquad Filters. IC LM 3525. First-Order Active Filters. Closed-Loop Response. Static Op Amp Limitations Simplified Op Amp Circuits Diagram. Ideal Op Amp Circuits Analysis. Sensitivity. Current Amplifiers. KRC Filters. Monolithic Switching Regulators. Circuits with Resistive Feedback Current-to-Voltage Converters. Input Offset Voltage.

Detailed circuit description and working of 741 Op-Amp. 2002. Ltd. Text Books: 1. Dual slope ADC. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design.D-A and A-D Converters D-A Conversion Techniques. Additional Reading: Donald A. 3. R – 2R ladder. Robert Coughlin and F Driscoll. Design with operational amplifiers and analog integrated circuits. frequency response. Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated circuits. Analog Multipliers. First reprint. Nonlinear Amplifiers and Phase-Locked Loops Log / Antilog Amplifiers. IC CD 4051. 4. IC NE 565. Third edition. 2001. McGraw Hill International edition. Stanley. Phase-Locked Loops. 2. Pearson Education Asia. Op Amps and Linear Integrated circuits. VCO IC NE 566. fourth edition. current mirror. Analog multiplexer and de-multiplexer. output stage. Neamen. Differential Amplifier. Fiore. Successive approximation ADC. Multiplying DAC with Applications. sixth edition. half flash and flash ADC. Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated circuits. McGraw Hill International edition 2001 338 . Ramp ADC. 4046. Operational Amplifier Circuit Design Introduction. A-D Conversion Techniques. General Op-Amp circuit design.. small signal analysis. Pearson Education Asia. William D. Delta modulation. 2001. James M. Sergio Franco. Second edition. Thomson Asia Pte.

fourth edition. The composite video signal. Multiple access.Hill.Hill. Monochrome Television transmission and reception.Satellite Communication. third edition. New Age International (P) Limited. second edition.Elecromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems. Pearson Education. 2001 Kennedy. orbits.Monochrome and Colour Television. HDTV. Continuous wave Doppler radar. third edition. Antenna characteristics. Look angles. Satellite system link models. MEO and Geo-stationary Radar Systems Basic principles.Colour Television Principles and Practice. 1988 Jordan. Satellite Launching. PHI. Orbital perturbations and Spacecraft subsystems. MTI and Pulse Doppler radar. 1999 Roy Blake . Davis .Introduction to Radar Systems.Satellite Communications. 2001 Skolnik . UHF and microwave Antennas. Phased array radars. Tata McGraw . 2001 Gulati . McGraw . Thomson Learning. Special purpose Antennas. Satellite Communication Kepler’s Laws. fourth edition. Antenna arrays.Electronic Communication Systems. John Wiley and Sons. Balmian . Text Books Wayne Tomasi . Satellite allocation. Effects of Antenna height.Electronic Communication Systems. Radar antenna. Colour transmission. 2002 Gulati . Blanking and Synchronizing pulses. Direct broadcast satellite services. Horizontal and Vertical deflection circuits. Television Principles Television system and standards. Synchronizing circuits. LEO. New Age International (P) Limited. Cable TV. Radar performance factors. 1988 339 . McGraw . Link equations. Digital TV. Colour reception. Applications of satellites. 1983 Additional Reading Pratt. 1986 Dennis Roddy .306170: Communication Systems Antennas The half-wave dipole. Antenna coupling. Bostian . Ground effects.Electronic Communication Systems.Hill. second edition. Spacing and frequency corrections.

. D. Tata McGraw-Hill. G. hanning. high pass. triangular. concept of phase delay & group delay Condition for Linear Phase Magnitude & phase response for Four types of Linear Phase systems Location of zeros FIR Filter Design FIR versus IIR filters Design of FIR filters by windowing technique: -Gibb’s phenomenon -Use of different windows: rectangular. Antoniou. Kaiser Design of FIR filters using Frequency sampling techniques Design of optimal linear phase FIR filters Structures for implementation: canonic and lattice Design of IIR filters The design process Methodology Different types of analog approximations: butterworth. mixed phase or linear phase systems Stability Analysis Finite word-length effect on system poles Linear Phase FIR Systems Need for linear phase. 2000 A. Prentice Hall of India. maximum phase . Digital Filters: Analysis Design and Applications. Analog and Digital Signal Processing. inverse chebyshev. Band pass & band reject System classification based on phase response as Minimum phase . Manolakis. Discrete. elliptical. chebyshev. Spectral transformations Conversion techniques like bilinear transformation. Bessel etc. impulse invariance. Digital Signal Processing: Principles.Time Signal Processing. Proakis. Prentice Hall of India. Algorithms and applications. 2001 Ashok Ambardar. hamming. second edition. Thomson Learning. 1995 340 .306180: Filter Theory and Applications Frequency Domain Analysis of DT Systems Pole-zero diagram Frequency domain analysis using Analytical & graphical techniques System classification based on pass-band as low pass.G. matched Z-transform Intuitive approaches Quantization Effects Quantization methods Limit cycle oscillations due to Quantization Errors in frequency response due to coefficient Quantization DSP processors Need for Special architecture Difference between DSP processor & microprocessor A general DSP processor Text Books: Oppenheim and Schafer with Buck. 2001 J.

and Queues. Bus Organization. I/O processors. Exceptions and their handling. Virtual memory – Concept . ROM and Flash memory. Hazards. Performance Enhancement using pipelining – Pipelining Introduction. Case study Memory organization RAM organization – SRAM and DRAM. Access techniques. interrupts. Network devices – modems. various bus standards. Hardwired control. Addison Wesley Longman – Indian Branch. Fifth Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill. Multiplication and Division algorithms and circuits. Computer Systems Organization and Architecture. Vranesic.Technical Communication and Presentation Skills 341 . DMA. paging. addressing modes with case study for Pentium processor Input / Output Organization I/O devices types and access methods. first Indian reprint. Additional Reading Patterson & Hennessy. I/O interface – serial and parallel ports Basic Processing Unit The data path and components of Instruction Execution. Floating-point representation. Micro-programmed control. Stacks. Second Edition. Access techniques. Cache – mapping . types of busses and bus arbitration.Computer Organization . Instruction set. Computer Organization. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. Instruction types and sequencing. Preliminaries Computer Arithmetic – Number representation and Arithmetic. Connection techniques.306190: Computer Organization Performance measure Definition. FLOPs etc. Input andOutput devices Organization. 1998 John Carpinelli. segmentation Peripherals Storage Devices – Organization. TLB. 2001 200030 :. Lists. addressing. handling cache miss . 2002. Measuring performance (MIPs. Cache issues Text Books Hamacher . Throughput and Response time.). serial communication links Multiprocessor systems Introduction to Multiprocessor systems. Zaky . Operation on Data structures like Arrays. Address translation. multi level caches.

media. qualities. upward and downward. job application and resumes 3 Report Writing: types.. . organizing and interpreting information. individual and group reports. sentences and paragraphs. defining objectives and scope. 4 Technical proposal 5 Presentation Skills 6 Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books recommended: Lesiker & Petit “ report Writing for Business “ McGraw Hill Meenakshi Raman . importance. formal and informal reports..Detailed Syllabus 1 Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels.internal and external. qualities. Sharma Sangeetha “ Technical Communication – Principles & Practices” Oxford University Press 342 . principles of Business correspondence. nonverbal. audience recognition. 2 Technical Writing Skills: definition. choosing words. formal and informal.

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION At B.TECH. (Electronics Engineering) (Revision 2004) Programme: B Tech (Electronics Engineering) Semester VII Course Course Title code Contact Hours L 3 3 Evaluation ESE weightage (Theory)Hours P/T Total Cr TWA MST ESE 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 2 2 2 10 6 6 6 28 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 3 3 3 306200 Basics of VLSI 306210 Instrumentation Systems 306220 Digital 4 Communication Elective I 4 Elective II 4 18 Course Code 406010 406020 406030 406040 406050 406060 Elective I & II Advanced Digital Signal Processing Biomedical Instrumentation Microcomputer System Design DSP Architectures and Systems Wireless Communication Mechatronics Contact Hours L 4 4 Evaluation ESE weightage (Theory)Hours P/T Total Cr TWA MST ESE 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 2 6 6 6 24 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 3 3 3 Semester VIII Course Course Title code 306230 Power Electronics 306240 Microwave & RF Circuit Design Elective III Elective IV Total 4 2 4 2 16 8 Course Code 406070 406080 406090 406100 406110 406120 406130 Elective III & IV Image Processing Process Control & Instrumentation Robotics Telecom Network Management VLSI Design Embedded Systems Data Communication & Networking 343 .

The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The project shall carry 08 credits. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. Course No. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. 344 . Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 406900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages.Project: Sr. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. interest.

noise margin calculations. short channel and hot electron effect. 1993 3. John P. CMOS circuits and Logic Design CMOS Logic structures. 10 structures. FET capacitance.D. NAND and NOR gates. linear and saturated operation. decoder. NMOS and CMOS design rules and layout. type of scaling. Scaling Scaling of MOS circuits. Enhancement VS Depletion mode pull ups. clocking strategies. flatband condition. threshold adjustment. thermal variation. Design of basic VLSI circuits Design of circuits like multiplexer. 345 . basic NMOS and PMOS processes. functional limitations of scaling. second edition. VLSI Technology. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A Systems Perspective. S. oxidation.E.Basics of VLSI ( Course Code 306200) Physics of FET NMOS. shift registers using MOS circuits. mask generation. Interlayer contact6s. layout of integrated circuits. MOSFET. Weste Kamran Eshraghian.M. priority encoder. Design of NMOS and CMOS inverters. Design rules and layout Purpose of design rules. E. Introduction to VLSI design. Basic physical design of simple logic gates. MOS Inverters MOSFET aspect and inverter ratio. enhancement and depletion mode transistor. Addison Wesley Publications. Neil H. first edition 1990 2. butting and buried contacts. physical and electrical design of logic gates. metallization. Uyemura. PMOS. second edition.Sze. McGraw Hill Publications. transit time and switching speed of NMOS and CMOS inverters. stick diagrams. epitaxy ion implantation. threshold voltage. Fabricious. scaling of wires and interconnects. NMOS and CMOS gates. Silicon semiconductor technology Wafer processing. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Introduction to VLSI circuits & systems. standard CMOS inverter. mobility saturation. John Wiley & sons. Additional Reading : 1. SPICE models and circuit simulation using PSPICE. diffusion. transistor sizing and power dissipation. McGraw Hill Publications. Process simulation using CAD tools. use of layout tools like MAGIC for integrated circuits. Flip flops.

Piezoelectric transducer. Rangan Sharma & Mani. Thermistors.Vibration sensing devices-Velocity transducer. Semiconductor Photo Diode. types of electrical strain gauge. Gauging techniques. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII Instrumentation Systems ( Course Code 306210) Fundamental Concepts of Measurement and Performance Characteristics An Instrumentation System: System Configuration-Block diagram of a generalized measurement system.Response of a system to step. Digital transducer. Servo accelerometer. digital force transducer. Reference junction compensation.Diphragram. Dynamic response of measurement systems. First order system. and Ultrasonic flow meter.Response of a system to step. Torque Measurement. material used for construction. Rotameter. Anemometer. Displacement. Force and Torque. dynamic response of elastic transducer. theory of operation of resistance strain gauge. Piezoelectric accelerometer. Charge amplifier. Temperature. Transmission type. -Voltage amplifier. impulse input and frequency response of Second order system Dead time element. Signal conditioners for vibration transducer output.Different types of load cell configuration. stress type. Multi-channel DAS. Data Acquisition: Generalized data acquisition system. Platinum resistance thermometer. Photo voltaic cell. Bellows. Capsule. deflection type Flow. ramp. Vibration.Final B. 2nd Edition. Data logger. displacement transducer. Bonded strain gauge accelerometer. LVDT. Text Books: 1. Variable capacitance transducer. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Zero order system. Solid-State Transducers Pressure. Head type flow meters. Variable capacitance type. Transducers: Classification and requirements.TECH. temperature compensation. Photoelectric transducerPhoto Multiplier tube.optical pyrometer.Classification of flow meter. Variable Reluctance type. Thin film pressure transducer. ramp. materials of strain gauge. Application. Thermocouple-properties. 346 . Bourdon tube. Temperature Measurements by radiation method. PC based Data acquisition system. “Instrumentation Devices and System”.Types of strain gauge . Effect of temperature variation.Principle of transducers.Classification of temperature sensors Resistance type temperature sensors. Digital accelerometer. Second order system-. Digital pressure transducer. Photo conductive cell. and impulse input and frequency response. Hall effect-angular displacement transducer. Electromagnetic type. Thermocouple output linearizing circuits.Absorption type. Generalized measurement-Transfer function representation & sinusoidal transfer function. Photo transducer. potentiometric. strain gauge circuits. Application. Strain.

2nd Edition. 3. 2nd edition. Press. Tata Mcgraw Hill. “Measurement Systems-Application and Design”. Doebelin E. K. 4th Edition. 2. John-Willey & Sons. Tata Mcgraw Hill. O. Neubert H. Oxford Univ. Jones and Chin. 347 . “Electronic instruments and measurements”..Additional Reading: 1.. “Instrumentation. “Instruments Transducers”.. 1990. 1987. 2003 4. Measurement and Analysis”. Nakra and Chaudhary.

Channel capacity. probability density function. Non coherent binary modulation techniques. Probability of error. Bandwidth efficiency. Random variables.TECH. Information rate. Applications of Digital modulation Techniques. Correlative coding eye pattern. Base band spread spectrum system. DS-BPSK. probability distribution function. 7) 2. Capacity of a Gaussian channel. Detection of signals with unknown phase in noise. 6. coding to increase average Information per bit – Huffman coding. Matched filter receiver. Discrete memory less channel. Spread spectrum modulation Pseudo-noise sequences. some Algebraic concepts-code efficiency and Hamming bound. Coherent quadrature modulation Techniques. the concept of amount of Information. Inter symbol Interference. Binary transmission. Symon Haykin-Digital Communication John Wiley and sons (Topics 3. Applications Text Books: 1. Information Theory Discrete messages. the central limit theorem. Power spectra.FINAL B. Base band shaping for data transmission Discrete PAM signals. Entropy. Comparison of binary and quaternary modulation techniques-ary modulation. Base band M-ary PAM systems. coherent binary modulation Techniques. Linear block codes. 5. Equalization concepts [No Algorithms expected]. Average value and variance of a random variable. Shannon’s Theorem. Error control coding Rationale for coding and types of codes. Nyquist’s criteria for distortion less base band. communication examples. Jamming Margin. joint cumulative distribution and probability density. The Rayleigh probability density. Base band Detection Correlation receiver. linear predictive vocoders Digital Modulation Techniques Digital Modulation formats. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING semester VII Digital Communication ( Course Code 306220) Random Variables Review of probability theory. Cyclic codes. Taub and Schilling –principles of communication systems-Tata Mc Graw Hill second edition Additional Reading: 348 . The Gaussian probability density. the error function. maximum likelihood decoding of convolution codes. Lempel Ziv coding. 4. Trapped-Delay Lines equalization. Processing gain. Frequency – Hop spread spectrum. Bandwidth – S/N trade-off. Convolution codes. Power spectra of discrete PAM signals.

McGraw Hill 2. John G. Bernad Shlar.1.Proakis. Digital Communication. 349 . Pearson Education 3. Sam Shanmugam-Digital and Analog communication systems –PRISM Indian Edition. Digital communications. K.

Lucas. S. Multiresolution analysis.” Wiley publications.Final B. 2001.” Pearson Education..” PrenticeHall. “Digital Time Signal Processing: principles. Wavelets: Introduction to time frequency analysis Short-time Fourier transform Wigner-Ville transform Continuous time wavelet transform Discrete wavelet transform Tiling of the time-frequency plane and wavepacket analysis Construction of wavelets. G.M. Manolakis. Review of Linear Algebra 3. Bopardikar. approach 6.” Pearson Education. Textbooks: 1. “Wavelet Transforms. Sharma.S.. R. 3. 2006. S. 2. Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Decimation Interpolation Filter design and implementation Sampling rate conversion Application of multirate signal processing. Prentice Hall. C. Prentice hall. J.G. DaFatta. 2. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Advanced Digital Signal Processing ( Course Code 406010)_ 1. 350 . 1998. 1993. and D. D. Vaidyanathan. Proakies. 1988. and H. Kay. and A. Guo. Gopinath. A. Spectral Factorization Minimum phase signals & systems Partial energy & minimum delay Minimum phase & minimum delay property Spectral factorization theorem 5. P. Filtering Discrete Time random processes 4. “Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelets Transforms. 5. G. M. 4. Welch&Blackman-Tuckey. algorithms. D. W. 7.TECH. J. Multirate Systems and Filter Banks. Modern Spectral Estimation. and applications. R. and Hodgkiss. Rao. 1988. J. Spectral Estimation by Classical methods The periodogram The modified periodogram Barlett. Introduction to frames and biorthogonal wavelets. P. S.. “Digital Signal Processing: A system design approach. Burrus. 6.

2. Circulatory. different electrode types.TECH. Measurements in the respiratory system. Prentice Hall Inc. Study of the Human Cell Average Human Cell. 1995. Digestive. the ECG and its analysis. blood flow and cardiac output. ERG. ECG Amplifiers. Bipolar leads. Body System – Skeletal. Signal Measurement Measurement of blood pressure. Prosthesis Introduction to Prosthesis. USA..Final B. Endocrine. Respirators. Oximetry. Pacemakers. Impedance Plethysmography. Vector cardiography. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation. Ganong W. Weibell and Pfeiffer. Ear Oximeter. Stimulating electrodes. Electrical Equivalent Circuit of a cell. F. Biomedical Instruments Stimulators. 351 . Transducers for measurement of physiological events. S. the Einthoven Triangle. Muscular. Tata McGraw Hill. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Biomedical Instrumentation ( Course Code 406020) Study of Human Body Anatomy and Physiology of the human body. Blood Gas Analyzer. Unipolar leads. Pulse Oximeter. ECG electrodes. Pulmonary Function Analyzers.. Transport across the cell membrane and membrane potential – Na+ and K+ transport. Biomedical Amplifiers. Spirometry. transducers and amplifiers Electrode – Electrolyte Interface. Second edition. EMG. Electrocardiogram Origin of the heart beat and the electrical activity of the heart. 1993. Cromwell L. Bedside Monitor. Audiometer and hearing aids. Excretory. Action Potential. Measurement of cardiac output. Nervous. EOG and their recording. Khandpur R.. Bio Electrodes. Cardiac Arrhythmias. Electrical Safety Electrical safety of patient and medical equipment Textbooks: 1. Biomedical Instrumentation and measurements. Respiratory. Reproductive. Bioelectric Signals Study of Characteristics of various Bioelectric Signals such as EEG. 2003 Additional Reading: 1. Review of Medical Physiology. Defibrillators. Prentice Hall of India.

Introduction to biomedical equipment technology. – Medical Instrumentation – Application and Design.2. G. Pearson Press. Third edition. 3. Fourth edition. Webster J. 2003. Carr and Brown. Wiley and Sons Inc.. 1999. 352 .

The data cache and burst bus cycles. bus control signals. SCSI Bus Protocol.PC requirements. inquire cycles. 32 and 64 Bit devices. 16. 4.TECH. SCSI Bus. the floating point pipeline. Arbiter. Interrupt chaining. PCI I/O addressing. second edition 353 . Model of an IDE Disk Drive. Tom Shanley et al. USB Complete. 2. USB transfer basics. Introduction to the prefetcher. Instruction branch prediction. the development process. burst cycles. System management tools. PCI System Architecture. Isochronous transfer. time critical transfers.pipelined and non pipelined. Text Books: 1. System test and initialization. special cycles. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Microcomputer System Design ( Course Code 406030) The Pentium Processor Functional units of Pentium processor. Arbitration algorithms. 3. Reliability and error reporting. Address bus. the bus cycle state machine. Tom Shanley et al. data bus. Penram Publication. SCSI Bus and IDE Interface. Bus topology. F. code cache organization and operation.Final B. understanding the host and the peripheral. Peripheral Bus Interfaces The IDE interface. Introduction to PCI Bus operation. successful transfers. example of arbitration between two masters. anatomy of write hit and miss. Bulk transfer. PCI read and write transfers. Interrupt routing. Communications with 8. Bus cycle overview. misaligned transfers. Transfer types. Addison Wesley Press. Jan Axelson. PCI Bus Local Bus concept. structure of internal data cache. Pentium cache overview. IDE protocol. bus cycle state machine. Universal Serial Bus (USB) Introduction to USB. Introduction to internal data cache. PCI Bus functional signal groups. Interrupt acknowledge. Pentium signals interface. Pentium Processor System Architecture. bus master signals. bus and bus state transition. Code cache and Instruction pipeline. Addison Wesley Press. single transfer bus cycle . Addison Wesley Press. Interrupt acknowledge bus cycle. Interrupt transfer. SCSI hardware. PCI Bus Arbitration. Control transfer. Schmidt. hidden bus arbitration. timing specifications. Elements of a transfer. Overview of cache operation and cache types. bus access latency. Introduction to Reflected wave switching.

Programming & Applications”. Address Generator. etc • Introduction to Digital Signal Processors Different families of processors TMS 320C6X Architecture Assembly Language Instruction Pipelining Application An Overview of ADSP 2100 and 21000 family architecture and instruction set. DSP hardware elements . “Digital Signal Processing Design”.TECH. Shifter. S. cost. Bateman & W Yates. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication. A. John Wiley and sons. Lee. M. ALU.Venkataramani and Bhaskar.Multiplier. “Real Time Digital Signal Processing”. quantization error. etc. Fixed versus floating point DSP system design Issues involved in DSP processor design . B.H.speed. accuracy. 1988 2. Kuo and B. Input-output channels DSP versus Microprocessor Circular buffering Different architectures. Wheeler Publication. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – DSP Architecture & Systems ( Course Code 406040) Introduction to Real Time Digital Signal Processing Review of DSP fundamentals. “Digital Signal Processors: Architecture. 2002 Additional Reading: 1.Final B. pipelining. 2001 354 . parallelism. An Overview of Motorola DSP 563XX Processors • • Text Books 1.

The cellular concept. cell Handling. Mobile radio Propagation Large scale path Loss: Reflection. diffraction. typical call Flow sequences in GSM.PACS(Personal Access Communication system). ground reflection (2 ray model). Types of small scale fading. circuit switched data services on cellular Networks. Improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems. Joachim Tesal. Packet switched data services on cellular networks. Air Interface. Mobile and Personal Communications system and services. Scattering. Reverse standard channel . Frequency reuse.TECH. Wireless systems and standards Analog cellular systems: AMPS and ETACS – System overview. system architecture. CDMA digital cellular standard – Frequency and channels specifications.Cordless telephones : CT2.off strategies. Addison Wesley Publication 2. data over low power wireless and cordless networks. Raj Pandya. Diversity Techniques. John Wiley publication. Radio subsystem channel types. tracking and grade of service. Goddman. David J. second edition 2.Final B. DECT . interference and system capacity. hand. PHS(Personal Handy Phone system) Mobile data communications Specialized packet and mobile radio networks. forward CDMA channel. Rayleigh and Riceaw distributions. frames structure. Prentice Hall of India Additional Reading: 1. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Wireless communication ( Course Code 406050) Introduction Introduction to wireless communication systems. 355 . wireless Personal Communications systems. N – AMPS Digital cellular systems: GSM – Services and Features. Practical link budget – design using path loss models. standard. GSM cellular radio. small scale fading and multipath: small scale Multipath propagation. Parameters of mobile multipath channels. signal processing. Theodre S Rappaport : Wireless Communication – Pearson Education. Text Books: 1.

Fuzzy Logic Applications in Mechatronics. Ultrasonic Sensors. Fluid Systems. Closed Loop Controllers Continuous and discrete processes. Time delays. derivative control. PID controller. Digital controllers. Kolk. and Controls Introduction to Signals. Modeling and Simulation of Physical System Simulation and Block Diagrams. Force. Fluid Power Design Elements. Ltd. Velocity Control and Adaptive control. Actuating Devices Direct Current Motor..W. Flow Sensors . and Tactile Sensors.Time Interfacing Introduction. Electromechanical Coupling.Devdas Shetty and Richard A. and Controls.Final B. Sensors and Transducers Introduction to Sensors and Transducers. Text Books: 1. Active Vibration Control Using Magnetostrictive Transducers. Mechanical rotational System. Overview of the I/O Process. proportional mode. Thomson Asia Pvt. Signals.Sensing Devices . Installation of the I/O Card and Software. Third Indian Reprint 2001 356 . Permanent Magnet Stepper Motor. Torque. Artificial Intelligence in Mechatronics . Bolton. Analogies and Impedance Diagrams. Fiber Optic Devices in Mechatronics. Mechatronics design process. Sensors for Motion and Position Measurement. Fuzzy Logic Applications in Mechatronics . Controller tuning. 2001 2. Temperature . two step mode. Examples of interfacing. Second Reprint. Systems. Microsensors in Mechatronics. Root Locus and Bode Plots. approaches in Mechatronics. Mechatronics System Design. Hardware Components for Mechatronics Transducer Signal Conditioning and Devices for Data Conversion. Measures of System Performance. Control system performance. Advanced Applications in Mechatronics Sensors for Condition Monitoring .TECH. Fluid Power Actuation. Mechatronic Control in Automated Manufacturing. Real . ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Mechatronics ( Course Code 406060) Introduction to Mechatronics Mechatronics key elements. control modes. integral control. Pearson Education Asia. Installation of the Application Software. Piezoelectric Actuators. Mechanical Translation Systems. Elements of a Data Acquisition and Control System. Linearization of Nonlinear Systems. Systems. Mechatronics. System Representation. Electrical Systems. Range sensors. Programmable Controllers.

Additional Reading: 1. 2003 357 . David G. Second Edition. Tata McGraw Hill. Alciatore and Michael B. Histand. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems.

Effect of freewheeling diode. Micro controller based control circuit for motor control. Rashid.speed characteristics. Slip power recovery.(including SOA Rating) Power transistors.SCR.) BOOKS Text Books: 1. 358 . D. torque . important waveforms. OP-Amps. TRIAC. MCT. IR compensation. motor controllers: Induction squirrel cage motor control . IGBT. V /F control. SCR. ratings. torque . second edition.thermal resistance. Cooling of semiconductor devices Basic theory .(Block diagram and working. characteristics: . DIAC. Output average and RMS voltages. Prentice Hall of India Publication. Power Electronics . control circuit and applications). GTO . M .C. semiconductor fuses.C. motor controllers: armature voltage control of separately exited DC shunt motor. Penram Publication. phase control circuits Using BJT.C. Half wave and full wave uncontrolled and controlled rectifier circuits With resistive load and R-L load. 2006. parallel and bridge inverter (single phase) working. Drive Circuits Using BJT. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII Power Electronics ( Course Code 306230) Power Devices Construction. Motor Controllers A. Power Electronics and its applications. Field current control. A. Control of wound rotor motor.Final B. di / dt inductor. important waveforms. Jones chopper (working. Additional Reading: 1. UJT. control circuits and applications. Choppers Principle of operation. Protection circuits Snubbers. simple heat sink calculations. Isolation circuits using an optocoupler and transformer. MOVs. Power Inverters Series. Special IC's such as TCA 785. Types of cooling : a) natural convection b) forced air cooling c) liquid cooling d) vapour phase cooling .voltage control.TECH.speed characteristics. Firing scheme for 3 phase supply. Alok Jain.

Sen. P. Tata McGraw-Hill. Narosa Press 5. Landers. Robbins.B..Khanchandani.C. Modern Power Electronics. Singh & K. Ned Mohan.K. Dubey G.2. SCR Manual 6. McGraw Hill 4. Wheeler Publication. first edition 7. John Wiley Publication 3. Power Electronics. Power Electronics. M.D. Electrical Drives. Undeland. General Eiectric. 359 . Power Electronics.

Final B.O. Tunnel diodes. Schottky barrier diodes. Detectors and Mixers. traditional. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII Microwave & RF Circuit Design ( Course Code 306240) Introduction Microwave bands. Microwave tubes Reflex klystrons. Noise Factor. G.Sisodia. Power.Rizzi . Hybrid junctions. Text Books 1.TECH. Transmission line theory Circuit representation of transmission line. Forward wave cross field Amplifiers. Microstrip lines and Co-planar wave-guides. Coupled cavity TWT. Microwave engineering passive circuits-Peter A. Microwave Engineering-David Pozar.P. Impedance. s-parameters.Raghuvamsi. parametric devices.S. Frequency. Gunn devices. Microwave semiconductor devices Point contact diodes.Gandhi -Pargamon press publication Additional Reading 1.Sinusonoidal excitation of transmission line. . Magnetron. Rectangular and Circular wave guides.PHI publication 4. Electromagnetic Field theory fundamentals-Guru and Hisiroglu. Varactor diodes. Wiley Eastern Limited publication 360 . PIN Diodes. Wave-guide terminations. Transmission line equation. IMPATT diode. Industrial and Bio medical applications. Multi cavity Klystron.PHI Publication 2. Backward wave oscillator.Impedence matching techniques. Attenuators. Helix TWT. Circulators. Microwave characteristics. Thomson Learning publication 3. Impedance and its transformation. Isolators. Wave guide components Transmission line Resonators. Microwave measurements VSWR. Phase-shifter.John Wiley and Sons publication 2. Basic Microwave Techniques and laboratory manual-M. Directional couplers. Introduction to Strip lines. Rectangular and Circular cavity Resonators. Smith chart and its applications. Dielectric constant. Microwave Transmission lines Co-axial line. Microwave Devices and circuits-Samuel Liao . Antenna Gain. Microwave Engineering and Applications. Microwave system. Attenuation.L. Microwave hazards.

slant transform. Kak. processing. Visual perception Structure of human eye. histogram modification. Lossy predictive coding transform coding DPCM. edge sharpening. Pratt. adaptation and discrimination. mage formation in the human eye. Pearson Education.K. hadamard transforms. Thresholding. Image enhancement Contrast manipulation. digital image processing. noise cieaning. W. Loss-less predictive coding.Final B. 361 . A. unitary tansforms. Gonzalez & Woods. Image transforms 2-D DFT/FFT. Prentice Hall. Psycho-visual redundancy. Rosenfold and A. brightness. Image segmentation Detection of discontinuity. storage. 1986. discrete cosine and sine transforms. Haar transform. Image model Uniform and non uniform sampling and quantization. Walsh. Digital image processing.TECH. DM. Jain. bit plane coding. 1 and 2. Prentice hall of India publication. hotelling transform. frequency domain methods like low-pass and high-pass filtering. 4. Image compression Coding redundancy. communication and display. homomorphic filtering. Wiley publication. 1995. Vols. point line and edge linking and boundary detection. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Image Processing ( Course Code 406070) Digital image processing systems Image acquisition. fundamentals of image processing. third edition. second edition. C. linear processing techniques. digital image processing. ADM. Variable length coding. 2. image interpretation. A. Text Books: 1. 3. 2002. Discrete 2-D linear processing Superposition and convolution.

1980 2. Types of Processes. Johnson C.. Pneumatic control mechanisms. Instrumentation for Process Measurement and Control. cavitation and flashing. Tata McGraw Hill. characteristics of valves. Data Logger Text Books: 1.Final B. viscosity. torque. pH. Selection of a proper control mode for a given process. Performance Characteristics of measuring systems. 362 . selection of control valves for a process. integral. specific gravity. Fourth edition. Measurement methods of different process parameters like pressure. derivative. electronic controllers. Fluid flow measurement methods – Measurement of fluid density. Programming of PLC. Principles of Process Control. 2001. Chilton Company.. PLC ladder logic. A. force. Controllers – Modes of control like ON/OFF. Patranabis D. Multichannel DAS. acceleration (Review). Second edition. Feedback Control. 2. proportional. 2001 Additional Reading: 1.TECH. Generalized data acquisition and data distribution systems. Control valves like globe. Process Control Instrumentation Technology. butterfly ball valve etc.. velocity. Anderson N. valve sequencing. Delmar – Thomson Learning. Introduction to PLC. drawing of ladder diagrams. pinch. Prentice Hall of India. Dunning Gary. PI and PID controllers. humidity and liquid level. Third edition. Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers. Electronic and Pneumatic signal transmission. PD. 2001. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Process Control Instrumentation ( Course Code 406080) Introduction to Process Control.

digital subscriber loop (DSL) and Asymmetric DSL (ADSL) technologies. information architecture. management service. abstract syntax notation I (ASN. compatibility with SNMPv1. common management information protocol (CMIP) specification. management information base (MIB). Network Management tools: Network statistics management. capturing the requirements. Mani Subramanian. ADSL configuration management. SNMPv2: communication model. macros. network management model. encoding structure. performance management. semi formal and formal notations. TNN cube. Information Modeling for TMN Rationale for Information Modeling. scooping and filtering feature. SNMP models. functional model. ATM digital exchange interface management. RMON1 and RMON2. network management system. TMN and OSI. management information model. applications. Network Management : Principles and Practice. polity based management. community definitions. Addison Wesley. object oriented modeling paradigm. M3. service definitions. M1. synchronization. remote monitoring (RMON) SMI and MIB. functional architecture. common management. organization model. MIB. physical architecture. service level management. ATM MIB. managed object class definition. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Telecommunication Network Management( Course Code 406100) Foundations Network management standards. Text Books: 1. ALMAP. M2. errors. Telecommunication management network (TMN) architecture Terminology. report management. Network Management examples: ATM integrated local management interface. information model. Pearson Education Asia publication 363 . fault management. simple and formal approaches. information model. Error correlation technology. major changes in SNMPv2. structure of management information. Simple network management protocol (SNMP) SNMPv1: managed networks. and functional model Network management applications functional requirements Configuration management. Common management information service element (CMISE) CMISE model. security management. interfaces. SNMPv3: architecture. accounting management.Final B.1). structure of management information (SMI). MIB security. performance management. M4. organization model. management platform case studies : OPENVIEW. association services.TECH. functional units. SNMPv2 protocol.

Plevyak Thomos. 3. Prentice Hall of India. IEEE Communication Society. Telecommunication Network 2. Haojin Wang. Prentice Hall of India Edition 1999.2. Telecommunication Network Management. 364 . Management: Technologies and Implementations. Henry Haojin Wang. Haifiang Haojin Wang. Fundamentals of Telecommunication Network Management. Lakshmi Raman. Additional Reading: 1. Airdarous Salah.

General data paths and their uses. Digital logic and Microprocessor design with VHDL. Control Units Construction. Introduction to VLSI circuits and systems. Stand alone Controller. Thomson learning Indian print. ASM charts. Switching characteristics. General Purpose Microprocessors Overview of CPU design.TECH. Cohen. Standard Sequential Components Registers. Sizing Routing conductors. Counters. Ben :VHDL coding style and methodologies. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design : A system perspective. Timing issues. VHDL for dedicated Microprocessors. Hwang.Final B. Weste Kamran E Shraghian. Neil H. EC-1 General purpose microprocessor. VHDL for general purpose microprocessors. Data Paths Designing dedicated data paths. John P Vyemura. EC-2 General purpose microprocessor.2002 Additional Reading: 1. Addison Wesley Publication 2. VHDL for data paths.E. larger memories. power dissipation. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – VLSI Design ( Course Code 406110) Circuit Characterization and Performance Estimation Resistance and capacitance estimation. Register files. Dedicated Microprocessors Dedicated Microprocessors with examples. John Wiley & sons 2. Enoch O. 365 . CMOS gate transistor sizing. Using dedicated data paths with examples. charge sharing designing margining yield and reliability. VHDL for Control unit. Text Books: 1. SRAM.

Timer and Counting Devices. 366 . Software Implementation. Memories and I/O Devices. Device Drivers For Internal Programmable Timing Devices. Memory Selection for an Embedded System.TECH. Processor Selection For an Embedded System. Deadline and Interrupt Latency. Allocation of Memory To Program Segments and Blocks and Memory Map of a System. PCI -X and Advanced Buses. Lists and Ordered Lists. ‘CAN’ and Advanced I/O Buses between the Network Multiple Devices. Program Elements: Data Types. Serial Port Device Drivers in a System. Software Maintenance. Real Time Programming Issues During the Software Development Process. Programming Concepts and Embedded Programming in C and C++ Software Programming in Assembly Language (ALP) and in High Level Language ‘C’. ‘C’ Program Elements: Header and Source Files and Preprocessor Directives. Program Elements: Macros and Functions. Loops and Pointers. Context and the Periods of Context-Switching. Program Modeling Concepts For Software Development Process Modeling Processes For Software Analysis Before Software Implementation. ‘C’ Program Compiler and Cross-Compiler.Final B. Direct Memory Access. Embedded Programming in C++. Tasks and Threads Multiple Processes in an Application. Software Project Management. Software Engineering Practice in the Embedded Software Development Process Software Algorithm Complexity. Serial Communication Using the ‘I2C’. Parallel Port Device Drivers in a System. Device Drivers and Interrupts Servicing Mechanism Device Drivers. Source Code Engineering Tools For Embedded C/C++. Programming Models For Event Controlled or Response Time Constrained Real Time Programs. Data Structures. Problem of Sharing Data By Multiple Tasks and Routines. Inter-Process Communication and Synchronization of Processes. Memory Devices. Modifiers Statements. Optimization of Memory Needs. Software Design. Unified Modeling Language (UML). Host system or Computer Parallel Communication between the network I/O Multiple Devices Using the PCI. Interfacing Processor. Software Analysis. Interrupt Servicing (Handling) Mechanism. Devices and Buses For Device Networks I/O Devices. Queues. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Embedded Systems ( Course Code 406120) Introduction To Embedded Systems Software Embedded into a System. Validating and Debugging. Software Testing. Software Development Process Life Cycle and its Models. Processor and Memory Organization Structural Units in a Processor. Stacks. Inter Process Communication.

Cmpbooks Press. First Edition. Use of Software Tools for Development of an Embedded System. Sporadic and Aperiodic Tasks. First Edition. Fifteen-point strategy for synchronization between the processor. OS Functions and Tasks and for Resource Management. Use of Software Tools for development of an Embedded system. Loading on the target. The Software Build Process For Embedded Systems – Preprocessing. 2003 Additional Reading: 1. Sriram Iyer and Pankaj Gupta. Tata McGraw Hill. List of Basic Actions in a Preemptive Scheduler and Expected Times Taken at a Processor. Design Cycle in The Development Phase for an Embedded System. Real-Time and Embedded System Operating Systems.1b Functions For Standardization of RTOS and Inter-Task Communication Functions. Uses of Target System or Its Emulator and In-Circuit Emulator (ICE). Performance Metrics in Scheduling Models For Periodic. Locating. Qing Li and Caroline Yao. Interrupt Routines in RTOS Environment: Handling of Interrupt Source Call by the RTOSs. Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems. Embedded Realtime Systems Programming. ISRs. IEEE Standard POSIX 1003. 2003 2. Network Operating Systems. 2003 367 . Programming and Design. Issues in Embedded System Design. First Edition.Real Time Operating Systems Operating System Services. Compiling / Cross Compiling. Embedded System Design and Co-Design Issues in System Development Process. Uses of Oscilloscopes and Logic Analyzers for System Hardware Test. Rajkamal. Hardware-Software Co-Design in an Embedded System Embedded System Project Management. Text Books: 1. Embedded Systems – Architecture. RTOS Task Scheduling Models. Interrupt Latency and Response Times of the Tasks as Performance Metrics. Tata McGraw Hill. I/O Subsystem. Linking.

Prentice Hall of India. shortest path algorithms – The Bellman – Ford algorithm. Token Ring and FDDI. HDLC point to point protocol. Internet checksum. Data and computer communication –Pearson Education. categories of networks. Wireless LAN. Text Books: 1. 368 . William Stallings. Circuit switching : Circuit switching networks. CRC. ATM and Frame Relay ATM protocol Architecture. 3. Bus LAN’s Ring LANs Star LANs. Protocols and standards. circuit switches. William A Shay – Understanding Data Communications and Networks-Thomson Learning.space division switches. Packet Switching Networks Network services and internal network operation. Internetworks. sixth edition 2. logical connections. Data Link Control :Flow control. Datagram and Virtual circuits. Error control. Dijkstra’s algorithm. other routing approaches. Transmission media. Multiplexing FDM. Transmission modes. SS7. line configuration. Second edition Additional Reading 1. Computer Networks. TCP/IP. XDSL. User Access. Tata McGraw Hill. Data Communication and Networking. Leon Garcia and Widjaja. Frame Relay protocol Architecture. time. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Data Communication and networking (Course Code 406130) Introduction Network. Broadband ISDN. Topology. ISDN Protocols. Asymmetric Digital subscriber lines. ATM Adaptation Layer. LAN Bridges. Routing in packet networks.Final B. Routing in circuit switching. ISDN channels. Local Area Network LAN Applications. Time-space-time switches. third edition 2. ISDN Architecture. Frame Relay.TECH. Networks. ATM cells. Andrew Tenenbaum. Communication Networks. Synchronous TDM. packet network topology. Transmission efficiency of ARQ protocols. the OSI model. Tata McGraw Hill.3 Medium Access control for 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps LAN. control signaling.division switches. Statistical TDM. IEEE 802. LAN architecture. Forouzan. congestion control. Error detection-two dimensional Parity checks. DTE – DCE interface. Transmission of ATM cells.

Robotic Manipulation: Automation and Robots. Nagel. Fu. Pearson Education References: 7. Shane analysis. Planning. Pearson Education 11. Craig. Direct Kinematics: Dot and cross products. Grasp planning. Continuous path motion. Classification. Six axis robot). Perspective transformation. Grover. Robot Vision: Image representation. Four axis robot. Negin. 25. TMH. “Robotics and AI”. 22. “Robotics and Mecatronics”.J. Rotations. Wiess. Segmentation (Thresholding. Source and goal scenes. Gross motion. Link co-ordination arm equation. PHI. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – ROBOTICS (Course Code 406090) DETAILED SYLLABUS 18. Moments of Inertia. “Robotics and Control”. Euler numbers. Niku. Swell operators. Polyhedral objects. Pick and place operations. Task Planning: Task level programming. McGraw Hill 6. Klafter. region labeling. 5. PHI 12. 23. Robert Shilling. 8. 19.TECH. “Robot Engineering”. Template matching. 24. “Fundamentals of Robotics-Analysis and control”. Inverse Kinematics: General properties of solutions tool configuration Five axis robots. J. Simulation of Planer motion. Co-ordinates. Notations. Application. Camera calibration). Configuration. Nagrath. Shrink operators. Interpolated motion. “Robotics”. Mittal. Staughard. Six axis robot (Inverse kinematics). Co-ordinate frames. “Industrial Robotics”. Chmielewski. Workspace analysis and trajectory planning work envelop and examples. Gonzales and Lee. McGraw Hill 9. TMH 369 . BOOKS Text Books: 4. Oderey. Task planner simulation. Walfram Stdder. 10. Structured Illumination. 21. 20. Specification. Principles of NC and CNC Machines. “Introduction to Robotics”. Space. PHI. “Introduction to Robotics”. Fine-motion Planning. Three-Four axis. (Five-axis robot.Final B. Homogeneous. Uncertainty. workspace fixtures. Straight-line motion.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 370 .

S. Partitioning of matrix. Laplace transforms of standard functions such as1. coshat. Directional derivative Curl and Divergence. 4 Vector Calculus Scalar and vector point functions. Reduction to a normal form. Cayley Hamilton’s theorem and functions of square matrix. erf(t). System of Homogeneous and nonhomogeneous equations. Fourier integral. Dirac delta functions. Line integral and its properties. Fourier series of Periodic function with period 2π and 2l. Periodic functions and their Laplace Transforms. Even and Odd functions. partial fractions and convolution theorem. their consistency and solution. First shifting theorem. sinhat. Stoke’s theorem. L {f ’(t)}. L {f(t)/t} L{ o∫t f(u) du}. tn eat. L {dn / dtn f(t)} Change of scale property: Unit step functions. Elementary transformations of matrix.Y B. cosat. rank of a matrix. Parseval’s relations. Irrotational and Solenoidal field.Transform. Linear property of Laplace. Dirchlet’s theorem. Half range expansions. Dirchlet's Conditions. Inverse of a matrix.Applied Mathematics – I Applied Mathematics – I 1 Laplace Transforms Function of bounded variation. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of square matrix. sinat.TECH Name of Course :. 2 Matrices Types of matrices. Inverse Laplace Transform using linear property. 3 Fourier series and integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions. Application to solve ordinary differential equations with one dependent variable. divergence theorem and its applications Recommended Books: 371 . second shifting theorem. Complex form of Fourier series. L {tn f(t)}. Grren’s theorem. Adjoint ( Adjugate) of a matrix. Expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. Heaviside. theorems. Consecervative.

P N & J N Wartikar. Dr B S Grewal. T Veerrajan. Wiley Eastern Limited Engineering Mathematics for Semester III.Higher Engineering Mathematics. Khanna Publications A text book of Applied Mathematics.Strength Of Material 372 . Tata McGraw Hill Matrices. Pune Vidyarthi Griha Advanced Engineering Mathematics. A R Vasishtha Name of Course :. Erurin Kreyszig.

Fluid Mechanics And Machines Name of Course and bending moment: Axial force. II. Bending Moment combined with axial loads: Application to members subjected to eccentric load. 3. 3 Simple theory of Bending: Flexure formula for straight beams. transfer theorem. principle stresses in beams. 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 . Volumetric strain. section modulus. Atleast one class test must be conducted in the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned during the evaluation of the term work. Stress Strain Analysis: Simple stress and strain. At least 5 assignments consisting of minimum 5 problems in each assignment from among the 10 chapters of the detailed syllabus must be submitted along the laboratory report and test paper References: 1. Euler’s formula for struts with different support conditions. Tata McGraw Hill Book 373 2. Deformation of rectangular and circular.1. Simple Theory of Torsion: Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow. and atleast 6 experiments must be conducted from the list given as above in ‘list of experiments’. principal axes of inertia. Principal stresses: General equations for transformation of stress. shear force and bending moment. relationships between rate of loading. Venant’s Principle. determination using Mohr’s circle. Strength Of Materials by Schaum’s Series. core of a section. deformation due to self weight. shear stress and shear strain. Strain Energy: strain energy due to axial force and bending moment. maximum shear stress. Euler’s and Rankine’s design formulae. closed-coiled helical spring under axial load. simple problems involving application of Flexure formula. stresses in axial members and simple beams due to impact loading. moments of inertia about principle axes. B. Poisson’s ratio. Charotar Publishers. shear connectors. shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beams including beams with internal hinges for different types of loading. principal planes and principal stresses. Junnarkar. flitched beams Shear Stress in beams: Distribution of shear stress across plane sections used commonly for structural purposes. Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters. relationship between Young’s modulus and Modulus of elasticity. moment of modulus of a section. Term work I. Stress-strain diagram. Deflection of beams: Deflection of cantilevers simply supported and overhanging beams using double integration and Macaulay’s methods for different types of loadings. uniform and tapering bars. principal stresses in shafts subjected to torsion. concept of buckling. Bulk modulus. Mechanics of Structures by S. Factor of Safety 2 Shear Force :. Theory of Elastic Stability by Timoshenko and Gere. St. Struts: Struts subjected to axial loads. III. stresses is shaft when transmitting power. concept of equivalent torsional and bending moments. bending and axial thrust.

A. pressure compensated flow control valves.L. Newtonian and non-Newtonian.2 and Refrences: 1. meter-out circuit Term Work: 1. Fluid Mechanics e. Industrial Hydraulics Manual 5. 3. unloading valves. relief valve.Bansal. Laminar flow between parallel plates one of which is moving.Wylie. Name of Course :-Theory Of Machines 374 . Application of energy and continuity equation for fluid flow measurement in closed conduit (No derivations. Hydraulics and Pneumatics power for Production by V.Goodwin. losses in bends. energy equation. The final report should contain all of the above as shown in 1.1 2 3 4 5 6 General Properties of fluids and fluid statics. general classification of valves in circuit. Viscous fluids. check valve.B. and laminar flow between flat parallel stationary plates.Streeter and by by by by R. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic machines by Modi & Seth. vane and piston pumps. ram units and rotary actuators. At least one class test must be conducted at the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned for the evaluation of test in the term work. types of valves viz. sequence valves and counter balance valves Oil hydraulic circuits: Introduction. pressure compensating valves. forces on immersed bodies Fluid Dynamics: Various types of flow (general description only). 2. continuity equation. H. Sperry & Vickers Co. Report on laboratory experiments on the above chapters. At least five assignments comprising of minimum 5 problems in each assignment must be submitted along with the laboratory reports from among the above 6 chapters. Text Books 1. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic machines by Ramamurtham. direction control valves.L Stewart. variation of pressure with depth. Larcy’s equation. momentum equation. 2. couplings and valves Hydraulic pumps and motors Introduction. variable capacity and fixed capacity types-gear. centre of pressure horizontal and vertical plane surfaces. performance curves for variable speed drives. 2. speed control valves. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic machines 3. their stress strain relationship (general description only). meter-in circuit. thrust on plane surface. At least 6 experiments are to be conducted. only applications are to be imparted) Flow in Pipes: Laminar and turbulent flow in pipes (elementary treatment only).K. fluid application to manometer.B. basic circuit. 4. pressure at a point in fluid. combination of pump and motor units Valves: Introduction. transmission of pressure in a fluid. Power Hydraulics 4.

Balancing of locomotives -. engine indicators Viz. Instantaneous centre. Analytical technique applied to only Slides crank mechanism. viz. Inversions of single and double slider crank chains and their Applications. Static and dynamic force analysis: For linkage mechanism as applied to only slider crank chain and four bar chains with lower pairs CAMS : Introduction. band brakes. interference of involutes teeth. critical or whirling speed of shaft. Governors : Introduction. Gyroscope : Introduction-.1 2 3 4 Kinematics : Basic concepts : Links. types of followers. automobile steering Gears. longitudinal. Dunkerly’s Empirical equation. condition of constant velocity ratio-conjugate profiles -. Rope brake. 2.block and shoe brakes . viz. kennedt’s theorem. At least one class test in the middle of the semester must be conducted and a 5 6 7 8 9 .profiles used in Gears. At least four assignments consisting of four problems in each assignment from chapter No. 4. types of brakes. kinematics pairs giving one. Thomson and Dobbie mckines indicators. (Damped and forced vibrations are excluded).. Torsional vibrations of two rotor system and three rotor system – torsional equivalent shaft – free torsional vibrations of a geared system. arc of contact and contact ratio Turning moment diagram and flywheel Balancing Introduction. 10 from dynamics section. two and three degrees of freedom Kinematics chains. belt transmission dynamometers Dynamics : Gears : Introduction. degree of freedom and move ability criterion. types of cams.Gyroscopic couple and precision stabilization of ships and air crafts only. viz. Clutches Brakes and Dynamometers. layout of cam profile for specified displacement characteristics. types of governors. and analytical problems are not to be covered in governors) Term work: 1. kinematics pairs. centrifugal governors—gravity controlled and spring controlled governors.hammer blow and variation of tractive efforts. Study and analysis of single plate clutch. Prony brake. band and block Brakes. on half imperial drawing sheets in kinematics section. methods of preventing interference. free vibration. Cams with oscillating follower system. analysis of velocities of mechanism using instantaneous centre method. uniform and constant acceleration & retardation and cycloidal motion. 3. Bennet’s construction and Ritterhau’s construction. braking of vehicles. Static and Dynamic balancing of machines Vibrations : Introduction. Motion characteristics of mechanisms : Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms with single degree of freedom system Using graphical method. Introduction. under cutting. pantograph. Types of dynamometers. several masses in different Planes. At least five sheets consisting of four problems in each chapter from chapter No. 6 to chapter no. Constrained kinematics Chains as mechanism. Rotary masses—serial masses in same plane. Simplex. At least six experiments to be conducted from dynamics section and the 375 report must be Submitted along with all the assignments as stated above and test papers. 1 to No. Length of path of contact. balancing of reciprocating masses. primary balance and secondary balance. Crossby. transverse and torsional vibrations. straight line motion mechanism. (Mathematical derivations. constant velocity. simple harmonic motions. multiple plate clutches and cone clutches. 5 . Introduction. Follower motion.

Name of Course :.CAD and Production Drawing 376 .

1

2 3

4

5 6

Interpenetration of solids : Cylinder to cylinder, cone to cylinder, prism to prism, prism to cylinder, pyramid to prism, pyramid to cylinder of only regular solids with axis of solids perpendicular to/or parallel to the reference planes (neglecting the axis of solids inclined to any reference plane) Auxiliary and oblique projections: Of solids using front view, top view and side views Production Machine Elements : Screwed fasteners : Thread nomenclature, forms of screw threads, V threads, Square thread, ACME, Buttress, and Whitworth. Representation of threads, Hexagonal headed bolts and nuts, square headed bolts & nuts, locking devices for nuts. Keys, cotters and pin joints : Keys such as saddle keys, sunk keys, round keys, Cotter joints such as Socket and Spigot joint, Gib and Cotter joint, Cotter and Sleeve Joint. Pin joint (Knuckle joint). Couplings : Rigid couplings, Split, Muff, and Flanged protected type, Flexible bush pin type Assembly & Detail Drawings: Machine tools parts: Machine swivel vice, pipe vice, screw jack, tailstock, tool head of shaper, Simple drill jig & milling fixture, simple press tool assembly. Bearings: Plummer block, foot step bearing, bracket with pedestal bearing. IC Engine parts : I.C. Engine connecting rod, stuffing box, and eccentric. Valves : Feed checks valve, Non Return valve, stop valve, Relief valve Computer Aided Design and Draughting: Auto-CAD commands, Editing commands, Basic Dimensioning, Creating 2-D and 3-D objects of simple machine parts Limits, fits and tolerances: Selection of tolerances, methods of placing limit dimensions, fits. Term Work 1. One sheet comprising of at least 4 problems from chapter No.1 2. One sheet comprising of at least 4 problems from chapter No. 2 3. One sheet of “Free hand sketches” drawn on A2 size paper comprising of at least 6 problems from chapter No. 3. 4. 2 sheets of Assembly & 2 sheets of part or detail drawing from chapter No. 4 comprising of at least 2 problems in assembly and 2 problems in part drawing. 5. 2 sheets comprising of at least 4 problems from chapter No.4 using Auto CAD. References: 1. Engineering Drawing 2. Machine Drawing by N.D. Bhatt. by N.D. Bhatt

Text Books: 1. Machine Drawing by Siddeshwara Shastri. 2. Engineering Drawing with AUTO CAD2000. by Jeyapoovan., Vikas Publications.

Name of Course:- Manufacturing Engineering I

377

1 2

3

4

5

6

7 8

Definition , need and classification of machine tools: Brief history and development , typical features, associated with cutting tools and Performance measure of machine tools Turning machines and processes: Lathes as general purpose turning machines, principle of generating surfaces, lathe. Specifications, description and functions of lathe, principle parts, back gear-all gear. drive, feed mechanism, lathe accessories, and attachments—chucks, collets, mandrel, Face plate. Lathe operations, Taper turning methods, thread cutting, cutting tools, and tool geometry. Capstan and turret lathes: Principle parts of capstan and turret lathes, difference between capstan and turret lathe, work holding devices, tool holding devices, tool dies, chasers, taps, etc. tool layout for simple components like bolt, nut, pin, shafts. Single point cutting tools: Types, geometry, materials Drilling machine and processes: Types: sensitive, upright, radial, gang, multiple spindle, automatic drilling machine, Work and tool holding devices, drilling machine operation, types and materials of drills. Twist drill nomenclature. Counter-boring-taper of counterbores. Spot facingtypes of Spot facers. Countersinking — types of countersinks. Reaming – types of reamers. Tapping—hand tap and machine tap. Machining time for drilling. Deep hole drilling (only fundamentals to be covered): Gun drills, deep hole drilling machine Reciprocating machine tools: Shaping machines : types of shapers, working of shaper machine, quick return Mechanisms, shaper operations, machining time. Planing machine: types of planning Machines, planer mechanism, feed mechanism, work holding devices, shaper vs planer. Slotting machine : types of slotting machines, quick return mechanism Milling machine : types of milling machine-- column and knee type, fixed bed type, planer type and special type, milling processes, conventional and climb milling, milling cutters, peripheral, face and shell milling cutters, geometry and materials of milling cutters, attachments and special accessories, for milling, universal dividing head, indexing method, direct, plane, compound, and differential indexing mechanisms, arbors adaptors, and collet chucks , calculations of machining time, copy milling machines. Broaching machine : Broaching process, elements of typical internal broach, types of broaches, broaching Machines— vertical, horizontal, surface, and continuous broaching vs. other processes (design of broaches omitted) Cutting off machines : Power hacksaws, band saw, and circular saw, friction saw and abrasive cutting off Machines, field of applications and limitations, tools and accessories Finishing processes : Honing: process, machine, honing stone and tools, abrasive grit size. Lapping: process, hand and machine lapping, flat, internal and external, cylindrical Lapping, lap materials, medium, vehicles. Super finishing: process, equipments, Stones, fluids. Roller burnishing—process, tools, applications References: 1. Production technology vol. II 2. Workshop technology vol. I & II 3. Production technology 4. Materials and Processes in 5. Manufacturing, Edi. 8th 6. Production Technology by by by by by Raghuvanshi. Chapman. HMT. E. Paul De Garmo,J T Black, Ronald A Kosher. R K Jain

Text Books: Metal Cutting by P.N. Rao. Elements of workshop technology Vol. II Hajara Chwdhari Manufacturing Engg. & Technology by Seropr Kalpakjian.

378

Name of Course :- Thermodynamics-I Name of Course :- Workshop Practice-III 1 Revision of Thermodynamics Concept System, Surrounding, state, Path Property, Reversible and irreversible process, thermodynamic work, heat. Temperature, thermal equilibrium. Zeroth law of thermodynamics First Law of Thermodynamics Jouel’s experiment to verify first law. First law applied to non-cyclic process. Tnternal energy as a property. Jouel’s experiment of internal energy. Equation of states of ideal gas. Universal and specific gas constant. Application of First law to non flow processes, viz. constant volume, constant pressure, constant temperature, adiabatic and polytropic processes, heat and work calculations First law of Thermodynamics applied to flow processes: Flow work, enthalpy, control volume. Application of first law to open system steady flow energy equation. Throttling process. Joule’s porous plug experiment, Joul Thomson coefficient. Work done in steady flow processes in terms of pressure and volume. Application to boiler, nozzle, condenser etc. Second law of Thermodynamics: Limitations of first law of thermodynamics. Heat engine, thermal efficiency, rversed heat engine, coefficient of performance. Carnot cycle. Kelin-Plank and Calusius statements and their equivalence. Perpetual motion machines of first and second kind. Carnot’s theorm. Thermodynamic temperature scale Entropy: Clausius inequality. Entropy, temperature-entropy diagrams. Entropy changes for an ideal gas during reversible processes. Entropy of isolated system in real process. Principle of increase of entropy. Entropy and disorder References: Term Work: 1. Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters. At least 6 experiments are to be conducted. 2. At least five assignments comprising of minimum 5 problems in each assignment must be submitted along with the laboratory reports from among above 10 chapters. 3. At least one class test must be conducted at the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned for the evaluation of test in the term work. 4. The final report should contain all of the above as shown in 1,2, and the test paper Reference Books:: 1. Thermal Engineering 2. A Course in Thermal Engineering Publications 3. Engineering Thermodynamics 4. Engineering Thermodynamics 5. Thermodynamics for Engineers 6. Thermal Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi Publications by Domkundwar, Kothandaraman Khajuria, Dhanpatrai by by by by P.K. Nag G.F.C Rogers, Y.R. Mayhew. M.L.Mathur and S.C.Gupta. Ballanney, Khanna Publication

2

3

4

5

Text Books: Thermodynamics and Heat Engines Vol.I, by R.Yadav 379 Thermodynamics and Heat Engines Vol. I & II by Patel & Karamchandani.

Name of Course :- Applied Mathematics – II 1 Statistics Review of measures of central tendency, measure of variation and probability, Discrete and continuous Random variable Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution. Random sampling, sampling distribution, Standard error, Central limit theorem. Estimation of parameters, point estimation, interval estimation, confidence internal. Testing of Hypothesis, Large sample and small sample tests. ‘t’ test and ‘F’ test, Chi-square test Correlation and regression, Coefficient of correlation and Rank correlation, Regression analysis. Curve fitting, method of least square Statistical quality control and control charts Analysis of variance 2 Numerical Methods Solutions of systems of linear algebric equations. Gauss Elimation, Gauss Jordan, Crout’s (LU) method, Gauss Seidal and jacobi iteration Differential equation ,Taylor Series method, Picard method, Rungakutta method, Euler method Recommended Books: Mathematical Statistics, Kapur & Saxena Statistics, Schaum’s Series Numerical Methods for Engineers, S K Gupta Introductory methods of numerical analysis, S S Sastry

380

1

2

3

4

5

Analysis of I.C. engines: Otto, Diesel and dual combustion cycles, air standard effeicency and mean effective pressure. Study of constructionable details of I.C. engines. Four and two stroke cycle I.C. engines. S.I. and C.I. engines. Study of simple carburetor, fule pump, fuel injector and nozzle of I.C. engines. Cooling and lubrication systems of I.C. engines. Ignition syatem of S.I. engines. Governing of I.C. engines. Valve timing diagrams. Calculation of I.P, F.P. and B.P., determination of indicated and brake thermal efficiency and specific fuel consumption. Testing of I.C. engines. Heat balance sheet Air Compressors: Uses of compressed air. Classification, single stage reciprocating air compressor without clearance. Work and power calculation, isothermal and adiabatic efficiency, two stage air compressor with perfect inter cooling. Ideal intercooler pressure. F.A.D. and volumetric efficiency. Effect of clearance volume. Air motor Gas Turbines: Advantages and disadvantages of gas turbines. Constant pressure Joules cycle with isentropic and irreversible adiabatic expansion. Open cycle gas turbine, work, power and thermal efficiency. Closed cycle gas turbine, constant volume cycle gas turbine Heat Transfer One dimensional, steady state, heat transfer by conduction through plane wall, radial heat transfer by conducting through hollow cylinder and hollow sphere. Conduction through a composite plane and cylindrical wall. Heat flow by convection. Free and forced convection. Nusselt, Reynold and Prandlt number; heat transfer between two fluids separated by composite plane and cylindrical wall. Over all heat transfer coefficient. Heat exchangers. Types of heat exchangers. Log Mean Temperature Difference. Radiation heat transfer, Absoptivity, reflectivity and transmissivity. Monochromatic emissive power. Wien’s law, Stefan Boltzman’s and Kirrchoff’s Laws Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Applications of refrigeration, relative C.O.P. and ton of refrigeration, Bell Coleman cycle or PV and T.S. diagram, C.O.P. and power calculations. Vapour compression refrigeration system. Representation on T-S and P-H diagram. C.O.P power, capacity and mass flow rate calculations, effect of dub cooling, vapour absorption system of refrigeration. Desirable properties of an ideal refrigerant. Compression of ammonia, SO2, CO2, Freon (R-11 and R-22) as refrigerants. Sudy of domestic refrigerator and water cooler. Enthalpy of moist air, Adiabatic saturation temperature. Study of mixing, sensible heating and cooling, heating and humidification, cooling and humidification, cooling and humidification Process. Representation on psychrometric chart. Calculation of capacity of cooling coil, sensible heat added, mass of water removed, capacity of heating coil, etc. applications of air conditioning processes required for winter and summer air conditioning. Central air conditioning systems, study of window air conditioner and package air conditioner Term Work: 1.Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters. At least 6 experiments are to be conducted. 2. At least five assignments comprising of minimum 5 problems in each assignment must be submitted along with the laboratory reports from among above 10 chapters. 3.At least one class test must be conducted at the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned for the evaluation of test in the term work. 4. The final report should contain all of the above as shown in 1,2, and the test paper. References: 1 Thermal Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi Publications 2. A Course in Thermal Engineering by Domkundwar, Kothandaraman Khajuria, Dhanpatrai Publications 3. Engineering Thermodynamics by P.K. Nag 4. Engineering Thermodynamics by G.F.C Rogers, Y.R. Mayhew. 381 5. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines by R.Yadav. 6. Thermodynamics for Engineers by M.L.Mathur and S.C.Gupta.

Name of Course :-Thermodynamics –II

382

Name of Course :-Engineering Design 1 2 3 Curved Members and Crane Hooks: With the following cross sections only- circular, triangular square, rectangular, T. trapezoidal (circular rings and chain links are excluded) Operational Joints : Introduction and strength of following joints : cotter joint, knuckle joint, sleeve type cotter joint, gib and cotter joint, pinned joint. Riveted Joints: Design of joints subjected to eccentric loading. Boiler joints-longitudinal and circumferential joints-single riveted, double riveted and triple riveted joints having equal/ unequal cover straps, chain and zigzag riveted arrangements, use of Indian Boiler Regulation(IBR) in design Shafts ,keys and couplings: Shafts subjected to axial, twisting and bending moments, design of square and rectangular keys, Muff coupling, split muff coupling, flange coupling, protected type flange coupling, bush pin type coupling, marine type coupling Machine Elements: Machine parts subjected to direct and eccentric loading, finding area of cross section of machine members or frames having following cross sections- circular, rectangular, box, square, triangular, T, I and trapezoidal sections only, design of rivets or bolts subjected to eccentric loading on the above types of frame fastenings. Pressure Vessels: Thick and compound cylinders, determination of wall thickness of cylinders, hoop and radial stresses, plotting hoop and radial stress distribution curves Gear Wheels: Types of gears, terminology and applications: design of spur gears, simple gear calculations based on Lewis equation, design of gears for wear and mounting of gears Design of IC Engine Parts: IC engine connecting rods, piston, crank, eccentric References: 1. .Engineering Design by Schaum’s Series. 2. Engineering Design by Keval Pujara. 3. Engineering Design by Black. 4. Engineering Design by Patel, Pandya. 5. Machine Design by R.K.Jain. 6. Engineering Design by J.E. Taylor & J.S. Wrigley. Text Books: 1. Engineering Design by Bhandari. 2. Elements of Machine Design by N.C.Pandya & C.S. Shah. 3. Design of Machine Elements by M.F. Spotts.

4

5

6 7 8

Name of Course :-Electrical And Electronics Engineering

383

384

1

2 3

4 5 6

Electromechanical Energy Conversion: Three phase induction motor: Working principle, construction, types, torque speed characteristics, equivalent circuit, starting methods of 3 phase induction motors. DC Machines, DC Generator – Working principle, EMF equation, classification. DC Motor – Working principle, torque equation, types, characteristics, speed control of DC motor, starting methods and steeper motors Digital Systems: Primary Logic: theory, simplifying and implementation of logical functions, components of digital systems Integrated Circuits and Devices: Operational Amplifiers – basics, ideal OP-OMP ratings, OP-AMP applications, linear and digital IC’s, counters, resisters, multiplexers, de-multiplexers, decoder and encoder Instrumentation and Measurements: Oscilloscope, Maxwell Bridge, Kelvin double bridges Solid State Controls and Applications: Timers and Relays, applications of silicon controlled rectifiers (SCR) in control of DC & AC motor, resistance welding (welding control with solid state circuits Microprocessors and Applications: Memory systems, Microprocessor (only 8085 Architecture and instructions), Programmable controllers, regulation of voltage and motor speed (microprocessor based, block diagram and flow chart approach only) List of Experiments: i) Characteristics of three phase induction motor ii) DC Motor Characteristics iii) Speed control of DC motors iv) Starting methods of DC motors v) Study of logic gates vi) OP- AMP applications vii) Study of counters viii) Kelvin Double Bridge ix) Application of timers x) SCR application in AC & DC motors xi) Microprocessor programming (simple programs without any interfacing circuits) xii) Study of PLC. Term Work: 1. At least one class test must be conducted in the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned to it during the evaluation of term work. 2. Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters, and at least 8 experiments must be conducted from the list given as above in the list of experiments. 3. At least 5 assignments consisting of minimum 5 problems in each assignment from among the 6 chapters must be submitted along with the laboratory report and the test papers. References: 1. Electric Machines and Transformers by Abderson Leonard D. &Jack Macneil 2. OP- Amplifier by Gayakwad 3. Microprocessor by Gaonkar 4. Digital Principle and Applications by Malvino & Leach 5. SCR by G. E. Mamal 6. Electrical Technology by Cotton 7. Electrical Machines by M. G. Say. Text Books: 1. Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory by Bolyestad & Nashelsky 2. Applied electrical Engineering Vol. IV by B.L. Theraja. 385

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

9 10 11 12

Solidification and structure of metals Formation of solids from liquids of pure metals and alloys, ingot defects and their remedies, Single crystal and polycrystalline structure, Classification and crystal structure, unit cell, co-ordination number, atomic packing, crystallographic notations Crystal imperfection: Definition, classification, Significance, Point defects: vacancy, interstitial, impurity atoms, their formation and effects. Dislocation: Edge and screw dislocations, their significance. Surface Defects: Grain boundary, sub-angle grain boundary, stacking fault, and their significance. Dislocation generation at Frank Reed sources, significance and effects, Dislocation interactions: Sessile dislocation, multicomponent dislocation, dislocation pile up, dislocation jog, and dislocation climb Deformation: Definition, elastic & plastic deformations and their significance. Deformation in single and polycrystalline materials. Mechanism of deformation, critical resolved stress. Deformability of FCC, BCC, HCP metals, slip system Strain Hardening: Definition and significance. Dislocation theory of strain hardening. Recystalization annealing and its stages, factors affecting recystalization. Hot and cold working, their advantages, limitations and importance Alloys and Theory of Alloying: Definition and importance. Classification and characteristics of different types of alloys. Phase diagram and its importance, different types of phase diagrams and their interpretation. Eutectic, Eutectoid, Peritectic alloys, conditions of their formation and importance. Solid solutions, conditions and importance of their formation. Intermediate alloys. Types and conditions of their alloys. Types and conditions of formation with importance. Important alloys of aluminium, copper, nickel, tin and zinc, their specifications and applications Principles of heat treatment. Equilibrium transformations in iron-iron carbide systems. Non-equilibrium transformations., Time Temperature Transformations of austenite. Mechanisms of Pearlite, Bainite & Marrtensite Transformations. Principles of heat treatment of steels from T.T.T. diagram Technology of heat treatment: Significance of austensization, homogenization and controlled decomposition of Austenite. Heat treatment furnaces, salt baths and cooling media, heat treatment in controlled atmosphere Heat treatment Processes: Annealing, different annealing processes. Normalizing, Hardening, Hardening media, hardenability, its method of determination, factors affecting hardenability. Tempering, transformations in tempering, temper embrittlement, temper colors. Austempering, Martempering. Case Hardening. Carburising, Nitriding, Cyaniding, Carbonitriding Surface Hardening: Induction hardening, Flame hardening Diffusion Coating Processes. Calorising, Chromising, Siliconising, Boran diffusion coating Effects of alloying elements: Minor alloying elements. Major alloying elements. Alloy steels, tool steels, stainless steels

386

13 14

Powder Metallurgy: Powder making methods. Powder compaction, Sintering, sintering mechanism. Applications of power metallurgy Metallurgy of joining processes: Metallurgy of welding, brazing and soldering Term Work: 1. At least five assignments of topics mentioned above. Each assignment consist of 4 to 5, questions supported with A-4 sheet containing technical information,. 2. At least one report on equipment set-up and practice in industrial units. 3. At least one class test of 10 marks to be conducted in the middle of the semester and weightage should be considered while evaluating the term work. 4. The report should contain the assignments as shown in 1& 2 above, and the test papers as shown in 3. References: 1. Mechanical Metallurgy by G.E. Dieter. 2. Engineering physical Metallurgy by Y.Lakhtin 3. Applied metallurgy for engineers by E.C. Rollason. 4. Engineering Materials & Metallurgy by B.K. Agarwal. 5. Engineering Materials part I & II by R.A. Higgins. 6. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy by Sydney Avner Text Books: 1. Material Science & Metallurgy by Dr. v.D. Kodghire., Everest Publication House Pune. 2. Physical Metallurgy By V.Raghvan.

387

magazines. internal grinding machines. grinding machines. tool and tool holders. magnetic tapes. thread whirling. and hoppers for feeding Copying Lathes: NC and CNC lathes. end feed. paper tape. high speed drilling attachments. special grinding machines Grinding wheels: Types of abrasives-natural. gear lapping. gear burnishing Modern developments: Machining centers. typical tooling setup for simple work pieces. special purpose machines Unconventional machining processes (only basic principles. self opening die heads. grain size. working principles and fundamentals of programming Grinding machines: Grinding Process. machines and application) Electrical Discharge Machines (EDM) Electrochemical Machining (ECM) Chemical Machining (CHM) Ultrasonic Machining (USM) Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM) Laser Beam Machining (LBM) Electron Beam Machining (EBM) Plasma Arc Machining (PAM) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 388 . hob size.Manufacturing Engineering II 1 Automats: Major classification. Gear Milling. horizontal and vertical. Gear finishing processes-gear shaving. grinding fluids. safety Screw Thread Cutting Machines. grade. threading attachments. plunge center type.Principles of Hobbing (Kinematics omitted) . tool and cutter grinders. thread chasing. hobbing techniques. centreless grinding machines-through feed. types of bonds. thread milling. shape and sizes. selection of grinding wheels. balancing of grinding wheels. special attachments. thread rolling. center type. thread grinding.cylindrical. single spindle and multi-spindle. bar type and chuck type. artificial. CNC turning centers. Thread production process.) Gear Teeth Cutting Machines. gear grinding. material (tool Geometry omitted). and tangential (tool geometry omitted. structure. gear shaper cutter (tool geometry omitted). Gear Hobbing. die threading and tapping.Name of Course :. chucking type. chasersradial. IS for marking system of grinding wheel. screw type and Swiss type. universal. plain. in feed.horizontal. truing and dressing. chutes. mounting of grinding wheels. vertical spindle-rotary/reciprocating types.

tool depreciation cost. effect of speed. HMT Hand Book 5. Flank wear and crater wear. water hardened. mechanism of tool wear. A. Numerical Problems. concept of specific cutting force. non-production cost. field of applications. discontinuous. feed. field of application and limitations. Merchant’s theory. 8 9 Theory of Metal Cutting General:Common features of machining processes. high speed steel. and material variables on surface finish. effect of speed. Merchant’s circle of forces and expression of shear stress and strain. distinct6on between wood and metal chip formation. 389 Text Books: Theory & Practice in Metal Cutting by Amitabh Bhattacharya. plain and alloyed. feed. Ceramics. Metal cutting . At least one class test. normal force on shear plane in terms of measurable cutting forces and shear plane angle. Studying chip formation References:1. tool regrinding cost. advantages. limitations. components of tool cost. . Carbon tool steel. material variables on cutting force. empirical formula for estimating cutting force and power. Term Work 1. effect of speed. manufacturing methods. specifications. properties. different compositions. Metal Cutting by Trent. Preliminary failure and ultimate failure. tool life and surface finish.. Carbides:-Method of manufacturing. machine cost. Machinability of Metals: Cutting force.S. different grades. Surface finish:Height of feed ridges and built up edges as primary factors effecting surface finish. Ernest-Merchant equation. types of coolants. depth of cut. limitations. depth of cut. feed and depth of cut. Metal cutting and machine tools. standard and special H. Tool Life:Definition. Mechanics of Metal Cutting Various types of chips. limitations. Wiley. 2. Merchants modified theory. with built up edge.S. feed. I. cutting ration. concept of speed. oil hardened.. efficiency of machine tools. properties and field of application. tool material and geometry on tool life. Cutting Forces:Gross power. tangential cutting force. 4. shear plane and shear plane angle. net power in machining.S. Coolant:Functions of coolant. depth of cut. velocity relations. 2. specific power consumption and material removal factor. orthogonal cutting and oblique cutting. 3.O. tool inventory cost. field of application. properties. Materials for Cutting Tools Properties required for cutting tool materials. tool life and surface finish as measures of machine ability. cost.Bhattachrya 3. tool material and angles. basic wedge of cutting tools. Junenja and sekhon. tool material and angles. Manufacturing Science by Amitabh Ghosh & Mullick. choice of coolant for various machining processes. effect on cutting force. Economics of Machining:Components of machining. tool change cost. tool cost.1 2 3 4 5 6 7. Production technology.

One composite job consisting minimum four parts employing operations on lathe.. screw cutting. drilling.Name of Course : Machining Science –I Name of Course:-Workshop Practice-IV 1 Machine Shop: 1. milling. milling. and involving use of shaping. boring. grinding etc. 3. drill jig etc. 2 390 . Practical examination: Practical examination will be held for 4 hours only and shall consists of preparation of jobs in precision turning. viz. drilling. screw cutting. 2. shaping. Assembly and dissembly some of machining fixture. precision turning. Assembly and dissembly of machine tool sub assembly. boring etc. grinding operations.

Y B.T.TECH Name of Course : WORK STUDY AND ERGONOMICS 391 .

McCormick. rating procedures. H. Ergonomics: Safety. Kjell B. flyback timing. human factor in application of work study. significance of work measurement. presentation. R. work study and productivity. 2. calculation and application of allowances. standard ratings. allowances. 3. special timing devices and equipment. 1982.Y. Introduction to Ergonomics. Human Factors in Engineering and Design. Problems on flow diagram and process charts.S. McGraw Hill. various work measurement techniques. ventilation. Maynard Operation Sequencing Technique (MOST). Ralph Barnes. summarizing the study. time study forms and other equipment. Work Measurement: Definition. problems in India in increasing productivity through work study and wage incentives. breaking the job into elements. Sham. stress measurement and control. comparison of observed and standard ratings. Physical environment. Most Work Measurement Systems.1 2 Definition: Purpose of study. timing each element. Asia Publishing. objectives. two handed charts. TEXT BOOKS : 1. brief history and evolution. introduction of work study in an organization. factors affecting the rate of working. References: 1. Methods Engineering: Definition and objectives of method study. Flow and handling of materials. Two assignments on rating and report of results. Organization and methods. Zandin. cycle graph. Sanders and Ernest J. 392 . Two experiments on time study of machine operations and report of results. Work sampling and production studies. Term Work 3 4 5 1. fatigue. 2.. flow diagram.S. methods of improvement. criteria affecting the choice of rating procedures. installation and maintenance of improved methods. Bridger. analysis and critical examination of existing methods and development of improved methods. 1990. selecting the work for studies. equipment for basic time study. process charts. 2. sound (noise). scales of rating. rating factors. Mark S. International Labour Office. chrono cycle graph. 1976. use of micromotion and memomotion study. the elements. safety devices. 1995. Dhanpat Rai. selecting the job. Time study: definition. anthropometry.small group activity. occupational health and hazards. lighting. accumulative timing. development and procedure of work measurement. introduction to standard data and synthetic time standards. 1992. Steps in use of techniques of time study. design of work place / equipment design. Marcel Decker Inc N. Work Study . McGraw Hill. continuous timing. Industrial psychology. approach to the worker. Work Study and Ergonomics. evaluation techniques. Time and Motion Study. Geneva. Time Study Rating : Average and qualified worker. activity charts. recording the rating. recording the facts. introductory idea about incentives. origin. application of methods engineering in office work. symbols for process charts.

measurement of major and pitch diameters. Rp. limitations and applications of above comparators. floating carriage micrometer. gear tooth comparator. Special Measuring Machines and Methods Profile projector. general requirements of “GO” & “NO GO” gauging.. principle. mechanical-optical. Measurement and Gauging of Gears Types of gears. pitch circle diameter. Interferometry Principles of interference. end and wave length standards. master gears and Parkinson tester. band width selection. RMS number.METROLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL 1. Mecrin (only). importance of surface condition. electrical. dedendum. definitions. 6. Surface Texture Measurement Profile geometry. advantages.Name of Course :. flatness testing. Ra. gear terminology and standard proportions. types of fits. roughness standards specifying surface roughness parameters. definition and significance of terms. Taylor’s principle in design of GO & NO GO gauges Comparators Need for comparators and amplifying system. addendum. diametral pitch and module. tooth thickness and width. surface roughness symbols. Rz. allowance and tolerance. etc. 7. tolerance grades IT 01 to IT 05. 3. base tangent method. hole based and shaft based systems. IS 919 : 1963. Standards of Measurement. base pitch. surface roughness measuring instruments such as Tomlinson’s surface meter. Taylor Hobson Talysurf. electronic and pneumatic comparators. monochromatic source. secondary and tertiary standards. mechanical. circular pitch. 5. Limits. 2. two wire and three wire methods. sub division of standards. Tool makers microscope 393 . fundamental principles and definition. roughness and waviness. interference patterns and their significance. gear measurement using rollers. Introduction to metrology. need for inspection. Measurement of Screw Threads Types of screw threads. limits and fits. optical interferometer. primary. line. optical flats. precision and accuracy. and their applications. 4. concept of flatness. 3-D coordinate measuring machine. 8. construction and operation of various comparators. laser interferometer. Fits and Tolerances Requirement of interchangeable manufacture.

6. Experimental Methods for Engineers.S. Practical Engineering Metrology. K. C. 5.R. torque. Instrumentation Devices and System.W.K. G. strain gauges.R. Rangan. Gupta 3. TMH. Singh.S. J. 1983. use of these transducers for mechanical measurement (elementary treatment only). I. 1987.Jain 2. Engineering Metrology.P. Mani. capacitive and piezoelectric transducers. sharp 394 . Industrial Instrumentation and Control.9.K. Engineering Metrology. Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation Transducers for displacement. force. Sarma. TMH. S.P. Metrology . pressure and other mechanical measurements. Holman 4.C. Text Books: 1. V. inductive. Shotbolt 7.

development of die around the strip design. and energy requirement with and without shear. wall thickening. trimming die and compound die. defects in deep drawn parts. blanking die. single and double action presses. punch and die radii. load. bending and bottoming forces. stock lifters. torque and energy considerations.Jigs and Fixtures: P.Tool Design :C. metal flow in drawing. clearance. Eary and Reed 6.Jig and Fixture Design Manual: Erik Henriksen 2. strippers. design and selection of die sets. location. shaving die. on press tools. b) Drawing of sheet Metal : Metal forming operations. cutting force. clearance. feeding equipment.Ostergard 8. cam stage. c) Bending and Forming of Sheet Metal : Metal movement in bending and forming.Ostergard Name of Course :. bend radius. safety in press working. strip layout for blanking.An introduction to Jig and Tool Design: M. stripping force.Paquin 7. design of press brake dies. pilots. and bending and forming press dies.Advanced Die Design. flaring holds. methods of fixing punches. bridges and carriers. rules of strip design. design of various types of progressive dies. thinning and ironing theory. design of piercing die. ironing and blank holding pressures.2.Basic Tool Design. design of stripper. effective utilisation of presses.Tool Design 395 . perforating die.H. die block and punch block design.A. design of drawing die and combination die.Donaldson 5. stock guides. strip development for progressive die.Joshi TMH 2005 4.Press Working. drawing.H. spring back. d) Progressive Dies for Sheet Metal Parts : Selection of progressive dies. splitting the die block for manufacture. types of shearing operation. 3. drawing test. reduction factors and redrawing limits. stock stops. Text books:1. e) Equipment for Sheet Metal Operations : Type of presses. basic types. DESIGN OF PRESS TOOLS a) Shearing of Sheet Metal : Theory of shear action in metal cutting. development of blank and bend allowances. basic layout practice.Kempster.Fourteen steps of die Design.

stiffness and proportions. k) Types of construction. clamps. latch and box type drill jigs and jigs for drilling combined with reaming. rigidity. standardization of details. cost consideration with respect to quantity. quality and effectiveness l) Fixtures for inspection in mass production processes. economy of motion. compensating for component variation. d) Line diagrams of locating and clamping system. mathematical analysis of forces. cast. fixtures for various heat treatment processes 396 . durability. component distortion under clamping and cutting forces. simplicity. grinding fixtures for cylindrical and surface grinding. i) Fixture for profiling. Design of Jigs And Fixtures: a) Operation planning. turning fixtures and work holding devices with expanding and contracting registers. locating faces. h) Fixtures for Planing and shaping. reference to balance. b) Component Analysis: Geometry. accuracy. standardization. jacks and supporting devices. through type and rotating table type. material. quantity. electric and hydraulic devices. quick acting clamping mechanisms such as link. frequency of setup. cam. channel. milling fixtures. ease of operation. counter boring and spot facing. broaching. universal jig components. pneumatic. drill and tool guide bushes. including multistation and indexing types. machinability. study of typical examples and of geometric location f) Jig and Fixture Details: Locations. eccentric and interrupted thread. swarf disposal. tapping. assembly fixtures and combined jig and inspection fixtures j) Incidence of work study on jig and fixture design and applications. stresses. multiple clamping and equalizing devices. g) Design applications of typical jigs and fixtures for given component including plate.1. fabricated and welded. c) Design Analysis: Selection of location and clamping faces/points. total quantity. choice of cutting tool and means of guiding and supporting. alternative tooling methods with respect to factors such as batch size. toggle. economics and costs of alternative methods of design e) Jigs and Fixtures : Principles of design and construction with reference to interchangeability. sequencing of operations. etc. modifications so as to assist production.

constructional features of solid tools. carbide tipped drills. spiral lip and special grinding to reduce the effect of chisel edge. j) Gear hobs: design of rake profile. adjustable reamer. g) Broaches: Details and nomenclature. constructional details and fields of application. tangential form tool. profile correction in all types of form tools with and without rake angle. number of teeth. Design of end mills. pregrinding. constructional details of inserted blades. chamfer. countersinks. clearance and form of flutes. choice of point angle. standard set of cutters. i) Tools for Gear Cutting: Gear milling cutters. diameter and number of teeth. choice of helix angle. Constructional features of inserted blade milling cutters. number of flutes. straight and helical gears. constructional features. carbide tipped hobs. machine reamer. flute shape. helical fluted taps. f) Face milling cutters: Solid and inserted blade type. nomenclature. profile correction in form tools with rake angle. design of internal and external broaches. diameter.Name Of Course :. preshave. web thinning . margin relieving. 397 . design of form relieving. rake angle. Design of gear milling cutters both disc & end mill type. throwaway tip type face mills. helix angle for different machining conditions. back taper. double point angle. c) Drills : Constructional features of two fluted drills. h) Taps: Hand taps and machine taps. b) Form Tools: Various types such as flat form tool. preshave. semitoping. semi topping cutters. relation between side clearance and front clearance on form tools. circular form tool. British and German Standards. length. etc. size and angles of single point tools for various machining condition. mechanically held regrindable insert type tools throw away tip type tools. carbide tipped and insert type. selection of angles. chamfer. tooth form. various types. helix angle of flutes and relief angle. k) Gear shaper cutters. lead. (American nomenclature will be followed in further discussion). disc type and shank type cutters. nomenclature. factors influencing the choice of shape. nomenclature of details and angles. pregrinding. e) Milling Cutters: Peripheral milling cutters. full topping hobs. d) Reamers : Constructional features of hand reamer. Design features of core drills. details and angles. collapsible taps. tipped tools. solid. limitations on accuracy. Design of reamer. counter bores and spot facers. design of thread profile. choice of diameter and number of teeth. Form milling cutters . rake and clearance angles in drills.Machining Science-II  Design of Cutting Tools a) Single Point Tools: Definition of various angle of single point tool as per American. diameter and length of hob. expansion reamer. nomenclature.

References Books: 1. Central Books. Bhattacharya . 3. Metal Cutting . HMT Hand Book . Donaldson Production Technology . 2. 398 . 4. TMH Metal Cutting and Cutting Tools Design . A. Arshinov. Tool Design.

2005 7) Theory and Problems of Operations Research. waiting period in M/G/1. and their interpretations from simplex table. 6) Operations Research . G/M/1. classical problems such as crew scheduling. dual problem formulation. Formulation-Flight scheduling problem Transportation model. 1992. decision variables. New Delhi. SD Sharma. Meerut. .Name of Course :. backward and forward recursions. sensitivity analysis for variation of one parameter at a time. Optimisation.Sharma McMillan India.K. types of solution such as feasible/infeasible. knap sack. Taha. B. hazard rate and system performance criteria. TMH. Queuing/Waiting Line Models: Steady state analysis for M/M/1/00/00/. unbounded problems. cycling phenomenon. Degeneracy Dynamic Programming Models : Bellman’s optimality principle. primal suboptimaldual infeasible and other primal-dual relations.Maximisation . domination. McGraw Hill. MODI method ( u-v method). Richard Bronson. Hira and Gupta. 1982. objective function. simplex algorithm and tabular representation. Banerjee. optimal/suboptimal. conditional assignment .OPERATIONS RESEARCH Linear Programming Models : Formulation. 4) Quantitative Techniques in Management. 5) Operations Research. saddle point. 399 . Vora. Duality properties. 1995 3) Operations Research. Duality concept. Vogel’s Approximation Method. bounded/unbounded value and solution. degenerate/non degenerate.Minimization models. dual simplex method. interpretation of dual variables. An introduction. product mix. functional equation. Kedar Nath Ramnath & Co. stage-state identification and solution of problems involving up to three stages. Graphical method for two variables problem. canonical and standard forms. J. Macmillan. Hamdy A. and M/M/1 system with finite population (no derivation for these four cases). pure and mixed strategies. Game Theory or Competitive Strategies : Limited to two person zero sum games. constraints. graphical and analytical methods. Transportation & Network Models : Assignment models: Minimisation models. LP model formulation. maximization. Erlangian distribution in queues in series. unique/alternate/infinite optimal. parameters and variables. 2) Operations Research. Northwest corner rule. Simulation Models : Monte Carlo or experimenting method based on probabilistic behavior data and random numbers. manual solution of problems involving upto three iterations. N. Assignment. Schaum’s Outline Series. Business book publishing house. System. application in probabilistic real life problems. Text Books: 1) Operations Research Techniques for Management.D. napkin.

sand testing. materials for die casting. 3. pouring.N. conditioning and reusing. 4. Heine & Rosenthal. 2. their characteristics. their characteristics. gating and risering. types of patterns. casting defects. patterns. Die Casting : Types. moulding and core making machines. pattern design. 5. structure. properties and uses. types of sand. risers. ASM 400 . P. 7. casting design. comparative study and their suitability.types. Other Casting Processes: Shell moulding CO2 moulding. die materials. calendaring and other allied processes.Name of Course:. significance. characteristics of pattern and selection. processes. Doehler Fundamentals of Tool Design . free solidification and solidification under force. historical background. charge calculation. number and layout of cavities. types of core boxes. baking and handling techniques. importance and limitations of casting processes. 6. extrusion. blow moulding. thermoforming. core boxes . riser efficiency. study of plastic mounding machines Text Books: 3 4 5 1. advantages. types of gating and its characteristics. cores. core making. Principles of Metal casting. P. causes and remedies. Rao TMH 2005 Foundry Engineering. their suitability. Different types of plastics. Design of moulds and cores. moulding sand characteristics. pattern allowances.METAL CASTING 1 2 Introduction: Casting process. injection moulding. materials that can be cast. handling of molten metal. recent advances in casting methods Melting and solidification : Furnaces. electric and induction furnaces. die manufacturing and heat treatment. investment casting. compression moulding. application and limitations.L. cupola. die-casting machine. ASTME 1985 Metals Hand Book. design of injection moulding dies. Core sand: characteristics and constituents. fettling and inspection of castings. Taylor Manufacturing Technology . limitations and applications. Foundry . core support. pattern materials and their suitability. processing of plastics. Sand Casting: Tools for making sand moulds. constituents and additives. ferrous and nonferrous foundry practice Solidification: Solidification of pure metal and alloys. design of dies. Jain TMH 2005 Die Casting . sprue. design of complete gating and riser system. gating and ejection systems. runner and in gates . Moulds for Plastic Materials.

Sharma Sangeetha “ Technical Communication – Principles & Practices” Oxford University Press 401 .Name of Course: Technical Communication and Presentation Skills 1 2 3 4 5 6 Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. Meenakshi Raman . Lesiker & Petit “ report Writing for Business “ McGraw Hill 4. upward and downward. .. qualities. Technical proposal Presentation Skills Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books recommended: 3. defining objectives and scope. Technical Writing Skills: definition. individual and group reports. audience recognition. choosing words. importance. formal and informal reports.internal and external. principles of Business correspondence. sentences and paragraphs. organizing and interpreting information. job application and resumes Report Writing: types.media. formal and informal.. nonverbal. qualities.

Westeman Tables for the Metal Trade . Danilevsky. V. alternate processes. V. Text Books: 1. Process Engineering: Eary and Johnson. Mir Publication. Wiley Eastern Limited. selection of equipment. Ed. critical analysis. 1973. tooling for automats. rule for adding and subtracting determining layout of tolerance chart. process pictures. 1979. Process Design : Tolerance chart. 2. purpose and use of tolerance chart. and cam design. Kovan et al. 2 3 4 5 402 . 3. geometric control. alternate location theory. tool design. stock removal. organization chart and functions of process engineering department. Preliminary Part Print Analysis : Determining the principal processes. Work Piece Control: Equilibrium theories. Fundamentals of Manufacturing Engineering. definitions and symbols. 1991. In process gauging & multiple gauging Discussion of production machines. selection of optimum processes. finishing and identification of operations. nature of work to be performed. constructing and balancing of tolerance chart. interaction of product engineering with process engineering functions. 4. Scharkas. Study of manufacturing processes. functional surface s of the work piece. Manufacturing Engineering . Mir Publication.M. H. dimensional control mechanical control.PROCESS ENGINEERING & TOOLING 1 Product Engineering : Factors to be considered while developing the product development principles. operation routing. determining the areas used for processing. Classifying operations. operation planning.Name of Course :. SPM and other mass production machines. concept of location. tool layout. tool layout for turning and other general machines. Jutz and E.

Wulfel Kopp tonrator positive infinitely variable (P. regulation of speed by epicyclic gear train. Bangalore. Central Machine Tool Institute. Schopke drive. gear boxes with clutched drive preoperative gear box. Design of Machine Tool Bearings: Journal. methods of adjusting clearances in slide ways. Design of machine tool clutches Acceptance Tests on Machine Tools : Safety. belt and cone pulley drives. drilling. types of slide ways. ergonomic and aesthetic aspects of machine tools. feed boxes with gear cone and sliding key. single and special purpose (elementary treatment only). basic principles. elementary treatment of recirculating ball screws. elementary treatment of hydrostatic slide ways. general purpose. types. Kinematic advantages of G.I.) only.) and geometric progression (G. analysis of productivity loss. types. shapes of slide ways. Classification of Feed Boxes: Quadrant change gear mechanism. construction of speed diagram. extended Schopke drive and Ruppert drive. selection and error compensation. application of slide way profiles and their combinations. features of construction and operations of basic machine tools.P. maintenance and mounting techniques Design of Clutches and Power Screws: Selection and application principles. Design of Machine Tools: Guide ways design calculations. classification.Machine Tool Design 1 . cone disc transmission. Design of Machine Tool Drives: Mechanical drives for providing rotational movement. selection of values of common ratio and design of gear boxes for feed and speed having 4 to 12 speeds only using geometric progression series. stepped and stepless output. rolling element and hydrostatic bearings. geometrical test of lathe.P. design of slide ways for wear resistance and stiffness. selection of range of spindle speeds. materials of slide ways. clutch as speed reducer for back gear drives. basic principles of selection of bearing.V. Stepless Drives :Mechanical stepless drives. References: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Machine Tool Design Handbook . layout of speeds in arithmetic progression (A. single disc transmission. Norton gear cone. double disc transmission. maintenance. Introduction to machine tools. milling and shaping machines only. performance test. design of power screws.P. velocity range for high speed machining. assembly. requirements for layout of a stepped drive. concepts. 1982 403 . series. capabilities.) drive. Meander’s gear cone extending the range of cone pulley drive by back gears and its ray diagram. Svetozarao variator. TMH.Name of Course :.

organizing and training for QC. quality cost data acquisition. parameter and tolerance design. vendor appraisal. quality statements. product safety and reliability. relationship development. maintaining of certification. reliability. failure mode and fault tree analysis. operator controllable defects. optimum cost. Quality Improvement: Juran trilogy. methods and approaches. internal audit. Concurrent Engineering . team building.Name of Course :-TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 1. Cost of Quality: Prevention. design review. communication models and tools. vendor certification. vendor development. product knowledge. Quality Circles: Background to QC. empowerment. certification approach. selection of tolerances. awareness. “do it right” first time. planning for investment. quality function. service quality. customer complaints and redressal. vendor rating. Taguchi’s quality engineering. Policies and Objectives: Need for quality policies. fitness for use. return of investment. appraisal and failure aspects of cost of quality. quality of bought out components. manual. managing vendor quality.QS 9000 Elements. factorial and fraction factorials. management controllable defects. essential precondition for successful QC. historical reviews. role of senior management. Training for Quality: Training of workers. Customer Relation and Satisfaction: Origins of consumerism. quality objectives. strategic planning. supervisors and managers for quality. surveillance audit. quality council. leadership concepts. 404 2. Introduction: Basic concepts and definitions. procedures and documentation. testing hypothesis. sporadic and chronic problems of quality. consolidation and analysis. motivation to QC. 5 6 7 9 . ISO 9000 &14000. 8 Designing for Quality : Quality of design and quality of conformance. theories of motivation. performance indices. Employee Involvement : Employee motivation and quality. policy. Vendor Relations: Vendor assessment. the system concept. factual approach. concept of zero defects. benefits of QC. 4. loss function. corrective action. customer perception of quality. orthogonal arrays. performance appraisal. teams. examples of quality policies. benefits. 3. evaluating design by test. small group approach. maintainability and safety in design. training and motivation. quality tasks. who is customer?. cost reduction programme. Experimental design. availability. orthogonal design.

2.G. Mentor/New American Library.Gryna. D. 9.Schonberger. 1987. 405 .Crosby. An Executive Handbook. 7.H. R.Juran. Quality is Free: Philip B. H. 1982. Customers vice. 1992. QFD.J.Schonberger. Prentice Hall. Juran on Leadership for Quality. POKAYOKE. 3. TMH. 1985. PDCA cycle.Schonberger. J. The Free Press. 5S. problem solving tools. Imai Masaki. definition and significance. 1989.M. World Class Manufacturing Casebook : Implementing JIT and TQC .J. McGraw Hill. R. Prentice Hall.M. The Free Press.Menon. 10. Wonderland of Kaizen: A Total Quality Culture for Survival : Shyam Talawadekar. 8. 5.Besterfield. R. Kaizen (Continuous process improvement through JIT) TEXT BOOKS: 1. 4. The Free Press. Total Quality Management. Quality Planning and Analysis. Japanese Manufacturing Techniques. 11.Juran.J. World Class Manufacturing: The Lessons of Simplicity Applied.10 11 12 Bench Marking: Introduction.M. TQM in New Product Manufacturing. The Free Press. collection of data for bench marking and its use. SMED. KAIZEN: The key to Japan’s competitive Success.. 6. J. What is Total Quality Control? The Japanese way. Productivity improvement techniques. F. Ishikawa K. 1995. 1986. 1979.

time relays. cutting and non/cutting operations. 4. Low Cost Automation Using Pneumatics: Operational principles and uses of pneumatic power systems. types of automation: low/medium/high cost. complex hydraulic controls. Control System Fundamentals: Control system concepts. root locus method of analysis. thermal relays. OR. activation technology. linear and rotary actuators) in basic circuits. basic controls and practical exercises. technical and economic feasibility considerations in applications. where. basic control actions and industrial automatic control. indexing. derivation of system equations. Automation : Definition. response characteristics of components and systems. linear and rotary actuators) and basic controls. stability of components and systems. electro hydraulics. classification of control systems. applications of basic control circuits based on these gates. conversion and documentation of control problems into run able PLC programme. feeding. semi/fully automated machine tools. Assembly Automation: Mechanisms and devices for various operations associated with handling. NAND and NOR. construction of pneumatic controls and circuit diagrams for conveying. what. Transfer Lines: Types. clutches. design and functioning of hydraulic components (hydraulic pumps. electrical circuits for machine tools.hydraulic controls. mathematical representation of system equations. proportional hydraulics. comparative study of different design options. login control system and sequence control. storage tank. clamping.Name of Course :. frequency response analysis. design and functioning of pneumatic components (compressors. how to apply. brakes. design principles. commissioning and safety regulation of electro . characterizing features. control valves. 3.Mechatronics 1. feed back control system elements. control devices. 5 6 7 8 406 . Machine Tool Automation Using Hydraulics : Operational principles and uses of hydraulic power system. concepts. Electrical Control Devices: Features and design principles of electrical circuits. Logic. 2. locating and orienting work pieces. proportional valves. Gates and Controls: Pneumatic logic gates: AND. introduction to the design and mode of operation of programmable logic control. automation of machining processes. material transfer devices. service units. hard/flexible automation. filters. electro pneumatic control and circuit design. special purpose machines.

Mikell Groover (sections 1.TEXT BOOKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Pneumatic Circuits and Low Cost Automation. Pippenger and Pace. JR (sections 1. Mechanization by Pneumatic Control.7) Engineering Systems and Automatic Control. C. Stewart.4.N. Festo series (section 3) Industrial Hydraulics. Geotfery Boothroyd. Much.2.5) Fundamentals of Pneumatics.2. Production Systems and CIM. Werner Deppert and Kurt Stoll. Industrial Hydraulic Control.5) Automation.Chemond. Acherkan (section 7) Automated Assembly.2) Machine Tool Design. and Lawrence E. Vol. Pippenger (sections 1. Hydraulics and Pneumatics for Production.Verma (sections 1.3. Vol. Corradopoli. Maintenance of Pneumatic Equipment.IV. S.Basu(section 6) Automatic Control System. Festo Series. Control System Technology.1 and Vol. S. Peter Rohner. 407 .J. Control of Fluid Power. 1982 (section 8). Fawce. Marcel Dekker Inc.K. REFERENCE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Vickers Manual on Hydraulics. BOOKS Pneumatic Applications: Werner Deppert and Kurt Stoll. Peter Dransfield (section 2) Design of Machine Tools.

Monks J. JIT system . batch production. job order scheduling.SMED. 5 6 7 8. Materials Systems: Demand estimation and operations budgeting. critical path. Exponential smoothening. PPC functions: Scheduling. concept of Group Technology .Production Systems-Planning . float . progress monitoring. system approach. Process layout . line balancing. transportation and storage. Kanban pull system of scheduling. inspections. Aggregate planning. probability of completion before due date . Group layout. specifications. contractual and accounting aspects. Economic order quantity(EOQ). PPC function and its interrelationship with other functions such as marketing. transpiration and storage. variable cost .G. S system . Break even chart. ABC analysis.Name of Course :. P systems. 9 408 . mass production. procurement to supply process and stages. 3. sourcing and purchasing procedures. Time series analysis. fitting a curve . organisation for production systems. Two or three bin systems . Selection of forecasting method. codification and computerization. finance . Fitting a straight line.S. Inventory control. Production range. Q systems. fixed cost . moving average method. Techniques of plant layout. Analysis & Control. Capacity planning. MRP.PRODUCTION & OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 1. Records. seasonal variation. Dispatching rules. Multiple product PV chart makebuy decision. financial. Accuracy of forecast. standardization and specification. PV chart. 4. Introduction Definition of production. three time estimates.Modern Production/Operations Management. Material Management: Bill of material. Batch size decision. Plant location Factors to be considered in plant location . stock taking and disposal. E. job order . Buffa 2. Project Management: Programme evaluation and review techniques and critical path method (PERT/CPM). inventory management and service level. their salient features Economic Analysis of Production: Factors to be considered in product design. resources and optimum allocation .Production & Operation Management. different ordering systems. crashing & optimum duration. different elements/functions of production. Demand forecasting Methods. economics of scale . information system link between different functions computer applications. lead time consumption rate. R&D . Quantity planning. an integrated approach to the requirement planning and scheduling.S. administrative. Product layout . feedback system. 3. TEXT BOOKS 1.Operation Management. classification. resource leveling Management Information System: Data & information. the store’s function. Chary 4.Riggs 2. value adding conversion process.N.

individual vs. safety and health. group and organization. 2. selection test procedures. supervisory and managerial. emotions. skills and job requirements. performance appraisal. bipartite meetings. skills and attitudes for avoiding or minimizing conflicts. selection processes. technological. relation with productivity. conflicts and cohesion. Training and development. role of workers education. 3. machinery for settlement. 5 6 409 . multiple skills. individual differences and assessment related to individual. for various categories.R. chronological development. role of scientific management in industrial environment and human relations. collective bargaining. c. historical development. Maintenance of human resources. Personnel Function: Every manager’s function. laws and environment.D. enlargement and enrichment. group behavior. perceptions. Human Resource Management: Unique nature and unlimited capability of this resource. new responsibilities. scientific. interpretation. Human Behaviour: Basic processes.Management of industrial relations. job description. benefits and welfare. 4. Human Resource Development: a. Management: Definition. operator. promotions.INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & H. Regulatory mechanisms in industrial relations. Industrial democracy and employee participation.Name of Course . classical. role and contribution of trade unions/employee associations. impact of these factors on employees as individuals. quality of work life. c. causes and resolution of conflicts. Compensation and Salary Administration: Laws governing employee service conditions. Employee grievances. human resource planning. factors for and against. career planning. Selection. selection from within/external sources. social and other influencing factors. profile of a new employee. Developments and thinking in India and other countries b. joint consultations. Motivation. analytical and new-human resource management approaches. morale and job satisfaction. 1. scope. job design. b. case studies. necessitated by changes in factory within and outside the system. a. training for change of skills. attitudes. goals. analysis and evaluation.

Human Behaviour at Work.Cascio. 2.Miner. Uma Sekaran. Rudrabasavaraj.Srivastava. Principles of Management.K. Human Resources Management. 10. Keith Davis. John B. 5.S. Human Factor in Management. Organizational Behaviour. Mirza S. Saiyadain. 4. 6. Organizational Behaviour. Factory Administration and Management. 1995.TEXT BOOKS: 1.Tripathi. 3. TMH. P. 1995. Industrial Organization Psychology. A. 410 . Managing Human Resources. 9. 1995.Newstrom. Organisational Behaviour. Personnel Management and Human Resources. McGraw Hill.Reddy. TMH. Wayne F.N.Deshpande. John W. 1995.S. 1995. 7. 1991. McGraw Hill. 8. Fred Luthans. C. B.Venkataratnam. TMH. 1995.C. P. 1992. TMH. TMH. Text and Cases. McGraw Hill.

Plastic Engineering.B. Contact teacher hours for project guidance-One hour per student per week. 2. Semester VIII Course Code Course Title 304240 304250 CAD/CAM/CIM Economics. Elective –I Elective –II Total Contact Hours L P/T Total 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 22 2 2 2 2 8 5 4 5 3 3 5 5 30 % Weightage Credit TWA MST ESE 8 8 8 6 6 8 8 52 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 ESE Theory Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 304260 304270 304280 - 411 . Materials Management. Industrial Project should be of one semester duration.TECH (PRODUCTION) Semester VII 404900 Industrial Project 1 1 20 Note** 1. Finance Accounting And Costing. Sales And Marketing Management.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Course Code 404010 404020 404030 404040 404050 404060 404070 404080 Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Production Software. Composites Materials & 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Technology Course Title 412 . 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Entrepreneurship Development. No. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Product Design. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Artificial Intelligence. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Supply chain Management. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Surface Engineering. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Powder Metallurgy & 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Ceramics.ELECTIVES: Sr.

and Blauth Programming for Numerical Control Machines. Production systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing: Mikell P. CAM implementation and integration. parameters. Roberts A. layout.CAD/CAM Handbook: Machever C. tooling . Wire frame models. consistency of the models. Solid modeling. CAM. functions of graphics package. R. contouring control loops. design process. Emerging areas. manufacturing data base design. turnkey CAD. tape format and tape readers. etc. software interpolation. work station design.Groover and Emery W. automated work piece handling. data processing unit. plotters and other output devices. other CAD features. robot programming and control.Subramanyan TMH 2005 REFERENCE BOOKS Computer Graphics. numerical control of machine tools. future of CAD. automated factory. FMS. Report on available software’s on CIM. remote control. 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 3 4 5 413 . uses of solid models.Kundra. inventory management and material requirement planning. selection criteria. Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS). and Prentice R.E. etc. CAM data base. computer assisted part programming. operator input devices. canned cycles. central processing unit. TMH 2003 Automation. Pauline Baker : R. typical application. extracting wire frame from surfaces / solids. Computer Aided Manufacture (CAM) CAD hierarchy. graphics terminal. programming aids.K. editing solid models. CAPP. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Mikel P. incremental and absolute systems. devices of NC system. sensing devices.Radhakrishnan and S. computer aided inspection and quality control. application of computers for design. cost . DNC system CNC system. CAD. generation of solid models. A seminar report on any topic relating to the syllabus with a critical review of published literature (optional). data base structures and content. Computer Integrated Manufacturing : Alan Weatherall. Elements of CAM system. Record of practical carried out on CAD software. CAM systems. adaptive control system. Record of practical carried on CNC machine tools and their programmes. PRACTICALS Report of part programming of two components in word address format using canned programming aids. fundamental elements of CNC.Course Code:304240 Course Title: CAD/CAM/CIM DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Computer Aided Design (CAD) Fundamentals of CAD : CAD System definition and historical perspective. DNC. hidden line removal. and animation. CNC machine set up. work station. real time picture. parametric solid models. factories of the future.N. NC languages. linear and circular interpolators. constructing the geometry. automation and robotics.D.Zimmers PHI 2004 Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing : T. benefits of CNC.feasibility. manufacturing resource planning. robot application. Computer Integrated Manufacture (CIM) Computer applications in manufacturing. Donald Hearn and M. control loops. robot performance and evaluation. positioning control loops. computer integrated production management system.Rao. Robotics. Computer Graphics Software and Data Base : Software configuration of a graphic system. gripper technology. computer control concepts. wire frame surfaces and solids. parameter programming. graphical programming.Groover CAD/CAM/CIM: P. NC programming with interactive graphics. components of FMS. evaluation of alternative systems.for CNC machines.C.

2. demand. capital. regulated and mixed economies. utility. money markets. world bank. tools. 3. 1. profit maximization and others. price. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Economics Economics.5 Broad classification.6 Provision in company law and other legal aspects. goal of finance. 2.7 Cost reduction. 2 Finance 2.4 Unit costing. assets. 1. cost of sale. 1. capital expenditure and financial management. 4. project appraisal.3 Fund allocation. unit cost. profit. output and operating cost.Course Code:304250 Course Title: Economics. 3.2 Basic concepts. competition. etc. taxation. problem of choice. 4. and state finance corporations. objectives of corporate planning.7 Financial markets. simple process costing. monopoly and imperfect competition. 1.. types of budget. short and long term capital expenditure. demand behaviour. 3 4 414 .1 Operating cost. cost of production. Costing: 4. economic problem and financial problem. structures.6 Budgetary control.5 Marginal costs and breakdown charges. ledger and trial balance based on double entry book keeping. environment. waste. definition. 1. social. bye-and joint products. distribution and exchange. Capital markets. 2. consumption. balance of payment. Fixed and current assets. budget. capital and revenue expenditure.4 Accounting for income and expenses. depletion and amortization. 3.8 Role of government.3 Approaches to economics. financial statements. fund flow and cash flow analysis. free trade and protection. level of employment. fiscal and trade policies. other expenses. short and long term liabilities. stock markets. techniques and productivity. 1. labour and material costs. variation in elements of operating cost with capacity. uses. nature and scope of subject.1 Contours of finance function in business. entrepreneurial ventures. opportunity cost. 1. discount houses. monetary. markets. 1. Accounting And Costing. profits and loss statements. ICICI. levels of infrastructure. need. limitations. fixed and variable expenses. untapped and created demand. absorption of overheads and non-production cost. instruments of government policy. taxation and other financial incentives.2 Financial statements. setting standards. accounting for fictitious assets and obsolescence. deferred revenue expenditure.3 Job costing. expenses.7 Balance sheets.6 Cost planning and control. domestic and international economy. markets. ends and means and their adjustment. quality of life. 2.4 Major areas. 4.7 Markets. Accounting 3. micro. 3.2 Sources of finance and their relative importance. incentives.2 Cost ascertainment. 2.6 Factors influencing functioning of an economy.8 Corporate planning. industrial policy. overhead analysis.5 Mechanics of accounting. standard cost and budgetary control. supply and price. contract cost. depreciation. wealth. 3. 2. production rate. 3. variance analysis. concept.9 Natural factors. 2. total cost. bill market. factory job costing. macro. apportionment.4 Capital budgeting. general considerations. cash v/s accrual basis. alternative uses of finance.5 Assessment of capital needs. sectoral performances.10 Indices of economic trends. classical. impact of exchange rate variations on corporate financial statements. absorption methods. welfare. liabilities. call loan market. reserves and owners funds. social factors. mutual funds. 1. natural and human resources. 4.3 Accounting concepts. economics of growth. 4. allocation. industrial banks. IDBI. human needs. gross and net national product. annual reports of business enterprises. scrap. UTI. income.1 Nature and scope of subject. population. capital and operating income. 4. normal and abnormal losses in process. production. Finance.

Text and Cases Prasanna Chandra. rate of return. Finance Sense. M. Cost Accounting: Jawaharlal TMH 2002 REFERENCE BOOKS Management Accounting.Text and Cases :Prasanna Chandra.2004.TMH. 14th Ed.Pandey Vikas Publication House. Syndicate Books Pub.2006 Accounting for Management: Bhattacharya S. Prasad N. TMH. causes and significance. payout periods. unequal first cost and unequal lives. 415 . accepting or nor accepting a single alternative of providing equal / unequal services. yield. fixed cost v/s varying capacity.11 Techniques for comparing alternatives. book values. profit incremental discounted cash flow (DCF) returns. methods of providing for depreciation. minimum acceptable rate. unit cost v/s varying capacity. evaluation of replacement. Advanced Economic Theory :M. Samuelson Tata McGraw Hill. 4. 2002 Financial Management : I. P. cash flow. Vikas Publication House.Khan. Sultan Chand Publications Fundamentals of Financial Management.Jain. annual capital charge. 4. discounting methods. Managerial Economics: Varshneya Sultan Chand and Sons. TMH.K.. taxes and depreciation. selection in present economy. 5 6 7 4. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Economics: Paul A.K. 1989.L..M. net present value. Cost Accounting. Co.K. Presentation /seminar on any specialized topic contained in the above syllabus.2006. 4. PRACTICALS At least two assignments in each of the four areas.10 Comparison of alternatives.8 Depreciation.Jhingan.1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4.Y.9 Investments.

Plastics Extrusion Technology.C. R. welding. adhesive bonding. etc. Contribution and comparatives performance of plastics in various sectors of business and economy. R. polishing of cavities. calendaring. fabricating of moulds. Plastics Engineering. breathers and vents. Processing Equipment: for moulding. feeding system. Von Nostrand Reinhold Co. heating / cooling of dies. Continuous extrusion processes for films. A seminar report on any topic. REFERENCE BOOKS: Text Book of Polymer Science. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: A. laminating etc. Design of extrusion dies for different shapes. construction and manufacturing aspects. J.Crawford. machining.Joshi.Fenner. 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 1. R.Course Code:304260 Course Title: Plastics Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Plastics: Definition.Berhard. F. overflows. transfer. Design of Moulds : for injection. Compression and Transfer Moulding. mould materials. Macmillan.Rubin. manufacture. mounting of moulds. specific beneficial (or otherwise) design features vis-à-vis other materials. 1980.W. PRACTICALS Design and drawing of at least three moulds / dies along with details drawing and specifications. compression. Von Nostrand Reinhold Co. continuous casting. Ilifee and Sons. Processing of Thermoplastic Materials. blowing. etc.Beck. still casting. die materials. sections. John Wiley and Sons. Moulding processes : injection. Centrifugal casting.A. ejection. resins. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 416 .Griff.V. welding. Product Design: process. processing and engineering properties of plastics. mounting.T. Von Nostrand Reinhold Pub. A. composition. Manufacturing processes of resins and plastics. raw materials finished forms. industrial product design and production volume. inserts. sheets. Casting processes : gravity.V. calendaring. physical. operational and control features. cooling/heating of moulds.S. types. locking. thermoforming.L. Principles of Polymer Processing. 2 Processing of Plastics: Processes based on type of material. Miscellaneous processes : foaming. Joining processes : sealing. E. two / three plate moulds.Billmeyer. chemical.J. Pergamon Press.D. Macmillan India Publication Plastics Products Design. materials and tooling related aspects. 2. major units. J.Athalye : Plastics Handbook Plastics Materials. embossing. Dies for Plastics Extrusion: M. extrusion.Brydson. Finishing processes : printing. specifications. 1984. compression and transfer moulding. 2.Butler. construction. Injection Moulding Theory and Practice. I. laminating etc. Butterworth. additives and fillers chemistry of resins. John Wiley and Sons.

rest. quantitative measures. survey method. factors affecting choice of distribution channel. publicity and sales promotion. degree of brand preference. government or private sources. style and fashion. intensive distribution. selective distribution. fear. attributes of products suitable for advertising. pride. education of house-hold head. the iceberg principle. convenience products. Expenses control. Industrial Buyers: Industrial products. profit maximization. and business stability. psychological pricing. nature of product. buying habits and practices. observation method. flat allowance. informal investigation. selecting and training of salesmen. shopping goods. evaluation effectiveness of advertising. population. planning formal research project. short and long term targets. measuring performance. legal restrictions on pricing. product. flexible expenses. factors influencing its use. buying habits and practices. allocating advertising over time. combining objectives. non-economic objectives. multiple buying influence. method of control. family buying. motivation research. Industrial goods. expenses. physiological and learned needs. 3 4 5 6 Marketing Research : Scientific methods. branding. satisfaction of senses. preservation of species. coverage on the basis of number of contacts. combination of flat and flexible. research methods. Pricing Objectives: Target return. motives. general characteristics. product differentiation. fashion cycle. wholesalers. Promotional Policies: Variables of promotional competition. honor plan. curiosity or mystery. mechanical features of media. Price Policies: Under the market. behaviour changes. Compensating salesmen. striving. relative costs and benefits. Final Consumers: Characteristics. Sales Performance Objectives: Setting volume objectives. wholesalers. controlling coverage. planned obsolescence or progress. geographic pricing. market segmentation. Sales Control Record: Salesmen control. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Marketing Management and the Consumer: Marketing strategies. internal company records. the four P’s. definition of the problem. probable future behaviour.Course Code:304270 Course Title: Sales And Marketing Management. use of role playing in training. laying out routes. their number and location. establishing call schedules. advantages of branding. consumer research. specialty goods. experimental method. income. allocation of sales territories. new product pricing. rational buying. advertising. size of promotional effort. prospect control. analysis of internal data. market share. buying habits and practices. Buying motives. determining market potential and sales potential. Personal Selling: Recruiting. Advertising: Functions. Final consumer products. size of advertising budget. promotion and price. gross profit. where to get more data. retailers. geographic location. place. exclusive distribution. reciprocity. basic purchasing motives. derived and fairly inelastic demand. sales effort required. selection of the media. number of buyers. 2 Product Policy: Strategies for developing separate products or markets. above the market: specific price policies. selection of advertising copy. prestige pricing. psychological aspects. direct to final user. Consumers Behaviour: Basic factors affecting marketing behaviour. training in the technique of selling. Developing place Strategies : Degree of market expense. bail pricing. nature of transportation service. personal selling. where they buy and why. geographical location. marketing mix. inventory policy. packaging. setting standards. channels of distribution. sociability. Developing a product. sales activity. direct sales. retailers. nature of market and consumer. situation analysis. how research problems arise. frequency. need for 417 . customer control. Sources of new ideas. leader pricing.

Sinha. 1 2 1 2 3 1. Principles of Marketing: . place pricing. S. 12th Ed. J. TMH 2006 REFERENCE BOOKS: Marketing: A Managerial Introduction. Prentice Hall of India. Prentice Hall of India. Marketing Management: Ramaswamy and Namakumari McMillan Publication 2004 . advertising policies. TMH. Philip Kotler. PRACTICALS At least Five assignments in the form of seminars. Market Research RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Marketing Management: Analysis. Principles of Marketing and Salesmanship.Marketing Management : Rajan Saksena. Philip Kotler. use of motivation research in formulating product. Planning and Control.Gandhi. 2 3.C. 1994. psychological analysis of consumer behaviour.Chand. 418 . problems and analysis of cases based on the above syllabus.C.motivation research. J.2005 edition.

design. One assignment using Computer Software. vendor development.. Logistics Management : Genesis of Logistics – Logistics Decision on facility location. management information systems. Stores Accounting and Stock checking Management of Scrap : Obsolete. vendor reliability. choice and rationalization of materials. 419 . role of purchasing in cost reduction value analysis in materials.G.Chand Inventory Control Theory and practice. Smith B. 2.T. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code:404010 Course Title: Production Software DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction : Information system development. Materials standardization and codification. transaction processing systems. product explosion. Sturr & Miller. purchasing research. Post purchase activity. vendor rating. Transportation. Storage and material Handling Logistics Organization & Control PRACTICALS Five assignments based on these topics. variety reduction. Purchase Vs Lease. Various types of stores.Course Code: 304280 Course Title: Materials Management DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction to productivity of materials and role of materials management techniques in improving materials productivity. fact-finding techniques. categories of information systems. Role of materials management in production organizations. S. 2 Tools for Determining System Requirement: Basic requirements. Import Regulations and procedures Legal aspects of purchasing Public Buying : Buying procedures related to various Governmental organizations like D. price analysis. Inventory Polity. 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1. standardization. equipment. decision trees. types of table entries. Rate and Running Contracts. negotiations and purchase.S&D Registration of suppliers. Preparation and presentation of Case study. vendor certification plans. CBI Pub. decision support systems.Menon Third Edition Wheeler Publications 1996 Purchasing and Materials Management: Doebler and Burt .G. Brown R. P. Purchasing of Capital Equipment. 2. organization of purchasing function. decision tables. damaged & unwanted stocks Inventory Management: Inventory models. Tendering.S. development of software. Materials Control: Acceptance sampling. Indenting procedures Materials Planning: Make or buy decision. information system for inventory management. tools for documenting procedures and decisions. optimal stocking and issuing policies.. cost reduction and value improvement. system development strategies. Prentice Hall Focus Forecasting Computer Techniques for Inventory Control. Import Substitution. stores management and warehousing.Kapoor. TMH Seventh edition 2005 REFERENCE BOOKS Materials Management :Bowersox TMH Sixth Edition 2001 Materials Management Systems. Price forecasting and analysis. management of in-process inventory and finished goods inventory. Purchase negotiation and pricing. Warehousing And Stores Management : Purchase of Stores location and layout. Stores Procedures. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Purchasing and Materials management: K. system analysis and design. Ordering. quantity discounts.P. implementation and evaluation. Purchasing System: Pre-purchase System. Wiley Modern Purchasing Principles and Practice. Purchasing under uncertainty vendor development and evaluation. decision concepts.

computer assisted systems engineering (CASE). Introduction to Expert systems: Structure probabilistic reasoning. manufacturing resources planning. Iind Ed-1993.Ed(II) McGraw Hill Pub. elements and structures. distributed systems. Weak methods. features of a data dictionary. networks. types of files. Int. etc Additional problem solving assignments by using standard packages or software’s on above topics (minimum two). plant layout. Hill Climbing. Design of Files and Use of Auxiliary Storage Devices: Basic file terminology. Charles Parkar and Thomas Case. plant location. channels. line balancing. loading. 1 2 3 Course Code :404020 Course Title: Artificial Intelligence Introduction: Definition. Analysis to Design Transition: Design objectives. The unification algorithms. Production system. control strategies. design of output files. translation validation. Basic Problem methods: Forward Vs. Heuristic search. Interacting with an E.PERT.1989. tools drawing data flow diagrams. Knowledge Representation & the Frame Problem. development of data flow diagrams. Problem Graphs. elements of design. design of file processing in a communications environment. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Analysis and Design of Information systems. methods of files organization. Management Information System . N. A. data structured diagrams. Representing simple facts in logic. relationships in data. Direct inference Vs. design of local are network. program structured charts. tools for data flow strategy. 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2. CPM .S. procedures and Programme specifications.) 4 5 420 .. scheduling. Knowledge representation Using Predicate Logic: Introduction. Design of Data Base Interactions: Systems development in data base. Backward reasoning. backup and recovery of files. inventory control. Ind. Niques. Application areas. PRACTICALS Minimum three assignments on above syllabus giving more stress on system analysis. Hardware and Software Selection: Determining size and capacity requirements. Systems Engineering and Quality Assurance: Design of objectives. search.Strategy and Action. structuring the data. Problem Definition & Analysis: Problem as state approach.Y. maintenance management. augmenting the representation. Heuristic Functions. design of source documents. input control. data floor analysis and logic design in the broad area of production management.3 4 5 Structured Analysis Development Strategy: Data flow analysis. materials requirement planning. production programme. input validation. data base interactions. Underlying assumptions. role of knowledge. James A Senn.Ed. categories of automated tools fronted. backed and integrated tools. design of software and documentation. Problem characteristics. Computer Aided System Tools: Role and benefits of tools. Design of Data Communications: communications systems.I. Assignments will cover following areas : Sales forecasting. stores management. The basic of resolution. Problem Trees Vs. Breadth first-Best first search. computer evaluation and measurement. (Example Parallel to prospector or Mycin may be considered. Mitchel McGraw Hill. (LAN). capacity planning. evolution of software. data structured diagrams.

Problem reduction. Factories of the future. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Artificial Intelligence – Rich.S. in Production Engg.: Programming Exercises in Prolog. Narosa Publishing . b) Robot intelligence & task planning: Introduction. Pujara. & E. Sensing & Digitizing Function.I.: Levin. Technological.R. Image processing & analysis. Introduction to Artificial intelligence & Expert System – Patterson PHI A. Programming & Applications – Grover.6 7 8 A. Knight. Drang. like Scheduling. (1992) Vol. Depth First. Sensing. Inventory Control. & Management. Weiss.I. & E.Traveling Salesman & Optimum Path. Representing Facts Using Logic. II & III Juneja. Problem solving. State space search. . Edelson Mc Graw Hill Introduction to Artificial intelligence – Eugene Charniak Addison Wesley. Jessic Keyes (McGraw Hill). Gonzalez. Vision & Intelligence Fu.I. Quality Control etc. (Discussion of case studies only) PRACTICALS Minimum six Exercises based on. in robotics: a) Introduction to machine vision. Expert System – Theory & Practice – Jean Loise Ermine PHI Industrial Robotics. Breadth First: Best First Search. Sagar (TMH). Process planning.S. Lee McGraw Hill International REFERENCE BOOKS Robotic Technology & Flexible Automation – S. Technology – Applications & Management ICC 1993 CAD/CAM Robotics.I. TMH A comprehensive guide to A. Robot learning & task planning Introduction to programming in PROLOG & LISP. AI for Machine Vision etc. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 421 . Nagel. Case studies on application of A.. Odrey McGraw Hill Robotics: Control. Application of AI & ES in various fields of Production Engg. Deb TMH Hand Book of Expert system in Manufacturing – Rex Mauss. Means ends analysis. Chain coding for Boundary Representation. Material Handling . Use of predicate logic.

Self financing. concept of co-ordination. significance of entrepreneurship. Management of Small Scale Industry. Five written Assignments. organizing the supply of market making services. Entrepreneurship. market survey. feasibility reports. Starting and Managing the Small Business. growth and dynamics of firm. 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 422 . Motivating Economic Achievement. incentives and control. How to Beat These. PRACTICALS Preparation of complete feasibility report on any one product including all formalities in accordance with government and other agencies. and Dougless Cloud. vicinity of production and marketing. speculative intermediation. basis for selection. employer. 1993. decision making processes.G. MIDC and other state and central government institutions. Taraporewala and Sons. McGraw Hill. market feasibility and economic feasibility. David C McClelland and David G. V. Ahmedabad. Arthur M. working capital. location and layout of plant to suit local requirements. selection of equipment and other infrastructure. Selection of product. quality feasibility. 2 Resources to be mobilized for entrepreneurship. materials. Planning to win. Industrial Maharashtra: Facts. market information. The Seven Business Crises. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Developing New Entrepreneurs. 3 Market making system : making market. Financing. producer. Vasant Desai. co-ordination under uncertainty. investment for capital equipment. budgeting. machines and methods. Himalaya Publications. loans from financing institutions. Preparation of project report in a accordance with guidelines laid down by government and controlling institutions. sources of information about products. Jr. organization and maintaining quality specifications and standards. Entrepreneurs Development Institute of India. Co-ordination. identifying market tastes and requirement of prospective buyers. plant location.Patel. Figures and Opportunities. entrepreneur as vendor. Product design and development.Winter.Hemphill. entrepreneur as coordinator. production feasibility. internal and external markets. costing and other related economic aspects. TMH. middle man. Definition. bargaining tactics.Course Code: 404030 Course Title: Entrepreneurship Development DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 . institutions rendering help in selection of products such as SIST. co-ordination involving public goods. delegation.. John M. scope relevant to Indian conditions. Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation. persons. Kuriloff. Gordon Baty. Resources. competition threat to entrepreneur.

cleaning. corrosion resistance. 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 423 . UV curing. bluing. rumbling. sherardising. roller coating. Paint Coating: Types of paints. weather resistance.Varghese.D. powder spraying. de-scaling. Miscellaneous Processes: Chemical coloring. Newer coating processes and advances in surface technology. blackening. base materials. equipment for polymer coating. operational parameters and electrolytes for electro plating. chromating. Metal Pretreatment. TMH. brush. airless spray. automatic reverse current plating. resistance / wear hardness. etc. vitreous enameling. use of extrusion. PRACTICALS Five assignments based on the above syllabus. application and limitations of galvanizing.Course Code: 404040 Course Title: Surface Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Definition and Scope of Surface Coating : Purpose of surface coating. zinc and aluminum spraying. spraying. gas spraying. fluidized bed. equipment. productivity comparison between metal coating and electroplating. convention staving. selection of polymers.D. types of polymers and their relative merits and demerits. infrared staving. aesthetics and surface finish. 4 Electro Plating : Vat. etc. etc. technology of application of paints. pickling. Curing of Paint Coatings: air drying. etc. base materials for polymer coating. 2 Pretreatment for Surface Coating: Degreasing. spray. phosphating. dipping. application and limitations. plasma spraying. electrostatic spray. lead sheathing. barrel. principles. their characteristics and properties. N. dipping flow coating. electron beam curing. 1992. chemical polishing. surface coating for conduction and insulation. chromating. Polymer Coating: Characteristics. Operational parameters. Hot dipping. Ceramic Coating: Characteristics of ceramic coating. etc. C. 1993. selection of paints. types of ceramics used for coating.Banik. base metals and plating metals. catalyst drying. methods of ceramic coating. Seminar report based on the above syllabus using published work RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Electroplating and Other Surface Treatments. TMH. types of polymer coating. arc spraying. 3 Metal Coatings: Characteristics.

England.S. 1998. 3 Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly : Geoffrey Boothroyd. 6 Product Design and Development by Dr. Roozenberg & Eakels. sketches for leaflets and instruction.. 4 Industrial Design: Concept and history of ID. India. Dangayach. 1994. 3 Product Design. User group and their background. 4 Design for Excellence :James G Bralla. 5 CAD/CAM/CIM : P. S. 1994. parametric design etc.. USA. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing : Mikell P. sketches. Springer Verlag. 2 Industrial Design : Van Doran Herold. Exploded view for products and service manuals. Subramanyan. French.. 8 Design For Production: Process consideration in design – design for easy assembly – manufacturingmaintenance –convenience – operation and safety PRACTICALS 1 At least Six assignments based on above topics. Roozenberg and J.H. Digital assembly techniques and data management in team environments. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi. 2 Product Design Procedure: Market research. 1995. renderings. Publications. planning and positioning of product. Peter Dewhurst and Winston Knight. Different models of design process such as Cross. : G Pahl and W Beitz. Jaipur. role. P. P.I. G.F. Mc Graw-Hill Book Company. Analysis of ideas from various angles of design – methodologies to fit it to the user 3 Role Of Creativity In Problem Solving: Vertical and lateral thinking. Marcel Dekker.Course Code: 404050 Course Title: Product Design DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction To Basic Engineering Design Methods: Difference between Prescriptive and Descriptive Design models. Mc Graw-Hill Inc. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one group project with Seminar. Types of Prototyping. computer generated images. 1993. methodology.M. tools and materials. Design and sketching. Gorden technique. their applications. 1995. Radhakrishnan. and French models of design. 6 Computer aided design (CAD): Modern CAD techniques. Project planning and administration. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Product Design & Manufacture : John R. Archer. Typeface. Wiley Eastern Ltd. John Wiley and Sons 1994. 7 Rapid Prototyping: Principles. by Mike Baxter. Jr. and Morphological techniques of creativity. Pahl and Beitzs.H. 1996. London. responsibility and leadership. Project planning and project management. 2 Product Design and Development : Karl T. concept drawings. 2003. 4 Engineering Design Methods : Nigel Cross. 5 Product Presentation: Visual communication skills related to products and service. Chapman and Hall. Groover and Emory W. REFERENCES 1 Product Design: Fundamentals and Methods : N. Ulrich and Steven Eppinger. 2D & 3D presentation. Lindbeck. Role of computers for Industrial Design. Synectic technique. A systematic approach. England. 6 CAD/CAM. London. understanding of problem areas and limitations. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies from research papers. 2003. Zimmers. Ashish Dutt Sharma. the Design Council. London. John Wiley and Sons 1995. A practical guide to systematic methods of new product development. 424 . 5 Engineering Design. New York. Inc. New Delhi. College Book Centre.I. Brainstorming. Paritosh Vardhan Jain. New Delhi. USA. Working in teams. 1968. Eakels. layouts.

Basic Idea and Framework. Need . Evolution of Logistics Elements of Logistics Management. Characteristics Measures of Forecast Error .Course Code:404060 Course Title: Supply Chain Management DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction : SCM : Changing Business Environment .Economic Order Quantity . Private Fleet . Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) . Value added Activities. Warehouse Layout & Design.Franchising.Cross Docking.Evolution . Profile of a Collaborative Company.Fixed Order interval System and Fixed Order Quantity System . Manufacturing Environment .Containerization .Issues with 425 .GPS and GIS Technology Warehousing: Types.Evolution of SCM Systems . Lean.Technological innovation in Services . Material Handling.Need for Strategy SCM in The Market: A Paradigm Shift . Information Cycle in mass customization. Drivers of Mass Customization: Technology and Globalization . Demand Forecasting methods. Customer Service Distribution Management . Inventory Models .Pool Distribution . Packaging for Logistics: Concept. Warehouse (Logistics) Automation. CPFR( Collaborative Planning Forecasting Replenishment) : Concept and shift to CPFR . Multinational Development 4 Procurement Management In Supply Chain : Introduction.Multitier Supplier Partnership Logistics Management Introduction. Location Analysis. and Collaborate . Lean Manufacturing – Evolution. Growth and Expansion Strategies . Site Selection Process. Operations of Indian 3PLs Fourth-Party Logistics (4PL). Modes of transportation .VMI Business Model . Connect Interact. IT Application in SCM .Participants . Purchasing Cycle. Requirements. Volume .Traditional and Modern Approach Elements in SCM 2 Demand Management In Supply Chain : Demand Planning and Forecasting. Inventory Control.Service innovation. Direct Shipping .Transport Documentation . Pull Production. Warehousing .Key Components including GPS and GIS Technology . Continuous Flow. Nature and types of Service Sector . Integration of Lean Manufacturing and SCM.Evolution . Supply Chain Management for Mass Customization . Quick Response Manufacturing.Third-Party Warehousing . Customer Order Decoupling Point (CODP ) . Transportation Management : Distribution Strategies . Hub and Spoke Model . Type and classification of Purchases . Milk Runs . Agile. integrate.Mass. 3 Operations Management In Supply Chain : Introduction: Manufacturing System . Standardized Work. 6 Information Technology For Supply Chain Management Concept of Information Technology . Packaging. Transportation . Issues and Facts in Collaboration .Just in Time (JIT)-II . Customer Service Strategy .Conceptual Model of Supply Chain Management . Inter-modal Transportation Mode . Value-added Warehousing . Outsourcing and Core Competencies -Working Models . Practicalities.Transportation Formats. Benefits and Limitations. Demand Flow Strategy .and Just in Time (JIT ) Vendor Managed Inventory(VMI) . Mass Customization : Meaning . Technology integration Strategy .Need and IT Tools for Business .Role of Internet in SCM . Technology Component of 4PL . Trends of Packaging.Approaches. Methods and Levels of Customization . 5. Toyota Production System. Functionality . Customer Order Processing. Growth and Expansion . Challenges and Limitations of VMI . Operations. Decision Factors .RFID Third-Party Logistics (TPL/3PL) . CPFR Implementations. Characteristics .Collaboration Strategy’ . Material Requirements Planning (MRP) . Safety Stock . Industries : Classification Based on Nature of Work . Service Operations Optimization . Value Stream.Strategic Approach to Outsourcing Control Measures Service Operation Management :Role and Peculiarities of Service industry .Benefits of Integrated SCM Tools . World Class Service .

S.SCM System.2006. SCOR (Supply Chain Operations Reference) Modeling Overview of a Process Reference Model SCOR Model Characteristics SCOR Analysis .Balanced Scorecard for SCM . 3.B. Seminar report based on the above syllabus using published work RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Supply Chain Management: A.Sahay McMillan Publication 2000. Key Actions in Benchmarking for Best Practices .2006.S. Scope and Structure Concept of Configurability .S. Demand Management. REFERENCE BOOKS Supply Chain Management for Global Competitiveness :Ed.Sahay McMillan Publication 2000 Emerging Trends in Supply Chain Management :Ed.Model.B. 426 . Logistics Management: Bowersox TMH 2004 1 2 1 2 1. 2. Logistics Management :James Stock and Douglas Lambert. Advanced Planning and Scheduling (APS). PRACTICALS Five assignments based on the above syllabus. Use of Data Mining Tools in SCM. E-business 7 Performance Measurement And Controls Benchmarking: Introduction and Concept Forms . Data Warehouse.Altekar PHI Second Ed. Data Mining.Gap Analysis . McGraw Hill International Ed.

Course Code: 404070 Course Title: Powder Metallurgy and Ceramics DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Over view of PM method of production of sintered component. thermal conductivity.apparent density. Particle shape analysis. PM forging. thermal expansion and its anisotropy) Applications in electrical and electronics including high temperature superconductors. Powder Treatment.B.oxide ceramics.Screening. Characterisation of metal powder: Sampling of metal powder. tap density. Nature and structure of ceramics. glasses.Metal bearings. Dimensional change of sintered metal compacts.Electro deposition.Upadhaya Cambridge International Science Publishing 1998 Fundamentals Principles of Powder Metallurgy : W.Introduction and major applications.PM porous parts. frictional ceramics.H and Mal M. cleaning. Ceramics.Cutting tool materials. Chemicals Publishing Company Metals Handbook Vol. Mechanical (Milling). particle size and size distribution. sintering atmosphere. General properties and applications.Cemented carbides and tools. refractory. Press and tooling. annealing. silica. Design limitations. shape fundamentals. Hot Isostatic and cold Isostatic pressing. roll compaction. Analysis and presentation of case studies from research papers. Tungsten etc). green strength of compacted metal powder. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Fundamentals of Powder Metallurgy :G. Fabrication methods of ceramics. Metal graphite brushes. physical properties (density. applications 1 Powder production methods and Properties: 2 Metal production methods: Atomatization. Dispersions strengthened materials . surface area. density and porosity .Mechanical Properties.7 Powder Metallurgy : ASM 1998 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 427 . PM Friction materials .Mechanical and physical fundamentals. cermets . Preparation and presentation of at least one group project with Seminar. Sintering and consolidation: Consolidation of metal powders. types and general characteristics of ceramics.K. and lubrication. Spray drying.Jones Edward Arnold Publishing First Course in Powder Metallurgy: Henry Hauser Chemicals Publishing Company REFERENCES Handbook Of Powder Metallurgy : Hausner H. graphite and diamond. PRACTICALS At least Six assignments based on above topics. Secondary Treatment and Quality Control of PM Materials PM Products and their Applications: Electrical and magnetic applications (Resistance welding electrode. Second Edition .S. Compaction and shaping: Compressibility. nitrides. carbides. production of sintering atmosphere.

). inter diffusion. Mechanical Testing 428 . 6 7 Engineering properties Stiffness and Strength Geometrical aspects. Metal Matrix Systems Metals and alloys. Physical and chemical characteristics. critical volume fraction. RRIM. Fibre strengthening. polypropylene and polycarbonate. fibre flaws. Carbon fibre/epoxy. 2 Fibres Manufacturing methods. bone. Silicon carbide fibre in silicon carbide. Natural composites (wood. Discontinuous fibres. Hybrids. glass fibre/polyester. Carbon fibre/carbon.1 Course Code: 404080 Introduction to Composites Course Title :Composite Materials and Technology Definitions. Glass and Ceramic Matrix Systems Glasses and ceramics. Boron fibre reinforced aluminium and titanium alloys. injection moulding. Mechanical and other properties of commonly used fibres . mechanical. 3 Manufacture of Polymer Matrix Composites Principles of manufacturing processes (open and closed mould). manufacturing methods. Silicon carbide fibre reinforced aluminium alloy. Fibre coating to achieve compatibility with matrix. glass fibre/polyester. compared with "standard" materials. vapour phase transport. Woven reinforcements. glass transition. aramid and other organics. typical manufacturing defects. carbon fibre/epoxy. mechanical properties. Micro mechanics theories. Silicon carbide whiskers in silicon nitride and in alumina. Particular composites. Economic aspects. Machine methods for manufacture of composites . mechanical and electrical properties. Alumina fibre reinforced aluminium alloys. stiffness and strength. absorption and wetting. diffusion bonding. Applications. Characterisation of particular systems.. Short fibre systems. drilling and other finishing operations Fibre/Matrix Interface Theories of adhesion. centrifugal casting. mechanical properties. Influence of interface on mechanical properties of composite. autoclave. Alumina fibres in lithium aluminosilicate glass. Typical reinforcements and matrices. etc. etc. chemical resistance. pultrusion. mechanical. Naturally-occurring (cellulose) fibres. Use of statistical methods to characterize fibre behaviour. Failure theories for unidirectional lamina. Particulate systems. Measurement of interface strength. volume and weight fraction. etc. carbon fibre/PEEK. degradation. chemical. solidification processes. filament winding. including: hand and spray lay-up. typical properties. Silicon carbide fibre/lithium alumino silicate glass.carbon. length and orientation distributions. Short fibre reinforced Nylon 6-6. outline of manufacturing methods. weight. Whiskers. prepreg and other "starting" materials. critical length. electrostatic. hot pressing and sintering. 4 5 Plastic Matrix Systems Thermoplastic and thermosetting resins. Dependence of properties on manufacturing route. etc. press moulding. glass. Typical properties of fibre composites. curing reactions. Quality assurance.Cutting. resin injection. Unidirectional continuous fibre systems. ceramics.

holographic and other methods of strain measurement.Determination of stiffness and strengths of unidirectional composites. (Inductrial lectures). compression. design process. Analysis and presentation of case studies from research papers. Typical strengths. Preparation and presentation of at least one group project with Seminar. Stress analyses. flexure and shear. matrix an interface. 9 Design and Economics Design philosophy and procedures ("systems approach"). materials selection. Prediction of long-term behaviour. 8 Joining Advantages and disadvantages of adhesively bonded and mechanically fastened joints. tension. stress corrosion cracking. Influence of high and low temperatures.Venkatesan Narosa Publications 429 . Use of computer programs and other methods. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Introduction to Composite Materials Design: Ever J Barbero Taylor and Francis Mechanics Of Composite Materials: Robert Jones Second Edition 1999 Taylor and Francis REFERENCE BOOKS Composites and Processing Methods: Ed. Repair. test procedures. 10 Environmental Effects Influence of moisture and other contaminants on fibre. Case studies to illustrate reasons for failure. Details of typical bonding procedures. Typical standard methods. Use of photo elastic. etc.). Effect on mechanical and other properties. Simple design studies (pressure vessels. factors of safety. manufacturing method. 1 2 3 1 2 1 PRACTICALS At least Six assignments based on above topics. torsion bar. Economic aspects of using composites.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 430 .

Examples in statistics. skewed distribution. F-test and its application. standard deviation. Textile Mathematics – Booth. Testing of Hypothesis – Large sample (mean. Oxford university Press. Correlation Regression. H. test of significance & significance level. Oliver & Boyd Pub. Y. 431 . research Association. B. 1961. 4.H. An outline of statistical methods for use in the Textile Industry. Statistical Method in research & Production Davies O. 1998 8. Saxena. median & mode). Chi-Square distribution & test. Reference 1. difference in mean. Newnes. 5. ( TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) . 7. Torridon headingleylane. Brearley A. quartiles. Statistics. Textile Testing – Booth. proportions. TECH. Chand 2. S. Mathematical Statistics – Kapoor & Saxena..V.. deciles. Atma Ram & Sons. .Butterworths. correlation coefficient) Small Sample – ‘t’ test. Statistical Calculations for Beginners..01 Statistics I Measures of Central Tendency (mean.SEM. Distribution (Bimodal. 1975. S. The Textile Institute Manchester. Poisson & Normal). Wool Ind. leeds. L.C. 6. Measures of dispersion (range.V. Probability – single variable Analysis of Variance Sampling – Simple – random sampling References: No. Delhi. Cambridge University Press.Chambers E. coefficient of variation – C. R. London 3. Time series & Index Numbers. III & IV Course Name:-T . Tippet L.% Calculations involved in finding C. G.%. Cox D.S.

Shirley moisture meter.Course Name:-T . Other natural fibres–wool. methods of measurement. air-flow. Sorption ratio. effect of moisture content on properties of materials.02 Textile Physics – I Introduction to textile fibres. factors affecting quality of fibres. Shirley Analyser. dye method. Practicals: 1. weight distribution curve. silk. Standard atmospheric conditions and its significance while testing yarns & fabrics. bundle strength-testing at various gauge lengths and analysis of results of single fibre and bundle of fibre. 7. 6. Moisture in fibres. regain & commercial regain. grading & commercial assessment.Cleaning efficiency of Blowroom & Card. maturity ratio. twist factor. 11. trash content. Standard and Testing atmospheric conditions. fibre quality. estimation of moisture-moisture meter. intermediate curve. Mean fibre length (oiled plate method) and other parameters of length variation. twist measurement methods. HVI AFIS (Advanced Fibre Information Service). fibre length distribution. Tensile testing of fibres. Fibre length and its variability measurement. identification. stress-strain relation (different fibres). Fibre swelling. classification. 9. 5. effect of twist on fabric properties. Yarn dimensions and numbering – testing methods and sampling. jute: origin. applications and similar information about regenerated and synthetic fibres Principles and method of Sampling need for sampling. structure & growth mechanism. polarizing light method.C. various parameters of fineness and its measurements Maturity of cotton fibre & its significance. 3. 8. Measurement of molecular explanation regain and probable curves. Study of microscope and fibre identification. cumulative frequency diagram. relative and absolute humidity. neps.(Highest Spinnable Count) Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed during practicals. Limited swelling. H. Weight per unit length of fibres. diameter and count relation.Raw cotton. 10. optimum twist. 4. Convolutions and Ribbon width. humidity relations of textiles. hysterisis.Shirley moisture meter. staple length. structure. Cotton morphology. tensile testing of single fibre. Heat of Sorption – measurement & technical significance. Lap & Sliver testing. Moisture control during testing Yarn twist. Maturity of cotton by NaoH method. degree of thickening. Diff. Fibre fineness. its technical significance. significance of statistics while analyzing test results. Crimp of fibre – Wool. identification. Baer Sorter and fibre length measurement. Maximum & minimum width of cotton fibre – microscopically.S. 2. NaOH. maturity coefficient. Hysteresis curve. Mehtods of fibre length measurement and associated parameters. moisture content. Regain studies in fibres 432 .

Preparatory processes : Principles of singeing. Sevak Pub. polyesters. Reference 1. Swelling of fibers T . Hydrogen Peroxide bleaching & optical brightner treatment.I. Determination of size content of grey sample. Mumbai 3. Single stage scouring. To find blend composition of polyester / cotton blend. 6. 5.A. Tech. Property changes and testing of mercerized material.A. Mumbai 2. Shenai. Technology of Textile Processing . 2. Shenai. Enzyme desizing. . Mercerising : Chemistry & Technology of mercersing yarn & fabric. acrylic and polyolefins and their properties. 10. desizing. Process control in the above. V. 9.1996 . chemistry. Textile Fibres . References: No. scouring and bleaching of cotton materials. bleaching & optical brightner treatment. V. Fine structure of cotton. Chemical modifications of synthetic fibres. Identification of fibres.Dr. wool & silk.11. 7. 4. properties and applications of principle natural fibres including cotton. ***Chemical principles involved in production of man-made fibres including rayons. wool. V. 3. Chemistry of Carbohydrates. polyamides. jute. To determine carboxyl content of a degraded cellulosic material. silk. Chemistry of Dyes & Principles of Dyeing – Dr. A. Shenai. preparatory sequences for synthetic fibrefabric and their common blends. 1990. Estimation of copper number of a degraded cellulosic material. 8. (Textiles) Contacts per Week (in Hours) Lecturers 2 Practical/ Tutorials 3 Semester III Evaluation Weightage in % ESE 60 MST 20 TA 20 Textile Fibres: Classification of textile fibres according to their origin and constitution. Mumbai 433 .Vol. Sevak Pub. Practicals : 1. To find Barium number of mercerized cotton material. degumming of silk.03 Textile Chemistry_I Class : B. Desizing of a grey cotton fabric by acid. Proteins and their applications in Textiles Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practicals. Dr. scouring of wool. flax. Sevak Pub.

R.K. Mahajan Brothers. Chakravarty & S. Of Text. Mumbai Production of Synthetic Fibres – A. Sevak Pub.1988 .T. Shenai... Trotman. . 1981 434 . 9..R. Shenai. B. Silk & Man-made Fibres – L. Dharwar. 1959. Trivedi.R. Dyeing of Textile Fibres & Chemical Technology – E.S. Shah. New Delhi Technology of Bleaching & Dyeing of Textile Fibres – R.A. .A. Tamilnadu. Sevak Pub.W. V. New Delhi Technology & Management – H.4. 8. B. Prentice Hall.M. Pub. Mumbai Technology of Finishing – Dr.S. Mumbai Technology of Printing – Dr. 7.P. Prayag.1990 . Mumbai Fibre Science – S.. Inst. Miles. 5. 1982.Saraiya & P. N.I. V. Asia Pub. Textile Association Pub. V.A.R. Sevak Pub.1994. V. 1985 An Introduction to Textile Finishing – J.C.A. Mishra & B.. House.I. 1979.C. Ahmedabad. 1988.A. VolI Part I & II. Pub. Marsh.A. Keshavan. Shenai. 1993. Sevak Pub. 6. SDC Pub.Gupta. Mumbai Technology of Dyeing – Dr. . Vaidya.1990 .K. . S. Technology. Shenai. 1983 Textile Printing – Edited by L.1999 . Mumbai Dyeing of Wool.Dr. New Delhi Textile Scouring & Bleaching – Trotman E.S. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Technology of Bleaching & Mercerising . U.

Aerodynamic Cleaning: Aerodynamic separation of lint & trash. Stationary grinding surfaces. and other accessories. Initial preparatory machinery in Blowroom. Different impurities or trash packed with cottons in bales.. In the format/. opening. Blowroom : Mixing. 2. influence of cylinder undercasing. off-setting and web crushing. cylinder-doffer region. Saw Gin & roller gin method. continuous filament yarn. Study of Hopper Bale Breaker / Hopper Feeder/Porcupine – Construction. deflector plate. speed and production calculations. Cleaning efficiency of Blowroom and idea of lap regularity and lap rejection. [b]sketches and names of parts. Modern drafting: Various types of roller arrangement. Influence of frot & back plate. fibre retriever. concept of cross-rol verga. idea of staple fibre. according to trash content. Web transferring from doffer. cleaning in blow room. effect of speeds and settings. Modern developments: In licker-in region – hi-dome. Important properties of textile fibres. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. Carding : Objects of Carding. factors affecting transfer. [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfillment of the object. de-dusting units Modern Concepts in Blowroom : Use of CVT type of beaters. grinding and other operations like mounting of wires Card Settings: Influence on the quality and waste extracted. Introduction to Shirley drafting. weighting. Sequence of machinery and opening & cleaning points for various cottons in Blowroom. methods used to avoid their recombination. Study of Roller & Saw Gin. settings. Baling Process. Transfer of fibres.writing of experiments done in Spinning practical. 435 . Different drives & Types of cotton. flow of material gearing. Practicals: 1. Cotton cultivation : Climatic and soil conditions. Web doffing & Coiling action: Cylinder-Flat region. Doffer and Licker-in. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples. new cots available. Objects and methods of modern mixing – Concept of Blenders. Hand picking and mechanical picking methods. Chief varieties of cotton grown Ginning and baling : Objects of ginning. Types of Card wires: On Cylinder. Bale Pluckers etc. Term Work : It consists of . various types of flat-tops and their use. Drawing: Construction and working of a Draw Frame. their merits & de-merits. comb bar. Seed traps. [a]object. Different methods and their limitations. double licker-in etc. transfer-efficiency. Standard bale sizes and weights of bales from important cotton growing countries. Modern developments in Blowroom machinery. Irregularity due to drafting wave. their maintenance. About 50 problems are to be solved. Methods of cultivation and picking of cotton.Course Name:-T . General Construction & working.04 Yarn manufacture – I Fibres : Classification of man-made and natural fibres.

Buckley J. Study of Single Scutcher . Fl. Textile Association (India).S. Study of gearing plan. importance of various parts involved and their importance in the process.S.. drafts and production. Buckley J.R. Lowell. and their bearing surface. speed and production calculations. 6.. Shirley & Condenser cages & Calender rollers.R. settings. Mumbai – 400028 436 . Bouverie House. The Institute of Textile Technology.. methods for controlling waste at card.Construction. Grover. 1. 8. Study of general passage of cotton through Draw Frame. Study of Licker-in zone. Byerley W. Mumbai . Roller diameters and roller settings – Calculations of settings on graduated draft distribution bases and carrying out full setting procedure. 1992 “Elements of Carding & Drawing” . No.Khare A. Sood. London “Spinning Tablets Vol I to V” – Nerurkar. 1981. features. Study of general passage of cotton through Carding machine. 3. 1965.G.. 8. Stripping & Grinding 7. 4..G. Bouverie House. Manchester (U. important organs around cylinder in the vicinity of flats. 1927. Card waste and its effect on actual and calculated draft. Lap forming mechanism 5. Sai Book Publication. Mumbai “Manual of Cotton Spinning – Carding” – Byerley W. Textile Institute publication.3. construction of flats. Study of features of Shirley draft distribution.K. factors influencing the transfer of fibres on to doffer.. Mass. setting procedure..T. function of various cleaning agents around licker-in. 5. settings. Owalekar.. 1965.R. influence of this setting on the quality of the material processed. Influence of tension drafts involved between doffer and final coiling. Condensation of card web and its subsequent coiling in the form of web. cylinder undercasing and its setting.) ‘Blowrrom’ – BTRA Silver Jubilee Monogram. Mumbai – 400028 ‘Cotton Drawing & Roving’ and ‘Cotton Combing’ – Merill G.) ‘Cotton Spinning’ – Thornley T.St. etal. flow of material gearing. draft. setting procedure. Study of main carding action. 2. Grover. Fl. 10. 11. 7.. various constants and change places involved and their importance.T. 6. Sood.K. Manchester (U. Calculations of speeds. publication. etal. Transfer of fibres from cylinder. Virginia (U. flow of material gearing. Owalekar. importance of cylinder-flat setting.400086 “Elements of Raw Cotton & Blowroom” Khare A. 364-Vernum Ave. calculations of speeds. 10. Ernest Benn Ltd.A.. cylinder-doffer region. 1976. 9. London “Spinning Tablets Vol I to V” – Nerurkar. Cleaning & Picking’ – Szaloki Z. Sai Book Publication. Mumbai “Carding” – Manual of Cotton Spinning . their settings and effect on extraction of trash at licker-in.. Reference ‘Opening. actual setting procedure. Charlottesville. Ernest Benn Ltd. Textile Institute publication. publication. weighting arrangement etc. speed and production calculations. 1927.Construction.) ‘Cotton Spinning’ – Thornley T. 4. Textile Association (India).St. 9. production. Study of Step Cleaner/Axi Flow . flat tops and their function.

brake motion. Systems of weft preparations.. Timing and setting of plain nonautomatic loom. temple devices. Beat-up mechanism. Study of 5-wheel and 7 – wheel take-up motion with calculations and continuous take-up motion. organ handle. Clearers Specifications of certain non-automatic winding machines. Picking & checking mechanisms. Different types of shedding.writing of experiments done in weaving practicals. picker. Study of cheese and cone winding machines.picking . heald reversing motions. Warp winding Package characteristics Package defects – causes and remedies Mechanisms on warp winding machines.05 Fabric Manufacture – I Introduction to different methods of Fabric formation. 5. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples.. oscillating back-rest. Outline of weaving process. Unifil loom winder. spindle. Practicals : 1. 8. [a]object. various types and their calculations and negative let-off mechanism. 3. Beam warping & sectional warping. [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfillment of the object. Passage of yarn. shedding . Types of Supply and end packages. Features of modern winding machines. Study and setting of side weft fork and let-off motion 7. knock off dagger. Classification of loom motions. [b]sketches and names of parts. Introduction to weaving Preparatory. Different Systems of warp winding. About 50 problems are to be solved. Study and setting of over-pick and underpick motion. setting of duck bill heater. Study and setting of loose reed and fast reed motion. Term Work : It consists of . Anti-crack motion. Study and setting of beating motion and shuttle box. Tensioners.picking force.. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. Negative and positive shedding tappets.. 6. loose reed and fast reed.let-off etc 2. picking stick. Drive. 4. Eccentricity of sley. Take-up. Automatic pirn winding. Creels. 437 . warp protector mechanism. In the format/. General study of plain power loom. Designing of tappets.timing. Factors limiting the speed of winding machines. Over-pick & under-pick. Head-stock etc. Study of shedding motion and setting of shedding motion. bow-spring. Box loader etc. picking shaft. setting of picking bowl.Course Name:-T . Side weft fork motion.

NOTE: Practical exercises on dismantling. Productions of machines. in piecing ends. 10. P. beam warpers.H. Butterworth publication. – Merrow Technical Library. sectional warpers. “Winding. “Modern preparation and weaving machinery” . Practice for running the loom (with warp & weft mending). Warping & Sizing” – BTRA Silver Jubilee monograph series.R. “Yarn Preparation” – SenGupta R. drawing-in ends and mending weft breaks. refitting and setting exercises on plain tappet looms. Study and calculations of sectional warping machines. Study of pirn winding machines. in piecing breaks and doffing full packages. Popular Prakashan 1963. “Conversion of Yarn to Fabric” – Lord.K. Reference 1. 1963. 11. Mumbai – 400086 4. pirn winders including automatic machines. Mumbai . 438 ..Ormerod A.. refitting and setting of cheese and cone winders.K. Dismantling.9. 1982. Practice in running a loom. References: No. Durham (U.400038 3. 5 “Winding and Warping” – Talukdar M.) 2. Practice in operating these machines. & Mohamed M. Calculations of winding machines.

their constructions & characteristics. Construction & characteristics of derivatives of plain and twill. Huck-a-back & Mock-leno weaves. twill and sateen weaves. Rib and cord structures like Bedford cord and Pique. 439 . Ornamentation of plain weave. Honeycomb. Extra thread figuring fabrics: Extra Warp & Extra Weft. Different types of drafts and peg-plans. Colour and weave effects for stripes. their construction & characteristics.06 Cloth Structure-I Interlacement of warp & weft and its representation on point paper. Combination weaves their construction and characteristics. Commercial plain . Crepe weaves. checks and simple figured designs.woven fabrics. Construction of plain. Diamond and diaper weaves. Twist and twill interaction.Course Name:-T .

IV Course Name :-T. LSD. Sampling – Stratified. Experimental design – Basic Experimental Designs – CRD. Statistical Quality Control and drawing of control charts. (TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) .SEM. RBD. Single Missing value Multiple and partial co-relation regression 440 . TECH.B. Analysis of Variance – One-way and two-way classification. Systematic sampling techniques.07 Statistics II Probability – More than one cell.

1988 . polyesters. vat. Dyeing machinery such as package dyeing. .A. Dyeing of Wool with 1:2 metal comp. Shenai.08 Textile Chemistry II Dyeing : Elementary ideas about the mechanism of dyeing. anti-static etc. Printing : Principles of working of flat bed and rotary screen printing machines. padding mangle and jet dyeing machine. flame retardency. Technology of Bleaching & Mercerising . Textile Fibres . Steamers. References: No. A. V. Sevak Pub. jigger. Mumbai 6. polyamines & modacrylics and their common blends. Shenai. Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practicals. Chemistry of Dyes & Principles of Dyeing – Dr. calendaring. V.A. Functional finishes for various fibre/fabrics including setting. sanforising etc.1990 . Mumbai 3. . sulphur. 8. Shenai.Course Name :-T . Styles of printing. Practicals: 1. curing chambers. V. 3. Technology of Printing – Dr. print-paste ingredients. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Direct Dyes. dispersed dyes etc.A. Sevak Pub. 4.Dr. . crease recovery finishes. V. Dyeing of Polyester with Disperse Dyes. reactive. Shenai. Mumbai 2. Direct style printing of cotton and synthetic fibres-fabric printing with reactives.Dr.Vol. Shenai. Reference 1. water repellency. Dyeing of Wool with Acid Dyes. vats pigments. Principles of dyeing man-made fibres such as rayons.A. 9. Transfer printing. Sevak Pub. Dr.A. Mumbai 4. Sevak Pub. V. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Azoic Dyes. Mumbai 5. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Vat Dyes. V. 7. Evaluation of colour fastness to various agencies. Principles of dyeing cotton with various classes of dyes such as direct. 10. driers used in various processes. 1996 . 2. Mumbai 441 . 1990. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Solubilised Vat Colours. 6. Identification of Class of Dye on Dyed Samples. Sevak Pub. solubilised vat and azoics. Dyeing of protein fibres with various classes of dyes. Shenai. 5. Technology of Dyeing – Dr. Eco-friendly concepts in wet-processing. Technology of Textile Processing . . Finishing : Conventional finishing sequences used for cotton fabrics including starching. Sevak Pub. 1990 . Dyeing of cotton fabric with Reactive Dyes. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Sulphur Colours.I.

Technology of Finishing – Dr. Textile Association Pub.S... New Delhi Technology of Bleaching & Dyeing of Textile Fibres – R.7. New Delhi Textile Scouring & Bleaching – Trotman E.1999 . Technology. Tamilnadu. Dharwar. Of Text.A. Mahajan Brothers.M.S. Ahmedabad. V.T. Vaidya. Prayag. Mumbai Fibre Science – S. Mishra & B. Marsh.A. Shenai.Saraiya & P. 12. 14. Pub. 11. 1959. Shah.Gupta.K.I. 15. Inst. 13. 10. Mumbai Dyeing of Wool. Dyeing of Textile Fibres & Chemical Technology – E. 1982. R. Prentice Hall. Pub. .. Asia Pub. N. 1988. Mumbai Production of Synthetic Fibres – A. Trivedi. House. B. 1985 An Introduction to Textile Finishing – J. 1979.R.R.1994. VolI Part I & II. 8. S.C. Trotman.R. 9. New Delhi Technology & Management – H. B.P.A. 1993. 1983 442 . Keshavan. Silk & Man-made Fibres – L.S. Chakravarty & S. Sevak Pub.I.

Working principle & analysis of results. analysis of results. influence of fibre cross-sectional shape. flexural rigidity. fabric assistance. Fabric strip-test. pilling. crease recovery. staining Safety Aspects and protective textiles – flammability testing. drycleaning. skewness. crimp & crimp meter. thickness measurement. 4. effect of crimp on fabric properties. fabric bending and stiffness. air permeability – their interrelation & measurement. TIV & its measurement. Tex number and work of rupture of yarn. Count by lea method and lea CSP 2. perspiration (perspirometer).Course Name :-T . water. 3. grab test. breaking twist Static electricity. wear. ballistic test. Analysis of results: correlation between single thread. Shape and Dimensional stability – Effect of laundering. hygral expansion Colorfastness tests – Fastness to crocking (crockmeter). shear strength. static charge generation. atmospheric contaminants. light. Fabric dimensions. Fabric tearing strength and bursting strength : Different Instruments.09 Textile Physics II Forces in various direction. Practicals: 1. Bursting strength of fabric. abrasion. CRL CRE principles – machines involved for yarns & fabrics. Fabric tensile testing results. lea & ballistic test results. shear modulus. method of measurement & remedies. measurement of fabric weight per unit area. EPI. Work of rupture of fabric. single thread strength and elongation. sampling. PPI. modulus. experimental methods. serviceability. Thermal properties. 443 . 6. bending of fibres. drape. thermal shrinkage. Influence of strain rate on tensile strength of textile material – work of rupture. Single thread strength (Good Brand). 5. torsional rigidity. Cloth breaking strength. properties affecting flammability Garment Testing . properties and testing. crimp interchange. Cloth cover factor. Dielectric and electric properties of fibres – general theories. compressibility of fabric. handle. Tensile testing by CRT. relaxation shrinkage. sublimation test Appearance retention – soiling. effect in textile.Seam strength tests Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed during practicals. laundering and bleaching.

PPI. 8. 444 . 11. Crimp % in fabric. 9. porosity determination. EPI. 10.7. cloth thickness and cover factor. Bending length & modulus. Crease recovery. Tearing strength.

General Study of Sliver Lap Machine – Construction. step gauge. Swing motion. detaching roller. lap forming . calculation of noil percentage in combing. twist per inch. Study of combing mechanisms – driving of different parts. feed roller. Modern concept of lap preparation. nippers. lap & feed rollers. drafts and production in combing and speed frame. Construction and working of Sliver Lap. Roller settings. material flow through machine. Construction and working of a speed frame. hank meter. cradle. gearing. top comb. dimensions of staff & gauge. differential speeds in speed frame. production. gearing.. setting and speed/production calculations.10 Yarn Manufacture II Combing : Objects of Combing process. Different faults & their remedies. 6. Difference in yarn quality of a carded and combed yarn. Ribbon Lap. Stop motions. nips per min. Various setting involved in changing waste (noil) percentage on comber. 11. draft. 5. Contour of cone drum and its construction. change places. spindle gauging. nippers & study of stop motions. material flow through machine. top comb. Need for preparatory process for combing – hook direction. gearing. Construction and working of a Nasmith Comber: Drive to different parts – cylinder. Introduction to top arm drafting. About 50 problems are to be solved. Comber settings – nipper crank. General study of a comber – name of the parts. drafting rollers in draw box. 4. pre-comb draft & doublings. top comb. Calculations related to speeds. leaf gauge. Stop motions. Study of Building mechanism on Fly Frame and related important settings. 8. Level of waste for different end uses. plain segment & quadrant setting.Construction. Super Lap & Lap Former. 7. setting and speed/production calculations. lap forming . setting. 2. 10. flow of material. production. Practicals : 1. traverse mechanism and bobbin defects. stop motions on fly frame. Speed Frame : Objects of speed frame passages. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. nipper pivot. waste%. Study of various types of Differential motions. Comber – gearing calculations – feed per nip. Study of fly frame creel. References: 445 . General study of Ribbon Lap Machine . head to head variation. 9. General study of Fly Frame – Construction. Setting and timing of different parts in Comber – time diagram.Course Name:-T . calculations of twist. Importance and calculations of various constants and corresponding change wheels. Change Places. Construction of Spindles & Flyers for twisting and winding – Flyer & bobbin leading. 3. Faults & Remedies. Study of Swing motion. Principles of differential motion & building motion. Truing of rollers and roller stand alignment. Construction of half lap. speed calculation. index cycle. material flow through machine.

. London (U.1. 3.K. “Elements of – ‘Raw Cotton & Blowroom’.R. Sai Book Centre publication. Combing & Fly Frame” – Charnley F. ‘Carding & Drawing’.. Manchester (U.K.) 446 .) “Manual of Cotton Spinning – Draw Frame. 1999-2000. ‘Combing’ and ‘Ring Frame & Doubling’ – Khare A. 1964. Mumbai 400078 ‘Spun Yarn Technology’ – Oxtoby Eric. Butterworths publication. Textile Institute publication. 2. 1987.

Mumbai – 400002 447 . shirting. General study of various dobbies. 8. etc. Columbine Press. T. 12. positive dobbies. Comparison of various box motion systems available. Practicals: 1. Study of sizing – headstock. “The technology of Warp Sizing” – Smith J.K. 5. 4.. Left hand and right hand Keighley dobby and their methods of pegging. Rotary dobbies. London (U. 9. Study.B. cut marking motion. Fancy Weaving – K. comb. homogenisers etc. three-shed dobby Significance of weft patterning system. Mechanism of Weaving – Dr. gearing.Pattern chain design using card saving device. Cam dobbies. turbo mixer. Study of cross-border dobbies (two/three cylinder). Selection of a sizing formulae for a particular application such as suiting.Course Name:-T .K. Drying zone and Beaming unit. About 30 problems are to be solved. beam driving mechanism with reference to Two Cylinder and Multi-Cylinder machines and Air Drying. Study of Staubly cam dobby with pick finding. Reference 1.W. Atlanta/Georgia (USA) 3. Study of positive Zang Dobby. beam drive. Mechanism of Cowburn and Peck Drop Box motion. Classification of dobbies. filament. 3. Size recipe for different fabric sorts and yarn such as spun. card saving device. tape marking. timing and setting of dobby parts. & Ajgaokar D. Talukdar 6. lease rods. Head stock. “Warp Sizing” – Seydel P. Sizing materials. Mechanisms of Pick & Pick and Pick at Will. Factors affecting size pick-up. 7. Machine features: Creel. size box.V. 1977. Pegging of dobby lattice & weaving of dobby sample-pique. Advantages and disadvantages of Drop Box and Circular Box motion. “Sizing” – Talukdar M. K.. leasing.B. 1964. Factors affecting the drying capacity of a sizing machine. slow motion. 10. Mechanisms of dobby with reference to Keighley Dobby.. M.11 Fabric Manufacture II Sizing: Importance of sizing process. Universal Book Corpn. 4. Timing and setting of Keighley dobby. Study of sizing. Study of Cowburn & Peck drop box timing & setting.. References: No. 11. 6. cotton blended etc. Size mixing equipments including pressure cookers. Different methods of drying. “The Mechanism of Weaving” – Fox T. Smith publication. size box. Weft mixing motions. 1958. Size pick-up and warp breakage rate. Study of Dobby and of weft mixing mechanism on Northrop dobby. Textile Institute. creel leasing. 2.) 2. cross border dobbies. saris. paper cam dobbies. Study of Drop Box on Zang loom. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. Study of pick finding devices. Aswani 5.

& Robinson ATC.K.K. 8. P. Textile Institute publication. 1986. 1982.R. – Merrow Technical Library.7.) “Conversion of Yarn to Fabric” – Lord.H. Manchester (U.) 448 . Durham (U. & Mohamed M. “Principles of Weaving” – Marks R.

Gauzes and Leno fabrics.12 Cloth Structure II Backed fabrics. and Axminister Quality particulars for above. Warp and weft pile (all Varieties). Damask and Brocade. Lappet and swivel fabrics. Double cloths including 4 and 6 colours. Face to face weaving structures. 449 . Structure of Belts.Brussels.Course Name:-T . Carpets. Wilton. Elastic Tapes.

W. Dielectric and electrical properties of fibres. Lustre and its measurement. & Hearle J. relation to amorphous. – ‘Physical Methods of investigating Textiles’.. effect of gauge length. Butterworth Pub. Billmeyer F. 4) Digital Fibrograph. torsional rigidity. N. molecular structure and Tg. sample preparation.. shear strength and experimental method. scanning) image formation. elastic recovery.Y.V. & Sreedhar Layadev – ‘Polymer Science’.E. 1972 3. concept of order in polymers.W. effect of variability. New Delhi. crystalline content. fine structure of fibres. Density and porosity of fibres. & Peters R. bending of fibres.T. 7) Single fibre strength on Instron tensile tester. N.& Wiley J.Y. applications. Static electricity. estimation of crystalline/amorphous ratio. shear modulus. TECH. Forces in various directions. interpretation of patterns.T.refractive indices and birefringence. peirce theory for composite specimen. 8) Maturity of cotton by polarising microscope. Meredith R. study of orientation factor. Y. 5) Projection drawing of different fibres and their diameter measurement. breaking twist. Vishwanathan N. N. – ‘Instrumental Analysis of cotton cellulose & modified cotton cellulose’.R.K. static charge generation. U. Gowarikar V. Reference 1. Mechanical properties of fibres. Textile Institute. 3) Fibre rigidity modulus. 2. flexibility of molecular chains. magnifying and resolving power. Fibre friction and measurement. Models for fibre structure. influence of fibre shape. Morton W. Macal Dekka. flexural rigidity. Interscience Publication. 6) Cross sectional study of different fibres. . 11) Planimeter and circularity disc co-efficient. effect in textiles. Textile Book Pub. 10) Moisture measurement. B. Optical properties of fibres . 1984 4. Introduction to electron microscopy (transmission.‘Physical Properties of Textile Fibres’. crystalliability of polymers. their origin and method of measurement. Methods of investigation of fibre structure . O’Connor R... 12) Micro twist determination of helical angle and diameter of yarn. V Course Name:-T . effect of time for break on strength. molecular architecture. transition of polymers. crystallization and glass transition. importance of amorphous phase in fibres. Third Ed. – ‘Fibre Structure’.S. 1963 6. PRACTICALS: 1) Stelometer (0 and 3 mm gauge length) 2) Pressley fibre bundle strength tester. 1993 450 .Y. effect of crystallinity and orientation on birefringence and its measurement. Hearle J.S.R. Non-Newtonian Viscosity of liquids. Meredith’s formula. Viscoelasticity. Manchester.SEM.... (TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) . No. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Diachroism.. creep and stress relaxation.X-ray diffraction. packing of molecules.H.13: FIBRE CHARACTERISATION The structural requirements of fibre forming polymers. methods of measurement & remedies. crystallinity and orientation.A. Interscience Publishers. 1959 5. 9) WIRA fineness tester.W. – ‘Text Book of Polymer Science’.. Inc. colours due to interference of polarized light.

and crystal controlled oscillator. 3. SUS.2001 2. transistors as amplifier.Chanda & Co.characteristics and uses. Photo-electric effect and different types of photoelectric cells and their working principles.generators . Short description of simple measuring instruments such as P. 6. oscillator.K.. single phase A.. Prentice Hall of India Ltd. Speed control of various types of motors.110055 . Reference 1. S.C.firing circuit using UJT.C. Fundamentals of Electrical & Electronic Engineering.motors classification . SBS. S.A. 7. Transistor characteristics. Delayed OFF.Chand & Co. P. B.classification . PRACTICALS: 1. moving iron and hot wire instruments. cathode-ray oscilloscope – operation and uses for various purposes in general and Textile Industry in particular.C.1991 4. efficiency and all day efficiency. Gaikawad R.1974 3. Theory of special semi-conductor devices like SCR. Two wattmeter method of power measurement. Signal Generator. D.Theraja. Phase lock loop circuits. New Delhi. SCR .C. DIAC & TRIAC. ON-OFF timer etc. Term Work: The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practical. 4. zener diode. FET & MOSFET. Multi-vibrators – Bistable. D.. measurement of active and reactive power in A. 8. circuits.110001. Malveno Albert P. Principal of Electronics. New Delhi. Special semi-conductor devices – varactor. Electronics: Brief description of semi-conductors. SCR – firing circuit using Phase shifting circuit. Operantial amplifier & linear integrated Circuits. 5. Electronic test instruments: Use of multimeter for various measurements. No. Full wave rectifiers and bridge rectifiers. Principle and working of a single phase and three phase transformer.Generator (Alternator) Production of single phase . Multimeter etc. Theory of transistors – input / output characteristics. motor speed control. 451 . and their uses in Textile Industry.). & Leach D. Mono-stable and Astable. Non-sinusoidal oscillators. Timer circuits (Delayed ON.C. Half wave. New Delhi . Study the use of CRO. motors fractional horse power motors and synchronous motors. 2.L.14: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES Electrical: D. Zener diode as regulator.Course Name:-T . regulation. Timer circuits. Half wave and Full wave rectifier circuits.M. A. biasing methods of transistors.working . Digital Principal & Application Tata Mc-Grow Hill pub.working characteristics and uses.M.C. Logic gates.C. Principle and working of 3 phase induction motor. Mehta V.C.3 phase A.. multi-element semi-conductor device – UJT.

3. Different types of drives to ring frame.Course Name:-T . Details of creel. Setting a frame for a particular count. SU rings etc. 8. ring dia. Study of spinning geometry of ring frame. Construction and working of a ring frame. cots and aprons. Study of a Fancy Doubler – threading. Study of spindles. stop motion. Roving / Cop / Combination build. 9.III Ring Frame: Objects of ring frame. Pneumafil (bonda) collection.15: YARN MANUFACTURE . Winding and binding coils. Resultant of the forces acting on the traveller. and clip). traveller (c-shape. Twist factors for different counts.) and spindle on ring frame. Different types of doubled & cabled yarns used in Industry. Term Work: Writing of experiments done in Spinning practical. gearing. Construction of ring. Two for One twister. Objects of doubling. Building mechanism on ring frame . use of eccentricity meter and pressure gauge for top arm. front roller speed and production. wrapping procedure. building mechanism. lappet. 452 . slub forming mechanism & production of fancy yarn. dry & wet doubling. 5. modern package building. Change Places. General study of Doubling Frame – passage. submission and presentation of the data in the form of seminar. Twist flow in ring spinning . antiwedge. 6. Forces acting on the traveller and yarn balloon in ring spinning. Doubling: Preparation for Doubling. Study of various types of rings & traveller. gauge. Study of building mechanism on ring frame. Calculations of twist. Variation in yarn tension during spinning. assembly winding machine – its construction & working. dray & wet doubling. Construction of a Doubler. General study of a ring frame – construction. Gearing calculations. spindle speed. measurement of staff. Study of ring rail levelling. [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfilment of the object. 4. Assignments: The assignment marks are based on collection of technical literature on topics assigned to the batches. Improvements in various parts and features of modern ring frame for high speed spinning. material flow through machine. settings and speed calculation. 2. different methods of threading the yarn through doubler. spiv. Procedure for count changing. spindle gauging. Change Places. Setting of top arm. strength of the yarn and twist factor. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples done during practical. Linking ring frame to winding (requirements for winding). traveler and spindles for doubler. Study of various types of drafting systems on ring frame. thread wire setting. pneumafil.chain building chainless. 7. In the format : [a]object. height setting. and doubled yarn. [b]sketches and names of parts. Piecing practice. ring (conventional. threading methods. strength for different counts. Production of yarn from a given roving – deciding the draft & twist involved.Effect of various parameters. elliptical. PRACTICALS: 1. Defects in doubling process. Yarn and Package faults. Fancy yarns and fancy doubler.

1977. Sai Book Centre publication.R. Scardino F..K. Structure & Application’ – Goswami B. Vol. ‘Carding & Drawing’. Butterworth’s publication. London. Manual of Textile Technology.C.S. London (U.Ltd.. 1965.. 1990 6.No.) 3 ‘Textile Yarn. 4 “Manual of Cotton Spinning” – The textile Institute & Butterworth Co. U. 453 .400078 2 ‘Spun Yarn Technology’ – Oxtoby Eric. ‘A Practical guide to Ring Frame’.K.. Tecoya Publication.G..A. Wiley Interscience publication. The Textile Institute. References 1 Elements of – ‘Raw Cotton & Blowroom’. 1999-2000.. ‘Combing’ and ‘Ring Frame & Doubling’ – Khare A.K. Mumbai .Klein W.Murthy. Manchester. U. 1987. ‘Two For One Twister’ – H. Martindale J.) 5...V.S.L. London (U. Technology.

Double Lift Double Cylinder. Harness ties and card cutting instructions. sectional harness. 7. Study of warp stop motion on various looms and setting of Ruti warp stop motion. 8. Sakamoto looms. Battery setting on Cimmco loom (cop changing). 2. mounting of jacquards. Principle and working of special jacquards: Cross-Border jacquards. Mechanisms of ordinary jacquards e. Study of Single Lift Single Cylinder Jacquard. Modern Jacquards e. Practical: 1. Three try motion. Weft feeler and pirn changing mechanism with reference to Northrop. [a]object. Single Lift Single Cylinder. Principles of working of inverted hooks. In the format/. 11. Electrical warp stop motion. Electrical and electronic weft feeler. Three-Shed position jacquards. Study of Vicker Stafford shuttle change loom. scale harness.g. [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfilment of the object. 5. submission and presentation of the data in the form of seminar. Ruti-B and Ruti-C looms. Jacquards for Double Cloth. jacquard harness with healds. Ruti & Cimmco. 10. classification. Study of let-off motion on Northrop. Cimco. Study of let-off motion & setting of Roper’s let-off. Warp stop motions of Northrop. Open Shed (V-shed and parallel). Study of All-Over Jacquard and Card cutting & Lacing for the same. Automatic Weaving: Pre-requisites for successful installation of automatic looms.g. casting out. 4. Essential features.Course Name:-T – 16: FABRIC MANUFACTURE – III Jacquards: Introduction. multi-shuttle weft replenishment of Northrop. 13. working comber boards. Practice of Drawing-in on Jacquard loom and Card cutting. Study of Double Lift Single Cylinder & Double Cylinder Jacquard. 3. General study of auto loom & Study of feelers & three try motion. 9. Study of Cross-Border Jacquard. Assignments: The assignment marks are based on collection of technical literature on topics assigned to the batches. Centre weft fork. Temple cutters and shuttle eye cutter. 6. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples done during practical. center selvedge motion Term Work: Writing of experiments done in Weaving practical. 12. Study of multicolour cop-changing loom. Cimco. Study of Double Cloth & Leno Jacquard. Automatic let-off. [b]sketches and names of parts. Double Lift Single Cylinder. 454 . High Speed Jacquard. Mechanism of shuttle changing looms – non-stop changing type. Leno and Terry-Pile structures. Electronically controlled jacquards. Ruti-B and Ruti-C type automatic looms. Types and their comparison. Fine pitch jacquards (Vincenzi & Verdol).

Sriramalu & Ajgaonkar. Manchester.Aswani Automatic Weaving – A. Ltd. T.S. 1998 Principles of Weaving – R.. 3. India. 2.T. Mahajan Brothers Pvt. 4.No. 1976 Fancy Weaving – K. 1. Reference Weaving machine. Mechanisms & Management – Talukdar. Marks & A. C. Textile Institute.Wagh 455 . Robinson.

Factors influencing apparent change of colour in woven and printed designs. 6. by the conventional treatment of natural or artificial forms. Complementary or after image of colour. Working with Photoshop: understanding the software.square. The work carried during the term should be submitted in a port folio. Attributes of colour . Young . Parameters in obtaining good colour harmony. rendering etc. Making of a sari design on Corel draw. 4. Colours in the context of fabric printing. Aesthetics and colour. 3. by the adaptation or reproduction of earlier designs. Bases of textile design . Preparation of painted designs for stripe. rectangular. modifying sari designs on Photoshop Term Work: The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practical. diamond. Reference Manual. Kinds of contrast monochromatic contrast and polychromatic contrasts. Achromatic. Demonstration of various tools. 3. Introduction to CAD/CAM system for textile designing: objectives. Methods of composing jacquard designs by geometric arrangement. spotted and diaper fabrics. 5. Light theory of colour. Working with Corel draw: understanding Corel photo paint and Corel draw. Kenshiro Takami Textile Design & Colour Vol. working with various tools. filters. drop and satin bases. point paper design for all over jacquard selection of colour and weaves.-I & II . Construction of artist design. ogee.Ornamental motifs of the World. Comparison of units with respect to repeats. Watson 456 .Light theory. 7. analogous. Colours in combination. 2.Primary.Course Name:-T – 17: COMPUTER AIDED TEXTILE DESIGNS AND COLOUR The elements and principles of design. Modification of colour. Mixtures of coloured pigments . pigment theory charts. Free hand sketching.Hue. Adobe Photoshop 7 Decora. PRACTICALS: 1. Conditions to be observed in designing figured fabrics. 1. Corel draw 9 Manual. Working with Corel draw & Making of a sari design on Corel draw. Secondary. The chromatic circle. arrangement of motifs on different bases. Preparation of colour harmony charts. various available software packages and advantages. 2. 4. Principles of colour harmony chromatic. Mixtures of coloured lights. check. Working with Photoshop & Editing Designs No.successive contrast and simultaneous contrast. Construction of sketch designs.Helmholtz theory. Colour modification chart. complementary and High-key colour scheme. Tertiary and quaternary colours. contrast of hue and contrast of value. Pigment theory of colour and its comparison with light theory. value and chroma. Practice in colour mixing . Effects of contrast .

3. 5. Types of gears and its application.P. Pulley drives. 2. Cone & collar friction. Kinematics and dynamics of Unconventional loom sley 10.M. An Introduction to Textile Mechanisms – P. H. Anti frictional bearings. Grosberg. Study of picking and shedding tappets. Butterworth. Textile Mechanics – K. Slater. transmitted by gears. Manchester. 7. transverse and torsional vibrations.. Fly wheel. types of clutches. Study of Anti frictional bearings in textile machinery. Textile Institute. Study of clutches in textile machinery. References: 1. Velocity & acceleration diagrams of linkage of four bar & slider crank mechanism.Hantoon.Taggart 4. V-belts and ropes. Mechanics for Textile Students –W. power absorbed and transmitted in clutches of above types. balancing of reciprocating parts. Study of picking and shedding tappets. 1977. 6. Textile Mechanics – W. Ernest Benn Ltd. No.H. 9. Kinematics and dynamics of Conventional shuttle loom sley.Course Name:-T . 1968 457 . Inertia. London. constant velocity & S.M. Types of brakes and study of brakes. Cam profiles for linear. Textile Institute. Application for the sley driving mechanism. Study of brakes in textile machinery. Study of Cams in textile machinery. 2. Drives to spindles of Ring spinning machine.A. types of dynamometers. Types of Cams & Followers. 8.18: MECHANICS OF TEXTILE MACHINERY Links. Static and Dynamic balancing of machine parts and its application in textile machines. pairs. Selection of flat belts. Practical: 1. 3. Identification of different types of linkage mechanisms in textile machinery. Study of belts in textile machinery. Longitudinal. causes and remedies. 4. Relative velocity and instantaneous method. 1960. constant acceleration.

Technical Writing: Definition. Technical Proposals: Presentation Skills: Group Discussion: Assignments: Based on above topics. individual and group reports. Report Writing: Types. References: 1. formal and informal reports. steps in technical writing. Meenakshi Raman. Presenting a project.Course Name . Participation in group discussion in class 2. sentences & paragraph structures. organizing and interpreting information. No. defining objectives and scope.-T. Sharma Sangeetha ‘Technical Communication – Principles & Practices’ Oxford University Press. 458 . qualities. choosing words. 2.19: TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION SKILLS Communication: Communication in a business organization. Oral: 1. importance. qualities. Lesiker & Petit ‘Report Writing for Business’ McGraw Hill.

Wiley Interscience Pub. Interpretation of results of irregularity tests. 14) Drape meter. practical applications.L. Elements of yarn geometry geometry of helix and application to idealized yarn structure.G. Martindale J. 1953 4. No. Yarns & Fabrics’.mechanics behind wrinkle resistance of fabric. 1988 5. Inter-relation between fibre and yarn properties. 5) Water repellancy of fabric. N.B. elements of fibre migration. YQI. interpretation of yarn and fabric faults.new methods (Kawabata HES. spectrogram) and location of sources of periodic variation.. 9) Fabric tensile strength on (instron). Yarns & Fabrics’.Wrinkle . 3) Spectrometer. shear and drape of fabric (descriptive). Structure & Applications’. Light reflection properties of fabrics and yarns. Reference 1. Moisture transmission.. Comfort properties. Reinhold Pub. and water resistance of fabric.. PRACTICALS: 1) Cloth rubbing (both motions). N. Fabric hand .SEM. FAST etc). thermal transmission.B. crimp interchange. 459 . – ‘Textile YarnsTechnology. Hearle J. 10) Thermal Insulation value. Wiley Interscience Pub.Y. stress-strain relation of yarns under steady stress. 2) Cloth manufacturing calculation. 1969 3. limiting stress. Grosberg P. & Hamby D. – ‘Handbook of Testing & Quality Control’. yarn diameter.W. Lustre measurement.. Introduction to bending and buckling of fabric. moisture permeability. TECH. repeated and impact stresses. 8) Water permeability of fabric.Y. feel (hot/ cold) Al-am bata testing method. N. Wiley Eastern Ltd. PMD and CV. 11) Yarn hairiness by microscopic method. Fabrics: Transmission properties of fabrics.T . mechanics of wetting. & Backer S. 12) Spray test and pressure head test for fabric. 1977 2. – ‘Textile Fibres. fabric structure and repellency.. its concept and assessment. Grover E. 7) Uster dynamate. 4) a) Uster evenness tester.Y.. specific volume and density..20: DESIGN OF TEXTILE STRUCTURES Yarn: Structure. factor affecting warmth. (TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) . – ‘Structural Mechanics of Fibres. Introduction to Pierce geometry for plain weave.S. jamming phenomenon.R. 6) Air permeability of fabric. Topic-wise related research Papers. & Scardino F. packing of yarn. Crease . & b) Single yarn testing at different gauge length. Kaswell E. FQI.S. Goswami B. Yarn hairiness-measurement methods and hairiness index. compressibility and resilience. 13) Yarn friction recorder. emmissivity.S. VI Course Name:. fabric reformation under tension. Causes and effects of yarn irregularity. water repellency. Determination of periodical variation (use of irregularity spectrum...

T . 2. Bobtex. 6.22 : FABRIC MANUFACTURE . London.wool. Air jet. card. Suitability of fibres other than cotton for modern methods of fabric manufacturing. Verification of piecing wave through Uster. Properties of ring spun blend yarns. Worsted – Pitman’s Common Commodities and Industries – By Alan Brearly. Preparation and spinning of fibres other than cotton . jute. drawframe. self twisted yarn. Calculation of Beater Cleaning Efficiency. silk. 3. study of rotor spinning machine 12. Comparative study of the varying sequences of machines in relation to that used for cotton. Spinning of Man-made fibres and blends on cotton system – By K R Salhotra. Textile Yarns – Technology. Heywood – By R R Atkinson. Study of High Production Card (Platt’s). – ‘New Spinning Systems’. Properties of rotor spun yarns. Jute – Fibre to Yarn . Sir Issac Pitman and Sons Ltd. Calculation of Card Cleaning Efficiency. faciated spinning. J C 4. Practical: 1. 7. Vol. 9. LONG STAPLE SPINNING: The role of manmade fibres in the fibre market. Martindale.K. Running comber and calculation of improvement in combing. 5. 8.21: YARN MANUFACTURE – IV BLENDING: Objectives. Klein W.. effect of blend ratios and compositions on tensile properties. 6. lint loss & trash content in droppings. 11. Rotor spinning machines .IV 460 . submission and presentation of the data in the form of seminar. Manchester.study of construction and operation. measures and selection of blend constituents. Critical evaluation of modern automated spinning machinery: Assignments: The assignment marks are based on collection of technical literature on topics assigned to the batches. 3. Structure and Applications – By B C Goswami. Study of features of high speed comber. Spun Yarn Technology – By Eric Oxtoby. Observation of piecing wave. 1990 2. Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practical. flyframe and ringframe. U. Course Name:. study of DREF No. Reference 1. 4. Analysis of droppings under beater & waste in carding. linen etc. Calculation of fractionating efficiency (2 turns. MODERN SPINNING: Different types of break spinning. Measurement of spinning geometry on Flyer Frame for front & back row and studies of types of flyer constructions.T . 5.. 10. Unconventional spinning processes like Dref. Mechanics of blending and the various considerations during processing of blends at blowroom. Concept of open-end spinning. Experiment for calculation of comber waste & head to head variation. The Textile Institute. London.). F L Scardino.

profile reed and relay jet systems. Study of features of a silk loom.Unconventional weaving machines: Method of weft insertion – merits and demerits of each type. Practical: 1. Two phase weaving on Rapier. sizing materials. various types of texturised yarn packages. Fabric defects in manmade filament woven fabrics. Weaving of Synthetics: Winding of man-made filament yarn – machine parameters. timing on water jet looms. 4. Reference 461 . Warping of filament yarns. Sizing of man-made filament yarns – Sizing of zero-twist flat filament yarns. size pick-up. Selvedges on unconventional looms. Limitations of conventional looms. Slit film yarns. package faults. 10. conditioning. embroidery & braided textiles. processing parameters. Interference of rapier head with warp threads. profile of pirn. weft patterning systems. Assignments: The students in batches will be given the assignments on technical work related to the subjects. problems with winding of man-made filament yarns. & weaving of slit yarn fabrics. Fancy weaving mechanism. 3. Sizing of filament yarns. leno & terry. confuser. Water Jet – Requirement of water. creel. weft-way multiphase weaving. conditioning. weft selector system. warp-way multiphase weaving machines. single end sizing systems. Study of Maxbo & Harish Air-Jet loom. Warping of man-made yarns filaments – package type. Rapier Method of weft insertion – Gabler & Dewas systems. 2. requisites for successful installations of unconventional looms. process parameters. Techno-economics of filament weaving. Air Jet – sequence of weft insertion. Weaving of filament yarns 7. conditioning. No. Weft preparation of man-made filaments for conventional looms. Making of polypropylene non-woven fabrics. good sizing practices. choice of supply package. Weft preparation of man-made filament yarn for unconventional looms. Choice of machines. 8. Studies of properties of fabrics made in workshop (or) Weaving of fabric samples and their studies. this has to be presented batch-wise. double plush. 6. Terry structures. problems in sizing filaments. Weaving of man-made filament and blended yarns on conventional looms &unconventional looms. Sequence of weft insertion. picking mechanism and sley drive. Winding of filament yarns. 9. Rapier drive for both rigid and flexible rapiers. requirement of air. Weaving of a fabric of standard particulars. Study of Rapier loom. lappet. Multiphase looms – Advantages & Problems. process parameters. equipment. warping beam faults. Along with the submission of the written script. modifications in creel. 5. Sulzer – Projectile loom. swivel. processing parameters. Circular weaving machines. timing of air-jet looms. sequence of weft insertion.

3.K. Talukdar. Ahmedabad – 380015 Talukdar M. Butterworth Publication. 5. 1986 A.K. – ‘Sizing’.Aswani – Fancy Weaving Robinson & Marks – ‘Principles of Weaving’.B. 2. Mahajan Publishers. Ahmedabad – 380015 K. 4. 6. NCUTE – Filament Weaving 462 . Mahajan Publishers.K. U. Sriramulu & Ajgaonkar – ‘Weaving Machines Mechanism & Management. Textile Institute Publication.T. Ormerod – ‘Modern Preparation and Weaving Machinery’.1. U. & Ajgaonkar D.

accuracy. closed loop and servomechanism & error detector.Course Name:-T . Prentice Hall Pub. Ltd. 3. – ‘Power & Industrial Electronics’. card control. 1976 NCUTE – Electronics in Textiles. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. edge feeler. different types of controls – Open loop.K.. 110006. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. 1998 Bhattacharya S. Ring spinning-yarn count control. – ‘Measurement Systems. New Delhi – 110055. Photo cell and its applications in Textile Industry. Co. S. New Delhi. Ltd.K. temperature. 1975 Cooper William David – ‘Electronic Instrumentation & Measuring Techniques’. humidity. D/A and A/D conversion techniques. Basic ideas of process control. New Delhi – 110001. 2000 Singh S. weft straighter etc. New Delhi. level. Khanna Pub. Instruments required for measurement of typical variables required for process control such as speed. 5. proportional. Micro-processor control on modern machines. pressure. Chatarjee S. 1. – ‘Industrial Instrumentation & Control’. – ‘Industrial Electronics & Controls’. Integral and derivative control systems. No. winding machines.Ltd. New Delhi. carding machine-sliver variation control. McGrawHill KOGAKUSHA Ltd. Pressure switches etc..K. Assignments: Based on the syllabus. 463 . 1987 Kadge R. the students will be given topics. Working description of some textile process control such as Blowroom feed control.K. warp breakage detector. Assignment marks are based on this. Characteristics of ON-OFF. 2001 Doebelin Garnet O. flow etc. spinning machines. which they will have to refer to the technical magazines. Electronic counting techniques in Textile machines... 6. 7. resolution.Chanda & Co. Applications & Designs’. 4.23: ELECTRONIC CONTROLS AND MICROPROCESSOR APPLICATIONS Fundamentals of Binary number system. The final submission will be in the form of write-up and/or presentation.. Control loop and its components. Electronic speed control devices for textile machines. processing and finishing machines. Micro-processor application in the textile industry machines such as Blowroom. weft finish detector.. 2. Transducer and its applications as sensing device. – ‘Industrial Electronics’. Reference Mittal G.

transactional analysis. barriers to effective communication. performance appraisal. attitude and job performance. counseling.24: HUMAN FACTOR IN MANAGEMENT Organizational behavior. McClelland’s achievement theory. negotiations. Maintenance-motivation theory. References: Davis Keith – “Organisational Behaviour”. committees. teams. Term Work : Presentation/Assignments by students on related topics. No. groups. Mullins – “Organisational Behaviour”. 2. leadership. assertive behavior. 1. conflict. Motivation – Maslow’s need hierarchy. group decision making techniques. causes. Luthans – “Organisational Behaviour”. meaning.Course Name:. Stress. attitude and personality. downwards and lateral communication. 4. Group dynamics. stress management. role of money. concepts. Robbins – “Organisational Behaviour”. traits styles.T . Employee attitudes. conflict resolution. informal communication. situational theories. approaches Communication – upwards. 3. Interpersonal behavior. 464 .

Shastry .Veerarajan & J. Lagrange’s interpolation formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. 1.25: NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES Interpolation and extrapolation: Inter polation and finite differences.1995 T. Difference equations and its applications No..Course Name:-T . Numerical differentiation and integration. use of Stirling formula and Bessel’s formula for interpolation.Introductory methods of numerical analysis. S. 2. Simpson’s 3/8th rule. 465 . Simpson’s 1/3 rd rule. Newton forward and backward interpolation formulae.Ramachandran -Theory and Problems in Numerical Methods. Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd. References: S. Trapezoidal rule.

No. Calculations with respect to productions in warp and weft knitting machines. Principles of machines and mechanisms used in weft knitting and warp knitting with particular reference to production of single jersey rib and interlock structures on weft knitting machines and tricot and raschel machines in warp knitting. Term Work : Analysis of the warp and weft knit fabrics mentioned above. References : 1.Spencer 2. Yarns used in warp and weft knitting.26: KNITTING Properties of Knitted fabrics. satin. Developments in warp and weft knitting machines. Study of Cotton's patent straight bar machine. atlas and locknit fabrics. tricot. interlock and purl structures. rib.Course Name:-T .Ajgaonkar 466 . velvette. Knitting technology . Knitting Technology . Basic structures in warp knitting like pillar. comparision with woven. Study of basic structures in weft knitting like plain.

1 2 3 4 5 6 Course Code 305130 305140 305045 305150 305160 305170 Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Process Control in Spinning & 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Weaving Garment Manufacturing Fabric Manufacture – V Industrial Engineering Technical Textiles Technology Of Man-Made Fibre & Filament 4 3 3 4 4 0 3 0 0 0 Course Title 4 6 3 4 4 8 9 6 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 TOTAL Semester VIII 21 05 29 47 Sr. No.SEM. (TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) . TECH. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code 305030 305046 305180 305190 Course Title Yarn Manufacture – V Fabric Manufacture – VI Textile Management & Costing Textile Mill Planning Organisation ELECTIVE Contact Cr Evaluation Hours weightage % L P T TW MS ESE A T 4 3 7 11 15 15 70 4 3 7 11 15 15 70 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 & 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 4 0 ESE (Theory) Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 TOTAL Electives: 20 6 4 8 15 26 46 15 70 Sr.SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION FOR B. No. VII Semester VII Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code 405010 405020 405030 405040 405050 Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Indian Textile Industry & Marketing 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 3 Textile composites 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 3 Textile export management Textile Machinery Maintenance Man-made Fibre Dyeing & Finishing 4 4 0 0 Course Title 4 4 8 8 15 15 15 15 70 70 3 3 467 .

468 . The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. Course No. The project shall carry 08 credits. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work.Project: Sr. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). interest. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 405900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages.

Monograph series in spinning. Calculations on loom efficiency. tension levels. fractionating and combing efficiency. efficient removal of yarn faults and the control of productivity. quality and the productivity in warping. Process control in warping. Study of effect of traveller weight on yarn properties. the key variables.Control of loom speed. 1. Process control in sizing. neps and fibre rupture. PRACTICALS: 1. 6. BTRA Publication Quality Control in spinning. SITRA Publication End breaks in Ring Spinning. (2 turns) 5. Hard waste control at all stages in weaving. Reference Process control in Spinning by A R Garde. on line and off line monitoring systems. 5. Improving the build of the pirn and the productivity. Textile Institute. Study of the influence of the various factors on combing performance. No. computation of within bobbin and between bobbin lea count variations. collection of data .Choice and the control of size pick-up. Locating and improving machines with substandard performance. (2 turns. Process control in weaving by M C Paliwaland P D Kimothi. Weaving of sized carded yarn sample. Evaluation and control of raw material quality by the traditional methods of cotton selection and cost control.305130 Process Control in Spinning & Weaving Process control in Spinning: Steps involved in the evolution of a system for process control in spinning. Control of count at various stages during processing. 6. Yarn faults and package defects. Control of productivity in loomshed. T A Subramanian. Maintenance schedules for all spinning machinery. norms. 3. Study of effect of break draft in Ring frame on yarn properties. 469 .Minimising end breaks and stoppages. efficiency and loom stops. The importance of lap preparation and the technological considerations involved. 4. Importance of yarn realization .Control of end breaks. means to improve it by control of the end breaks in spinning. (2 turns) 3. Yarn Hairiness by A Barella. Spinning of carded yarn sample & testing of yarn properties. Weaving: Approach. Evaluation of comber performance by the optimum waste level. its interpretation and corrective action for the same. (3 turns) 2. Sizing of the carded yarn sample. Improving weavability of the sized yarn and the control of productivity and size losses. Study of effect of twist multiplier on yarn properties. Control of fabric quality in weaving and inspection. norms and its judgement Assessing the performance of a Blowroom and card with reference to the cleaning efficiency.Knot quality. The scope. Measurement and analysis of productivity. ATIRA Publication. 2. The applications of AFIS and HVI. ATIRA Publication. Vol 13 No 1 . ATIRA Publication. LP approach for cotton mixing.standards. control of waste. yarn stretch and moisture in sized yarns.) 4. Process control in pirn winding. methodology and scope for process control in weaving. Textile Progress. Process control in winding.

collar. Individual figure analysis. Sewing practices (4 turns) 4.1994 Inside Fashion Design – Sharon Lee Tate. 1. Unity and Rhythm. mechanisms and accessories. Principles of proposition. Sewing problems and quality control. PRACTICALS: 1. Role of Fashion Designer. Sewing machinery.seam types. figure analysis. the bodice draft. waist lines.. testing for sewability and tailorability. measuring techniques. London. Inspection & Care labeling of Apparel. Alternative Methods of Joining Material. 1989 470 . Balance. Methods of spreading. Thread properties and seam performance. hemlines. contour of garments. Making of basic patterns on paper (5 Turns) 2. sewing threads. Oxford Blackwell Scientific Publication. fashioning. the sleeve draft. paper pattern. Methods of cutting.Planning. the skirt draft. The cutting operation. Pattern Industry standards. sewing machine needles. Reference The technology of clothing and Manufacturing – Harold Care and Barbara Latham. sleeve insertion. Harper Collins Publication. The workroom terms and definitions: pattern making tools. Sewing : The properties of seam. Production Evaluation. neck finishes. layout preparation. industrial forms. 2. Basic operations in garment manufacturing: Cutting: objectives. stitch types. (4 turn) No. Understanding the mechanisms of sewing machine (2 turns) 3. sewing machine feed mechanism. Sources of Inspiration.K.305140 Garment Manufacturing Introduction to Garment manufacturing: Major steps in manufacturing a garment Different types of machines & associated work aids used for woven & knitted garment manufacturing. Spreading of the fabric to form a lay. drawing and reproduction of marker. Methods for drafting the basic pattern: Principles. Fashion Designing: Elements and Principles of fashion designing. Stitching a bodies. U.

Nonwoven product range. Final products of tufting. Sewing. Ribbon. Market applications: Disposables. Difference between woven.polymer to fabric: spunbond. SMS (Spunbond + Meltblown + Spunbond). Product Development of Nonwovens. meltblown.W. Chemical. Perforations for easy tearing. Fitting into hardware. Three dimensional braiding Narrow fabrics: Weaving machines for narrow fabrics. Spun lace system. diamond braid. Different types of tufting elements. gluing. Tufting: Definition of tufting. Corrugating. air laid. Albrecht. Types of bonding.fibre to fabric: carded. Tri axial braid. Mechanical and thermal bonding. Molding. Reference Non-Woven Bonded Fabrics – J. Hercules braid. Selection of Fibre or polymer for nonwovens as per requirements of the end products. Web formation process . Polyester. Advantages & limitations of nonwovens. Popular fibres used for nonwovens & Fibre properties. cross laid webs. Lunenschloss. Tufted. 2. thermoforming. semi-durables & durables. Polypropylene fibres. Sheet cutting. Die stamping. Finishes to nonwovens: Converting nonwoven fabric to end products: Slitting. Random Laid. wet laid. Paper and nonwovens classification. ultrasonic seaming. Adding elastic. 1. Tufting process.305045 Fabric Manufacture – V Nonwovens : Definition. 2. 3. Knitted. Manufacturing of Nonwovens of Cotton. tapes & webbings manufacturing techniques. Braiding: Two dimensional braiding: flat and circular. Web Laying process. PRACTICALS: 1.BTRA 471 . Development of Nonwovens from Cellulosic Fibre . regular braid. No. Analysis & Testing of Nonwovens. Web formation process .

Reference Quantitative Techniques.L. Productivity: Definition. weaving .Relation between machine allocation and machine efficiency. Problems on machine allocation in spinning and weaving.C. No. GameTheory: Introduction. Network analysis.305150 Industrial Engineering L. 2. Zamb Operation Research -Taha 472 .P General understanding of linear programming. Two Person Zero sum games and their solution. Transportation :General understanding of transportation problems. CPM. 1. PERT. Productivity Index as used in spinning.P. Formulation and Solution of LPP As applied to Textile Industry. solution by north-west corner rule and vogue’s approximations. Terminology. application to Textile Industry.

Wellingdn Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles. V-belt and toothed belt.305160 Technical Textiles Definition of "technical textiles". pre-formed parts. Geo-textiles – Introduction. No. Reference Industrial Textiles – Jarmila Seclova (Editor). non-wovens etc. 3. Brief description for the manufacture and application of these devices or parts. Geo-Textiles – NWM John. chemicals and pesticides. Medical Textiles – Characteristics of materials used. geo-Membranes. Classification – bandages. dressings. reinforcement. erosion control. type. 1. drainage. implants. Encyclopaedia of Man-Made Textiles. single ply and multi-ply. 2. physical & mechanical properties. Protection against micro organisms. filters and engine compartment items. Difference between technical textiles and other textiles. characteristics. 4. Tyre cords Automotive Textiles: Fibres used for automotive applications – upholstery. road & railway work. surgical stitching threads. 473 . cordages and twines. Fibres and fabrics used in geo-textiles. carpeting. biodegradable. . Functions –filtration. Classification and market of technical textiles. Filtrations: Principles of wet and dry filtrations. Conveyor Belts – Composition of belt. use of textile components-fibre and/or fabric. Thermal protection: Ballistic protection. Protective clothing: Defence Textiles. Protection from electromagnetic radiation and static hazards. knitting. Characteristic behaviour of an implant fibres/fabrics. survey of technical textiles and their applications. Method of production – weaving. Characteristic properties of fibres and fabrics in filtration. safety devices. Ropes and Cordages: application oriented structure and production of ropes.

305170 Technology Of Man-Made Fibre & Filament General discussion on classification & synthesis of various polymers Polymerization : types & reactions : chain growth, step growth, condensation ,addition,free radical,anionic,cationic polymerization. Techniques of polymerization : Bulk, solution, suspension, emulsion, interfacial polymerization, Commercial routes to produce Man-made Fibre raw materials e.g. Hexamethylene diamine, caprolactum, TPA, MEG, ACN etc. General discussion on spinning of man-made fibres. Melt,dry,Wet spinning : stages , speed, product –comparison, Man made fibres vs. synthetics vs .regenerated fibres, Role of various additives used in spinning dope , spinning bath for manmades. Spinning : PET :Esterification & polycondensation, DMT ,TPA routes, Melt spinning variables, structure formation during spinning, quenching & related parameters, study of catalyst used & bi-products, Industrial process for chip forming- extrusion-spin finish application- staple fibre formation, LOY,MOY,POY,HOY, High speed spinning. Melt spinning of poly-olefines. Melt spinning of polyamides. Dry spinning of acrylics & modacrylics. Fibres from addition polymers- PE, PP, PVA, PVC, Elastomeric fibres Rayon fibres : Detail study of manufacturing of regenerated cellulosic fibre with specification of raw materials, chemical principle involved in regeneration & modification, special additives, Process flow chart- significance of the steps, Coagulation & Coagulation bath composition & variables, HWM fibres, Lyocell, Cellulose acetate fibres, introduction to raw materials, reactions, manufacturing process. Introduction to manufactured fibres of High performance: Industrial, Non-conventional application. Comparison of properties of commercial fibres. Post Spinning Operation : Drawing: Necking, variables, machines, draw warping Texturing : Types, special features, uses , properties of yarn & fabric made of it. Flase twist texturing: Process, Feed material, machines. Draw texturing, air jet texturing: Process variables & yarn properties. Gear crimping, Stuffer box crimping, Knit-de-knit, Knife edge crimping. Twisting & mingling. Tow to top conversion. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Reference A Text Book of Man-made Fibre Science & Technology – Mishra S.P., New Age International Publ., New Delhi – 100002 Manufactured fibre technology – V. B. Gupta and V. K. Kothari, Chapman & Hall Publications, 1997. Manmade fibre technology (Vol. 1-3) by Mark Atlas & Cernia Textile Yarns by B. C. Goswami, J. G. Martindale & Seardino. Fundamentals of fibre formation by A. Ziabick Text book of polymer science by Billmeyer & Wiley.

474

305035 Yarn Manufacture – V Basic concepts of carding. Theories of carding action- Classical, Strang’s and Kaufman’s theory. Fibre shedding and fibre transfer efficiency. Auto levelling at card and draw frame. High Drafting systems – drafting wave, machine imperfections, roller nip movement, roller speed variation and roller slip – their causes and effect on drafted material, their measurement. Development of high drafting system – weighting on roller, top arm. Function of different elements of high drafting. Technological design changes in modern draw frame and speed frames. Ring spinning frame – forces acting on traveler, Resultant of the forces acting on the traveller, Yarn Ballooning - variation in the tension during yarn ballooning, balloon collapse, balloon control rings, moving lappets, suppressed balloon spinning. Different types of drives to ring frame, Features of modern ring frame, improvements in various parts, high speed spinning, variable speed spinning and maximum speed limitation. Yarn irregularity – causes of irregularity in drafted material, Use of Uster Imperfection Indicator, Use of Classimat. Economics of spinning – yarn strength, twist variation & yarn appearance, thicknesscompressibility and twist, end breakage rate-causes and remedies, its effect on production. Factors influencing spinning condition – ring dia., traveler wear, power, balloon height, spindle speed etc. Twist contraction & fine count limit. Twist Flow in spinning – Various parameters controlling twist flow Fibre Migration – fibre displacement in drawn & spun yarn, fibre, yarn and process factor. Yarn formation, Structure and properties- Conventional ring spun, Compact spinning, Open end rotor and friction spinning, Self twist and wrap and Twist-less spinning systems. PRACTICALS: 1. Spinning of Combed yarn samples. (6 turns) 2. Spinning of polyester/cotton blended yarn samples. (3 turns) 3. Study of effect of doubling twist direction (s/z & z/z) on doubled yarn properties.(2 turns) 4. Study of effect of doubling twist ratio on doubled yarn properties.(2 turns) No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Reference Advances in Technology of yarn production, R Chattopadhyay, NCUTE Publication. Book of papers on Spinning-Blowroom and Carding, edited by Dr A A Gupte, Dr H V S Murthy, Prof G W Joshi, NCUTE. Manual of cotton spinning.Vol 4 / Part One, The principles of roller drafting by G A R Foster. Eric Oxtoby – ‘Spun Yarn Technology’, Butterworth Publ., London, 1987. ‘Recent Advances in spinning technology’, Int. Confr.-BTRA, 1995 Goswami B.C., Martindale J.G. & Scardino F.L. – ‘Textile Yarns, Technology, Structure & Application’, Willey Interscience Pub. USA, 1977. Manual of cotton spinning by De Barr. The technology of short staple spinning, W Klein. Fundamentals of spun yarn technology, by Carl A Lawrence. Handbook of yarn Production, Peter R Lord, Woodhead Publishing Ltd. Yarn Production- theoretical Aspects, P Grosberg and C Iype, The Textile Institute Publication.

475

305046 Fabric Manufacture – VI Winding : Modern Developments in winding, Ballooning Theory of Unwinding, Optimum yarn clearing and its attainment, electronic yarn clearer. Effect of count, winding speed, balloon height, winding off radius on yarn unwinding tension. Guide distance on short term and long term tension variation during unwinding. Effect of tension variation on the properties of yarn and end packages. Calculation of yarn tension. Concept of Gain and its control with calculation. Modern electronic control system & their advantages for optimizing quality & productivity. Techno-economical aspects of winding. Warping and Sizing : Technological significance in the design developments of warping Machine with respect to creels, design, tensioners, drum design, Drive, geometrical aspects of machines. Modern Electronic control systems. Tension variation in warping and sizing. Different Stretch Zones in Sizing, Measurement and control of stretch in Sizing, Effect of Stretch on the properties of yarn and weaving efficiency. Modern Developments in Sizing, New trends in Sizing such as Foam sizing, Low liquor Sizing, Loom : Vincent’s Theory of shuttle propulsion with respect to linear cam. Factors affecting initial speed of shuttle. Retardation of shuttle on conventional loom. Energy requirements for picking, factors that prevent the increase in loom speed. Mathematical analysis of picking and checking. Picking, Spacing and its control, effect of weft count, loom timing and setting on pick spacing. Kinematics of sley, beat up force, analysis based on 4 bar linkage mechanism. Design of linear and accelerated cams. Effect of loom setting on the properties of fabrics, Cloth setting rules. Common fabric Defects. Weaving of Poplin, Denim, Tyre Cord, tapes, Kevlar, stretch yarns and other Industrial fabrics. Unconventional Weaving : Modern Developments in of Projectile, rapier, Air jet, and water jet machines. Measurement and control of tension variation on Unconventional weaving m/c. Calculations of shuttle-less weaving m/c.
PRACTICALS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Loom erection – dismantling of various parts & motions. Loom erection - assembly of various of various mechanism. Loom erection – tuning of various parts. Loom erection – beam gaiting on loom. Study of heald displacement on heald-staggering loom. Comparative study of theoretical & actual production cheese winding machine. Picker displacement study. Winding & unwinding study. Study of depth of shed & interference with shuttle. Measurement of power on plain loom for different motions. Study of warp tension – static & dynamic. Applications of oscilloscope for picking timings.

Reference Lord P.R. & Mohamed M.H. – ‘ Conversion of yarn into fabric’ Merrow technical library, Durham-U.K., 1982 ‘Warping & sizing’ – BTRA silver jubilee monograph series, Mumbai – 400086 Paliwal M.C. – ‘ Process Control in Weaving’, ATIRA, silver jubilee monograph, Ahmedabad-380015, 1983. Greenwood K. – ‘Weaving-control of fabric structure’, Merrow tech library, Durham-U.K., 1975 Marks R. &Robinson A.T.C. – ‘ Principles of Weaving’, Textile Inst. Publ., ManchesterU.K., 1986 Talukdar, Sriramulu & Ajgaonkar – ‘Weaving Machines, Mechanisms & Management’, Mahajan Publ., Ahmedabad-380015

476

305180 Textile Management & Costing Mill Management : Personnel Department of Mill & its function – Organisational structure, patterns, communication. Selection, recruitment, training, skill analysis training (SAT), Labour laws, labour welfare activities, methods of wage remuneration, wage determination process, job evaluation, payment by results, motivation, financial & non-financial incentives, disciplinary action – warning, showcause notice, suspension and dismissals, retrenchment & VRS Modernisation – purpose & process, selection of machines, detailed technical analysis, method of selection on the basis of – rate of return, pay-back period, discounted cash flow New Projects – Introduction, plant location, production plan and first projections, detailed analysis. Buildings – Introduction, construction, effects of process and material flow. Textile Industry: Growth, Problems & government policy. Costing : 1. Introduction, costing - its importance & use, Cost classification, Total cost analysis. 2. Job Costing – Introduction, process of job costing, numerical problems. 3. Marginal Costing & break even analysis – Introduction, break even charts & terms associated. P/v ratio – marginal cost equation, contribution and its use in decision making, P/v graph. Numerical problems. 4. Standard costing – Introduction, application of standard cost, standard hour and its use, advantages of standard costing, variance and their application, numerical problems. 5. Store Routine – Function of stores, procedure for material procurement, effective stores management, ABC analysis, basic inventory models, stock evaluation, F1Fo – L1Fo methods, numerical problems. 6. Balance sheet – Structure of balance sheet, introduction to ratio analysis, important ratios, their computation and interpretation, simple numerical analysis on ratio analysis.

No. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Reference Varma D.S. – ‘Textile Mill Planning & Organisation’, Metropolitan Book Co. Ltd. Publ., Delhi – 110006, 1964 Arora C.P. – ‘Refrigeration & Airconditioning’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1981. Singh S.K. – ‘Industrial instrumentation & Control’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1987. Kulkarni M.G. – ‘Textile Manufacturing’, Current literature Co. Pvt. Ltd., Malhotra House, Mumbai – 400001, 2001

477

305190 Textile Mill Planning & Organisation Selection of suitable site for textile mill, small scale industry, type of area. Preparation of organisation for spinning / weaving mill. (one carded, one combed and one blended organisation to be taken in the class.). Students are required to prepare more organisations using – slow speed, semi high and high production machines. Choice of machinery & its specification for different counts & blends. Principles of machinery lay-outs and different flow plans of material for spinning / weaving department. (students are required to prepare different plans). Different categories of labour required in various section of spinning / weaving departments. Work allotment of machines to direct labour. Production related workload for indirect labour. Idea of productivity calculations of spinning / weaving mill and factors affecting productivity. Approach to need based modernisation. Basic ideas of process control and norms used in spinning / weaving mill. (The norms are required to be discussed in the class and amongst the students). Material handling in spinning / weaving department. Labour welfare provisions, type of building construction- single or multi storied, fire prevention provisions, safety provisions, humidification and air-conditioning provisions, ventilation & air changes.

(#) – The contents are same for both spinning & weaving
No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Reference Varma D.S. – ‘Textile Mill Planning & Organisation’, Metropolitan Book Co. Ltd. Publ., Delhi – 110006, 1964 Arora C.P. – ‘Refrigeration & Airconditioning’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1981. Singh S.K. – ‘Industrial instrumentation & Control’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1987. Kulkarni M.G. – ‘Textile Manufacturing’, Current literature Co. Pvt. Ltd., Malhotra House, Mumbai – 400001, 2001

478

ELECTIVES : 405010 Indian Textile Industry & Marketing
Indian textile industry – history, growth, some recent problems about location, exports, modernization, profitability and cost. Govt. policy towards textile industry. Recent trends in cotton production, marketing of cotton in India and the role of co-operative and other agencies. Decentralised sector, its importance in textile industry, growth and problems of handloom and power loom industry. Textile labour, characteristics, trade union movement and industrial relations in textile industry. Labour legislations, important provisions of factory act, Bombay industrial relation act. Payment of wages act, minimum wage act, employee state insurance act, provident fund act and employee family pension schemes, payment of bonus and gratuity act. The core concept of marketing, marketing management, production, product, selling, marketing concepts, marketing strategies. Consumers buying behaviour, factors affecting consumer behaviour, buying decision process. Marketing mix, product management, new product development, pricing, pricing methods, channel of physical distribution, their functions, distribution in textile industry, Promotion, advertising, personal selling, sales promotion. Marketing research, scope, process, methods.
No. 1. Reference

Ormerod A. – ‘Management of Textile Production’,

479

405030 Textile Export Management Textile export marketing: Introduction - Marketing Terms - International Marketing Environment - Entry to foreign markets - Strategies - Support Institutes to facilitate exports – Market research and its planning - Groupings of Countries -IMF - World Bank - Export Correspondence and Pricing - Electronic Trade - Theories of Trade - Trade Cycles - Mechanics of protection - Balance of Payment - Channels of Distribution - Export of projects and services etc. Finance: Basic concepts of foreign exchange - Methods of International Payment Settlement International Commercial Terms - Letter of Credit - Exchange Control Regulations for imports and exports - Export Financing - Pre-Shipment finance - Post Shipment Finance - EXIM Bank of India - ECGC - Demand Guarantees and Standby Letter of Credit - Forfeiting and Factoring - Case Studies etc. Export Documentation: Introduction - Exim policy - customs act - other acts relating to export/import - formalities for commencing - customs formalities - export documentation – project exports - export of services export of excisable goods - import documentation - clearance of import goods - 100% export oriented units - export processing zones - special economic zones - duty drawback procedure export/import by post customs house agents - import of different products - import/export incentives - import licenses etc. Export Logistics: Shipping & Marine Insurance Terminology - General Info on Shipping - Types of Containers and Ships - Containerization - Marine Insurance - Air Transportation - Bill of Lading/Air Way Bill/Sea Way Bill - Maritime Fraud - Packaging Introduction - Mechanical tests - Climatic tests - Stretch Wrapping - Cushioning materials - Shrink packaging - packaging cost - Lab testing - International Care labeling code etc.

No. 1. 2. 3.

Reference Asia and World Textiles – Textile Institute. The Textile Industry: Winning Strategies for the New Millennium. Foreign Exchange Markets by Coyle Brian .Graham

480

405020 Textile Composites Introduction: Definition of composites. Classification of composites. Introduction to Textile Composites. Applications of composite materials. Fibres for composites: Various types of fibres used for composite materials and their properties. Fibre-matrix interface. Thermosetting resins. Thermoplastic matrix. Methods of preparations for fibres used as composite materials. Carbon fibres, precursors, carbonization, graphatisation. Structures and properties of high modulus fibres, glass & other inorganic fibres. Composites based on carbon & glass fibres and other inorganic fibres. Composites based on aromatic polyamides.Technology of fabrication, analysis and performance of composites. Textile Composite Manufacturing Techniques: Open mould processes: Hand lay-up, Spray – up, Vacuum bag, filament winding, centrifugal casting. Closed mould processes: Hot press moulding, compression moulding, injection moulding, pultrusion, cold press moulding, resin injection, reinforced reaction injection moulding. Natural fibre Composites: Necessity of natural fibre composites, fibres used for natural fibre composites, applications of natural fibre composites.

No. 1. 2.

Reference Homgu Tatsuya & Phillips Glyn – ‘New Fibres’, Woodhead Pub. Ltd., England,2001 Derek Hull – “An introduction to composite materials” Cambridge University press.

481

405040 Textile Machinery Maintenance Need for maintenance – types of maintenance practices and concepts, planned & unplanned maintenance, , corrective & design maintenance, routine and preventive maintenance Tribology – study of friction, lubrication and wear of moving parts in the machine. Types of bearing, their choice and maintenance Types of lubricants, their properties and applications. Work Study in maintenance, making schedules, planning of maintenance work, recording maintenance activities, control of wastage. Cost of maintenance work – direct & indirect cost, reduction of wastage for economizing. Maintenance Department – functions & power of staff, importance of communication with other departments, , duties of plant engineer 4 Maintenance of some important equipment – PIV, reeves gears, differential gears, cone drum drives, cams & their lubrication, building mechanism on Fly & Ring Frames, oil-submerged and sealed lubrication, pneumatic valves, pressure reducing valves, electronic and electrical installations, control panels & their maintenance, lubrication for crank & arm system, care, maintenance & lubrication of oscillating/vibrating part.

No. 1. 2.

Reference Ratnam T.V., Ramchandran M. & Narayanaswami G. – ‘Maintenance Management n Spinning’, Published by SITRA, Coimbatore Durgesh Chandra – ‘Design-out Maintenance & Instrument Aids’ Universal Book Corpn., Mumbai

482

405050 Man-made Fibre Dyeing & Finishing Chemistry & Mechanism of Dyeing man-made fibres with various dye classes Dyeing of polyester-cotton blends, dyeing of polyester-wool blends, dyeing of texturised polyester. High temperature dyeing equipment such as pressure jiggers, beam dyeing machine, jet dyeing machine, machinery used for washing, soaping of dyed material. Dyeing of Nylon, mechanism of dyeing with acid dyes, high temperature dyeing, low temperature dyeing of nylon-cellulosic blends, nylon-wool blends. Dyeing machinery for nylon yarn and fabric. Selection, chemistry & application of auxiliaries used in dyeing such as levelling agents, swelling agents & solvents. Correction of dyeing. Dyeing of acrylic fibre, mechanism of dyeing with cationic dyes. Dyeing of unmodified & modified polypropylene, dyeing of polyvinyl alcohol, polyurethane, cellulose acetate fibres. Printing of synthetics with particular reference to transfer printing. Screen printing machines. Heat setting of synthetic fibres. Finishing of synthetic fibre materials, optical whitening, mechanism of whitening action, application to polyester and polyester/cotton blend fibre, application to nylon fabric, application to acrylic fabrics, acrylic/cotton blends and acrylic/wool blends, application to cellulose acetates. Efficiency of fluorescent brightening agents. Anti-pilling finishes. Durable press finishes, silk like polyester, anti-static finishes, spin finishes, soil releasing finishes, flame retardant finishes. Energy conservation techniques and energy audit in process house.

No. 1. 2. 3.

Reference Datye K.V. & Vaidya A.A. – ‘Chemical Processing of Synthetic Fibres and Blends’, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1984 Shenai V.A. – ‘Technology of Textile Finishing’, Vol.X, Sevak Pub.Mumbai, 1999 Shenai V.A. – ‘Chemistry of Textile Auxilieries’, Vol.V, Sevak Pub., Mumbai, 2002

483

Programme: B Tech (Information Technology)
Course Code Course Title L Semester III 200033 308010 308020 308030 308040 308050 Contact hours P/T Total Cr Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE ESE (Theory) Hours

Engineering Mathematics III Electronics Devices and Circuits Electrical Network Foundation of Information Technology Digital Logic Design and Application Discrete Structures Total

3 3 4 3 3 3 19

1 2 2 2 2 1 10

4 5 6 5 5 4 29

7 8 10 8 8 7 48

10 10 10 10 10 10

15 15 15 15 15 15

75 75 75 75 75 75

3 3 3 3 3 3

Semester IV 200034 308060 308070 308080 308090 308100

Engineering Mathematics IV Principles of Analog and Digital Communication Computer Organization and Architecture Data structures and Algorithms Information Theory and Coding Industrial Economics and Management Total

3 3 3 3 4 3 19

1 2 2 3 2 10

4 5 5 6 6 3 29

7 8 8 9 10 6 48

10 10 10 10 10 10

15 15 15 15 15 15

75 75 75 75 75 75

3 3 3 3 3 3

484

"Element of applied mathematic". equation in polar coordinates. Even and odd function. "Matrices". S. Partitioning of a matrices. linear. 2 Fourier Series and Integrals: Orthogonal and orthonormal functions expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. Complex form of Fourier series: Introduction to Fourier integral. Veerarajan. Delhi. Elementary transformations of a matrix. Mapping: Conformal mapping. Laplace transform of periodic function. Reduction to a normal form. bilinear mapping with geometrical interpretations. partial traction method Heaviside development. Chand Publishing House. "Complex Variable". Cauchy Riemann. Volume I and Volume II. orthogonal trajectories. diricWet's theorem (only statement). their consistency and solution. • A. "Theory of function of complex variable". • "Laplace transforms". Matrices: Types of matrices. • Churchil . crf(t). S. Wartikar. • S. N. Parseval' s relations. Wartikar and J. TMH. Vol-2. Detailed Syllabus: • 485 . cosh(at). Schaum's outline series. Pune. Necessary condition for f (z) to be analytic (statement of sufficient conditions). Pill. • T. Meerut. "Matrices". Dirac functions and their Laplace transformation. N. Adjoint of a matrix. • Shanti narayan. Laplace transform of!. • Shanti narayan. tn" eat. Heaviside. 1988-89. 1994. Tokyo.' Sine and cosine function and their orthogonal properties. Delhi. Expressions (with proofs) for dn i) L{ f f(t)} ii) L{ f(t)/ t} iii) La f( u) du} iv) L {f(t)} dtn Unit step functions. Linear dependent and independent of rows and columns of a matrix over a real field. Continuity (only statement). Chand Publishing House. Second edition. Evaluation of inverse Laplace transforms. Laplace Transforms: Function of bounded variation (statement only). Application to solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary differential equation with one dependent variable. Vasistha. ''Engineering Mathematics". Half range sine and cosine series. S. Periodic function with period 2 and 21. Analytical and Milne Thomson method to fmd fez) from its real or imaginary parts. Harmonic function. sinh(at). derivability of a function analytic. regular function. System of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations.Detailed Syllabus: IT-301: Applied Mathematics III 1 Complex Variables: Function of complex variable. "Engineering mathematics". References: 3 4 P. A V. convolution theorem. Krishna Prakasan. McGraw Hill. Inverse of a matrix. shifting properties. Relation with Laplace transforms. Fourier series. Shastri. R. Griha. McGraw Hill.

486 .

487 .

Open-loop configurations. Voltage controlled oscillator Comparators and Converters: Op-amp used as basic comparator. Oscillators and Converters: Oscillation principle. Zero crossing detector. Op-amp with negative feedback. Biasing. Gayakwad.IT-302: Electronics devices and circuits 1 Review of transistors (BJT and FET): BJT principle. . Voltage and Current amplification. Voltage limiter. Compensating networks. "Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits". Comparator specifications and performance characteristics. M. New Age International Publishers. Pearson Education Asia. Specialized IC applications: 555 timer IC and its use as monostable and astale multivibrator. "Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits". • Robert L. Simple remodel. Ideal op-amp. CE. "Linear Integrated Circuits". Schmitt trigger comparator. Analysis of integrator and differentiator circuits. Roy Choudhary and Shail Jain. Analog to digital converter and Digital to analog converter principles. DC and AC analysis. McGraw Hill International Edition. Sergio Franco. AD808 and 809. Current mirror circuit. FET amplifier configurations 2 Differential Amplifier: Introduction. Instrumentation amplifier. References: 4 5 6 7 8 9 • Ramakant A. Biasing. PWM IC voltage regulator specifications and performance characteristics. Eighth Edition. "OP-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits". Variable voltage regulator using IC 723. FET principle. Circuit configurations. Voltage Regulators: Fixed voltage series regulators. Operational Amplifier Applications: Basic op-amp applications. A-D and D. Popular 741 op-amp specifications and performance characteristics. Phase shift oscillator. 3 Operational Amplifier: Block diagram representation. Monolithic A-D converters. CB. Fiore. Equivalent circuit. • D. Thomson Learning. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky "Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory". AC amplifier. PHI Publishers. FET differential amplifier. 488 • J. CC amplifier configurations. Successive approximation A-D converter. high pass Butterworth and band pass filter configurations. Principle of switching regulator. Practical A-D converter with binary weighted resistors.A converter specifications and performance characteristics. Wein bridge oscillator. Frequency response. Practical power supply circuits. Specifications and performance characteristics. Active Filters: First order and second order low pass.

Programmable logic arrays and programmable array logic. Tristate register. Analysis and Design of Combinational Logic: Introduction to combinational circuit. Clocked and edge triggered flipflops timing specifications counters asynchronous and synchronous. Bartee. 489 . Truth tables. Simple synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuit analysis. "Digital Principles and Applications". Examples using flipflops. Morris Mano. Uyemura. "Digital Logic and Computer Design". P. Binary arithmetic. Realization of switching functions using logic gates. CMOS. 2 Boolean Algebra: Binary logic functions. Binary comparator. Subtractor. TTL. Binary. Boolean laws.IT-305: Digital Logic design and applications 1 Number Systems: Decimal. References: • John M. A. Code conversion. Associative and distributive properties. Serial in serial out shift registers. Leach. Octal and Hexadecimal number system and conversion. • M. Design using PAL. "Digital logic". Two. Binary weighted codes. 3 4 5 6 7 Programmable Logic: Programmable logic devices. "Digital Systems Design". Simplification of expressions. three and four variable Karnaugh maps. P. Noise margin for popular logic families. Counter design with state equations registers. DeMorgan's Theorems. Excitation table and equations. BCD adder. Transition table. l's and 2's complement codes. Propagation delay times. Multiple output functions. "Introduction to Logic Design". • D. Brookes. Binary address. PHI. B. Karnaugh maps. Combinational Logic: Switching equations. Quine-McCluskey minimization techniques. Thomson Learning. Fan-out and fan. Decoder. Register transfer timing considerations. Priority encoder. • John P. "Digital Computer Fundamentals". Power dissipation. McGraw Hill. McGraw Hill. Marcontz. Malvino. Sequential Logic: Sequential circuits. Canonical logic forms. C. LSTTL. Mixed logic combinational circuits. Yarbrough. 8 Digital Integrated Circuits: Digital circuit logic levels. Encoder. Multiplexers as function generators. Sequential Circuits: State diagrams and tables. Cole publishing Co. TMH. Field programmable gate arrays. and ECL integrated circuits and their performance comparison. • T. Open collector and Tri-state gates and buffers. Arithmetic and logic units. Construction of state diagram and counter design. Signed number binary order. Flip-flops. Sum of product & Product of sums.in. • A.

Detailed Syllabus: 490 .

John-Wiley & Sons 491 . Even and Odd pairs of a function. The incidence matrix A. A. Resistance inductance networks. Representation of Network Functions: Pole zeros and natural frequencies. References: • Franklin F. Kuo. All pass and minimum phase function. Node pair equations. Open circuit and short circuit parameter. Transmission parameter. The delay function. Two port network. third edition. Maximally flat response Chebyshev response. The angle property of a positive real function. Azimuth polynomials and reactance function. • Willam Hayt and Jack KemmerIy. impulse and sinusoidal input functions. Sundaram. Relationship between sub matrix of A and B cutsets and cutset matrix. • Nolman Balbanian. Azimuth polynomials. Bounded real function. Positive real function. The impedance function. ramp. Node. Impedance and admittance of RC network under network realization. Ladder network. TMH. Duality. 3 4 5 Fundamentals of Network Synthesis: Energy function passive. Bickkart. Fundamental cutsets and fundamental Tiesets. Necessary and sufficient conditions. Series and parallel permissibility of connection. Constant resistance network. Cascade connection. "Engineering Circuit analysis". "Electrical Networks". Reactance functions.IT-303: Electrical Networks 1 Solution of Network with Independent Sources 2 Linear Graphs: Introductory definition. Evaluation and analysis of transient and steady state response to step. Condition on angle. Network Equation in the Time Domain: First and second order differential equations initial conditions. Magnitude and angle of function. reciprocal network. Location of pole. Loop. Net change in angle. Hybrid parameter. Chain parameter. Planner graphs. John-Wiley & Sons • M. Interconnection of two port network. A & B matrices.rm of network. "Network analysis". The real part function. The loop matrix B. Calculation of a network function form a given angle and real part Bode method. Laplace Transform: Laplace transform and it's application to analysis of network for different input functions described above. Realization of reactance functions. T. Network Functions: Driving point and transfer functions. Venvalkenberg. "Network analysis and synthesis". Prentice Hall (I) Ltd. E.

International Edition. paths and digraphs. Truth tables. Venn diagrams. D. surjective and bijective. Laws of set theory. L. "Elements of Discrete mathematics". Mathematical induction and Quantifiers. Galgotia. Semigroups. Joshi. Digraphs and Lattice: Relations. Equivalence. Functions and Pigeon Hole Principle: Definition and types of functions: injective. closures. Levasseur. References: 4 5 6 7 8 • • • • • • Joe Mott. McGraw Hill. Codes and group codes Rings and Fields: Rings. Partitions of sets. Aln Doerr and K. Properties and types of binary relations. Generating functions. Normal subgroup. Composition. Recurrence relations. Liu. Groups. "Applied Discrete structure for computer Science". Abraham Kandel and Theodore Baker. Fibonacci etc. Power set. New Age International Publication. K. Seymour Lipschutz and Marc Lars Lipson. Product and quotients of algebraic structures. Warshall's algorithm. Ring Homomorphism. Isomorphism. 3 Relations. Pigeon-hole principle. Second Edition. "Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians". Implications Laws of logic. Graphs: Defintion. Hamiltonian. 2 Logic: Propositions and logical operations. Lattice. C. automorphism. Groups: Monoids. PHI. "Foundations of discrete mathematics". Manipulation of relations. Equivalence and Partial ordered relations. Trembley and Manohar. Po sets and Hasse diagram. Applications: Solving Differential equations. "Discrete mathematical structures". Paths and circuits: Eulerian. 492 . "2000 Solved Problems in Discrete Mathematics". integral domains and fields.Detailed Syllabus: IT-304: Discrete Structures 1 Set Theory: Sets. identity and inverse. Generating Functions and Recurrence Relations: Series and Sequences. Set membership of tables. homomorphism. Planer graphs. McGraw Hill. McGraw Hill.

Detailed Syllabus: Detailed Syllabus: 493 .

2 Introduction to Computer Concepts: Need for computer literacy. Internet Protocols: SMTP and PPP. "Fundamentals of Information Technology". Categories and levels of Information in Business Organization. Generations. Video and Animation on Web. Fundamentals of Cryptography. S. "Information Technology". Applications. Multimedia on Internet: Audio. 3 4 5 6 7 8 Internet Security: Security threats to E-commerce. • Turban. File organization and types. Need for Information. Geographical information system. Fourth generation languages. Viruses. Search engines. Fundamentals of ISDN. Internet Technology: Internet structure and components. Peripherals. Hypertext link. Signal sampling. Digital modulation.IT-305: Foundations Of Information Technology 1 Information concept & Processing: Definition of Information. Servers and Clients. Multiplexing of signals. Overview of computer Networks. Vikas. Internet (IP) Addresses. Uniform Resource Locator. Yadav. "Introduction to Computer" • Morris Mano "Computer Organization" • Hamacher" Computer Organization" 494 . World Wide Web. • Alexis Leon & Mathews Leon. Role and Categories system software. Wireless Application Protocol and Devices. Software development life cycle and Software quality. Application software. JAVA and HTML. Network access Protocols-Bus and Ring. Data Communication and Computer Networks: Issues in Data Communication. Software Definition. New Age International Publishers. Data mining. • Rajaraman V. Multimedia tools and applications. storage Media. Rainer. Overview of program development methodologies. Data Representation-Number System. References: • D. Services provided by the Internet. Internet Applications: E-Commerce: Data ware housing. Data Concepts and Data Processing. Value of Information. "How the Internet works". Models of Cryptography. Internet Service Providers. Application and System software. voice over Internet. Routers. TCP / IP communication Protocol.Potter "Introduction to Information Technology" • Preston Gralla. Classification The basics Computer System: Hardware CPU. Computer History.mail. Program Development Strategies: Personal computing. Quality of Information. Tech-media Publishers. Gateways. Characteristics. Firewalls. Electronic.

Detailed Syllabus: Course code: Course Name 1 2 3 Refrences: Text Books: 495 .

High order interpolation using Lagrange and Newtons methods. Rungekutta method of second and fourth order. Solutions to system of linear algebraic equations: Gauss elimination method. S. John S. 2 Matrices: Vectors. "Matrices". Chand Publishing House. V 01-2. Characteristic polynomial. References: • • • • • • P. ''Numerical Methods". Newton-Raphson method. S. Gauss Siedel iteration method. Euler's predictor-corrector method. Pune. Simpson's 1/3rd and 3/Sth rules. 496 . Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule. residue at isolated singularity and its evaluation. Grilia. Wartikar. Singularities. Shastri.N. Shanti Narayan. Finite difference operators and difference tables. Characteristic values and vectors. S. real field inner products. Cayley Hamilton theorem. Residue theorem: Application to evaluate real integrals. Diagonalizable matrix. Science and Engineering". 3 Numerical Methods: Errors: Types and Estimation. Mathews. Salvadari and MacCraken. Wartikar and J. Shanti Narayan. Solutions to Transcendental and polynomial equations: Bisection method. Functions of square matrix. N. PHI. Gauss Jordan method. Vol INol II. Norm. "Element of applied mathematic". Taylor's and Laurent's development. "Theory Of Functions Of Complex Variables". Solutions to ordinary differential equations: Taylor's series method. A V. Chand Publishing House. Gauss Jordan method. Delhi. Interpolation: Linear interpolation. S. Second edition. 1994. Delhi. their properties for Hermitian and real symmetric matrices. Poles. .Detailed Syllabus: IT – IV semester IT-401: Applied Mathematics IV 1 Complex Variables: Regions and Paths in Z plane. ''Numerical Method for Mathematics. Minimal polynomial. "Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis". orthogonality. Linear independence.

“Digital communications fundamentals and applications”. 497 . • • • “Principles of communication systems”. Pearson Education. Oxford university press. References: • “Modern digital and analog communication systems”. Schilling. Pearson Education. Lathi. Taub. TMH. “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”. Leoun W Couch.IT-402: Principles of analog and digital communication 1 Introduction 2 Introductions to signals 3 Analysis and transmission of signals 4 Amplitude Modulation 5 Angle Modulation 6 Sampling and pulse code modulation 7 Principles of digital data transmission 8 Emerging digital communication technologies and recent development 9 Behavior of analog systems in the presence of noise 10 Behavior of digital communication systems in the presence of noise 11 Error Correcting codes.P. B. Bernard Sklar.

References: • • • • • • William Stallings. interrupt driven I/O. Microprogrammed control. Performance characteristics of two-level memories. Carl Hamacher and Zaky. Hayes. address mapping and translation. "Computer Organization'" Mc-Grew Hill Thomas C. subtractors. monitor. multipliers. Floating point representation. DMA. 8 Multiple Processor Organizations Flynn's classification of parallel processing systems. hierarchy. Semiconductor main memory . Moris Mano.operations. RISC versus CISC characteristics. Bus interconnection. Co-processors. I/O. Design of basic serial and parallel high speed adders. External memory: magnetic disk. Interconnection structures. Applications of microprograming. I/O channels and I/O processors. Third Edition. advanced dram organization. Prentice Hall/ Pearson Education Asia. Instruction pipelining. High speed memories: associative and interleaved memories. chip logic.IT-403: Computer Organization and Architecture 1 Overview: General organization and architecture. 498 . disk drive and device drivers. 2 System Buses: 3 4 5 Computer components-memory. replacement algorithms. tape. CPU. 7 Input and Output Unit External devices-: keyboard. Mc-Grew Hill. 6 The Control Unit Micro. RISC Computers. Bartee. John P. "Computer Organization". pipeline processors. raid.elements of cache design. memory module organization. Pipelining concepts. PCI bus structure. formats and addressing. Structural/functional view of a computer. Data Path Design Fixed point representation. Booth's algorithm. TMH. Micro Instruction format. "Computer System Arcbitecture". Register organization. The arithmetic and logic unit (ALU): Combinational and sequential ALU's. The Central Processing Unit Basic instruction cycle. Serial transmission and synchronization. Cache memory-. Fifth Edition. Hardwired implementation. multiple bus hierarchies. optical memory. Tannenbaum. PHI. V. Memory Organization: Internal memory-characteristics. "Computer Arcbiteeture aud Logie Desigu". Instructions sets.types of ram. "Computer Organization and Architecture". "Computer Architecture and Organization". I/O modules: programmed I/O. Evolution/brief history of computers. PHI. Processor organization.

499 .

500 .

Representation. Files. Ullman. Straight Selection Sort. International Student Edition. Strings. Prentice-Hall India R. Quicksort. Circular and Priority Queues. Examples. Prentice-Hall India. M. Linked Stacks and Queues. Insertion Sort. Big-Oh and Big-Omega Notations. Thomson Learning Aho. Dynamic Memory and Pointers. Basic Searching Techniques: Sequential Search. Hashing: Hash Functions. Back-Tracking Method. Interpolation Search. Shell Sort. The Time Complexity: How to Analyze and Measure. J. Heap as Priority Queue. Dynamic Hashing. Dynamic Representation: Insertion and Deletion of Nodes. Stacks: ADT. Tremble and Sorenson. Applications. Efficiency Considerations for Sequential Search. Algorithms: Greedy Method. Binary Search. Best Case. Efficiency Considerations. "Data Structures and Program Design in C". Representation. BratIey. Unions. G. Sorting Methods: Efficiency Considerations in Sorting. "Fundamentals of Algorithmics". Operations on Graph.IT-404: Data Structures and Algorithms 1 Introduction in C Static and Dynamic Structures. J. Average Case and Worst Case Analyses. TreeRepresented Lists. F. Binary Search Tree: Implementation. Addison Wesley. Sartaj Sohoni “Fundamentals of `computer algorithms” Galgotia 501 publication . Linked Lists as Data Structures. Macros. Prentice Hall India. Lists: Abstract Data Types. "Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C". The Huffinan Algorithm. Searching Methods: Efficiency Considerations in Searching. Kruse. Operations. The Model. Indexed Sequential Search. Langsam. Binary Tree Sort. "Data Structures Using C and C++". Array Implementation of Linked List. Searching Ordered Table. Resolving Clashes (Open and Closed Hashing). Hopcroft and J. Divide and Conquer Method. Linked Lists: ADT. Binary Tree: Binary Tree Operations and Applications. M. Addison Wesley Longman. Bucket Sort. Binary Tree Representations: Node Representation. "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++". Other Lists and their Implementations. Array Representation. Low Price Edition. Augenstein and A. Gilberg. Heaps and Heapsort. Operations. R. Tannenbaum. Merge Sort. Radix Sort. Hashing in External Storage. Representing Lists as Binary Trees: Finding and Deleting Elements. Ellis Horwitz. A. B. Weiss. Dynamic Programming. 2 Algorithm Analysis Mathematical Background. General Search Trees: Multiway Search Trees. M. Insertions and Deletions. Binary Tree Traversals. Different Sorting Methods: Bubble Sort. References: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 • • • • • • • • Y. Time Complexity Calculation: Best Case. E. Graph as a Data Structure: Representation and Construction of a Graph. Brassard and P. Comparison of Dynamic and Array Representations. Worst Case and Average Case Calculations of the Different Sorting Methods. "Data Structures and Algorithms" Tata McGraw-HilI. Applications. Examples. Second Edition. Queues: ADT.Trees. D. "Data Structures and Algorithms".

Redundancy. Vera Pless. Encrypting data for storage/communication. "Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes". Coding Schemes. Public Key Algorithms. "Applied Cryptography: Protocols. Error Checking codes. Keys and Keys Management. Introduction. Entropy and Uncertainty.IT-405: Information Theory and coding 1 Introductory Concepts Information Theory: . RLE. One way hash function. “Information Theory coding and cryptography” TMH. Adam Drozdek. Discrete Probability. Error Control Coding Coding for reliable digital transmission and storage. Prime Number Generation. Speech Compression. Huffinan Coding. P . 502 . Rate of a language. Linear Block Codes. Algorithms and Source code in C". 3 Compression Algorithms Optimal Compression. Dictionary Based Compression. “Applied coding and information theory for engineers”. Statistical Modelling. NP Complete. Richard Wells. Types of codes. Number Theory. Decoding for cyclic codes. Information Content. LZW. Cyclic Codes. 1994. John Wiley and Sons. "Elements of Data Compression". Stream Cyphers. Public Key Cryptography. 2 Cryptographic Techniques Cryptographic Techniques: Cryptographic Protocols. Sliding Window Compression. Compression Algorithms. One way function. Algorithms: Block Cypher Modes. Random Number Generation. Multiple Encryption. Thomson Learning. Error Correcting Codes. Public Key Management. Block Algorithms. John Wiley and Sons Ranjan Bose. Chinese Remainder Theorem. Image Compression using DCT. Modular Arithmetic: Fermat's Little Theorem. Pearson Education. NP . Convolution codes. References: 4 • • • • • Bruce Schneier. Lossy Compression schemes. Complexity Theory: Computational complexity. Error Trapping. Adaptive Huffinan Compression. Data Encryption Standard ( DES ).

money price level and inflation. media channels and barriers to effective communication 14 Maslow. 7 Theory of International Trade. objectives and features. 11 Nature of planning.' supply and demand for money. globalization. monopoly. banking system in India. foreign exchange control. causes creating categories of monopoly organization. price determination under perfect competition and monopoly. McClelland's achievement motivation. elasticity of demand and supply. 9 Causes of underdevelopment. determinants of economic development. equilibrium of firm under competition and monopoly. 8 New Economic Policy: Liberalization. balance of trade and payment. decision-making process. responsibilities of management to society. balanced and unbalanced. Herzberg and Macgregor's theory of motivation. economic and non-economic factors. extending privatization. supply.W. oligopoly. shortcomings and improvement. market-friendly state. monopolistic competition. magnitude and consequences. decentralization of delegation of authority. theory of protection. science. tax structure. distribution of incidence. Monetary policy . . Competition. engineering. black money. stages of growth. flat organization. Henri Toylor Elton Ma'o. exportled-growth. span of management. 5 Central Banking: Function of central banking illustrated with reference to RBI. tariffs and subsidies. 6 Sources of public revenue. meaning. contribution of F. 10 Management functions. 13 Communication process. reform of tax system. technology and their relationship with economic development. Taylor. appropriate technology for developing countries. System contingency approaches to management. 3 Functions of money. 2 Demand.meaning. multiple credit creation. direct and indirect taxes. management by objectives. Blanchard's 503 situational leadership theory. Price discrimination. critical minimum effort strategy. principles of taxation. 4 Functions of commercial banks. 12 Organization: line and staff authority relationships. Devaluation. development of management thought.IT-406: Industrial Economics and Management 1 Nature and significance of economics. strategy of development-big push.

Critical region. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Sperman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients. x2 (Chisquare). Contingency table. Degree of freedom. 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method.Engineering Mathematics V DETAILED SYLLABUS 1)Review of probability. Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve. B) Test of significance for small samples : i) ii) iii) Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. Student’s distribution. Test of hypothesis.tailed and two-tailed tests. Baye’s theorem. Poisson. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples. Regression coefficients and lines of regression. Large and Small samples : A) Test of significance for large samples. Normal. distribution : Binomal. Co-relation. Bivariate frequency distribution. One.t test. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments. Probability mass function and density function. Expected value. Discrete and continuous random variables. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions. C) F-test of significance of the difference between population variances. Central limit theorem. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. Estimation of population parameters. i) ii) iii) iv) Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion. 504 . 2) Probability. D) Test of the Goulners of fit and independence of attribute. F distribution. Yate’s correction. 5) Analysis of variance. Co-variance. Level of significance.200035.

Object Modeling: Object. Regression Testing.Introduction: Overview Of OOL.Deployment Diagram: 505 . Association. Classes.Deponent Diagram: Modeling Source Codes. 10. Recording Analysis. Subsystem Interface. 6. Aggregation.Object Oriented Analysis and Design DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Activity Diagram. 7. Constraints. Logical Database Schema. Grouping Constructs. Identify Classes And Objects Of Real World Problems. Physical Databases. 4. Methods. Behavioral Modeling. Refactoring. Advantages Of Object Modeling. Modeling Workflow. The Unified Approach Modeling. 9. Stress Testing. User Interface. Component. 4. Meta Types.Sequence Diagram: Modeling Scenarios. Scalability Testing. Interfaces. Links. State Chart Diagram. Why Modeling? Static And Dynamic Models. Object Oriented Methodologies. Inheritance.Design Classes: Classes Visibility. Functional Models. 2.Basic Object Modeling: Multiplicity. Who Should Own The Attribute? Who Should Own The Operations? Process And Threads.308110. Modeling Simple Collaboration Modeling. Refining The Model. System Testing. 5. Discovering Attributes. Problems On Object Modeling.Analysis: Problem Analysis.Class Diagram: Test Scenarios.Design: Architectural Design. Interfaces. Using Use Case Analysis. Coupling And Cohesion . Object Classes. Mapping Events To Object. 8. Problem Domain Classes.

Push Down Automata: Concept of Stack. 2.Turing Machine: Construction of Turing Machine for problem solving. Tata McGrawHill References: 2. Definition. Simon Benett. Steve McRobb. 4. Distributed System And Embedded Systems. Θ and Ο. 3. Pearson Education. Pumping Lemma.2and 3. Timothy C. Finite Automata and Finite State Machines: NFA. Grammars and Languages. 5. Notations Ω..1. Understanding and Classification of P. “Object Oriented System Analysis and Design Using UML” McGrawHill. Closure properties. Ali Bahrami. Ivar Jacobson.Regular sets and Automata Theory: Regular Sets Regular Grammars and Languages: Regular Expressions. Rambaugh. Rambaugh. TM as Acceptors and Generators.Context Free Grammars and Push down Automata: Context Free Grammars and Languages: CNF and GNF. “Object Oriented Analysis and Design”. Schach. 4. Closure properties. Lethbridge. Classification of Languages. ”The UML Users guide”. Pumping Lemma. 506 .Modeling In A C/S System. J. Grady Booch. Andrew Haigh. Operator precedence parser.Chomsky Hierarchy and Parsing: Types of grammars: Chompsky hierarchy Types 0. NP. DFA. FSM. “Object Oriented Modeling and Design” 5. “Object Oriented System Development “. 3. Minimization of Automata and FSM. Moor and Mealy machines. 4. “Object Oriented and Classical Software Engineering” 308140. PDA for CFG. McGraw Hill. “Object Oriented Software Engineering” McGrawHill. 3. Parsing: Parse trees and Ambiguity. Converting NFA to DFA. Top down parsing (recursive descent parser). Robert Laganiere. Bottom up parsing (SLR). etal. Complexity: Time and Space Complexity of a problem. NP Hard and Co-NP problems. Ray Farmer. J. Text Books: 2.Automata Theory DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Stephen R.

Data Link Layer Switching.Peter Linz. Elementary Data Link Protocols. TCP: Introduction To TCP. Languages and Computation”. Blue Tooth.Ullman. The Interior Gateway Routing Protocol: OSPF. Example of Data Link Protocols: HDLC: High-Level Data Link Control. J. 5.The Medium Access Sub-layer: The Channel Allocation Problem. Mobile IP. “Introduction Formal Languages and Automata“. 3.The Physical Layer Guided Transmission Media. Martin. Elements Of Transport Protocols.Computer Network DETAILED SYLLABUS 2. 6. TCP Connection Release.D. 507 . Routing Algorithms.Michael Sipser.The Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues. Cable Television. Ipv6. Quality Of Service. The Internet Transport Protocols: UDP.Hopcroft.BOOKS Text Books: 1.E.The Data Dink Layer: Data Link Layer Design Issues. Thompson Learning. Network Hardware. The Mobile Telephone System. A Simple Transport Protocol. TCP Connection Establishment.C. McGraw Hill. Ethernet. 2. 7. The Data Link Layer In The Internet. Sliding Window Protocols. References: 1. Wireless Transmission. “Introduction to the Theory of Computation”. Addison-Wesley. Narosa. Communication Satellites. The Public Switched Telephone Network. Multiple Access Protocols. Wireless LANS. IP Addresses. Congestion Control Algorithms. Reference Models. J. Network Software. Internetworking. Internet Multicasting. The TCP Protocol The TCP Segment Header. 308120. 3. “Introduction to Automata Theory. J.The Transport Layer: The Transport Service.Introduction: Network Applications. “Introduction to Languages and Theory of Computation “. 4. The TCP Service Model. The Network Layer In The Internet: The IP Protocol. Internet Control Protocols. The Exterior Gateway Routing Protocol: BGP. Broadband Wireless.

Case study with Window2000/Linux BOOKS Text Books: 1.S. 5.Modeling TCP Connection Management. Approach To Computer Networking”. 2. System Design For Better PERFORMANCE. Tata McGraw Hill References: Peterson & Davie. Addison Wesley Leon-Garcia And Widjaja. Performance Issues: Measuring Network Performance. Prentice Hall Warland. 10. SNMP. 6. D.Keshay. ”Computer Networks And Internets”. ATM Application Layer. B. 2.Ferouzan. Kurose. ”Computer Networks”.” Computer Networks”. Morgan Kaufmann. Addison Wesley. 4. ATM Signaling. Protocols For Gigabit Networks. Electronic Mail. 9.Richard Stevens.ATM Network: ATM Layer. 508 . Tata Mcgraw Hill S. Varaiya.Tanenbaum. W. 9. 7. B. TCP Timer Management. Wireless TCP And UDP. 8. “Computer Networking”.”An Engg. “Communication Networks”.Comer. PNNI Routing. Transactional TCP. Ross.E. “High Performance Communication Networks”. 3. TCP Congestion Control.The Application Layer: DNS: The Domain name system. Prentice Hall.3 “. ”TCP/IP Protocol Suit”.F.F. Tata McGraw Hill 2. A.”TCP/Ip Volume1. 2nd Edition. 8. FAST TPDU Processing. TCP Transmission Policy. 4th edition.Ferouzan. Morgan Kaufmann. Addison Wesley. ”Data and Computer Communication”.

Instruction Set in detail. Overview of 8086 Family. types and applications: Study of Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259A & Interrupt Priority Management using 8259A. Study of bus controller 8288 & its use in maximum mode Connection. Data communication includes EIA RS-232C Standard. Programming examples using DOS And BIOS Interrupts. 4. Minimum mode & Maximum mode Operation. Procedures. I/O interfacing in 8086: Serial communication interface includes Synchronous & Asynchronous Protocols. 8086 Instruction Set & Programming: Addressing modes.308130. ALP. Address decoding & Timing Considerations. 8086 Interrupt System: 8086 Interrupt structure. IEEE 488 GPIB. Macros. Device Drivers Programming. 3. Architecture of 8086/88 Family: Memory organization & Architecture of 8086 family. Stacks. 8086 Hardware Design. 6. Counters & delay. Case study of PC System 2. System clock (8284) & reset signal. DMA Concepts & transfer types: Study of DMA controller 8237. buffering & latching circuits. 509 . 5. Memory Mapped I/O. Handshaking Signals. Strings. parallel communication Interface includes I/O Mapped I/O. Study of 8250 UART. System Timing diagrams for 8086. Mixed language programming. Timers. I/O Controllers for 8086 and Data communication: Study of 8255AH Programmable Peripheral Interface & its modes. Study of Programmable Timer 8254 & its modes. Introduction to Microcomputer Systems: Introduction to Microprocessors & its evolution.Microprocessors DETAILED SYLLABUS 2. Memory System Design & I/O Interfacing: Interfacing SRAM. ROM and DRAM to 8086.

Data types & formats. 4. Bus arbitration & control using 8289. 2. PHI. Yu-Cheng Liu. John Uffenback. Assembler Language Programming “. ”8086/8088 Interfacing. “Microprocessors and Interfacing. Second Edition. Study of IOP 8089. “The 8086/8088 Family Architecture. 3. Douglas Hall. Numeric Instruction Set. Programming and Hardware”. Peter Able. PHI. ALP for 8086-8087 systems. Glenn A. Programming and Design”. Interface of Coprocessor (8087) to Host (8086). 1987. Programming and Design”.7. Tata McGraw-Hill. “IBM PC. Study of Bus Arbiter 8289. 510 . Study of Multiprocessor configurations.PHI. its interaction with 8086.1999. Gibson. 8087 Numeric Co-processor: 8087 NDP Architecture. 8. 1986. Second Edition. BOOKS Text Books: 1 1. Multiprocessor Systems: 8086/88 based Multiprocessor systems. Stacks in 8087.

A. K. Brey. Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. Sharma Sangeetha Technical Communication:Oxford University Press . choosing words. 2000. Sixth Edition. 1 Lesikar and Petit. Bhurchandi.Technical Writing & presentation Skills DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. B. 511 . formal and informal. nonverbal. “IBM PC.media. audience recognition. Peter Norton. B. K. . BPB publication. 5. defining objectives and scope. 2003. qualities. PHI. job application and resumes. individual and group reports. 4. Manuals from Intel. Ray.References: 3. Tata McGraw Hill. organizing and interpreting information. M.. principles of Business correspondence. 3 Report Writing: types. formal and informal reports. sentences and paragraphs. 6. 2 Technical Writing Skills: definition.internal and external. 200020. “The Intel Microprocessors”. “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”. qualities. importance. upward and downward. 4 Technical Proposals 5 Presentation Skills 6 Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books Recommended. Report Writing for Business:McGraw Hill 2 Meenakshi Raman.. Assembly Language programming”.

D. Programming Assignments: Students will implement programs adhering to good programming practices. 2. Problems selected should be able to use the selected programming style and language appropriately.AddisonWesley. 512 . VC++.Smith and P. java.308150. The assignments should be approximately 10 in number and to be completed in about 5 weeks. Problem solving assignment: This will be a mini group project to be completed within the Institute in a span of about 10 weeks.D. and use the appropriate skill set to design and implement the mini project. network programming. “Graded Problems in Computer science “. Student group should select any one stream area like database programming. Smith . multimedia programming. Suggested programming style is object-oriented programming and languages may be C++. system programming etc.Computer Programming Lab DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. References: A.

JavaScript objects. Backgrounds. Client Side Programming (JavaScript. Payment System Security. Application with layers. TCP/IP. JavaScript expressions. TFTP. rlogin. MIME. E-Business. World Wide Web. Online Payment. Color Control. Routing. Digital Certificates. Web page structure. Electronics Data Interchange (EDI). XML. Business to Business Electronics Commerce (B to B). Application: Introduction to E-Commerce. POP. Images. Gateways. Digital Signature & Authentication protocol. 6. IMAP. history. Security: Electronic Commerce security issues. Hyper linking. Using Databases on web. Character Formatting. Tables. ClientServer Model. JavaScript Forms: Managing frames in JavaScript. location. Three Tier architectures. e-business. Online Security: Secure Socket Layer (SSL). Element of E-commerce. JavaScript. IP addresses and Uniform Resource Locator (URL). 3. FTP. Anchors.308160. 4. HTML: Introduction to Hypertext Markup Language. Web Server. Cryptography. XML): Client-side Forms. Cascading style sheet. Intranets & Internet architecture. Images. CGI. 5. Queries & Forms. Email: SMTP. Domain Name Systems (DNS). Secure Electronics Transaction (SET). Introduction to Firewalls. String and Arrays. Cookies. Internet Banking.Internet Technology and Applications DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Business Strategy. XSL and other markup languages. Establishing a Secure business on the Web. Dynamic Web pages: Need & Technology. ActiveX Controls and its objects. Transactions. Incorporating JavaScript in HTML. 513 . Web store. Frames. Telnet. Active Server Pages (ASP): Objects. Servlets. Internet Communication: Web architectures. Common tags. HTTP Protocol. Java Server Pages (JSP). Lists. Multimedia. Protocols. ASP: Introduction to Servlets and Applets in Java. Business to Consumers Electronics Commerce ( B to C). Web Security. 7. 2. Introduction: Introduction to Web Technology. CGI Scripting with Perl. Control flow and functions.

” JavaScript for The World Wide Web”. 2. 3. 514 . TMH Publications.”Essential XML” David Whitely. TMH Publication William Stallings.”HTML & Web Design”.System Study and Operating System DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 2. ” Essential of ASP for professionals”. 7. PHI. Loaders and Linkers: Linking and Relocation. 4. 2. Preprocessor. Tom Negrino and Dori Smith. Achyut Godbole . 3. Konrad King. (Minimum 2).TOPICS FOR EXPERIMENT 1. Practical on JavaScript. Java Servlets ( 5 Practical Minimum). Macro Call. Design of Linkers. Build web store / e-commerce application. Conditional Expansion. ” Developing e-commerce Site”. Assignments on Web Technology. Installation and Configuration of WEB server. Pearson Education. Expansion. 4. Microsoft Commerce Solutions. Pearson Education Publication. Douglas E Comer. O’REILY. Loaders. 3. Box. TMH Publication. Frames. Steven Holzner. Macros: Macro Definition. Rajiv Sharma. Assemblers: Single and two pass. 5. ”HTML Black Book”.”Internetworking with TCP/IP”. 2. ” Web Technologies”. Kriss Jamsa. Tables. Vivek Sharma.”e-Commerce “. Volume I.” Servlet Programming”. CGI/Perls. Web technology. Practical on HTML Consisting of Tags. Images. References: 1. 6. 4. 5. William Crawford. 3rd Edition. Jason Hunter. Links. Dreamtech Press. Study. BOOKS Text Books: 1. 308170. 3. Java. Animation (6 Practical. Addison Wesley. Lovejoy. Minimum). 5. Self Relocation.” Cryptography and Network Security”.

Paging.“Systems Programming”. Inter Process Communication: Race condition. Multiprogramming. Detection. Peterson’s Solution. Segmentation with Paging. Galvin. Banker’s Algorithm 10. Structure. Dhamdhere . Windows. Message passing. “System programming And Operating System”. Devices: Types.Operating Systems”. Deadlocks: Condition. “Operating Systems”. Virtual Memory. Monitors. TMH William Stallings . File operation. Schedulers. Prevention.S. 6. Process: Definition. Batch Processing. 9. A. “Operating System concepts “. Scheduling Algorithms. 5. Gagne. Segmentation. Directory Allocation of disk space.4. Nutt . John Wiely.Tannenbaum . 3. 3. BOOKS Text Books: 1. John Donovan . Compilers: Introduction to phases. Critical section. 4. Access. Time Sharing. Multitasking. Control. File Sharing. TMH References: 1. Operating System: Functions. 2. Preemptive versus Non-preemptive Scheduling. System calls. Error Handling. File Management: File type and Attribute. 2. Memory Management: Fixed and variable partition. 11. Pearson Education 515 . Tata Macgraw-Hill. UNIX. Recovery. 8. 7.“Operating Systems” . 13. Producer Consumer problem. Pearson Education Dietel . Milan MilenKovic. Access and Security.M. Avoidance. Case Studies: Dos. Semaphores. Data Structures. Process Scheduling: Objective. D. “Operating Systems”. Mutual Exclusion.“Modern Operating Systems” . 12. Silberschatz. 4. Table Management. Drivers.

Data Design: ERD. Requirement Tractability. Processes Model: Classic Life Cycle. Tools for SCM. Interface design: User Interface Design: Input Validations. Reviews.5. 10.CFD for Real Time Systems. File Organization and Access Method for Different Applications. Methodology and Tools. Requirement Validation. Design-concepts: Design Principles and Modular Approach: Coupling & Cohesion.). Prototyping. RAD and Object Oriented Model. Process: Introduction. Monitoring and Managing the Risk. 2. Developing Solution Strategy. Characteristics and Components of SRS: format of SRS (IEEE STD. Mathematical Verification and Validation of Specifications. DFD. Assessment. Incremental. Formal Specification. Cost/ Benefit Analyses. Processes.Software Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 3. Model based Specification. Project Estimation: LOC Based Technique. Requirement Elicitation. 308180. Software Configuration Management: Baselines. Version Control. 4. Configuration Audit. Subsystem Interface Design. Defining a Problem. Morgan Kaufman. 9. Data Modeling. 8. FP Based Estimation. Project Scheduling: Task Definition. Feasibility Study. File Design. Algebraic Specification. Analysis: Principles of Analysis: Elements of Analysis Model. 7. Steven S Muchnick . Requirement Engg: Requirement Gathering for small/medium /large Scale Projects. Effort Estimation. Delphi Method of Cost Estimation 5. Form Design. Information Flow. Function Modeling. Project Tracking and Control. Menu Design. Data Dictionary. Empirical Model. 6. 516 . Projection. Spiral. Change Control.“Compiler Design implementation”. Project Management: Risk Analysis: Identification. Software Project Planning: Project Initiation. Requirement Specification Languages. COCOMO Model.

Maintenance: Log. Quality Reviews Software Standards. Testing C/S Application. Program Specifications (P-SPEC). Ian Sommerville. Narosa 517 . 14. Testing Batch Processing System Identification and Experiment with White Box Testing. 5th edition. Testing the Documentation. Architectural Design: Structured Chart. References: 1. Defensive Programming. Benchmarking. Quality Metrics. “Software Engineering “. Implementation: Plan. 15.11. Black Box Testing. Pankaj Jalote. “Software Engineering”. Factors to Reduce Maintenance Cost. Testing Web Based Systems. 13. Software reliability and quality assurance: Reliability Matrices. ISO Standards. Pearson Education. McGraw Hill. “Software Engineering”. Testing RAD Models. and CTRL SPEC. FDD. Documentation Standards. Training Conversion. Exception Handling. Design Metrics. Test Plan. Defect Tracking System. Metrics. 6th edition. Process Quality SEI’s CMM Levels. 5. Roger Pressman. Process Activation Table (PAT) for Real Time/Embedded Systems. 12. 16. Testing: Explain Dynamic and Static Testing Methods. Maintainability. BOOKS Text Books: 4. Post Implementation Review.1. Fault Avoidance Exception Handling. Limitations of Testing Methods. Libraries and Test Cases. Procedural design: Program Design Language (PDL). Hardware and Software Acquisition.

Functional Dependencies. Null Values. Views. Validation-Based Protocols. Referential Integrity. 6. Decomposition. DDL. Triggers. Implementation of Isolation. Complex Queries. 3rd and 4th Normal Form. Extended E-R Features. Aggregate Functions. 8. Basic Structure. Insert and Delete Operations. 2. Database Languages. Triggers and Assertions in SQL. 9. Overview of Files and File Systems. Constraints. Modification of the Database. Dynamic SQL. Implementation of Atomicity and Durability. Pitfalls in Relational-Database Design. Timestamp-Based Protocols.Database Systems DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Recovery System: 518 . SQL: Background. Weak Entity Sets.Introductory Database Concepts: Introduction to Data Processing. Mention of other Normal Forms. Design Issues. 7. Views. Set Operations. Multiple Granularity. Integrity and Security: Domain Constraints. Other SQL Features. Database Users and Administrators. Serializability. Concurrent Executions.Entity-Relationship Model: Basic Concepts. Design of an E-R Database Schema. Foreign Keys. 4. Authorization in SQL. Security and Authorization. Assertions. 3. Desirable Properties of Decomposition. Recoverability. Transaction Definition in SQL. Database System Structure. Relational-Database Design: First Normal Form. Embedded SQL. Concurrency Control: Lock-Based Protocols. Nested Queries. Structure of Relational Databases. Database Systems Vs File systems. Entity-Relationship Diagram. Formation of Queries. Reduction of an E-R Schema to Tables. Transaction State. Data Models. Data abstraction and Data Independence. Deadlock Handling. Concept of a Database. Transaction Management. The Relational Algebra and Extended RelationalAlgebra Operations. Transactions: Transaction Concept. 5.308190. Multiversion Schemes. Boyce–Codd Normal Form. Stored Procedures and Functions. Drawbacks of File Systems.Relational Model: Concept of a Relation: Primary and Secondary Keys. Database Modification. Weak Levels of Consistency.

BOOKS Text Books: 1. Sudarshan. Type Hierarchies and Inheritance. C. McGrawHill. Storage Structure. OODBMS. Addison Wesley. Query processing. Database Design For An ORDBMS: Nested Relations and Collections. Fifth Edition. “Fundamentals Of Database Systems”. Third Edition 519 . 7th Edition. Specialization and Generalization Category. Constraint and Characteristics of Specialization and Generalization. 2002. 12. “Database System Concepts”. Recovery and Atomicity. Object Structure. Raghu Ramakrishnan. 2. Superclasses. 4th Edition. An Overview of SQL3. Comparison Of RDBMS. Storage And Access methods. OQL. Subclasses. ORDBMS. References: 1. “Database Systems Design. Database Schema Design For OODBMS. Type extents and Queries. Silberchatz. Implementation and Management”. Persistent Programming Languages. and Type Constructors. 2. and Inheritance. Korth. Object-Oriented Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts. Log-Based Recovery. and Persistence. Recovery with Concurrent Transactions. Johannes Gehrke “Database Management Systems”. Object Relational and Extended Relational Databases: Characteristics Of ORDBMS. 10. J. Object Identity. McGrawHill. 3. 4th Edition. 11. Buffer Management.O2. Elmasri and Navathe. Storage Issues. Thomson Learning. Shadow Paging. Date “ Introduction to Database Systems”. Methods. The Extended Entity Relationship Diagram: Motivation for complex data types.Failure Classification. Encapsulation of Operations. Addison Wesley. Implementation and Related Issues for Extended Type Systems. Example of ODBMSs. . Peter Rob and Coronel.

Classification. Linear Convolution using the DFT. Decimation in Frequency algorithms.. Its Properties. 2. 2. 520 . Basic Realization. Bilateral Z Transform. Sampling in Time and Frequency Domain. Two Dimensional DFT. Linear Time Invariant Systems. Discrete Time Fourier Transform.Transform L: Definition and Properties.G. “Discrete Time Signal Processing”. Schaffer. Design of FIR Filters using Windows. 4. Hilbert Transform Relations for the DFT and the Complex Sequences.. Properties of FIR Digital Filters.Z. Frequency Domain Representation of Discrete Time Signals and Systems. Fourier Transform Theorems. Symmetry properties of the Fourier Transform.Properties. the Region of Convergence.Realisation of Digital Linear Systems: Introduction. Comparison of IIR and FIR Filters.Discrete Hilbert Transform: Real and Imaginary part Sufficiency for Causal Sequences. Fourier Representation of Finite Duration Sequences: The Discrete Fourier Transform. Linear Phase Filters. Oppenhiem. Proakis J.Properties . BOOKS Text Books: 1. 7. Basic Structures for IIR and FIR Systems. Discrete Time System.Digital Signal Processing DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 6. 3. FFT algorithms for an N composite number. Decimation in Time algorithms.Discrete Fourier Transform: Representation of Periodic Sequence: The Discrete Fourier Series. 2001. General Computational considerations in FFT algorithms.Discrete Time Signals & System: Discrete Time Signal: Sequences. 1997. (PHI). Block Diagram & the Signal Flow Graph.Computation of the Discrete Fourier Transform: Goertzel Algorithm. Minimum Phase Condition. (PHI). 5. Chirps Z Transform algorithm.Digital Filter Design Techniques: Design of IIR Digital Filters from analogue filters. “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing”. Z transform properties.308200. Inverse Z – transform.

R..References: 1.. (Thompson Learning). “ Analog and Digital Signal Processing”. "introduction To Digital Signal Processing". 4. 2000. S Sallivahanan et al.. Johnson J. Mitra S. “Digital Signal processing”. 521 . PHI 3. (TMH). Ashok Ambardar. "Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach".K. 2002. TMH 2.

Programme: B Tech (Information Technology) Semester VII Course Code 308210 308220 308230 308240 - Course Title Computer Simulation and Modeling Mobile Computing Image Processing Management Information Systems Elective-I Total L 4 4 4 4 4 20 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 2 10 Total 6 6 6 6 6 30 Evaluation weightage Cr TWA MST ESE 10 15 15 70 10 10 10 10 50 15 15 15 15 -15 15 15 15 -70 70 70 70 -- ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 -- Elective I Course Code 408010 408020 408030 408040 408050 408060 Course Title L 4 4 4 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 Programming with components Pattern Recognition Speech Reorganization Embedded Systems Advanced Database System Advanced Computer Networks 522 .

Semester VIII Course Code 308250 308260 308270 - Course Title L 4 4 4 4 16 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 8 Total 6 6 6 6 24 Cr 10 10 10 10 40 Data Warehousing and Mining. Multimedia Systems Project management Elective-II Total Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 Elective II Course Code 408110 408120 408130 Course Title L 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 70 15 15 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 408140 408150 408160 Robotics Computer Vision Geographical Information System Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems Software Testing Information Security 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 4 4 2 2 6 6 10 10 15 15 15 15 70 70 3 3 523 .

The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). Course No. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The project shall carry 08 credits. 524 . The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 408900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. interest. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage.Project: Sr.

Desirable software features. Other examples of simulation. Random Variate Generation: Inverse transform technique. Verification and Validation of Simulation Model: Model building. Selection input model without data. This course gives a comprehensive and state of art treatment of all the important aspects of a simulation study. Poisson process. model verification and validation. simulation software. Pre-Requisite: Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS 14. Multivariate and Time series input models. General Principles: Concepts of discrete event simulation. Introduction to Simulation: System and System environment. 19. Steady state behavior of infinite population Markovian models. and Validation. 20.(308210) COMPUTER SIMULATION AND MODELING Objective: In the last five decades digital computer simulation has developed from infancy to a full-fledged discipline. The application of simulation continues to expand. Identifying the Distribution of data. Queueing notations. Queueing Models: Characteristics of Queueing systems. Techniques for generating random numbers. Steady state behavior finite population model. Object oriented simulation. 18. 21. Components of system. Type of models. Convolution method. Continuous distribution. Calibration and Validation of models. 17. 15. Trends in simulation software. List processing. Output Analysis for a Single Model: Types of simulations with respect to output 525 . Simulation Software: History of simulation software. Verification. Input Modeling: Data Collection. Network of Queues. Tests for random numbers. Statistical Models in Simulation: Useful statistical model. Verification of simulation models. Simulation Examples: Simulation of Queueing systems. General-purpose simulation packages. Advantages and Disadvantages of simulation. Random Number Generation: Properties of random numbers. Goodness of fit tests. Discrete distribution. 16. 23. Long run measures of performance of Queueing systems. 24. input modeling. Parameter estimation. Generation of pseudo random numbers. both in terms of extent to which simulation is used and the range of applications. Steps in simulation study. Type of systems. The field of modeling and simulation is as diverse as of man. Acceptance rejection techniques 22. including modeling. Empirical distribution.

PHI 7. Donald W. Output analysis of terminating simulators. Indeed. Case Studies: Simulation of manufacturing systems. Barry Nelson. Academic Press 8. David Nicol. Academic Press Harcourt India 10. current developments in mobile communication systems and wireless computer networks. ubiquitous wireless networks has made mobile computing a reality. W. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks. Output analysis for steady state simulation 25. Simulation of computer systems. Simulation of pert network BOOKS Text Books: 3. “System Simulation with Digital Computer”. “Discrete Event System Simulation” 4. “Simulation Modeling and Analysis”. “Theory of Modeling and Simulation”. John Carson. David Kelton. McGRAW-HILL References: 6. Jerry Banks. PHI 9. Stochastic nature of output data. Comparison and Evaluation of Alternative System Design: Comparison of two system design. (308220) MOBILE COMPUTING Objective: Recent developments in portable devices and high-bandwidth. Optimization via simulation. McGRAW-HILL. “System Simulation”. “System Analysis and Modeling”. Simulation of super market. Such predictions are based on the huge growth in the wireless phone market and the success of wireless data services. with desktop browsing the exception. Comparison of several system design. Herbert Praehofer. Measure of performance and their estimation.analysis. Averill Law. Geffery Gordon. 26. Deborah Sadowski. “Simulation with Arena”. Body. Randall Sadowski. Bernard Zeigler. Tag Gon Kim. W David Kelton. it is widely predicted that within the next few years’ access to Internet services will be primarily from wireless devices. Narsing Deo. 526 . Meta modeling. This course will help in understanding fundamental concepts.

Tunneling and Encapsulation . Digital video broadcasting 18. Reservation TDMA. WATM services. Multiplexing. System architecture. Wireless application protocol: Architecture. Types of handover. Physical layer. Security. Infrastructure and Ad hoc Networks. Near and Far terminals. Radio access layer: Requirements. Forward handover. Routing. SDMA. Protocols. Indirect TCP. Agent advertisement and discovery. Digital audio broadcasting: Multimedia object transfer protocol. Some approaches that might help wireless access. Dynamic host configuration protocol. Slow start. Telecommunication Systems: GSM: Mobile services. Cyclic repetition of data. Broadcast Systems: Overview. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. Location management: Requirements for location management. Future development. Medium Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC: Hidden and Exposed terminals. New data services. Radio interface. Wireless application environment. Handover: Handover reference model. Physical layer. Wireless telephony application. Functions: Wireless mobile terminal side. Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP: Congestion control. assumptions and requirements. Localization And Calling. 14. Signal propagation. TDMA: Fixed TDM. Mobile Network Layer: Mobile IP: Goals. Selective retransmission. Mobile TCP. Reference model: Example configurations. Transmission/time-out freezing. Optimizations. Dynamic source routing. Polling. LEO. Alternative metrics 21. Generic reference model. IP packet delivery. Wireless ATM: Motivation for WATM. Channel access control. Inhibit sense multiple access. Link management. Sublayer. Cellular systems. Procedures and Entities. Examples. Addressing. A short history of wireless communication 13. Wireless transport layer security. Radio transmission. Examples 17. System architectures. Ipv6. Snooping TCP. CDMA: Spread Aloha multiple access. Medium access control layer. 15. Basics: GEO. Protocol architecture. Entities and Terminology. Bluetooth: User scenarios. UMTS and IMT-2000: UMTS Basic architecture. WML script. BRAN.11: System architecture.DETAILED SYLLABUS 12. Slotted Aloha. Handover. Examples Stacks with Wap. IEEE 802. PRMA packet reservation multiple access. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. World Wide Web: Hypertext transfer protocol. Wireless session protocol. Mobile agents 527 . MEO. Transaction oriented TCP 22. Backward handover. TETRA. Mobile databases. Handover requirements. Networking. Ad hoc networks: Routing. Mobile quality of service. Satellite Systems: History. 19. Destination sequence distance vector. Spread spectrum. Handover. Introduction: Applications. Hierarchical algorithms. Registration. Localization. Wireless datagram protocol. Handover scenarios. Hypertext markup language. FDMA. Security. Applications. Support for Mobility: File systems: Consistency. UTRA TDD mode 16. Wireless transaction protocol. Wireless LAN: Infrared vs. Modulation. Implications on mobility. DECT: System architecture. Medium access control Sublayer. Mobility supporting network side. Carrier sense multiple access. Protocol architecture. HIPERLAN: Protocol architecture. Reverse tunneling. UTRA FDD mode. Multiple access with collision avoidance. Antennas. Physical layer. Wireless ATM working group. Demand assigned multiple access. Access point control protocol 20. Classical Aloha. Information bases And Networking. Signals. Wireless markup language. MAC management. MAC layer. Wireless Transmission: Frequency for radio transmission.

“Mobile communications”. Wiiliam Stallings. “Wireless Communications Principals and Practices” 7. K Pahlavan. “Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures”. P. Pearson Education 2. M. “Wireless Networks”. Pearson Education 528 . YI Bing Lin . P. “Principles of Wireless Networks” 10. “Wireless Communications and Networks” References : 6.BOOKS Text Books: 1. “Mobile Satellite Communication: Principles and Trends”. Nicopolitidis . Rappaort. Krishnamurthy . Richharia . Addison wisely . John Wiley 8. Jochen Schiller. John Wiley 9.

Image processing holds the possibility of developing the ultimate machine that could perform the visual functions of all living beings. Image formation in the human eye. Image Transforms (Implementation): Introduction to Fourier transform. Psychovisual. Hadamard transform. Morphological Image Processing: Introduction. Wavelet transforms in two dimensions 16. Digital Image Processing Systems: Introduction. Region based segmentation 19. IFFT. Discrete wavelet transforms in one dimensions. Image Representation and Description: Representation schemes. Error free compression. Discrete cosine transform. Redundancies: Coding.Loeve (Hotelling) transform. Image sensing and acquisition. Introduction to Computer Graphics: Geometry and line generation. Properties of 2-D DFT. Hit-or-Miss transformation. Storage. Closing. Interpixel. FFT. Structure of human eye. Dilation. 13. Image Enhancement in the Frequency Domain: Frequency domain filters: Smoothing and Sharpening filters. Regional descriptors 529 . Series expansion. Morphological algorithm operations on gray-scale images 18. Boundary descriptors. Fidelity criteria. Smoothing and sharpening filters 14. Video compression standards. Homomorphic filtering 15. Image compression models. Communication. Erosion. Lossy compression. Image compression standards: Binary image and Continuous tone still image compression standards. Pre-requisites: Digital Signal Processing DETAILED SYLLABUS 10. Morphological algorithm operations on binary images. Fast wavelet transform. Processing. Haar transform. Slant transform. Edge linking and Boundary detection. Image sampling and quantization.(308230) IMAGE PROCESSING Objective: Digital Image Processing is a rapidly evolving field with growing applications in science and engineering. Walsh transform. Thresholding. Basic relationships between pixels 12. DFT and 2D DFT. Transformations 11. Brightness adaptation and discrimination. Wavelet functions. Histogram processing. Opening. Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Gray level transformations. Arithmetic and logic operations. Scaling functions. Subband coding. Optimum transform: Karhunen . Image Data Compression: Fundamentals. Image Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities. 17. There is an abundance of image processing applications that can serve mankind with the available and anticipated technology in the near future. Graphics primitives. Display. Spatial filtering: Introduction. Wavelets and Multiresolution Processing: Image pyramids.

Dutta Majumder. B.Vaclav Hlavac.C.BOOKS Text Books: 4. Second Edition. William Pratt. PHI 530 . Rao. R. “Fundamentals of Image Processing”. “Digital Image Processing”.R. Jain. Analysis. Anil K. “Image Processing. Pearson Education 5. John Wiley 5. McGraw Hill 6. PHI References: 4. “Digital Image Processing”. “Orthogonal Transforms for Digital Signal Processing” Springer 7. D. S. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 6. “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”. Chanda. Roger Boyle. Milan Sonka. N Ahmed & K. “Computer Graphics”.E.Gonsales R. Harrrington.Woods.

6. organize for implementation. document the system. determine the degree of automation of each operation. 2. McGraw Hill. TMH. Applications: Applications of MIS in Manufacturing sector. Service sector BOOKS Text Books: 1. inputs outputs and processing. aim of detailed design. train the operating personnel. define the sub systems. project management of MIS detailed design . inform and involve the organization again. early system testing. prepare the conceptual design report. . computer related acquisitions. 4. develop alternative conceptual design and select one document the system concept.(308240) MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM Objectives: To enable students to understand the role and importance of information system Pre-requisites: Computer fundamentals.H. 2. develop forms for data collection and information dissemination. DBMS DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 531 . Olson. evaluate the MIS control and maintain the system. sketch the detailed operating sub systems and information flow. 5. Pitfalls in MIS development . MIS organization within company. computer hardware & software. Decision support and decision making systems.S. C R M . Advanced Concepts in Information Systems: Enterprise Resources Management(ERP). set systems objective. software. 3. DBMS. Information Technology: A manager’s overview. acquire floor space and plan space layouts. W. hardware and tools propose and organization to operate the system. Management information and the systems approach. “Management Information System”. systems approach. identify dominant and trade of criteria. Conceptual System Design: Define the problems. “Management Information System”. develop procedures for implementation. develop the files test the system. establish system constraints. Implementation Evaluation and Maintenance of the MIS: Plan the implementation. Gordon B. Procurement Management System. 7. cut-over. Davis and M. determine information needs determine information sources. Foundation of Information System: Introduction to Information System and MIS. Detailed System Design: Inform and involve the organization. Supply Chain Management. Jawadekar. document the detailed design revisit the manager user. RDBMS and Telecommunication. the systems view of business. managerial overviews.

5. 6. Potter. 2. TMH. “Information Systems”. 4. J.A.L.P.References: 1. Post. D. “Management Information System” Turban.V. “Management Information System”. TMH. “Introduction to Information Technology”. Steven Alter. Macmillan G. John Wiley D.C. Goyal. 532 . Pearson Education. 3.P. Laudon. O’Brien. “Management Information System”. J. Anderson. Rainer. “Management Information System”. Laudon. K.

(408010) PROGRAMMING WITH COMPONENTS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives of the course: COM addresses software design in a very pragmatic way. 3. 5. 2. 4. Concept of distributed object systems. 7. Object Web: web technologies interfacing with distributed objects over client server and distribute architecture. Object services and dynamic composition. COM is mostly widely used object model for developing distributed and concurrent systems. Instead of providing a solution based on almost religious academic dogma of object oriented programming. OMG. Mapping objects to locations. Dynamic linking. Overview of COM/DCOM and of an open doc. CORBA components. Apartments: Cross-apartments access. Pre-requisites: C++. VC++. Classes and servers. 533 . Interface in COM-DCOM: Introduction to interfaces. Aim of this subject to study and learn COM and use COM to deploy such systems successfully. method invocations static and dynamic: IDL (Interface Definition Language) models and interfaces. CORBA’s self-describing data. Event. Object oriented system architecture. Class emulation. Structure of CORBA IDL. 8. Reasons to distribute for centralized objects. Java Programming. Introduction to DCOM. CORBA Services: Services for object naming. Interface definition language (IDL). COM’s design takes into account both human nature and capitalism. Optimizations. Transaction service features. 9. concurrency control services. 11. Using COM interface pointers. Object lifecycle. distributed objects in CORBA. Interface and IDL. Component Object Model (COM) introduction: Com as better C++ software distribution. Overview of java. JAVA Interface: JNI interface with C++. Separating interface and COM implementation. Introduction to object oriented systems: Preview of Object-orientation. Optimizing query interface. Code sharing and reuse. persistent object service and CORBA security service. architectural features. Introduction to distributed objects: Computing standards. client-server system architecture. CORBA interface repository. 6. Overview of CORBA. CORBA: Introduction and concepts. OOAD DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Query interface types and properties. Enterprise Java Beans 10. multi tier system architectures. Design of object oriented system architecture and component technology compound document. Overview of Object Web. lifecycle management. Classes and Objects in COM-DCOM: Introduction. Enterprise java beans. Classes and IDL. Run time polymorphism.

Pearson Education 7. Rambug. “COM and CORBA side by side”. Pearson Education 534 . 8. Jacobson. References: Tom Valesky. Don Box. Pearson Education. “Essential COM”.BOOKS Text Books: 6. Booch. Jason Pritchard. “Essential COM”. “Enterprise Java Beans”. Pearson Education.

(408020) PATTERN RECOGNITION (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: This course teaches the fundamentals of techniques for classifying multidimensional data. economics. ID3. Hierarchical clustering Applications of Pattern Recognition 535 . Estimating and comparing classifiers. manufacturing. Ho-Kashyap procedures. Application to normal mixtures. Pre-requisite: Linear Algebra. Data description and clustering criterion function for clustering. Nearest-Neighbor rule. Generalised linear discriminant functions. C4. Resampling for classifier design. 2-Category linearly separable case. Design cycle. psychology. Maximum-Likelihood estimations. Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Machine perception. Discriminant functions for normal density. Classifiers. technical and medical diagnostics. Non-separable behavior. Minimum squared error procedure. Resampling for estimating statistic. Discriminant functions and Decision surfaces. Relaxation procedure. to be utilized for problem-solving in a wide variety of applications. Bayesian parameter estimation: Gaussian caseand General theory. Gramatical methods. Normal density. such as engineering system design. Learning and Adaptation Bayesian Decision Theory: Bayesian decision theory: Continuous features. Prolems of dimentionality. Bias and Variance. Parzen windows. Matrics and Nearest-Neighbor classification Linear Discriminants Functions: Linear discriminant functions and decision surfaces. Bayesian estimation. Multicategory generalizations Nonmetric Methods: Decision tree. Minimising the Perceptron criterion function. classification. Hidden Markov Model Nonparametric Techniques: Density estimation. image processing. Minimumerror rate classification. CART. Pattern recognition systems. Bayes Decision theory: discrete features Maximum-Likelihood and Bayesian Parameter Estimation: Maximum likelihood estimation. Unsupervised Bayesian learning. kn-Nearest-Neighbor estimation. Combining classifiers Unsupervised Learning and Clustering: Mixture densities and Identifiability. Gramatical interfaces Algorithm Independent Machine Learning: Lack of inherent superiority of any classifier.5.

“Pattern Recognition and Image analysis”. John Wiley and Sons. Gose. Hart. Johnsonbaugh and Jost. and Stock. PHI 536 .BOOKS Text Books: Duda. “Pattern Classification”.

Representing speech in time and frequency domains. Speech Sounds and features. Implementation issues for HMMs. Extensions to hidden Markov Models. The one pass algorithm. Performance analysis and recognition enhancements. and Acoustic-phonetic characterization: The speech production system. Implement speech analysis and speech synthesis modules using object-oriented software programs. Speech Recognition System Design And Implementation Issues: Application of source coding techniques to recognition. Connected digit recognition implementation. Design and implement digital filters to synthesize speech and code speech at a low bit rate. Pre-requisites: Digital Signal Processing DETAILED SYLLABUS Fundamentals Of Speech Recognition: Introduction. Segmental K-Means training procedure. Template training methods. Theory And Implementation Of Hidden Markov Models: Discrete time Markov processes. out line. Brief history of speech recognition research. Types of HMMs. Pattern Comparison Techniques: Speech detection. Distortion Measures-Mathematical Considerations. Distortion Measures-Perceptual Considerations. using techniques such as class derivation. Time Alignment and Normalization. Incorporation of spectral dynamic features into distortion measures. Linear predictive model for speech recognition. Spectral-Distortion Measures. Vector quantization. Approaches to automatic speech recognition by machine. HMM system for isolated word recognition Speech Recognition Based On Connected Words Models: General notations for the connected Word-Recognition problem. Speech recognition in adverse environment. Grammar networks for connected digit recognition. reception. the use of software objects as components in a larger software system. Discriminative methods in speech recognition. The paradigm for speech Recognition. Task Oriented Applications Of Automatic Speech Recognition 537 . Use a spectrum analyzer to relate the acoustic speech signal to acoustical processes. Large Vocabulary Continuous Speech Recognition. Auditory based Spectral analysis model. The Speech Signal: Production.(408030) SPEECH RECOGNITION (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: Develop an understanding of the relationship of vocal tract shapes and physical acoustics to the acoustic speech signal. Signal Processing And Analysis Methods For Speech Recognition: The bank-of-filters front-end processor. Template adoption to new talkers. The three basic problems for HMMs. The level building algorithm. Multiple candidate strings. The two level dynamic programming algorithm.

Rabiner and B. 538 . “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”. D. Morgan. References: B. L R Rabiner and RW Schafer.H. Gold and N. Jurafsky and J. 2. Pearson Education. John Wiley. Pearson Education. Martin. “Speech and Audio Signal Processing”.BOOKS Text Books: 1. Juang. L. Pearson Education. “Speech and Language Processing”. “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”.

Scheduling algorithms. Preprocessor directives. keypads and display units. This course deals with various approaches to building embedded systems. threads. Case studies and Applications of embedded systems: Applications to: Communication. Basic design using RTOS 9. mutual exclusion and inter-process communication. Embedded C Language: Real time methods. Standard I/O functions. Case Studies of: Digital Camera. Timers/Counters. Study of C compilers and IDE. Study of ATMEL RISC Processor: Architecture. Parallel I/O interface. processes. Various methods of interfacing. Networking. Implementation of above concepts using C language. functions. Database. Parallel I/O ports. Models and languages for embedded software. Synchronous approach to embedded system design. Implementation of above concepts using C language 12. Analog interfaces. Hardware for embedded systems: Various interface standards. Network Router. Memory and high speed interfacing. Serial communication interface. Embedded Software development: Concepts of concurrency.( 408040) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Embedded system tools and products are evolving rapidly. Mixing C and Assembly. The aim of this course is to make the students aware of the various applications of embedded systems. Memory. Introduction to RTOS. Introduction to IC technology. Interfacing of data acquisition systems. Process Control. Challenges and issues related to embedded software development. Programming the target device 10. Introduction to design technology 8. Serial communication. Implementation of above concepts using C language 11. Categories and requirements of embedded systems. Parallel port interfacing with switches. Interfacing of controllers. Scheduling paradigms. Blind counting synchronization and Gadfly Busy waiting. Hardware/Software co-design. Pre-requisites: Microprocessors and C Programming DETAILED SYLLABUS 7. An overview of embedded systems: Introduction to embedded systems. RTLinux 539 . Reset and interrupt . It introduces unified view of hardware and software.

Subclasses. Raj Kamal. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Inheritance. TMH 5. Craig Hollabaugh. “Embedded Systems”. Motivation for complex data types. Tony Givargis. “The 8051Microcontroller and Embedded Systems". Pearson Education 8. Pearson Education References: 6. “Embedded C Programming and the Atmel AVR ". Cox. learn about the Web-DBMS integration technology and XML for Internet database applications. and thus to acquaint the students with some relatively advanced issues. 9. Super classes. Barnett. O’Cull. 540 . Simon. Specialization and Generalization. “Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction". Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi. Pearson Education. Frank Vahid. Myke Predko. apply the knowledge acquired to solve simple problems Pre-requisites: Database Systems. familiarize with the data-warehousing and data-mining techniques and other advanced topics. John Wiley 7. Thomson Learning 10. OOAD. User defined abstract data types and structured types. TMH (408050) ADVANCED DATABASE SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: To study the further database techniques beyond which covered in the second year. The Extended Entity Relationship Model and Object Model: The ER model revisited. Constraints and characteristics of specialization and Generalization. David E. At the end of the course students should be able to: gain an awareness of the basic issues in objected oriented data models. “Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller”. “Embedded Linux". “An Embedded Software Primer ". Daniel Lewis. Pearson Education 6.BOOKS Text Books: 4. “Fundamentals of Embedded Software”.

C. 5.Nested relations and collections. OQL. Sudarshan . Object identity. Persistent programming languages.J. OODBMS. “Database Systems. and allocation techniques for distributed database design. Parallelizing individual operations. Silberchatz. Mobile databases. Concepts and architecture. An overview of Client-Server architecture Databases on the Web and Semi Structured Data: Web interfaces to the Web. Document schema. Indexes for text data Enhanced Data Models for Advanced Applications: Active database concepts. Storage of XML data. Sorting. The semi structured data model. Query processing in distributed databases. 6. Geographic information systems. Design. Deductive databases and Query processing. Complex objects. Type extents and queries. Relationship types of degree higher than two. Object-Oriented Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented concepts. Korth. Structure of XML data.2. “Database Management Systems”. Encapsulation of operations. Querying XML data. and Persistence.. Joins. Implementation and Management”. McGrawHill References: 1. An overview of SQL3. Peter Rob and Coronel. Spatial databases. and type constructors. Implementation issues. ORDBMS Parallel and Distributed Databases and Client-Server Architecture: Architectures for parallel databases. Elmasri and Navathe. 3. XML applications. Data fragmentation.Date. Example of ODBMS Object Relational and Extended Relational Databases: Database design for an ORDBMS . Methods. Object structure. “Fundamentals of Database Systems”. Storage and access methods. OODBMS architecture and storage issues. Parallel query evaluation. Type hierarchies and Inheritance. Pearson Education 541 . Implementation issues for extended type. McGraw-Hill. Longman. Distributed database concepts. Thomson Learning. 2. Temporal database concepts. Transactions and Concurrency control. Replication. “Database System Concepts”. Database schema design for OODBMS. Raghu Ramakrishnan. Pearson Education 2. 3. Johannes Gehrke. Concurrency control and Recovery in distributed databases. Overview of XML. “Introduction To Database Systems”. 4. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Query processing and Optimization. Systems comparison of RDBMS.

ATM layer (Protocol model). Cable Access Technologies. Standard protocols. Bridge protocols. Not just SOCKETS but also protocols. Drivers. 20. 24. User connectivity. 19. 18. Application layer. Current forums. Protocols designs and analysis considering deterministic and non-deterministic approach. Common Protocols and Interfaces in the Upper Layers(TCP/IP): Background (Routing protocols). Traffic descriptors and parameters. ATM protocol operation (ATM cell and Transmission). Theory of operations. PHY layer. 25. For example he should able to consider different constraints and assume suitable data and solve the problems. Physical Layer Protocols and Access Technologies: Physical Layer Protocols and Interfaces. Performance and Design considerations. VoFR: Performance and Design considerations. Simulation Programming. Introduction to Transmission Technologies: Hardware selection in the design process. Dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM). LLC and MAC sub layer protocol. Mature Packet Switched Protocol: ITU Recommendation X. We expect natural thinking from student. Data Communications: Business Drivers and Networking Directions : Data communication Past and future. Pre-requisites: Computer networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 16. Fiber Access Technologies. 22. Copper access technologies. Understanding the standards and their maker: Creating standards: players and Process. Common Protocols and Interfaces in the LAN environment: Data link layers protocols. Accessing the Network. Transport layer. Switching in the LAN environment.(408060) ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: In first part. ATM networking basics. ATM public services. 21. Common WAN Protocol: ATM: Many faces of ATM. 542 . Network layer (Internetwork layer). Token Ring. Air Access Technologies. 17. AAL Protocol model. 23. are to be considered. Token Bus and FDDI. Ethernet. B-ISDN protocol reference model. Second part Network programming is to be studied. User plane overview. Layered reference models: The OSIRM. Optical Networking: SONET/SDH standards. Addressing and routing design. Sub-DS3 ATM. ATM layer and cell (Definition).25. Traffic and Congestion control defined. TCP/IP suite. Management plane. Control plane AAL. Standard computer architectures. Frame Relay: FR specification and design. In third part we should study Network Design. Advanced technologies like High speed Devices etc. Traffic contract and QoS. Advantages and disadvantages of FR.

Harcourt Asia. TMH D. PHI References: W. S. 543 . 27. Vol. James D.. “Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers”. 28. Network layer functions. Stevens. Connectivity.6. Public network service selection. Service aspects. Time and Delay considerations. Bertsekas. 30. Network capacities. Delay or Latency. Types of design projects.Walrand. Business aspects of Packet-Frame and cell switching services. “High Performance Communication Networks”. P. “Data Network Design”. X.75 Internetworking protocol. Morgan Kaufmann Y. Access layer design. Queued data and packet switched traffic modeling.R. R. Traffic engineering basics (Traffic characteristics). Traffic sizing. Classes of design tool. 29. Varaiya. Access Network Design: Network design layers. Creating the traffic matrix.Theory of Operation. Budget constraints. Availability. Design tool. Private verses public networking. Zheng. McCabe . Traffic characteristics. network topology and hardware. Components of design projects. Protocols. Harcourt Asia. Oxford A. “Data Networks”. “Computer Networks”. Packet switching service aspects. Tanenbaum. “Computer Networks” Peterson & Davie. High speed LAN protocols comparisons. Availability and reliability. Designing for peaks. Gallager. SMDS and IEEE 802. Topologies. Application performance needs. Tuning the network. Addressing and Traffic control. Traditional Traffic engineering. Requirements Definition: User requirements. “Unix Network Programming”. Access network capacity. switched multimegabit data service (SMDS). Technology Comparisons: Circuits-message-packet and cell switching methods. Akhtar. “Practical Computer Analysis and Design”.1. completing the access network design. Network performance modeling.S. Subscriber Interface and Access protocol. Topologies strategies. Reliability and Maintainability. Traffic Engineering and Capacity planning: Background (Throughput calculations) . Capacity planning and Network vision. Generic packet switching network characteristics. Pearson Education J. Backbone Network Design: Backbone requirements. Categories of tools. 26. BOOKS Text Books: Darren L Spohn.

Data Design And Data Representation: Principles of dimensional modeling. Application and Trends in Data Mining: Applications. 10. Analytical characterization: analysis of attribute relevance. Infrastructure and metadata. Pre-requisites: DBMS DETAILED SYLLABUS Data Warehousing: 7. Designing GUI based on a data mining query language. 13. Data Mining Primitives. Basic elements of data warehousing. data quality. Collecting the requirements. conceptual design methodologies.(308250) DATA WAREHOUSING AND MINING Objectives of the course: The data warehousing part of module aims to give students a good overview of the ideas and techniques which are behind recent development in the data warehousing and online analytical processing (OLAP) fields. Overview And Concepts: Need for data warehousing. Introduction: Basics of data mining. 14. Web Structure Mining. Information Access And Delivery: Matching information to classes of users. transformation and loading. 11. in terms of data models. and System Architectures: Data mining primitives. define and characterize data mining as process. define and characterize data mining applications. Dimensional modeling advanced topics. Association rules. and storage techniques. 11. Implementation And Maintenance: Physical design process. Architecture And Infrastructure: Architectural components. Temporal mining. 10. Visualisation : Data generalization and summarization-based characterization. query language. Web Mining: Web Content Mining. data extraction. Trends in data warehousing. OLAP in data warehouse. data warehouse deployment. Advanced Topics: Spatial mining. Architectures of data mining systems 16. Data warehousing and the web. Data mining part of the model aims to motivate. 8. growth and maintenance. Systems products and research prototypes. Languages. Knowledge Discovery : KDD Process 12. Clustering. Mining descriptive statistical measures in large databases 15. Query language. related concepts. Data Mining Algorithms: Classification. 9. Web Usage mining. Mining class comparisons: Discriminating between different classes. Trends in data mining 544 . to motivate. 12. Data Mining: 9. Additional themes in data mining. Planning And Requirements: Project planning and management. Data mining techniques.

Ralph Kimball.G. Wiley Dreamtech. Paulraj Ponnian. “Decision Support and Data Warehouse systems”. 8. “Mastering Data Mining”. 7. Linoff. Kamber. Han. 545 . “The Data Warehouse Toolkit”. John Wiley. Mallach. 9. 6. “Data Warehousing Fundamentals”. “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”. 5.H. Dunham. M.BOOKS Text Books: 4. Pearson Education. “The Data Warehouse Lifecycle toolkit”. R. Inmon. John Wiley. John Wiley. TMH. W. “Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Topics”. E. Kimpall. 10. “Building the Data Warehouses”. John Wiley. M Berry and G.H. Morgan Kaufmann References: 6.

Fractal compression. Pre-requisites: Operating Systems. Pen input. Evolving technologies for multimedia systems. AVI. Multimedia Systems Introduction: Multimedia application. Binary image compression schemes. Distributed Multimedia Systems: Components of distributed multimedia systems. Multimedia Application Design: Multimedia application classes.(308260) MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS Objectives of the course: This course teaches students to collect. Video Conferencing. Creating hypermedia messages. Hyper Media Messaging: Mobile messaging. Multimedia Networking: Multimedia networking applications. information access. Data and File Format Standards: Rich text format. and retrieving various kinds of continuous media in the text section. Multimedia archives and digital libraries 19. Multimedia system architecture. Computer Networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 12. Optical media. Organizing multimedia databases. Multimedia across wireless. Still video image compression. Video image compression. Cache management for storage system. Architectural and Telecommunications Considerations: Specialized computational processors. searching. RTP. Multimedia Input/Output Technologies: Key technologies issues. Video and Image display system. Integrated services. The world-wide web. Audio compression. Virtual reality design. Storage and Retrieval Technologies: Magnetic media technology. Educational applications and authoring. and intelligently integrate multiple media on computers. Hyper media application design considerations. integrated multimedia message standards. storing. Image and video databases: Indexing and Retrieval 16. manipulating. Students learn the issues involved in capturing. Multimedia Authoring and User Interface: Multimedia authoring systems. Television. Hierarchical storage management. Multimedia transport across ATM networks. Distributed object models 17. RSVP 18. Compression and Decompression: Types of compression. 21. TIFF. MPEG 14. Multimedia board solutions. Applications like Interactive. Multimedia data interface standards 13. Hypermedia linking and embedding. Printout technology. indexing. application workflow design issues. Integrated document management. compressing. Digital Voice and Audio. User interface design. JPEG. Industrial applications. Components of multimedia systems. processing. Color. Hyper media message components. Object display/playback issues 20. Types of multimedia systems. MIDI. Open hypermedia systems. Distributed application design issues. LAN/WAN connectivity. Videoon-demand. Gray scale. 546 . Image scanners. Streaming stored audio and video. defining objects for multimedia systems. RIFF. Memory systems. Content based navigation. Scheduling and policing mechanisms. Full motion video 15.

Subrahmanian. “Multimedia Communications”. 6. K. Books Text Books: 5. Ross. “Computer Networking”. Managing distributed objects 22.W. Koegel Buford. Steimnetz. D. Pearson Education. J. Pearson Education. “Multimedia Communications: Directions and Innovations”. “Multimedia Communication Systems: Techniques. Kurose. D. PHI John F. Communications and Applications”. Free Halshall. 8. “Multimedia Systems”. K. Multimedia object servers. Standards. K. Multimedia systems design examples. J. Prabhat K. Pearson Education 547 . Pearson Education 9. M. and Networks” 10. Rao. Gibson. Multimedia System Design: Methodology and considerations. Milovanovic. Hardcourt India 12.Distributed client server operations. R. References : 7.F. “Multimedia Computing. Andheigh.R. Nahrstedt. Multi-server network topologies. Kiran Thakrar. Distributed multimedia database. Kaufman 11. Academic Press. “Multimedia Database Systems”. “Multimedia Systems Design”.

Project cost accounting and MIS. Project proposals. Budgeting using cost accounts. Assessment. Constraints in systems development. 4. Cost estimating process. Systems and Procedures: Planning fundamentals: Planning steps. Evolution. Systems Development Cycle: Early stages: Life cycle. Development cycle. PERT. Control emphasis. Phase A: Conception. Software quality measures. Identification. 3. Systems. Resource allocation. Variance limits. 548 . Goals. Controlling changes. and System methodologies. Risk Management: Basic concepts. 6. System development in Industrial and service Organization. Project reporting. define indicators based upon what a project manager would want to know. 5. Control problems. ISO 9126. Contract administration. GERT. Information monitoring. Project evaluation. Importance. Organizations. Performance index monitoring. Scope and work definition. Internal and external project control. Implementation stage.(308270) PROJECT MANAGEMENT Objectives: This course will help to identify key areas of concern and uses of measurement for project management. Phase D: Operation. Computer –based PMIS. Software Quality: Introduction. management. Cost estimating and system development cycle. Project Management Information System: Functions of PMIS. Management schedule reserve. CPM. 2. Response planning. Elements of budgets and estimates. Network scheduling and PDM: Logic diagram and network. understand where measurement is used from the perspective of a generic management process Pre-requisite: Software Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 8. PDM networks. Phase c: Execution. Project 9. Applying computer based PMS. System development in large Government programs. Cost accounting systems for project control. Project management system. Cost escalation. Scheduling and time based networks. Planning and scheduling charts. Need. Performance analysis. Cost schedules and forecasts. Computer based tools. Project contracting. Scheduling. 7. Project Management: Introduction. use measurement to support decision making. Critical path. Web based Project management. Project organization structure and responsibilities. Project Control: Control process. Project environments. Project master plan. Middle and Later stages: Phase B: definition. Representative Computer –based PMIS. Cost estimating and budgeting: Cost estimating. Traditional cost control.

Cotterell. Formal organization structure. J. “IT Project Management”.Beck Jr. Team work and conflict. PHI 2. R. Termination: Terminating the project. B. “Effective Project Management”. Project extension. Informal organization. BOOKS Text Books: 1.B. Integration of subunits in projects. “Project Management for Business and Technology”. Wysocki.. Organization design by differentiation and integration. Hughes. termination responsibilities. Project expeditors and co-coordinators. Techniques to enhance software quality 10. D. John Wiley 2. “Software Project Management”. 11. Matrix organization. Task forces. Pearson Education 549 . and Teams. Responsibility and Authority. R. Project roles. Managing participation.External standards. Concurrent engineering. liaison roles. M. Closing and contracts. J. Jalote. “Software Project Management in Practice”. TMH 3. Organization Behavior: Project Organization structure and integration: Organization structure. P. Nicholas. Crane. M. Requirements of project organizations. Phillips. TMH References: 1. K. Quality function deployment.

Application. Pre-requisite: Exposure to linear algebra and matrix operations. Classification. Swell operators. Uncertainty. Fu. Rotations. Pick and place operations. Continuous path motion. Three-Four axis. Simulation of Planer motion. and incorporate robots in engineering systems. region labeling. Six axis robot (Inverse kinematics). Specification. Moments of Inertia. Shrink operators. 33.(408110) ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts and techniques in robot manipulator control. Planning. Robot Vision: Image representation. 29. J. Principles of NC and CNC Machines. Co-ordinate frames. “Fundamentals of Robotics-Analysis and control”. Homogeneous. Perspective transformation. Pearson Education 550 . 27. Gross motion. Grasp planning. Fine-motion Planning. PHI.J. Direct Kinematics: Dot and cross products. Link co-ordination arm equation. Source and goal scenes. Segmentation (Thresholding. BOOKS Text Books: 7. workspace fixtures. Structured Illumination. “Introduction to Robotics”. Polyhedral objects. Four axis robot. Interpolated motion. 31. Camera calibration). Task Planning: Task level programming. Configuration. Inverse Kinematics: General properties of solutions tool configuration Five axis robots. Space. 30. 8. (Five-axis robot. Shane analysis. Notations. Template matching. “Robotics”. Robotic Manipulation: Automation and Robots. Euler numbers. 32. Co-ordinates. McGraw Hill 9. enough to evaluate. chose. Craig. Gonzales and Lee. Workspace analysis and trajectory planning work envelop and examples. 28. Six axis robot). Robert Shilling. Exposure to programming in a high level language DETAILED SYLLABUS 26. Straight-line motion. Task planner simulation.

Chmielewski.References: 13. TMH 551 . Wiess. “Introduction to Robotics”. McGraw Hill 15. Klafter. “Robotics and AI”. “Robot Engineering”. Staughard. “Industrial Robotics”. Walfram Stdder. “Robotics and Control”. Negin. PHI. Nagel. “Robotics and Mecatronics”. 14. Niku. Oderey. PHI 18. Nagrath. TMH. Grover. 16. Mittal. Pearson Education 17.

Recognition of shapes. Orderedstructural matching. Edge detection. Edge. Binary Machine Vision: Thresholding. Spatial clustering. Hierarchal segmentation. Knowledge Based Vision: Knowledge representation. 41. View class matching. 36.(408120)COMPUTER VISION (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: To introduce the student to computer vision algorithms. methods and concepts which will enable the student to implement computer vision systems with emphasis on applications and problem solving Pre-requisite: Introduction to Image Processing. Inverse perspective Projection. “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach” 552 . Global vs. Matching of 2D image. Labeling of connected components. Local features. Line-Linking. Information integration. Labeling. Models database organization. Grouping. Consisting labeling problem. Region growing. Hierarchical image matching. Split & merge. Morphological operators. 37. Classification of shapes by labeling of edges. 40. Line fitting. General Frame Works For Matching: Distance relational approach. Segmentation. Photogrammetry – from 2D to 3D. Mixed spatial gray-level moments. region shrinking. BOOKS Text Books: 3. Perspective Projective geometry. Ordered –Structural matching. Boundary analysis: Signature properties. Matching. General Frame Works: Distance –relational approach. Object Models And Matching: 2D representation. Forsyth. Region Analysis: Region properties. Rule-based Segmentation. Thinning. Motion-based segmentation. 35. 39. Image matching : Intensity matching of ID signals. Models database organization. Understanding line drawings. Data-structures. Back-tracking. Extracting. David A. Connected component labeling. 42. Curve fitting (Least-square fitting). Spatial operators for edge detection. Control-strategies. Shape numbers. View class matching. Jean Ponce. External points. Area Extraction: Concepts. Gradient based operators. Hough transform. Facet Model Recognition: Labeling lines. DETAILED SYLLABUS 34. Spatial moments. Recognition Methodology: Conditioning. 38.

R. ORAL EXAMINATION An oral examination is to be conducted based on the above syllabus. G. “Image Processing. II. R. AddisonWesley. Schunk. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 4.Vaclav Hlavac. 1993. Milan Sonka. “Computer and Robot Vision”. “Machine Vision”. Roger Boyle. References: 3. Robert Haralick and Linda Shapiro. Analysis. 553 . Kasturi. Jain. McGraw-Hill. and B. Vol I. Term work should consist of at least 10 practical experiments and two assignments covering the topics of the syllabus.4. TERM WORK 1.

(408130) GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives: This course is designed to provide an introduction to and an understanding of the basic concepts. Gravity models. Vector geographic data representation. Component of geographic data. Pre-requisites: Image processing. GIS Issues And Future Of GIS: Issues of implementing GIS. Data Quality And Standards: Concepts and definition of data quality. 554 . Approaches to digital terrain data modeling. Digital Representation Of Geographic Data: Technical issues to digital representation of data. Spatial framework for mapping locations. Attribute data for Thematic mapping 3. Visualization of geographic information. Geographic data standards and GIS development. Spatial data error management. Database and Database management System. Data quality assessment. GIS Data Processing. GIS application software design methodology. Descriptive statics. Object oriented geographic data representation. Quadrat counts and Nearest. Data Modeling: Digital Terrain Modeling. Vector based GIS data processing. Maps And GIS: Map scale. Classes of map. GIS project planning. Topographic mapping. Geographic data standards. Acquisition of digital terrain data. 2. procedures and applications of the exciting and rapidly expanding field of Geographical Information Systems. Map projection. Definition of GIS. 7. Generation of information product. Introduction To GIS: Introduction. 6. System analysis and study of user requirement. Component of GIS. System implementation. Computer programming concepts DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Trend of GIS development. 4. Coordinate systems. Human computer interaction and GIS. Geographic database design methodology. Analysis And Visualization: Raster based GIS data processing. Evolution of GIS. Principles of Cartographic design in GIS. 8. Analysis and visualization. Relationship between Data representation and Data analysis. Spatial autocorrelation. Spatial modeling. GIS applications and GIS users. 5. GIS Project Design And Management: Software engineering as applied to GIS. System maintenance and support. Mapping process.Neighbor analysis. Raster geographic data representation. Trend surface analysis. Data processing.

Person Education 2. A. Oxford Press 555 . PHI 2. “Introduction to Geographic Information Systems”. Kang-Tsung Chang.BOOKS Text Books: 1. McDonnell. Peter A Burrough. Albert K. TMH References: 1. “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems”. Ian Heywood. R. Yeung. “Principles of Geographical Information System”. Sarah Cornelius. Lo. C.P. “An Introduction to Geographical Information System”.W. Steve Carver.

Network architectures. C. Bidirectional Associative Memory. Method of steepest descent . theorem and the reparability of patterns. PHI 556 . comparison of RBF and MLP networks. Operations on fuzzy relations. Membership functions. Fuzzy logic: Fuzzy sets. 7. Simulated Annealing: The Boltzmann machine. McCulloch and Pitts models of neuron.least mean square algorithms. Hopfield networks: energy function. Fuzzy relations. RBF learning strategies. Simon Haykin. 12. Jaico publishers Thimothy J.M. Background in the following subjects desirable: numerical analysis (including optimization). C++ DETAILED SYLLABUS 7. The extension principle. Fuzzy measures. 8. Boltzmann learning rule. Knowledge representation. Multilayer Perceptron: Derivation of the back-propagation algorithm. Unsupervised learning. Learning process: Error-correction learning. Introduction: Biological neurons. MathCad. Properties. “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”. 8. Pre-requisite: Knowledge of calculus. Pearson Education Zurada J. BOOKS Text Books: 5. “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems. Learning Rules. 9. algorithm formulation and ways to apply these techniques to solve real world problems. Supervised learning. spurious states. Types of activation function. Fuzzy controllers.Comprehensive Foundation”. “Introduction to Applied Fuzzy Electronics”.(408140) NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: This course covers basic concepts of artificial neural networks. 11. “Neural Network a . Its focus will be on the introduction of basic theory. Learning Factors. K-means and LMS algorithms. 10. Ross. 6. Java. and basic probability and statistics are required. Single Layer Perceptron: Perceptron convergence theorem. Programming skills in one of the following would be desirable: Matlab. Operations on fuzzy sets. McGraw Hill Ahmad Ibrahim.. error performance . Fuzzification and defuzzification methods. fuzzy logic systems and their applications. Radial Basis and Recurrent Neural Networks: RBF network structure.

Norosa Publishing House 6.References: 4. “Artificial Neural Networks”... “Fuzzy Systems Design Principles”. Yegnanarayana B.. “An Introduction to Fuzzy Control”.. & Reinfrank M. Hellendoorn H. Berkan R.L. and Trubatch S. PHI 5..C. IEEE Press 557 . Driankov D.

Economics of SDLC testing. Workbench skills 16. Economics of testing. Defect Vs failures. Responsibility. Common computer problems. Process problems and defect rates. Test plan documentation. Test analysis report documentation 558 .an organizational issue. Evaluate Test Effectiveness 17. Web based systems. Functional system testing techniques. Selecting techniques/tools. Determining Software Testing Techniques: Testing techniques/tool selection process. Considerations in developing testing methodologies 13. Structural system testing techniques. Establishing a testing policy. Data Warehouse 18. RAD. Verification and validation. Acceptance Test. Appointing managers for testing tools 15. System documentation. Discover good sources of information. Workbench concept. OOAD DETAILED SYLLABUS 10. Life cycle testing concept. Security. customers and peers. Unit testing techniques. Execute Test and Record Results. Software testing process. Functional and structural testing. Software Testing Process: Cost of computer testing. Off-the-self software. Multi platform environment. Testing Specialized Systems and Applications: Client/Server systems. Verification and validation in the software development process. Test Plan. Introduction: Defect. To provide a complete picture of the test activities and processes from requirements review to system implementation. Report Test Result. Test strategy. Test Software Change. The business perspective for testing 11. Design Phase Testing. Program Phase Testing. Pre-requisites: Software Engineering. Building a Software Testing Strategy: Computer system strategic risk. Types. Software Testing Process: Access Project Management Development Estimate and Status. Testing. Selecting and Installing Software Testing Tools: Testing tools-Hammers of testing. Testing Software Installation. Requirements Phase Testing. Structured approach to testing. Testing methodology 12. Functional testing and analysis 14. To learn standard terminology. Storage. Establishing a Software Testing Methodology: Introduction. Selecting and using the test tools.(408150) SOFTWARE TESTING (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives To improve your understanding of software testing .its purpose and nature and raise your awareness of issues and constraints around testing. Building Test Document: Uses. To provide a professional qualification widely recognized by employers.

Boris Beizer. 8. John Wiley. W. Dreamtech 4. Louise Tamres. Kaner C.. “Software Testing Techniques”.. Falk J.. 559 . “Effective Methods for Software Testing”.E. John Wiley. Perry.Books Text Books: 7. “Introducing Software Testing”. References : 3. “Testing Computer Software”. Pearson Education. Nguyen H.

Privacy. References : 6. Ethical issues in computer society. C. L. Information and law. DETAILED SYLLABUS 9. Controlling a risk is not eliminating the risk but to bring it to a tolerable level. Perlman. Security in Networks: Threats in networks. Proposals for multilevel security 13. and Ethical Issues in Computer Security: Protecting programs and data. Computer crime. P. Multilevel database. Introduction: Security. Password. Memory address protection. Eric Maiwald. Networks and cryptography.(408160) INFORMATION SECURITY (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives of the course: Learn about the threats in computer security. Legal. Software failures. IPsec 14. Kaufman. Pearson Education. 5. Thomson 560 . Computer criminals. Example protocols: PEM. Rights of employees and employers. 15. Challenge-response. Organizational security policies. Reliability and integrity. Intrusion detection systems. Non-malicious program errors. Database Security: Security requirements. and S. Understand what puts you at a risk and how to control it. 12. Pfleeger. “Java Network Security “. “Network Security” 8. Macro Pistoia. Matt Bishop. Firewalls. Privacy. Pfleeger. Interface. Pearson Education. “Principles of information security”. Biometrics. Program Security: Secure programs. Case studies of ethics Books Text Books: 4. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks. TMH 9. Operating System Security: Protected objects and methods of protection. Targeted malicious code. “Cryptography And Network Security: Principles and practice” 7. Mattord. Risk analysis. Administrating Security: Security planning. “Network Security : A Beginner’s Guide”. Stallings. Physical security. Secure e-mail. SSL. “Computer Security: Art and Science”. Authentication: Authentication basics. Attacks. Controls against program threats 11. “Security in Computing”. Sensitive data. Whitman. Operating system. Pearson Education 10. Viruses and other malicious code. Control of access to general objects. Network security control. File protection mechanism. Speciner. Method of defense 10.